TM 9-748 90-mm Gun Motor Carriage M36B1 1945

oc.
1.35:
-748
1't~
WAR DEPARTMENT TECHNICAL MANUAL
90-MM GUN MOTOR

CARRIAGE M36Bl
...J
....
~
WAR DEPARTMENT
20 hlNUARY 194j
vovernmeDt
Dncumcnts
Rookstacks
, ,.
Or>9moll.m
UNIVERSITY OF 1111~\
ATURBANHHAMPAKiN
WAR DEPARTMENT T ECHNICAL ,\UNUAL
TM 9-748
90-MM GUN MOTOR

CARRIAGE M36Bl
THE LI BRARY Of IHE
AUG 271947
UNIH.lIl)I IY Jf IlliNOIS
WAR DEPARTMENT
RESTR ICTED DISSEMINATION
20 U.vU,lRl' 1945
OF R.ESTRICTED MtfTTR.-
No por ... n i. entitled ..,Ioly by virtue 01 bi . ,rode or _i .i on .0 kno .. lIKe or po ..... ion of d ...ili.d
mo"... Su<b mo".,
[0 .100 ... individu.l . ..100. ' ollM:i.1
du,'"
i, tft'tu,,<d oDly
require .u<h kno .. ltd,< or
UBRARv U. OF J. URBANA-tHAMPAlGfoj
(
'fu
UNIVERSITY Of IUlNC]\
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
WAR DEPARTMENT
Washi niton 25, D.C., 20 January 1945
TM 9-748, 9O-mm Gun M otor Carriage M36BI, is published for
the information and guidance of all concerned.
".G. 300.7 (3 Aut (4)
[ O.O.M . 461 / R.A. (22 J.n
]
4~)
By ORDER 0 .. THE SECRETARY OP WAR:
G. C. MARSHALL,
ChieJ of Slaff.
OFPICIAL :
J. A.
ULIO,
Ma jar General,
The Adjutllrl t General.
DISTRlI.IIJTION : AAF (10 ); AGF ( 10); ASF (2); S Div ASF ( I );

( 10 ); AAF Comd (2); Arm . Sv Bd (2);
T ech Sv ( 2 ); SVC (10) ; PC&S ( 1): PE (Ord 0 )
Dept
(5); Dist O. 9 (5); Dilt Br 0 , 9 (3); Reg 0 , 9 (3);

Establishment, 9 (5); Decentralized Sub-O, 9 (3);
Gen. Sp Sv Sch ( 10): US MA (2); A ( 10): CHQ
(10): D (2); AF (2): T/ O. E : 9-7 (3); 9-9 (3):
9-57 (3) : 9-65 (2) ; 9-67 (3); 9-76 (2); 9-127 (3);
9 197 (3); 9-3 17 (3 ) ; 9-325 (2); 9_327 (3): 9-328
(3); 9-377 (3): 18-25 ( 2 ): 18-27 (3).
( F or explanation of symbols, see FM 2 1-6.)
Or
,,,..1 In
UNIVER5ITV OF ILlI~\
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
crp
CONT E NTS
PART ONE SECTION
INTRODUCTION
I. General
II. Description and data ..... .
III. Tools, parts, and accessories

PART TWO SECTION
.........
'
1-
1-
'- 5'
5- 9
4
5- 8
3-
9_ 23
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
_. .,. - , .. _- _. _., _.....

IV. General
V. Service "poo receipt of
24
10- f2
24- 29
13- 14
30- 39
15- 16
39- 43
17- 18
43- 46
19- 23
46- 52
24- 27
52- 57
.... . .... .. ,8- 29
58- 59
, .... .., ..
equipment
VI. Contro l, and instruments
VII. Operation under ordi nary
conditions .,
VIIl. Turret controls and operation ._, __
IX. Operationaf iluxiliaryequip-
... ........... ,
ment .. ,
X . Ope ra t ion under unusua l

conditions
XI. De moli t ion
'0
enemy use
PART THREE SECTION
prevent
, -,--",
"
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
XII. General _. , .. _- ---- ... __ .. _ .. .... ...

X III. Special organizationa l too ls
30
60
,od equipme nt
31
60- 63
64- 78
XIV. Lubrication
XV. Pre ventive
XVI.
XVII.
XVIII.
X IX.
XX.
XXI.
. . _-- _.. . _--- ---,--
32- 33
maintena nce
serviCes
--- ---,-- --_ .. ,_.,
Trouble shoot in, ." ............
E ngine descr iption 'od
ma intenance in vehicle
Engine removal ,nd instal.
lation ....... ,.,.". , ........ , .. ,.
Fue l, air intake, and exhaU$t
systems ., ........ , ..... , .. , . , ...
Cooling system .. ... ... . ....
Ia:nition system
Or~
34- J9
40-
"
78- 114
115- 129
53- 60
129- 157
6f- 62
157- 165
63- 76 165-187
77- 85 188-197
86- 9I 198-2 10
11. .. ,
UNNERSIH OF 1li!NC]\
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
CONTENTS- Contd.
~-. ...... .
SECTION
....
92- 95
21()-2 12
XXIII. Battery and generating system .... ,.,................ _.. _
96--101
212-221
XXIV. L ight ing system and horn
102- 109
221- 228
It()- liS
228-239
XXII. Starting system
XXV. Wiring system ...
XXVI. Speedometer, tachometer,

and compau . ,,_
116- 11 7 239--2 42
118-127
243-26 1
XXVIII. Radio interference suppression system ...

.. .... 128-133
261 - 270
XXIX. Clutch, shafts, and univerta!

134- 137
joints
270-288
XXX. Power train assem bly "" ... 138- 147

148- 159
XXXI. Suspenlion and tracks
288-320
320-360
160-172
360-37 1
173- 176
37 1-382
XXVII. Turret
XXXII. H ull
XXXIII. Auxiliary equipment
PART FOUR SECTION
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
XXXIV. General ..... ..... "." " ...... .

XXXV. Armament introduction
177
178-179 383-387
XXXVI. Armament operating In

structions _.. ". ___ ........ . 180-186
387-396
XXXVII. Sighting and fi re control

equipment
187- 193 396-406
XXXVIII. Ammunition
194-195 406-408
XXXIX. R adio and interphone
equipme nt
196-- 198 408--4 18
APPENDIX
SECTION
XL. Shipment and limited Itor.

age ...
199-201 419-423
XLI. R eferences ............. ..
202-204 424-427
'"
...... .. -_ ._..... ... ..
0.""".1 from
UNIVERSITY OF ILlIWjS
AT URBANHHAMPAIGI-I
428 44 0
1M 9-748
RESTRICTED
'- 2
PART ONE - INTRODUCTION

Section I
GENERAL
I . SCOPE.
. These instructions~ are published for the information and
guidance of all concerned. They contain information on operation
and maintenance of the equipment as well liS descriptions of major
units and t he ir functions in relation to other components of this
vehicle. They apply only to the 90-mm Gun Motor Camale M36BI
and aTe arranged in four parts: P art One, I ntroduction; Part Two,
Operating Instructions; Part Three, Maintenance Instructions; and
P art F our, AUJ[iiiary Equipment.
b, The Append ix at the end of the manua l oontains instructions
for shipme nt and limited storage, and a list of references including
standard nomenclature lilts, technical ma nual s, and other publications
applicable to the vehicle.
2.
RECORDS.
a. F orms and records applicable for use in performin" prescribed

operations are lined be low with a brief explanat ion of each.
( 1) W.D., A.G.O. F ORM No. 7360, ARMY M OTOR VEHIC:U
OPERATOR'S PERMIT. This form will be illllued by t he comma ndinc
officers of posts, camps, stations, or ol'lanizations, to al1 operatoTi of
military vehicles who have pllaed the driver'. e:umination (TM
21300) a nd are qualified to drive the particular vehicles noted on
the permit.
(2) WAR DEPARTMENT L UBR1C:AT10H ORDER. War Department
Lubrication Order N o. 165 prescribes lubrication maintenance for th is
vehicle. A Lubrication Order is is/iued with eac h vehicle and is to
be carried with it at all time s.
(3) STANDARtI F ORM N O. 26, DRlVBR's RItPORT- AC:C1DJtNT,
M OTOR TRANSPORTATION. One copy of thi. form will be kept with
'To provide op"rtlti nl inuructiom with the matericl. thi. technical m.nu.l h ..
~ publi.he<! in .d".""" of complete technic_. "'"icw. Any eN.,... or omi ions
will be ""Hectcd by choonllel 0<. if utcn.i ..... by .n .... 'ly ,ni,ion.
.,
UNIVERSIH 01' IWNOI\

ATURBANHHAM PAIGN
TM 9-748
0.""".1 from
AT URBANHHAMPAIG.'I
0.>9,,,..1 from
UNIVERSITV OF IllI~S
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9748
-!
~
.~
~
~
TM 9748
2
the vehicle at all times. In case of accident resulting in injury or

property damage, it will be filled out by the driver on the spot, or as
promptly as possible thereafter,
( 4) WAR DEPARTMENT F ORM No, 48, DRIVER'S TRIP TICKET
AND PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SERVICE RECOIW. This form, properly executed, will be furnished to the driver when his vehicle is dispatched on nontactical missions. The driver and the official user of
the vehicle will complete in detail appropriate parts of this form.
These forms need not be issued for vehicles in convoy or on tactical
miSSIons. The reverse side of this form contains the driver's daily
and weekly preventive maintenance service reminder schedule.
(S) W .D , A.G.O. FORM No. 478, M.W.O. AND MAJOR UNIT As
SEMBLY REPLACEMENT RECoIW. This form, carried on the vehicle,
will be used by all perwnnel completing a modification or major unit
assembly (engine, transmission, transfer case, and tracks) replaceme nt to record clearly the descr iption of work completed, date,
vehicle hours and/ or mileage, and MWO number or nomenclature of
unit assembly. P ersonne l performing the operation will initial in the
column provided. Minor repair., parts, and accessory replacements
will not be recorded.
(6) W.D~ A.G.O. FORM No.6, DUTY ROSTER. This form, sligh t
Iy modified, will be used for scheduling and maintaining a record of
vehicle maintenance operations. It may be used for lubrication
records.
(1) W.D, A.G.O. F ORM No. 462, PREVENTIvE MAINTENANCE
SERVICE AND TECHNIC"L INSPECTION WORK SHEET FOR FuU"TIUoCK
AND T "NKLlKE WHEIU.ED VEHICLES. This fonn will be used for a ll
SO--hour (SOI)mile) or lOO-hour ( I,OOO-mile) service$, and for tech_
nical inspections of these vehicles.
(8) W.O., A.G.O. FORM No. 970, SPOTCHECK INSPECTION REPORT FOR ALL MOTOR VEHICLES. This form may be used by all
commanding officers or their staff representatives in makina: spotcheck inspections on all vehicle$.
(9) WD , A.G.O. F ORM No. 468, UNSATISF"CTORY EQUIPMENT
REPORT. This form will be used for reporting manufacturin&, design,
or operational defecu in materiel, with a view to improv inlit and cor_
recting such defect, and for use in recommendinlit modifications on
. materiel. This form will not be used for reporting failures, isolated
materiel defects, or malfunctions of materiel resulting from fair wear
and tear or accidental damage, nor for the replacement, repair, or the
ilsue of parts and equipment. It does not replace cUl'Tently authorized
operational or performance records.
.,
0.", 11 .
UNIVERSITV Of ILlI~\
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
1M 9748
2- 4
( 10)
W.O., A.G.O. FORM No. 9-81, EXCa~NGIt P~RT OR UNIT

IDENTI"IC~TION TAG.
This tag, properly executed, may be used
when exchanging unserviceable items for like serviceable assemb lies,
parts, vehicles, and tools.
s.ction II
DESCRIPTION AND DATA

3.
DESCRIPTION (fig&. 1,2,3, and 4).
The 90mm Gun Motor Carriage M36BI is an armored fulltrack laying, open-turr!!t vehicle powered by a SOO-horsepower, V-type,
8-cylinder, liquid-cooled tank engine. The engine is located in the rear
of the hull. The vehicle is steered by two levers located in the driver'.
compartment in the front o f the hull. It has five speeds forward and
one reverse. The vehicle is wired for radio and for an interpbone system within the tank. The turret can be rot ated through 360 degrees.
An auxiliary generator, driven by a l -cylinder 2-cycle gasoli ne enlline,
is installed to charge the batteries when the main generator is not operating, or when the electrical units in the vehicle draw lara:e amount. o f
current.
8.
4.
DATA.
a. Vehicle Specifi cation s.

Length, over-aU (gun in firing position) .
Length, over-all (gun in traveling position)
W idth, over-all (with sand shie ld)
Height, over-all
T read (center-to-center)
Crew
Weight of vehicle (empty) (approximate)
W e ight of vehicle ( loaded) (approllima te) .. .. .... ... ,
Ground clearance .
Octane rating of gasoline
Approach angle
Departure angle .
24 ft 6 1h
23 ft 10
S ft 8 lh
8 ft 8o/i
in.
in.
in.
in.
. 83 in.
S men
6S,SOO Ib
68,000 lb
171Ao in.
38 dq
0.
2S dq
h. Performance.
Maximum sustained speed (on hard road surface) .o. . .
Ellpecte d cross-country speeds (varying terrains) ..
Muimum allowable enlline speed (no load) .......... ..
Muimum engine idlinll speed .
0.
Or,
If.
UNIVERSITY OF ILlIWj\
AT URBANHHAMPAIGI-I
0.
. .... 26 mph
4 to 26 mph
2,800 rpm
500 rpm
TM 9-748
...,
Or~
II. ..
UNNERSIH OF 1ll!NC]\
ATURBANH HAM PA1QI
-,
>
-1
~
"
..
e~
0.>9,,,..1 from
ATURBANHH AMPAlGN
TM 9748
~
.,
i,
u
E
E
,
...~
>
-
-
TM 9748
\'-
1m
ATURBANHHAMPAIGH
,E
t
v
.:
..
--
..
...-
TM 9-748
4- 6
Muimum grade ascending ability

60 pet
Muimum grade descendinll: ability
Maximum width of ditch that tank will cross
90 in.
Mu;mum vertical obstacle, such as wall, that tank will
climb over
24 in.
Muimum fording depth (at lowest forward speed)
36 in.
Number of miles without refueling (approximate) ..........
100 mi
Oil consumption (approximate)
" ..... "..... 50 mi per gal
60""
c. Cap acitiee.
F uel capacity
Power train lubricant capacity ,
Cooling system capacity .
Crankcase capacity
168 gal
164 qt
.14 1al
......... 32 qt
d. Com m u nication .
Radio
Interphone .
SCR610
.. BCM7
5edi on III
TOOLS, PARTS, AND ACCESSORIES

5.
PURPOSE.
s. T he lists in this section are for information only and must not
be used as a basis for requisition.
6.
ON.VEHICLE TOOLS.
a.
P ioneer.
o...MiIy ,...
V_lei.
1t... ,.." .. .
.MI $t.. ~ ,.~ ......
Ax, chopping, 4-lb ... ..... ........ .... ... ,.... ,Bracketson rear plate
CROWBAR, 5ft, pinch point ... ...... " ........ Bracket on rear pl.te
"
CUl l ER, wire, M1938, w/ carrier ........ .. Tool box under tub-
floo,
I
HA NDLE,
mattock .. ......... ... ........... .. .... .. .Bracket on rear plate
MATTOC K, pick M l (without handle) ... .Bracket o n rear plate
SHOVEL, short-handled .,.. ,........... . " .... " .Br.cket o n re. r plate
SLEJXlE,
blacksmith, dble--f.ce, IO-lb ..... Bracket on rear plate
.,
0."".11 ,
AT URBANHHAMPAlGIf
1M 9-748
...." 0... -
b.
Vehide,
BAR, CI"OS$, socke t wrench, round, v"sin.

dia. :r. 8 in. long ( 41-B-154 ) ......... .. . T ool
B AR, socket wrench, e:r.tension, handy
grip, 'I:z-in. sq drive, 5 in. long
( 4 1-8-3 11-200) .. ............... . .......... T oo l
BAR, socket wrench, e:r.tension, II:z-in_
d rive, 10 in. long (41-B-309 )
... T ool
CHISE L, cold, 3hin_ cut, 8in. ( 41-C
11 24 )
....................................... T ool
FILE,hand,smooth, 100in. ( 4 1-F- 1030) T ool
F ILE, 3-sq. smooth, 6-i n. ( 41-F -1572) ... T ool ba,
FIXTURE, set, trac k connecting ( 41-F 2997-86)

.......... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...... .. T ool bag
HAMMER, mac hinist, ball peen, 3 2-oz
( 41 _H _S27) . ......................... .T ool bag
H ANDLE, com bination, tee, Ih_in. sq
d rive, 11 in. long ( 41-H 1509-55 ) ...... T ool bag
H AN DLE, combination, tee, .-in_ sq
drive, 17 in. long ( 41.H _l S0960 ) .. ... .T ool bag
HANDLE, fie:r.ible, 'h-in. d rive, 12 in. long
( 41-H -1502) .............................. T ool bag
HANDLE, ratchet, reversible, 'h-in. sq
drive, 10 in. ( 41-H -1505 ) ...... .... .. .. .. T ool bag
H ANDLE, speeder, If.!-in. sq drive, 17 in.
( 41-H -1508)
.... ... .... ........ T ool bag
J OINT, uni veraal, 'h-in. sq d rive, (41J -380) ... .................... .............. ......... .. T ool bag
OILER, triuer-type, 9-;n. spout , 1 pt.
(130-900 ) .................................... . In bracket on fioor
.,
by 8$$'t d ri ver
PLIERS, combi nation, slip-joint, 8 in.
(41-P-1652) ... ............ ....... ..... .... ..... .. T ool bag
PLIERS, side-cutting, 8 in. ...................... T ool bag
ScREWDRIVER (nonmaKnetic) ( 41-S1067-700) ........................... ... ...... On compa. mount
ScREWDRIVER, machinist's, 5-in. blade
(41-5-1385) .
..........
... ... T ool bag
SCREWDRIVER, special purpCle, P h-in.
blade ( 41.5- 1063) ........... .......... " ..... T ool bag
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
I
1
"
,,,,,"U,,....
ba,
baK
bag
bag
bag
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM '748
o..aftri.,. fH"
Vohid.
I ", N....
.... Sf ..... N~"""
SCREWDRIVER, special purpose, I 1f.t-in.

__ __Tool bag
blade ( 41 _$.. 111 7_50)
WRENCH, adjustable, sjngl~nd. 8 in.

(4 1-W-486 ) , .......... ... , .... ... ......... .. ". Tooi bag
WREN CH, adjustable, single .... nd, 12 in.
1
1
1
1
(4 1-W-488 ) ,. ,. ,.
"" ... , ,........."Tool
WRENCH, engineer, dble hd, alloy, steel,
'}, ~ in. x % in. (4 1-W -990)
T ool
WRENCH, enginur, dble hd, alloy steel,
~)a in. x 1f.t in. ( 41-W-lOOO) . ____ ___ ___ .T ool
WRENCH, engineer, dble hd, alloy steel,
%f. in. J: l 1A ~ in. ( 41-W -IOOS-S) .. , T ool
bag
bag
bag
bag
WRENCH, eniineer, dble hd, alloy steel,
% in. II . in . .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ..... , .... Tool bag
I
WRENCH, eniineer, dble hd, alloy steel,
I %B in. x % in. ( 41.W.I0 15 ) .......... Tool bag
1
WRENCH, engineer, dble hd, alloy steel,
1 1'16 in" 1 in. ( 41 _W _I021 ) .. ... .... ...Tool bag
1
WREN CH, plug, !}\ d i n. he" (for transmission and drain plug) ( 41-W1960-1 75) .' .......... .. ... ... .. .... ... ... .. ...... Tool bag
I
WREN CH, plui> 3j~-in. he>< (for differential fille r and drain plug) ( 41-W_
1960_236) '-. ........... ..... ... " ... " .. ... ... . Tooi bag
1
WRENCH, safety screw, % 2-in. he"
(4 1-W-2449 ) ... .. . .... ..... ......... .... " .... Tool bag
I
WRENCH, safety screw, ~_in. he"
(41 _W_2 450 ) ......... .. .... ", ." ." ." ." T ool bag
I
WRENCH, safety screw,
h..
( 41-W-2452)
""" . '" ..... .
T ool ball
I
WRENCH, safety screw, IIo_in. he"
41-W-2454) """'"'''' , .. "" ....... -. .. T ool bag
hex
l W RENCH, sa f ety screw, "II G-In.
( 41-W -2455) ......... , .,." ..,." ., ............ Too! bag
I
WRUfCtI, safety screw, %-in. he"
(41-W_2456) ............. ... ... ..... .... ........ T ool bag
1
WRENCH, safety screw, I;'_in. he"
(41-W-2458-55) .. .. ... ........ ,"'" , __ ". T ool bag
1
WUI"ICH, socket, '"h-in. tq drive, %-in.
tq (41-3001_200) ." .. ......................... T ool bag
(
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGI-I
"
1M 9748
It... H....
..... 5,..~ N~"' .,

1
1
WRENCH, socket, .:tin. sq drive, ~$ .in.

hex ( 41-W-300S)
T ool bag
WRENCH, socket, 'hin. sq drive, .:t-in.
hex ( 41. W.JOO1) .
Tool bag
WRENCH, socket, 1hin. sq drive, '}) 6-in.

hell (41-W-3009)
... __ _......
.T ool bag
WRENCH, soc ket, If}in. sq drive, i-in.

h ex ( 41-W 30 13)
T ool bag
WMNCH, socket, 1f:z-in. sq d rive , %;n.

hex ( 41.W 3017 ) _ ,... ,,_, _
.. T ool bag
WRENCH, socket, !h-in. sq. drive, %in.

.., T ool bag
hex ( 41-W30B) . ,... ..... ".
WRENCH, socket, .:t. in. sq drive, I '){ f. '
in. h ex ( 41-W-302S)
. . T oo l bag
WRitNeH, soc ket, "h-in. sq drive, I-in.
hex ( 41.W -1027)
__ . T ool bag
1
1
1
1
c,
( 1)
WREN CH, socket, lJ:z -in. sq drive, I Y; 11in. hex ( 41.W-3029 )

__ , ............ Tool bag
WRENCH, soc ket, lj:lin. sq drive, 1 Vsin. h ex ( 41-W-303 1) .... "
,.... T oo\ bar;
WREN CH, socket, 31._in. sq d~ive, I 'h-in.
he x ( 41-W_3046)
. T ool bag
WRENCH, t~e.ck-e.dj ...sting ( 41-W -MO400)
. .. ... .. .... . .... ... ... ... ... .. .......... R ea ~ cove~ p late
Gun.
9O-MM
GUN M3.
breechblock-removing ... ...... . Tool box
EYEBOLT,
T OOL, bree.:::hblock -re moving ... ... ...... . T ool box
(2)
CAL. .30 MACHlln GUN.
SCRl!. W P RIVI!:Jf, common,

(4 1-5-1101)
WREN CH, combination, M6 ... ....... ..... . Spare parts box
3-in.
blade
.. .. .. Spare parts box
1
WRENCH, socket, front barrel bearing
plug .......... .
. ......
. ... .... ... .. ...... .. Spare parts box
(3)
1
"
CAL. .50 MACHiNG GUN.

WREN CH, combination, M2 .. .... ... .... .. .. Tool box
.,
0."" .11 ,
UNIVERSITV Of ILlI ~\
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
TM 9-748
7
7.
ONVEHICLE EQUIPMENT.
a.
Commllnication8.
It... Ho ..o
..... $...k H ...t.
18
PROJECTOR, pyrotechnic, hand, M 9
Under floo r
SIGNM..S, pyrotKhnic, 16-in.

&-Green MIS
6-R ed MII
6-White Ml6
T wo cal..30 Ml amm
boxes on sponsen
right of ass't driver,
two under fl oor
FLAG SET,
R ADIO SET, SCR -6 10 or

BR IT ISH RADIO N o. 19
I NTERPHONE SYSTEM
P ANEL SET,
h.
R ight sponsen by a5s;stant driver

At eac h crew memo
ber's station
On rack on rear plate
R C-99
consisting of:
2-Cases, CS- ISO
i - Panel. AL-14 0
I- P anel, AL- i41
Fire E;.:tiu8ui, he r s.
EXTINGUISH E R,
c.
R ight turret wa ll
M 238, composed of:

i-Case, CS90
I- F lag, M C-273 ( red)
I- F lag, M C- 274 (ora nge)
i - F lag, M C275 (green)
3-Flagstaffs. MC270
Brackets by driver,
bracket in turret
fire, 4lb, CO"
R a tio n e.
30 boxe~ TYPE
"K.~
2 days' rations for 5 men
2 cans T ype "0 ," 1 day's ra tions for 5 men
.1.
( 1)
Ration box under

righ t subfloor
R ations box under
right subfloor
Gun.
90-M M GUN M 3.
empty. shell case
On recoil guard
BAG.
BooK, arty gun, 0 .0. Form 5825
.,
Instruction bali:
0 .." . .11 .
AT URBANHHAMPAlG.'I
"
1M 9-748
7
0.. ....,;.,. ....

Vohid.
CoVER, bore brush, MS 18
On gun brush
CoVER, breech
On gun breech
CoVER, muzzle ..
On gun muzzle
GUN ,
H osE, assembly .
On., recoil, special (spec AXS.SOS) (in

l-qt container, type 1, class D , spec
100-13)
In ca n
Bracket on enlline
R"MMER, cleaning and unloadina:
bulkhead
SETrR, fuz e, M14 ,.... , ., .. ,.. ,.. ,. ,.. ,...... Tool box under sub-
lubricating, oil (2 oz)
Toolbox
,.... ,.. Tool box
S IGHT, bore (muzde, RFllCD)

(breech, RFllZB) , .... ,.. ,.. , ,.......
Tool box
T "aLE, firing
T"RGKT, testing (set of 4) ., ., .... ,.. ,.. ,.. Tool box
WRENca, fuze, M7 .
(2)
BRUSH, bore, M19, w/ staff and wIper

ring, composed of:
.... ,..... ,.. ,.. ,.. ,. Bracket on engine
I- Brush, bore, MI9
bulkhead
t --=-Ring wiper
2-5taff, middle section
I- Staff', end section
,-
St .. w ....
~ .........
H.....
...<1 St ... Hu......
I,....
.. ,.. ,.. ,.. ,.. " .. ,.. ' Instruction bag

,., Tool boo:
C"L. .30 M"CH1N GUN.
B"G, empty cartridge, cal. .30

(flex bow gun)
On gun
BLT, a mmunit ion, 250 rounds
Box, ammunition, cal. .30, MI ,
In cal..30 ammunition
box Ml 044070
See ammunition stow-
BRUSH, cha mber-cleaning, M6
BRUSH, cleaning, cal. .30, M2 ..
CIon, cleaning rod, M 1
CloSE, cover group
C"s!:, spare bolt, M2 (w/ o contents) .. , Spare parts box in

right front spenson
.....
.,.
.
Spare parts bos: in

right front sponson
Spare parts box in
right front sponson
Spare parts box in
right front spenson
,_.. . . . .
'
'fu
ATURBANHHAM PAIGN
TM 9748
7
It... N....
..... $I'" Nu .. b
CoVER, muzzle, cal.. 30 (flex bow gun) On gun
CoVER, receiver, cal. .30 (flex bow gun) , On gun
CoVER, spaTe barrel, cal. .30,.. ,.. , ...... ,
ENVELOPE" spare parts, Ml (w/ o can

tents) ........ ...... .................. , Spare parts box in
right front .penson
EXTRACTOR, ruptured cartridge, Mk IV ,In small tool box- l
in turret, 1 in right
spenson
H OOD, cal. .30, Lt MG tripod mount
On 'tripod , M2
M OUNT, tripod, ma<:hine gun, M2
OILER, rectangular, 12-0%
R EI'LECTOR, barrel, cal..30,
I
I
(3)
I
On spare barrel
On floor next to wall

- under as!l't driver
,.. ,.. ,.. ,.. ,.. ,.. " Spare parts boll;
" .,Spare parts box

R OD, cleaning, jointed, cal..30, MI .
One in each of two
cleaning rod cases,
MI-C6573
R OLL, spare parts, MI3 (w/ o
contents) ...... ..
" .... .. ...... Spare parts box
ROLL,
tool, M12 (w/ o<:onte nts)
....... Spare parts box
CAL. .50 MACHINE GUN.

BAG, me tallic belt link .. , .... ,... ............ Tool box under subft~,
10
.......... ,Bracket under sub-
Box, ammunition, M2 ....
ft~,
BRUSH, deaning, cal. .50, M4
...... ..... Tool box under subft~,
CASE, deaning rod, MI5 ... . . .. ..... ..... . T ool box under subft~,
C HUTE, metallic bel t link, Ml ...... . " ..... Tooi box under
IUb-
ft~,
CoVER, cal. .50, machine gun .. " .. ,... ..... On cal. .50 MG
CoVER, cal. .50, barrel ............... ... .,On spare barrel
CoVER, mount tripod, cal. .50, M3
.,Bracket on turret
bustle
ENVELOPE, spare parts, Ml (w/ o con
. .. . , ... . .. .. ,.. ,.. Tooi box under subtents)
ft~,
EXTRACTOR, ruptured ca rtridge ........... Tool box under subft~,

~
'fu
UNIVER5ITV OF ILlI~ \
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
"
TM 9748
a...Mlty 1'*'
Vohid.
HOOD, cal. .sO, machine gun mount ..... On mount
MOUNT, tripod, cal. .50, M3 .... . ....... Strapped to top of

rear bustle
OILER, filling, oil buffer .... . ....... ....... .Tool box under subRoo<
ROD, cleaning, jointed, M 7, cal. .50 ., ..... Tool box under sub-
1
I
Roo,
(4)
CAl-.30 CARBINE MlA2.
e.
Ammunition.
450 CAL..30 rounds (for Ml car bine ) .. ,.
Bandolier righ t front

side plate
2000 CAL. .30 rounds (in box MI 044070 I box on gun
and belt C39SI) . ...........
7 boxes left sponson
over battery
1000 CAL..50 rounds
......... Boxes under subfloor
90-mm rounds ..
47
... ,. 36 rounds sponson,
II rounds turret
12
GRENADES, hand:
6-GRENADES, fragmentation, Mk
11 .,. , .. ,. ... . ... ,..
In cal. .50 M2 ammun it ion boxes under floor
6-GRENADl!:S, smoke, W P MIS .. , Rear of driver
SMOKE, pots, HC, M 1 ..... ..... ,.. , I n longitudinal com
par tment under floor
f. Sightin g.
"
. ... On gun mount
ASSEMBLY, headrest
BINOCULAR, M3, com plete, composed In sponson right of

of:
assistant driver
I-Binocular, M3
........ I-Bracket in turret
I-Case, carrying, M 17
Box, assembly, battery and bulb stowage ., ..
10
BULB, lamp (for elevation quadrant

and a~imuth indicator)
.. .... . In box CIOI039
CASE, carrying, gunner's quadrant, MI Brac ket in turret
CASE, panoramic telescope

(
On turret basket floor

~
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
7
Q~.ft~r '"''
Vohlol.
It.", Ng",.
.... St.. ~
N~..a.
..
, On right side of hull

sub floor
On telescope bracke t
CASE, ca rrying, M5l
CoVER, t elescope
HEAD, (for periscope M6 ) (spare)
LAMP, electric (for telescope retide

In instrument light
lights) ..
L IGHT, aiming post, M14, com plete,

composed of:
8-Cell, flashlight
I-Chest, packing, M14
2- La mp, electric, 3-volt
2-Light, aim ing post, M14
LIGHT, instrument,
quad)
1
1
3
3
1
1
1
I
MJO
(for
In boxes by assistant
driver
elev
On gun mount
LIGHT, instrument , M31 (for panoramic

telescope, MI2 )
On panoramic telescope
LIGHT, ins trument, M3 3 ( for telescope
M 76 D or M 76F ) .".
.... On telescope mount
LIGHT, instrumen t, M3 2 or M39C (for
telescope M 70P )
M OU NT, pa noramic telescope, TI04El On brac ket o n riiht
turret plate
M OU NT, te lescope ( T -92 )
PERISCOPE, M6
" In hOUling
PERISCOPE, M6 (spare )
In boxes by auistant
driver
POST, aimini, M I , com plete, composed
of :
l -Cover, aiming post, M401
2-Po$l, aimi ng, Ml
QUADRAN T, elevation, M9 .,....... " .. " .,.. ,Brac ket in turret
QUADRANT, gunner, MI ... ,..... .. ...... , Bracket in turret
RANGE FINDER, M9AI
In case M51
TELESCO PE M76F (standard) or M 76D
or M70P ( sub-standard)
.. ,""", , I- Mounted on 90mm gun
I- I n i t 0 w a i e
bracket In bustle
Or~
lin. ..
UNNERSIH OF IliINC]\
ATURBANHH AM PAIGN
"
0.. ......, ....

Vohi<M
g.
1
_...
S'''_I.
, .. '" Noo",.
...... $todI
",,,,,b.,
TELESCOPE, panoramic, MI2
.... ... .... In case, panoramic

telescope, 040871
lUiecellane<Jul.
ADAPTER. ext, hose-type, lubr ... ...... .... .. .

ApPARATUS, decontaminating, 1V2 qt,
M2 (spec. 197-54113 ) ... .. ..... ..... .. I- In left front turret
I-Under right rear
subftoor
.. On rack on rear of
tank
BAG, canvas field, 0 D MI9 36 .... ... ... .. Strap on to turret
BAG, instruction book .... ... ....... ... ... . .... In bracket with books
BAG, tool
28
.... .... ... . ............ . ..... .. .. ... T oo l box
BATURY (IG-To be put in flashlights,

6--To be put in instrument lights,
12-Spares)
2
1
1
I
2
BELT, safety . ..
. .. On driver's and assist.

ant driver's seat
Buc!O!:T, canvas, fo lding, 18 qt ... ,.. ,.. ,.. On 90mm rear am
munition rack
CABLE, towing, I '4in. lI. 20ft .... ... , .... On upper hull
CANTEEN, M1910, with cup and cover,
M1910 .,.. "., ..... " ,.. ". ,. " ,........ .. . ,.. .. ... 2 on front plate. 3 in
turret
CATALOG. $f!~ice parts, SNL G-233 .. ... Instruction bag
CoNTAINER, water, Sgal. (Q MC stand
ard)
... ,.. ,.,
"., ........ Brackets under sub-
ft=,
CoVER, azimuth indicator .......... .
. On azimuth indicator
FLASHLIGHT (spec 1553 )
. In brackets: 2-left
of driver. I- turret
front, I - right
spanson, 1 - left
sponson
2.
"
GIWUSER (when track 048076 0'

D48067 is used) .,.. , ... ,. " ." .. ,.. ,. "., .. Bracketl on upper
hull side plates
GUN, lubr, pressure (hand-operated) Tool bag
HOOD,
hatch, driver's
(
.,
, ... .... . Bracket left uppe r

side plate
0."" .,
j,
UNIVERSIH OF ILlIWlI
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
7
Q~D"ri'r
pe'
V_ide
It... ND.. .
St"wDIO
toe ..... "
."" Sf.... N~"""
WIo. R Dept. A.G.O. F orm N o. 478-1 N o.

478 in container ... .
' ,._. I- In m anual tray
I- Attached to outside of turret
KIT, a~essones, H omelite, consisti ng
of:
" .,... ". In tool ba,
3- Plug, spark
I- R ope and grip, s tarting
I-Screwdriver
I- Socket, spark pl ug
I- W re nch, double-end
KIT, first-aid (2 4_unit) (spec. 1583) , Bracket to

driver
LAMP, (spare for flashlight)
LIo.MP, bulb, inspection
LIo. MP, inspection ___ ,_ "
LIST, organization spare parts and

equipment, SNL G -2 10 , ___ __ _
Instruction ba,
L URBICATION Order, Wa r Department Bracket left of driver
MM;UIo.L, field, for cal. .30, FM-23-65 _
MANUIo.L, field, for ca l. .50, MG M2

. FM-23-65 " , .. ,... . , .. " . " .... " '" " .. ... .. Instruction bag
MANUIo.L, technical, for 90-mm, TM
9-748 ___ .
_" ... . ._... ... .....
Instruction bag
MIRROR assembly, rear-v ie w ." ___ __ . __ In mirror brackets
MITTENS, asbestos, pairs
NET, camouflage, cotto n s hrimp, 45-ft x

45-ft (spec T - 1669 )
, ." ., .,.. , ... , On turret
PIo.ULIN, 12-ft x 12-ft
R OLL, blanket .. ,.. " .. ,. " , .,.. ,,, .,, ... ,.. ,. On turret
STOVE, coo k ing, gaso line, M1941 ,

I-burner, consisting of : .......... . ,.... .... ' Under sub floor
COLEMAN military burner N o. 520
with accessory cup$
STRAPS, canvas, 11;1-in. x 50-in . . ,
left of
Behind
instrument
panel
B racket to right of
d river
In Bu n tool box
B racket on turret
.,. On turre t
Or>l, .. II. ..
UNIVERSITY OF IlllNC]S
AT URBANHHAMPAK;I-I
"
o".,.my p*.
" . ... 1'1 .... .

.... SIOC. N.... b
Vohkl.
T APE, adhesive, 4 in. wide (00 ), 15

yds long
Tool box
TAPE, friction, 3,4 in. wide, 30-ft roll __ .T ool box
T op, turret, GMC M36
TuBE,
WIRE, !10ft iron, 14-ga, I O-ft ro ll
T ool box
SHEET, instruction, fo r compass
Instruction bag
8.
In place on turret
flexible. nozzle
.T ool box
ON-VEHICLE SPARE I'ARTS.

o.
(1)
Gun.
90-MM GUN M3.
CHAIN
Tool box
GASKET. recoil cy linder filling plug
T ool boll
MECHANISM, percussion, assembly, composed of: .

T ool box
l-Guide, firing pin
I- P in, firing
I _Pin, straight, % ,-in. x 5/._in.,
firing pin guide
I _Spring, firing pin retracting
I- Stop, firing spring
PIN, cotter, '/e-in. x I V.-in.
T ool box
PIN, firing
Tool box
PIN, link
T ool box
PLUG, filling, rKoil cylinder
T ool box
PLI)NGER, cocking leve r
R ETAINER, sear .
Tool box
SPRING, cocking lever plunger
Tool box
SPRING, extractor, plunger
T ool box
SPR ING, firing pin retracting
, ..... ............. Tool box
.......... ... Tool box
"
SPRING, firing
SPRING, sear
___ Tool box

, " . .... , T ool box
Or>l, .. II. ..
UNIVERSITY OF 1111NC]S
AT URBANA-CHAMPAK;I-I
TM 9748
0... . ..., ,...
It... N.....
Vohid.
and $lock N~""'"
(2)
1
1
I
CAL..30
MACHINE
GUN.
lock, front barrel bearing .......... Spare partl box in

right front sponson
BARREL .... , ..
.............. ...... .... . Lower hull- mounted
vertically next. to
ass't driver
BEARING, barrel, front .. ... ... ......... ... .. ... Spare paris boxright front lponson
BoLT, group, consisting of: ...... ,.. ,... . 1 each in $malilplU"e
I-Bolt, assembly
parts boxes located
I- Extractor, assembly
near each cal .30
aun
I- Lever, cocking
I-Pin, cocking lever
I_Pin, firing, assembly
I-Rod, driving spri ng, assembly
I-Sear
I-Spring, driving
l-Spring, sear assembly
BAND,
COVER,
I
IIII-
group, consisting of:

..... .. .... Spare partl box
Cover, assembly
Lever, feed belt
Pawl, feed belt
Pin, belt feed pawl, assembly
Pivot, belt feed lever, group
assembly
I-Slide feed belt, assembly
I-Spring, cover extractor
I-Spring, feed belt pawl
EXTENSION, barrel, group, consisting of: Spare parts 00.

I- Extension, barrel, assembly
I_Lock, breeeh
I-Pin, breeeh lock, usembly
l -Spring, locking barrel
F1U.MI!, lock, group, consisting of: ,.. ,. Spare parts box
I- Accelerator
I-Frame, lock, assemb ly
I-Pin, accelerator, assembly
I- Pin, trigger
I- Plunger, barrel, assembly
I- Spring, barrel plunger
l-Spring, trigger pin
I-Trigger
Or
>
If..
AT URBANHHAMPAIG.'I
"
TM 9748
8
Qooe"';ty ,..
Vohld.
..... s...... Nu ........
LEVER, cocking .,
LEVER, feed belt .. "
PAWL, holding belt
PAWL, feed belt .. ,
L....;.."
__ __ ____ . ______ . __ Spare parts box

, , ........ Spare parts box
, " .. " ............. Spare pans box
......... " .... " .. Spare parts box

____ _... Spare parts box
PIN, accelerator assembly
P IN, belt holding pawl, s pl it
, ... Spare parts box

PIN, cocking lever ............... .
_Spare parts box
PIN, firing assembly __________ ..... __ __ _Spare part. box
PIN, trigger ___ ____ __ -.
____ .. Spare parts box
1
1
SPRING, belt holding pawl ...................... Spare parts box

SPRING, locking barrel __ ___ ___ ___ ___ _.. ________ __ Spare parts box
SPRING, sear, assembly
Spare parts box
TRIGGER .... " .-.......... .
Spare part . box
1
1
(3)
CAL. .50 MACHINE GUN.
8A5UlKL, assembly ........... " ......... .. ....... Bracket on turret

bustle
___ Tool box
DISK, buffer ... _......... ..
EXTENSION, firing pin assembly ........ _.T ool box
EXnACTOR, assem bly __ " .. _.... _.. ___ _. __T ool box
LKVER, cocking ...... , ... "
" ....... Tool box

PIN, cotte r, belt feed lever pivot stud , __T ool box
PIN, cotter, cover pin .............. ,... " .. __ Tool box
PIN, firing ____ .. _... __ -. ..... , .... " ................. T ool box
PLUNGER, belt feed lever ......... ,,_ ......... .T oo l box
ROD, driving spring w/ s pring assembly T ool box
SLIDE, belt feed group, CQnsisting of:

Tool box
I-Arm, belt feed pawl, B8914
I-Pawl, feed belt, assy, B8961
I- Pin, belt feed pawl, assy. B8962
1-5lide, belt feed, any, B2611l0
I- Spring, belt feed pawl, A9 3S 1
SLlDIt, sear .. _... -. .. .... .. ......................... T ool box
SPRING, belt holdina: pawl .................... T ool box
s..w...
It... N.",
PIN, CQtter, switch pivot ........................ T ool box
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
II.", N.",.
o...nlily "'"
....r St.n Nu.......
V.Md.
SPRING, belt feed lever plunger
SPRING, cove r extractor ....... ... , _......... _Tool bo"
SPRING, locking barrel . . _" _,, _,,_,,, _,, __,,_ Tool box
SPRING, sear
STl/O,
h.
Vehicle.
12
bolt
d.",.
Toolbox
", _, _", _,,_,Tool box
BULB, lamp, 3-eo, 2428V . __ , ." ........ __ ' Behind instr ument
panel
BUSHINGS, rubber
.... Tool box
CoNNECTION, end (to match track fur_
nished) .. ,.' _.. " ..... ,.. ,... ,.. ,.. ,_., _.. ,. _.... Tool bo.
FITTING, lubr, straight, 1/.in. . ,
FITTING, relief, Va2 7 NPT, ma le
16
6
12
,_" Tool bo"
, Stowed w/ lub gun

Stowed w/ lub gun
NUT, safety, . 18 NF-3 ' ' ' ' .... __ Tool box
TRACK (shoe) ah'y (to match track
furnished) .. .. .... ............. __ .. ..... .. ........ On rear of turret
WEOOE (to match track furnished) .... .. Tool box
Oo-",onoll.m
AT URBANHHAMPAK;I-I
"
TM 9-748
9- 11
PART TWO - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Hction IV
GENERAL
9.
SCOPE.
a. Part Two con tains information for the guidance of the perIOnnel responsible for the operation of the eq<.ripment. It contains
instructions on operation with description and locations of control l
and instruments.
s.ction V
SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF EQUIPMENT
10.
PURPOSE.
When a new or reconditio ned vehicle is first received at' the

using organization, it is necessary for second e.:: helon personnel to
determine whether or not the vehicle w ill operate sat isfactorily when
placed in service. For this purpose, inspect all accessories, subassemblies, assemblies. tools, and equipment to see t hat they are in place
and correctly adjusted. In addition, they will perfo rm II. run-in t eat
of at least 50 miles II.S directed in AR 850- 15, paraiJ"aph 25, table III,
aceording to procedures in parallraph 12 below.
n.
CORRECTION OF DEFICIENCIES.
a.
,
\
D eficiencies disclosed durin, the course of the nm_in test will

be treated as follow.:
(1) Corre.::t any deficiencies wit hin the scope of the maintenance
e.::helon of the usina: orllanization before the vehicle is plll.ced in
service.
(2) R efer deficiencies beyond the scope of the mai ntenance e.::heIo n of the using ol"lanization to a higher echelon for correction.
(3) Bring deficiencies of serious nature to the attention of the
supplying orllanization.
12.
RUN-IN TEST PROCEDURES.
a. Prelinlinll.l")" Service.
(I) FIR& EXTINGUISH&RS. See that portable and fixed fire extin,uishers are present, fully charged, and securely mounted. F ixed
utingui.her tubes must be firmly lupported, nozzle. properly aimed,
,.
.,
0.", 11 .
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
and not clogged. Be sure red safety seals on fixed fire extinguisher
cylinders are intact (fig. 189).
(2) FuEL, OIL, AND WATER. Fill main engine and auxiliary generator fuel tanks, allowing room for expansion. Also see that engine
oil is at t he correct level. CAUTI ON: Mix % pint 01 SAE 30 enline
oil with each ~allon of fu el to be used in auxiliary Aenera/or en~ine
unit. If there is a warning tag attached to engine oi l filler cap, follow
the instructions on tag before starting the engine when item 19 i!
reached. Examine coolant level in radiator surge tank and replenish
as needed, allowing room for expansion of coola nt. During period
when antifreeze is used, check value of antifreeze and add as needed
(par. 25 d) .
(3) FuEL FILTER. On auxiliary engine unit, c106E! fuel valve and
remove sediment bow l and screen (fig. 13). Wash in dry-cleaning
solvent, dry, and install. Open fuel valve and check filter for leaks.
(4) BATTERIES. Make a gTll.vity and voltage test of batteries
(par. 97 b ). Add clean water a. neee$$ary to bring electrolyte level
to % inch above plates. Inspect terminal con nections to be lure
they are in good condition and secure.
(5) AIR CLEANERS AND OIL PAN FILTER. R emove carburetor
air cleaners and oil pan filter. Wash elements and oiJ cups in drycleaning solvent and inspect them to see that they are in good condition. Fill oil cups to correct level with new or clea n used oil (par.
33), reoil filter element (par. 33), and reassemble these units securely.
Remove auxi liary generator engine air filter and wash e lement in
dry-cleaning solvent. Dry with comprened air and examine to see
that it is in good condition. Reoil element (par. 33) and reassemble
securely.
(6) ACCESSORIES AND BELTS. Examine a ll acceuible accessories,
suc h as carburetors. fans. water pump, oil filter, main and auxiliary
generato,," a nd starter to see that they are in good condition and
securely mounted. Inspect drive belts to see that they are in good
condition and pmpctrly adjusted. Fan belts should have i -inch finger_
preaure deflection (par. 83 b) halfway between pulleys.
(7) ELECTRICAL WIRING. Examine all e .. posed wiring a nd conduits to see that they are clean, in good condition, and securely supported and connected.
(8) TRACKS. Clean all foreign material from tracks and suspension units. inspect tracks for damage, loose wedge nuts, connectors
and/ or lock pins. See that tracks are correctly assembled and ad
justed. Ve hicles equipped with vertica l volute spring suspension
should have not less than lhinch. or more than :y..inch track sag
halfway tietween center and rear support ro llers (par. 149 <e).
(9) BooIE ASSEMBLY AND FLANGE N VTS. See that allspracket,
(
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
"
1M 9-748
12
idler, bogie wheel, and support roller assembly, mounting, and flange
nuts are present and secure.
( 10) FENDERS AND SAND SHIELDS. Examine fendelS, sand
shields, lamp and brush guards to see that they are in good condition
and securely mounted.
( 11 ) T OWING CONNECTIONS. I nspect cable, pintle hook, pintle
hook lock, and all towing connections to see t hat they are in good
cond ition, securely mounted and connected.
(12) H ULL, T ARPAULIN, AND CAMOUFLAGE NET. See that all
-hull attachments, hardware, doors, and escape door are in good can
d it ion and secure. Exami ne door hinges and latches and escape door
latch to see that they are not excessively wom and are adequately
lubricated. CAUTION: Do not fully open e3C<'lpe door. Be sure
hull drain valves open and dose freely. M ake sure there are no
bright spots to cause glare or rust and ma rkings are legible. E x
amine paul in and camou flage net to see that they are in good condition and properly stowed.
(13) VISION DEVICES. I nspect periscope heads and elbows to
..... that they are in good condi tion, clean, and securely attached to
the bodies. Make sure periscopes are securely mou nted in holders.
R ota te a nd tilt holders to test for wear or bind and see that locking
.screws hold periscopes in desired position. Examine spare periscopes
and heads and their stowage boxes to see that they are in good condition, dean, and se<:ure. CAUTION: Periscope window , mu,t be
cleaned only with a 30It cloth or brush.
( 14) L UB RICATION.
Perform a complete lUbrication of the
ve hide accord ing to instructions on Lubricat ion Order, paragraph 32,
except gear cases and u nits lub ricated Of serviced in items (I) to
(13). Check all gear case levels and add oi l as necessary to bring
to correct levels. Cha nge the oil only if condition indicates the n ece..
rity, or if oi l is not of proper grade for existing atmospheric temperatures. NOTE : Perlorm items ( 15) to (1 7) d ut"ill4llubrication.
( IS) S PRINGS AND SUSPENSIONS. I nspect all suspension b rackets,
arms, springs, links, and guides to see if they. are in good condition,
correctly assemb led, and secure. See that wheels a nd rollers are not
leaking exceSllively at seals. Examine roller a nd slUpension whll'el
tirl!!! for damage or separation from wheel!.
( 16) STEERING LINKAGI!:. Examine all shafts, arms, rods, con
n ections, levers, and grips to see that they are in good condition,
correctly assembled and adjusted. Check relea3ed position o f steering levers. Levers are correctly positioned when horixontal distance
from face of bra ke drum h ousing cover to front edge of lever is 7 to
7'h inches (fig. 139).
( 17)
P ROPELLER SHAFTS AND UN IVERSAL }OINTIl.

Or>
See that p ro-
Iff..
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9-748
12
peller s hafts and universal joints are properly alined, sec urely
mounted, and not leaking e xcessively at seals.
(18) VENT. Exam ine transmi!i/lion and dille rential unit breather
vent to be lure it is in good condi tion, securely mounted, and not
clogged.
(19 ) ENGINE WARMUP. Start engine, observing all precautions
in paragraph 15 c. Observe action of starter to see that it engages
and disengages without unusUliI noise and has adeqUllte cra nking
,peed. Set hand throttle so that ena:ine will run at 800 to 1,000 revo-.
lutions per minute during warmup. Start and test auxiliary generator
engine to see that it operates properly.
(20) INSTRUMENTS AND GAGES.
(a) Oil Pressure Ga~e. Engine oil pressure muU be indicated
when eng ine is idling and must show 60. to 100 pounds pressure at
2,600 revolutions per minute. Stop engine immediately when low
oil pressure signal light comes on above 1,000 revolutions per minute.
(b) En~ine Temperature GaJle. R eading should be approximately
90" F above atmospheric te mperature. H igh water temperature
signalliiht comes on at maximum safe operating temperature, 235 0 F .
CAUTION : Do nol drive vehicle until e nt:ine temperatura ;" above
1000 F.
(e) Ammeter. Ammeter may reiister a high positive ( + ) challl!!
for a period after startini eniine until generator restores to batteries
the current used in startina:- Only a sHiht c harge or zero reading is
registered with liKhts and accessories turned 011 a nd batteries fully
charged.
(d) Fuel Galle. With selector $Witch in relative positions, fuel
gage should register level of fuel in each tank..
(e) TlJChometer. T ac hometer should indicate engine speed in
revolutions per minu te and revo lutions counter reiister accumulatini
revolutions.
(2 I ) EN"'N]!; CoNTROLS. Observe whether ena:ine responds to
hand throttle and foot throttle prom ptly and properly, and if there
is any loose ness or binding in controls. M a ke sure engine idles
smoothly at 500 revolut ions peT minute.
(2 2 ) H ORN AND WINDSHIELD WIPER. See that these units ar!! in
good condition. If tactical sitUlit ion permits, test hom for proper
operation a nd tone. If windshield (driver'. hood) i. in use, be sure
it is not loose or damaged. Test wiper to see if it operates properly,
and that blade contacts glass evenly and firm ly through !u full .troke.
(23) LAMPS ( L IGHTS) . See that units are in good condition and
~ecure. If tactical situation permits, open and close all $Witches and
see if lamp' respond properly.
(
'fu
UNIVERSITY OF ILlI~\
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
"
TM 9-748
12
(24) LUKS - GENERAL. Look under ve hicle and in engine,

lighting, and driver's compartments for indication of fuel, oil, or coolant leaks. Correct or report any leaks found.
(25) TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT. Check tools and equipment
alainst paragraphs 7 and 8 to be sure all items are present, serviceable, and properly mounted or $towed.
CAUTION: Before driv;n, vehicle, be .!ute I hal turret control lever
i" in manual po3ilion. Also.tee tlwlt I/un breech and barrel travel loeb
and turret lock are e~alled to pr.e vent injury 10 personnel and damaile to equipment.
b.
Run.ln Tellt. Perform the followinl p rocedures ( 1) to ( 10 )

inclusive during the road test on the veh icle. On vehicles whic h
have been driven 50 miles or more in the COUl"1e of the delivery from
the supplying to the usins: O/ianization, reduce the length of the road
test to the lea$t mileaie necessary to make obl!rvation li$ted below.
CAUTION : Continuou" operation of lhe e~ine at ~pe!d, apprQlJCh .
;~ the m.u:imum indiCllted on the ClIution plllte should be avoided
durin, the tfl.tt.
(1) D ...SH INSTRUMENTS AND GAGI!.S. CAUTION : Do not d rive
v ehicle until enl/ine tempereture rellChes 100 F . Observe all pertinent instruments to be sure they relister the proper function of the
units to which they apply. W it h vehicle in motion, "peedometer
sh ould indicate vehicle speed and odometer should reiister accumulating mileage.
(2) STEERING BRAKES. Test steering levers to !lee if they have
4 to 5 1f.t inches of free travel at top (iii. 139) and see that lever
locking device holds levers in applied posit ion for parking, W ith
vehicle in motion, test brakes to see if they stop ve hicle e ffectively
and $teer vehicle properly when applied independently before levers
reach vertical position (lig. 139).
(3) CLUTCH. Clutch peda l free tfavel must not be less than :2
inches or more than 3'h inches (fig. 114 ). Clutch should not a;rab,
drag, squeal, or chatter on eniaa;ement or slip when engaged under
load.
(4) TRA NSMISSION. Shift through each speed ranie of transmlSSlon. Ob$erve w hether gearsh ift lever operates properly, and
whether there are any unusual vibrations or noise in any speed rana;e
that might indicate d amage, excessive wear, loose mountings, or improper lubrication.
( 5 ) ENGINE.. Be on the alert during test rUn for any unsatisfactory ena;ine operating c haracterist ics, such as stalling, misfiring,
lack of power or acce leration. or any unusual noise that miiht indicate loose, damaged, excessively worn. or inadequately lubricated
e na;ine parts or accessorie~
"
.,
Or'lo 11 .
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
TM 9748
"
(6) UNUSUAL NOISES. Be on the alert for any unusual noise
from tracks, suspensions, or poWer train that might indicate looseness,
damage, exceaive wire, or improper lubrication.
HALT VEHICLE AT lO-MILE INTERVALS FOR SERVICES (7) TO
( 10) BELOW.
(7) TEMPI!:RATURES. Place hand cautiously on each track wheel

and track support roller hub to see whether they are abnormally hot.
H wheel hubs are too hot to touch with the hand, bearings may be
inadequately lubricated, d amaged, or improperly adjusted. Check
transmission and final drives for overheating or exce!l!live oil leaks.
(8) LEAKS (ENGINE OIL, FuEL, AND WATER ). After stopping
engine, look in engine compartment, fighting and driving compartments, and under vehicles for fuel, oi l, or coolant leaks. Examine all
fuel and oil tubes, radiator h osel, and connections for leaks.
(9) GUN ( ELEVATING AND TRAVERSING MECHANISM). Disen.
gage gun traveling locks, place vehicle on a lO-degree lateral incline
(tilted sideways), disengage turret lock, and proceed with the fol_
lowing tests. Using both the hand and power controls, traverse the
turret through its full 36O-deil"ee range and observe whether the re is
any indication of binding. W ith the gun pointed forward or rearward, e le vate gun through its entire ranlle to see if there is any bind,ing, excessive lash, or erratic action. At completion of tests, be sure
that turret shift lever is in manual position, and gun breech and barrel
traveling lock!! and turret lock are engalled
( 10) TRACK TENSION ( FINA L ROAD TEST). After making the
final road test with vehicle on hard level surface, in$pec;t tracks to see
that tension adjustment is satisfactory. On vehicles equipped with
vertical volute spring suspension, tracks should have not le!l!l than
lIzi nch or more than %inch sag (fig. 151) halfway between center
and rear track support wheels (par. 149 e).
c.
Vehicle Puhlications and Reports.
( 1) PuBLICATIONS. See that vehicle Operator's Manual, Lubrication Order, Standard Fotm N o. 26 ( Driver's Report- Accident,
Motor Transportation), and W.D~ A.G.O. F orm N o. 478 (MWO and
M ajor Unit Assembly R eplacement R ecord) are in the vehicle, are
legible, and properly stowed. NOTE: U.S.A. re~inration number and
vehicle nomenclature mus t be filll in on F orm No. 478 [or new
vehicles.
(2) REPORTS. Upon completion of the runin test, correct or reo

port any deficiencies noted. Report general condition of the vehicle
to de$ianated individual in authority.
.
"..1 In n
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
"
1M 9-748
13
Section VI
CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

13.
CONTROLS.
a. General. This paragraph contains description, location, and

information on the operation of each of the controls used in driving
the vehicle. I nstructions on operation of the vehicle, however, are
not contained herein. Use of the instruments and controls 11\ vehicu lar operation are contained in &':tion VII.
( I ) STEERING LEVl!:RS (K, fig. 6). Two steering levers, one to
brake each track, are located immediately in front of the driver. T o
steer the ve hicle, pull the steering lever on the side toward which it
is desired. t o turn. Pulling back on one of the level'!l sloW$ down the
track on that side while the speed of the other track is automatically
increased. Pulling back on both levers at once slows down or stops
both tracks, depending on the amount of pull ellerted. Thus, the
steering levers are abo the brake control levers of the vehicle.
(2) PA!UtING BRAKE PEDAL (fig. 7). The parking brake pedaL,
mounted just to the right of the steering levers, raises and lowers
pawls which contact the quadrants o n t he steering levers. When the
pedal is pushed to the forward position and the steering levers are
pulled all the way back, the brakes are locked in parking position.
To release the brakes, pull back o n the steering levers and push the
pedal to its rear position to allow the steering levers to be moved
forward.
(3) FOOT THROTTLE PEDAL (fig. 7). T he foot throttle pedal,
located on the floor t o the right front of the driver, is depressed to
increase engine speed and released to decrease en"ine speed down to
idling speed.
(4 ) HAND THROTTLE ( I , fi". 6). The hand thronle is bracketmounted to the differential case above the foot throttle. Pulling out
on the hand throttle increases engine speed. To lock the hand throttle in a desired position, push in on the lock button in the cente r of
the hand throttle con trol.
(5) CLUTC H PEDAL (L, fi". 6). The clutch pedal, located on the
floor in front of the driver, is convenient to the driver's left foot. To
permit shifting of the transmission gean, the clut,ch is ditengaged by
depressing the clutch pedal.
(6) PRIMER (H , fig. 6). The priming pump is bracket-mounted
above the hand throttle. To prime the engine, pull out on the primer
knob, t hen briskly push it back in, thus pumping fuel to the intake
manifold.
~
Or'lo
.Im .
UNIVERSIH 01' IUlNOI\

ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
Conltol. owd In"' .... nll
Or>9,,,.ll.m
ATURBANHH AM PAlGN
TM 9-748
13
j
ii
I
~
"
TM 9-748
13
""".n'~'m" """
Figure 7 _ Porldnfl argile Pedal

(7) GEARSHIFT LEvER (G, fig. 6). The gearshift lever, located
to die driver's right, has sir; positions and neutra l for shifting the
transmission gean (fig. 8). The button in the top center of the iearshift lever must be pressed to release a latch before the transmission
may be 'hifted into first speed or reveI'$e.
(8) FuEL SHUT-QFF VALVES (fig. 9). Two shut.()ff valves, one
for each set of fuel tank-, are located on the right and left sides of the
bulkhead at the rear of the fighting compartment. To o"pen the valv ....,
tum counterclockwise to vertical or "ON" position and to close, tum
to horirontal or "OFF" position.
(9) 24-vOLT MASTER SWITCH (0, fig. 6) . The 24-volt master
switch is located to the left of the driver in the master switch box.
T o c1o. or tum on the switch, pull out on the switch handle enough
to allow it to be turned so that the hand le is in a vertical position.
Then release the switch a llowing: the spring: to pull it all the way in,
or to its ~ON" position. To open or tum off the switch, pull the
handle all the way out and turn it to the rig:ht or left, thUll locking it
out, or in ita ~OFF" ~ition.
( 10) 12,voLT MASTl:Jt SWITCH ( N , fig. 6). The 12-volt mqter
n
Or~
II. ..
ATURBANH HAM PAIQI
TM 9-748
13
f igure 8 - Gea rshift Lever Positions
switch is below the 24-volt master switc h in the main switc h box and
is operated in the same manner.
(11) MAGNETO SWITCH (Q, fig. 10). The magneto switch is a
rotary-type four-position switch. At its extreme left or counten:lockwise position, the switch is "OFF." Turning it to the ne xt position
clockwise, marked ~L," allows only the left-hand magneto and lefthend 4-cyli n d e r ba n k of the engine t o operate.
Turning it to the
next position clockwise, marked "R," allows only the right-hand magneto and cylinder bank to operate. Turning the switch to its extreme
clockwise, or "BOTH" position, turns magnetos on and allows the full
engine to function. This is the normal operating position to be used
except when checking magneto and engine operation.
( 12) STARTER SWITCH (S, fig. 10). The starter switch, at the
extreme lower right of the instrument pa nel, is turned on by pushing
the wing-type lever to the left. T he switc h will automatically return
to its wOFF" position when relealed.
(13) BoosTER SWITCH (R, fig. 10). The booster switch, located
to the left of the muter Iwitch, hal no function on this vehicle.
Or~
11. ..
ATURBANH HAM PAlGN
13
"
V
<
"w"
- ,"- ,
,,- -,
-
~
0
0
1M 9748
,,n
II ! I I t
" '
!if:!,
I
! j II
,"
,Ilid' ,
-.
=
...
Or>9>n II. ..
AT URBANHHAMPAKiN
--,
<
"
V
~
~
,
~
~
"
...I
I
. ~
,~
"TM 9748
C_,reI J
"
,.",~ ......
( 14 ) FUEL CuT-oFF SWITCH ( N, fill. 10). The fuel cut-oR is a

push-button type rwitch located at the bottom center of the instrument panel. T o operate, push in on the button and hold in this poti.
tion until the engine cornel to a complete stop.
( 15 ) FuRL TANK GAGE SElECTOR SWITCH (J, fig. 10). The
fual tank gage selector switch is a rotary-type switch used to select
t he tanb that the fuel gage is to meter. Whe n the switch is turned
to "L pmit;on, the fuel gage will indicate the amount of fuel in the
left-hand tanka, and when turned to gR ," the gage will indicate the
amount of fuel in the right_hand tanb.
H
( 16) MAIN LIGHT SWITCH ( H , fia. 10 ). The veh icle service and
blackout lights are controlled by a rotary-type switch at the upper
right comer of the instrument panel. The switch is equipped with a
button-operated lock to prevent its being turned to other than MOO
DRH (blackout driving and taillights) or MBa MK" (blackout marker
and taillights). T o release the lock, push it with the thumb, at the
same time turning the switc h through gSTP L T' position to "liD
LTS" (all service lights).
( 17 ) INSTRUMENT PAN EL LIGHT SWITCH (B, fig. 10). The instrument panel light switch is a five-position, rotary-, rheostat-type
switch which increases the brilliance of the panel and compass lights
lI5 it is turned clockwise.
(l8) EMERGEN CY ENGINE STOP SWITCH (fig. 9). T he emergency engine stop swi tch is a push-butto n type switch mounted on
the bulkhead terminal boL It provides a means of stopping the
engi ne in emergency . ituatioru from the fightina:: compartment.
( 19) H OR!!! OR SIREN BUITON ( ] , fig. 6). A push button for
sounding the ho m or siren is located on the right-hand steeri na lever.
(20 ) CIRCUIT BREAKER RI!:SI!:T BUTI'ONS. Five circuit breaker
reset buttons in the upper part of the instrument panel (E, fig. 10)
and two on top of master switch box (fia::. 74) control the circuit
breakers in t he various circuits of the vehicle. In each instance whe n
a ciFcuit is o verloaded, the circui t bTeaker in that circuit will open.
T o reset the circuit breaker in a particular circuit, simply push the
circuit breaker butto n for the circuit involved.
(21) TRANSFER SWITCH (fig. 9) . The toggle-type transfer
switch, located on the side of the bulkhead terminal bol[, is in normal
(batteries chargina) position when pushed down. When the switch
is in upper position, the output of the lIuxiliary a::enerato r is switched
to the battery heater coil.
(22) all. CooUR SCREEN R OLL CONTROL (fill. 9). The screen
roll over the oil coole r on the bulkhead is operated as a window
shade. The chain pull control may be locked to hold the llereen roll
Or~
II. ..
ATURBANH HAM PAlGN
"
Or>9moll.m
ATURBANHHAMPA~
-,
.!t
TM 974'
13
in any positio n by simply pullinll: the chain d own so that it enll:ages

the slotted brac ket provided fo r thi:. pu.p<:le.
' (23) ENG INE CoMPARTMENT DooR SHUTTER CoNTROLS (filii:- 9).
The engine compartment top d oors are provided with shutters con
tro lled by cables. The cab le control knobs are mounted on the bulkh ead in the fighting compartme nt. These shutters should be closed
only when operating the e ngine in cold weather. T o open the shut
ters, push in the cont rol cable knobs. To close the shutters, press in
the lock buttons and at the' same t ime pull out the knobs.
(2 4 ) AIR CLUNBR DIRECT OPENING CoNTROLS (fig. 9 ) . An air
clea ner direct openinll: vent and a control are located on each side of
t he bulkhead at the rear of the fighting compartment. They are used
to regulate the source of air to the air cleaners. When con trols are
pushed in, air is drawn from the fighting compartmenL When
trois are p ulled out, warmed air is drawn from the e ngine com part.
ment and hastens the warming o f the engine.
con
(25) DRIVERS' SEATS (fig. 181 ) . The driver's seat and assistant
drive r's seat are adjustable in height and h ori zontal position. They
are provided with removable seat backs and 5f:at cushion.. Counter_
balance $prings in the 5f:at base assist in ra isin, the seat to the desired
position. T o a dj ust the seat hei gh t for a more comfortable driv ing
position, operate the loc king handle in the seat base. The seat can
be ra ised 1 inch at a time for a tota l of 3 inches by pulling out on
the locking handle, raising the body to the desired position, and releasing the handle in locked position. F or driving with the d oor open,
the seat can be raised 4 1fz inc hes lit a time for a total of 9 inches by
p ull ing up on the vertical release handle to the right, raising the body
to the desired position, and .Teleasinll: the handle in locked po$ition.
The seat is adjustable in 4 horizonta l positions for a total of 4 inches.
T o move seat forward or backward, press in on horizontal rele ase
lever to the left, slide the seat to the d esired position, and release the
le ver in lock ed posit io n. The assistant driver's seat ca n be folded
over forward to provide easy access to the 90mm am munition stow.
age box at the rear of the seat. T o fold seat, first place seat in lowest
position, then remove locking pin from sub-base and swing seat for
ward and down. I n t his po$ition the seat pad is used as a seat and
the sub-base cushion serves to prevent inj ury to the hands when
withdrawing IImm uniti on from the stowage box.
( 26 ) CoMPARTMENT L IGHTS. There are 3 compartment lights to
provide ill umi nation in the drivers' compa rt ment, Two of the lights
are attached inside to the hull top plate, one above the master switch
box (fig, 14 ) and another over the auxiliary generator (fill:. 13). The
thIrd light is a ttached to the hull ventilating fan ( fill:, 6), Each light
is controlled by its c wn toggletype switch, The circuits are protected by the smaller circuit breaker on top of the switch hoI.
Or>
Iff<-
UNI'dRSITY OF IllIN<]S
AT tJriBANHHAMPAlGN
"
TM 9-748
I.
14.
INSTRUMENTS.
a. Ammeter. (C, fig. to ). An ammeter with a range of 100ampere discharge to t OO-ampere charge is located in the left center
section of t he instrument panel. If, during normal operation when
little current is being U$ed, the am meter consi$lently indicates disc harge, refer to paragraph 35 b (8).
h. Oil Pre81ure Gage ( D, figure 10 ). The oil pressure gage is

located to the right of the ammeter on the left center section of the
instrume nt panel. At normal temperature the oil pressure should be
between 60 and 100 pounds. If, during operation, the oil pressure
suddenly drops off, stop the enl[ine immediately. The fault may be
due to low oil level. If oil pressure drops off slowly, it may be due
to a change in the viscosity' of the oil caused by overheating. Check
the engine temperature.
TemperalUre Gage ( F , fil[. 10). The temperature I[al[e, which
ind icates the temperature of the liquid in the cooling system, is located in the right center section of the instrument panel and has a
scale ra nginl[ from 60 F to 260 F. The cooling system is sealed
with the result that the boili nl[ point of the coolant is raised. and
overheating does not occur until III tempera ture of approI imately
235 Q F is reached. In normal operat ion under maximum powe r on a
level, ha rd surface, the temperature s hould not be I[reater than 90 F
above atmospheric temperature.
1:.
d , Fuel Gage and Seleetor Swll<:h ( G and ] , fig. 10). The fuel
gage in the ril[ht cente r section of the instrument panel works only in
conjunction with the fuel I[age selector switch. The .witch has two
"ON~ positions, "L ~ and uR ," to permit checking of the fuel level in
either the left o r nl[ht fuel tanks. With the switch in the "OFF"' peai
t ion, the fuell[age will read "E~ (empty).
e. Speedom eter ( L, fi&- 10). The speedometer, which is located
at the bottom of the instrument panel to the left of center, indicates
the speed of t he vehicle in miles pet houR. The scale ranl[es from
o to 60. The upper odometer registers total mileal[e. The lower
odome ter registers trip mileage and has a reset knob directly behind
it o n the back of the instrument panel
f. Taehom""e r ( P , fig. 10 ). The tachometer, which regi"'e... the
revo lutions per m inute of the engine, is located at the bottom of the
instru ment panel to the right of center. The circular scale is divided
into 40 units, eac h of wtjich indicates 100 revolutions per minute. The
tachometer is operated by the transmission and so will not regi"'er
with the clutch disengaged. The ho rizontal row of numbers at the
bottom of the dia l record the tota l revolutions of the engine in t housa nds.
OrKJ1"!.1 If<

ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9748
14-15
,.
Perlscopee ( 8 and C, fig. 6 ). Periscopes, mounted one each

in the driver's and assistant driver's doors and two in the hu ll between the doors, provide v;,Jion from the drivin& compartment when
the doors are closed. The periscopes may be ti lted to raise or lower
the fie ld of vision. The periscopes mounted in the doors may be
turned in any direction liS well as tilted (par. 23).
h. Hi gh Waler TemJw.rature and Low Oil Pre eeure Warning
Ught (K, fig. 10). The high water te mperature and low oil pressure
warni ng light is located o n the extreme lower left corner of the instrument panel. It is a red, jewel-type light which flashes o n when the
oil pressure drops below 8 pounds, or when the water temperature i,
higher than 235 0 F .
i. Co mpau ( A, fig. 6 ). The driver's compass, which indicates
direction" is bracket-mounted on the sloping armor plate above the
left corner of the instrument -panel.
Section VII
OPERATION UNDER ORDINARY CONDITIONS

15.
USE OF INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS IN VEHICULAR

OPERATION.
a. New Vehicle Run-in Tellt. Before a new or reconditioned

vehicle is piliced in service, be sure that the new vehicle run-in test
described in para,raph 12 has been performed.
ii,
Before-operation Service, Pe rform the services in items ( I )

throu,h (6) in para,raph 35 before attempting to start t he en,ine.
Slart and warm up the engine (subpar. c below), and complete the
before-operation services.
c.
StaMing the Engine_

(1) P.un............ Ry r.< IrTRUCT ' ONS. Berore aUemptinl[ t o sta rt the
en,ine, become familiarized with all the various instruments and controls as out lined in paragraphs 13 and 14. Make sure that the function of each instrument and control is t horoughly understood, and
that the significance of the readinp on the various instrument. i.
appreciated.
( 2 ) WARM WEATHER STARTINO. Make s ure the engine com

partment d oor shutten are open. If the fuel tanks a re full, open both
fuel .hut-off valves (fig. 9). NOTE : Alter 30 minute. operation,
close either luel ahut-otf valve. Turn the 24.volt master switch to
the ON~ poeition. Put the gearshift lever in n:::utre l. P re:JS t he foot
throttle peda l, and pu ll the hend throttle out about 1(4 inch. Tum
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
15
the magneto sWitch to the "BOTH~ position. If the engine is (old,

prime it with one to three quick strokE!$ of the primer. Tum the
starter switch lever to the left. The engine should start readi ly. If
it does not continue to run, repeat t he priming.
(3) CoLD W EATHER STARTING. If the temperature is Lower than
10 F and the ve hicle is equipped with engine compartment door
shutters, mak e sure the shutters are closed. Start auxiliary generator
and heat batteries (pa r. 19 b ). Close t he 24-volt master switch. Put
the gearshift le ver in neutral. Press the foot t hrottle pedal, and pull
the hand throttLe out about V4 inch. Turn the magneto switch to the
~BOTHM position. Prim e the engine with five or six quick strokes of
the primer. Turn the starter swit ch lever to the left. H old the clutch
pedal a ll the way d own while the starter is turning the engine. As the
engine starts, two or three quick strokes of the foot throttle pedal will
assist in keeping the engine running by su pplyi ng a dditional fuel If
temperature is below 0 F , it may be necessary to continue priming
until carburetor cuts in (as evidenced by consistent firing).
d. Operation of the Vehicle.
(I) PRRLIM INARV INSTRUCTIONS. Befor" attempting to driv" th"
v ehicle, be thoroughly familiar with all the instruments and the sign:ficance of their readings. Know the fun ction a nd operation of all
the controls in this compartment. Review of paragraphs 13 and 14
will be helpful.
(2) SETTING THE VEHICLE IN M OTION. W ith th" " ngi n" at idli ng
speed and all instruments showing normal readings, the driver may
now operate t he veh icle. Disengage the c lutch by pressing the clutch
pedaL d own to the floor and holding it down. M ove the geauhift
lever into second aear position for norma l operation (first gea r will
be used only when operating vehicle in buildings or over obstacles).
Gradually release the clutch pedal, at the same time depress ing the
foot throttle. When the vehicle hu started and is moving with an
engine speed of 1,200 revolutions per mi nute, release the foot throttle,
depress the clutc h again, and move the gearshift lever into the third
gear position. Release the clutch and again depress the throttle to
pick up the load o f the vehicle. Repeat the above p rocedure unt il
the h ighest gear is reac hed which will enable the vehicle to proceed
at the desired speed without causing the engine to labor. Do not ride
the clutch. The drive r's Left foot must be completely removed from
the clutch pedal while driving, to avoid unnecessary wear and burnini
out the clutch.
(3) STEI!;RING THE VI!;HICLI!;. T o steer the vehicle, pull back the
right-hand steeri ng lever to mak e a right turn, Or the left-hand lever
for the left turn. Th;" action applies the brake to the track on the
inride of the turn and ipeeds u p the outside track. T he driver should
anticipate each turn and be ready to apply more power as it is n eeded
Or>l, .. II. ..
AT URBANHHAMPAKiN
TM 9748
15-16
to compensate the braking effort. The hands should be free of the

steering levers when not Elctually steering the vehicle.
(4) BACI(ING THE VEHICLE.. Backing the vehicle should never
be attempted unless Eln observer is stationed in front to guide the
driver. To plElce the vehicle in reverse gear, a complete stop must
be made. The throttle must be closed until the tachometer reads 500
revolutions per minute (lowest idling speed). Depress the clutch
pedal and move the geanhift lever to the reverse position.
(5) USE OF GAGES ON THE INSTRUMENT PANEL. T he tachometer
and the oil pressure gage give the most satisfactory indications of the
engine'. performance. Should the indications of these instruments
appear to be irregular, the engine should be stopped and the cause
investigated.
(6) STOPPING THE VEHICLE. To stop the vehicle, release the
throttle and pull back on both steering levers at the same time. Depress the clutch pedal when the vehicle hEls slowed down to approx_
imately 2 to 5 miles pet hour, depending upon which gear is being
e mployed before stopping.
(7) STOPPING THE ENGINE. After completing a run, the engine
must be allowed to operate at 500 revolutions per minute for 2 minutes to assure a gradual and uniform cooling o f the valves and other
engine parts. To stop the engine, press the fuel cut-off button until
the engine stops, then turn the magnet~ switch to the "OFF" position..
16.
TOWING THE VEHICI E.
a. Equipment. A towing wackle is mounted on each corner of

the hull. Two of these shackles are mounted in front and two in the
rear (fig. 11 ) . These shackles provide a quick method of attaching
either a towing bar or cables.
h. Towing a DiNibled Vehide.
( 1) PRECAUTIONS. If t here are tracks on the vehicle to be towed,
a lways disconnect the propeller shaft at the transmission companion
Ranlj;e and leave the vehicle in fifth eear. This procedure insures adequate circulation of the transmis!Jion oil while the vehicle is in motion..
If the tracks are removed before towing the vehicle, this precaution
is not ne<: nary. In towing, there are several precautions that the
driver must take to avoid trouble or unneces!lBry delay. Challies of
direction are always to be made by a series of slight turns so that the
vehicle being towed ia, IfIS nearly as possible, directly behind the one
doing the towing, or "tracking." NOTE: Thi, will prevent the cable
from contacti.., the tu"cJc which mi,ht ruin both the cable and the
track bloch. The maximum speed when towing s hould be not more
than 12 miles per hour, and then only with an operator for steering
and bre.king .the towed vehicle. If no operlfltor is available to steer
Or'lo. 1m .
(.(
J':{II
UNIVERSITY OF IUlNOI\
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
16
TOW ING SHACKLES
FiglJt. 'I _ Towing ShocJdeJ ond ,.in"e HOOk

t he disabled vehicle, one cable will facilitate tracking of the towed
vehicle. NOTE: W hen turni/1l, take care not to get the cable ta ngled
up with the track 01 either vehicle. }{cept in case, where II ",hort
hitch" i, alnolutely nece.rHry, a towing cable will not be coupled to
another vehicle by other than the thimbled eyes provided at both
encll. Doubling the cable cause$ sharp bends in the wire rope which
will caUlle rapid failure of the strands, and will leave the cable eItremely dangerous to handle.
(2) TOWING ON MUDDY OR IRRWULA R TERRAIN. Soft muddy
ground is to be avoided .ince the tracks may slip on such a sur fa~.
If it is necessary to cross a muddy area, the driver should be careful
to straiKhten out both veh icle$ before e ntering it, al it is more diffi_
cult to pull a vehicle at an anK le than when followinK in tow. On
vehicle$ equipped with rubber block tracks, grousen; may be installed
as required.
c. Towing to Start. If the e ngine il forced to turn over while
there is water or antifreeze in the cylinder above the pistON (as a
result of. condensation or lea ka lle). brea ka ge of internal parts of the
engine will result. Turn the e na:ine over 2 com plete revo lutions by
hand prior to towing. N ever use other than fifth gear when towing
the vehicle t9 start the engine.
( 1) TURN ENGINE OVE~ T u rn the magneto Jwitch off. T ow
the vehicle several feet with the transmilsion in neutral to remove
"
Or~
.~
',<,I..
11n. ..
UNNERSIH OF 1li!1<C]\
ATURBANHH AM PAIGN
TM 9-748
16-17
the shick from the t owing cable and to break the track loose from the
ground. Depre!l:S the clutch pedal and place the gearshift lever in
fifth geat. T ow the vehicle at 1 mile per hour, and engage t he clutch
gradually (permitting it to slip) until two complete re volutions of
the engine have been made. If the en,ine will not tum over with the
clutch slipping, discontinue attempting to start and notify higher
authority.
(2)
START THE ENGINE. After the engine .has been tumed over
as outlined above, tum the magneto switch to ~BOTH" position and
engage the clutch. Increase towing speed to from 3 to 5 miles per
hour (in fifth gear) and make from three to five strokes with the
priming pump. If the engine does not start, see paragraph 41 h.
d.
Gener al To,,;ng. When towing veh icles other than other

tanks or gun motor carriages, and the veh icle being towed has a gross
weight of 5 tons or less, the towing pintle may be used in3tead of the
towing shac kles.
Section VIII
TURRET CONTROLS AND OPERATION

17.
CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS.
Armament Control8. F or description and operation of the

armament controls, refer to Part Four.
B.
h. Turret Lock. The turret can be secured against accidental

rotation by operation of the turret lock which is mounted on the
turret ring at the right of the gunner (fig. 12 ). T o disenia,e the
turret lock, pull the handle straight out and turn left, or counterclockwise. To lock the turret, tum the handle to the right, or clockwise.
If necessa ry, manually traverse the turret slightly to make sure gear
tetth are meshed with turret lock.
... TU""'t T ..a,eni n Shift Le"e r (fig. 12). The ,ear shifting
lever, mounted under the gear box, enables the operator to lelect
either hydraulic or manual traversing. When the shifting lever is
moved to lower position it engages the gears for manual traversing.
If nece$Sary, move the manual trave rse brake handle sli,ht ly to fully
mesh the gean. Move the gear shiftin, lever to upper position for
hydraulic traversing.
d. Hand Tra"erein Brake Control. The hand traversing brake
control handle is mounted on the gear box ahead of, a nd to the riiht
of, the gunner's station (fig. 12) . The iea r shiftini lever must be
placed in manual operatini position (Iubpar. c precedini) and the
turret lock released (subpar. h preading) before travenini turret.
n
Or~
Hft..
ATURBANH HAM PAlGN
17
"r
1M 9748
"~ j
~,
"
--
ir\
-~
~
~
<
"
".- > ,~ 9
h
.
5 ,
,
iii .
~i\
ru
~"
"~~
iii ~~
~
r~
<
i\
il
"
"r
~
"
-"
0
0.""".1 from
AT URBANHHAMPAlG.'I
<
,~
TM 9-741
17- 1'
Gripping the b ra k e h andle and brake release lever will release th",
brak",. Turning th'" handl", to th", I"'ft, or count",rclockwiSf!, turns
the turret to th", I",ft. Turning the hand \", to the right, or clockwise,
trav",rses th'" tUIT",t to th", right. Wh",n th", brake rel",ase lev"'r is
r",l",ased, s pring action appli",. th", t urret brak"" NOTE : Alway.
leave sear shiltins lever in manual po&ition except when hydraulic
operation is dNired.
e. Hydraulic Tnn'ersing Control. T ht' hydraulic traversing
contro l handle on the traverse pump to the right of the gun elevating
handwheel (fig. 12) controls the speed and direct ion of t u rret rotation. To traverse the turret to the right, rotate the control handle
to the right. T o traverse the t urret to the left, rotate t he control
handle to the le ft. Max imum traversing speed is obtained by turning the control handle to the extreme right or left. NOTE: Turr"'t
rotation can be rev",. sed instantly without d a mase to the pow",.
mechenism.
f. Seats. The gunner's seat, mountf!d on the turret plat form
at the right side of t h", 90-mm gun, is provided with a detachable
back and can be raised or lowered or adjusted horizontally ( fi g. 181).
The command",r's ..,at is the pad-type, adjustable in height, and is
mountf!d on a frame at the rear side of the turret. It can be foldf!d
down out of t he way wbe n not in use, The loader's seat, at t he left
.ide of th", 90-mm gun, i, .imilar to the commander's Sf!at and is
demountable.
18.
OPERATION.
a. G~mertll. The turret can I:)e travened 360 degrees in either

direction by operating t he hydraulic or manua l traversing
mechanisms.
b. Be lore-operlltlon Sen 'ice. P e rform the inlpections in item.
1,2, 4, and 6 of Before-operation Service ( par, 35) before tra versing
the turret,
c. lUanual Operation. M ove the a:ear s hifting lever to lower or
manual traversing position. D isengage t he turret lock (wbpar, b
preceding). CAUTI ON: Before traver.inS the turret, Mt aure both
driveri doo., are e/O!ed, and the /1 l1n will clea. all obstructions. Grip
the brake control handle and brake release lever to release the brake '
in the gear box. Turn th'" brake control handle to the right or le ft
as desired. NOTE: The $peed of turret rotations depend$ upon the
~peed with which h andle i~ operated.
R ", le ase the brake control
handle and b rake release lever to hold turret stationary. Lock turret in posit ion with turret loc k when there i. no further need for
traversing,
Or>
Iff<-
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9-748
18- 19
d. Power Operation. Place ,ear shifting lever in its upper or

power POSLt LOn. D isengage the turret lock. Turn battery master
switch to "ON" position. Turn on the turret traversin!!; motor switch
( located on turret control box) to start the e lectric drive mot or.
Gnlsp t he hydraulic travene control ha ndle and twist to the right or
left according to direction of turret rotation desired CAUTION:
Be fore tllrnin; the turret tntver~n; motor _itch oil, move the ;ear
s hiftin; l ever 10 i ts manual po5ition to prevent /lfXidentlll ro tlltion o f
the turret. Lock turret in position with turret lock when need for
traversing is com pleted
OPERATION OF AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

) 9.
AUXIUARY GENERATOR (fig. 13 ).
a. De&Criptio n. The auxiliary !!;enerator is a self-conta ined unit

consisti ng of a 3()...volt, 50ampere ( 1,5()()..watt) generator, driven by
a single-<:ylind er, two-cycle, air-cooled gaso line engine. This unit is
mounted on the left sponson near the bulkhead with a separate
&.gallon fue l tank mounted above in the left rear corner of the fighting compartment . The fuel tank is filled throu!!;h a hole in the hull
roof behind, and to the left of, the turret. The auxiliary generator is
cranked electrically b y means of a n intev;ral starter windi ng, or man_
ually by means of a SUlrting rope wound around the starting p late of
the engine. The auxi liary generator can be used in cold weather to
heat the batteries or engine compartment, or as a charging generator
to recharge the batteries and to furnish power for operation o f the
electrical units when t he main generator is running slowly or is not
in operation.
h. Opera tio n.
( 1) F UEL. Fill the auxiliary !!;enerator fuel tank with a mi xture
o f o/S pint of engine oil to 1 lallon o f gasoline. The en!!;ine is lubri.
cated by the oil in the gasotine. M ix the fue l thoroughly t o assure
proper lubrication and prevent fouling of the spark plug.
(2) STARTING THE ENGINE. Close the 24volt master switt h and
open the fuel valve. Close the choke ( t he lev er on top o f the carburetor) and press the button marked ~ START.~ W hen the engine
!tarta, release the MSTART" b utton and open the choke. If the batteries are too low to crank the auxiliary generator engine, wind the
rope around the starting plate and crank the engine by pulling the
rope quickly.
(3) USE OF AUXILIARY GENERATOR AS A HEATER. The auxiliary
generator engine mulRer and a heater coil is housed in an air duct
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
g
<
<
<
,--
.0
.-
"
H
I0
<
-,-, -
.3
0-
0
0
<0
"''.
,~
--.
'0
'5
,:
e~
,,,..1 In
.i
.0
.-.v
-"
Or
<
19
<
.,
-"
TM 9748
"
-5
ATURBANHHAMPAlQI
TM 9 748
1
--..,
fi RE U TiNG UlSHER
__
2' .VOLl
MASTER SWITCH
j '-.
fiRST
..... 0 KIT
FigfJre '.II _ Fi;nd Fire Eldinguish.r Int ior Controls
on the bulkhead behind the auxiliary generator. The heater coil is

connected to the output of t he generator through a transfer switch on
the bulkhead terminal box. Ci~culation in the air duct is created by
the generator cooling fan and is controlled by a damper on the left
!ponson. Turn the transfer switch (fig. 9) to position marked "HEAT
BA ITERIES," push the damper handle in, and start the engine (step
(2) abo ve) . As soon as auxiliary lenenltor has been operating for
about 2 minutes, pull out the damper ha ndle to direct the heat to
the battery compartment. A red warning light on the right side of
the bu lkhead terminal bo,. will burn when the transfer switch is on
the "HEAT BAI'IERIES~ position. CAUTION: Do not ope-rate
the auxilillTY teneT/dor M a heater it the temperatllTe in the lithtin"
comP;&rlment is above 40 0 F.
q
Or,
If.
ATURBANHHAMPAIGII
TM 9-748
19-20
(4 ) USE OF AUXIL IARY GENERATOR TO CHARGE BATTERIES.

Close the 24-volt master switch, start the engine (step (2) above),
and place the transfer swi tch on the bulkhead terminal bolt in the
position' marked "CHARGE BATTERIES.~ The damper should be
in normal operation position. The ammeter on the aUltiliary generator control panel will show the rate of charge. If the batteries are
very low, the ammeter will show approximately 50-amperes charge
and the needle will return towards zero as the batteries become
charged.
(5) STOPPING THE AUX ILI ARY GENERATOR. Press and hold the
stop button on the magneto housing until the engine stops. Shut off
the fue l valve.
20. ,.' IRE EXTINGUlSHI<:RS.

a. De&o::riluion. The fire extinguisher equipment cOl1!lists of a
fixed system which is piped to nozzles in the engine compartment,
with internal and external controls. There are two portable extinlIuishe rs; one located in the turret and one in the driving compartment (figs. 15 and 2 18)'. These exti ngu ishers are the carbon-dioltide
gas type and should be handled carefully. CAUTION: Do not drop
or e"po8e cyljnder~ t o unnecessary heat. The net weight of the fixed
fire extinguisher cylinders should not be less than 9 pounds; for the
portable cylinders., not less than 3.6 pounds.. The full and empty
weights are stamped on the control heads of the filted cylinders, and
on the disc harlle valve of the portable cylinders.
h. 0lleration.
(1) FIXED ExnNGUISHERS. In case of fire in the engine compartment, the fixed fire extinguisher cy linders can be disc harged as
follows:
Pull one of t he pull handles diret:tly above, and to the left of, the
driver (fig. 14 ) .
Operate the control head lever on one of the cy linders (fig. 189).
Pull one of the two pull handles on the outside of the huH to the
left and be hind t he turret (fig. 182).
If fire is not extinguished, discharge the other cylinder by operating the other control from anyone of the above thrff positions.
,
(2) PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS. T o operate the portable fire'
extinguishers, direct the nozzle at the base of the flame and press the
trigger on the pi5tol grip (fig. 15 ).
e. Mainlenanee. Replace the fire extinguisher cyli nders (futed
or portable) immediately after 1.I5e. Weigh the cylinders every 4
months., if not used, to determine the amount of carbon dioxide gas
in the cylinders, and replace them if below the proper net weight .
~
'fu
UNIVER5ITV OF ILlINC]\
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
21 - 22
RA
~D
U2H
Flgur. '5 _ Po""bl. Fi,. fdinguish.r
21.
CREW COMPARTMENT BLOWER.
a. Deeeriptio n (fig. 192). The crew compartment blower is a

centrifugal fan-type b lower mounted under the front ventilator directly above the- transmission. The blower is driven by a 24vo lt
electric motor controlled by a tOKgle switch on the side of the blower.
Drainage for the ventilator base is provided by a rubber hose leading
to the ouaide of the hull in front of the assistant driver to prevent
water from reaching the blower. Two unive rsal outlet elbow., which
direct the flow of air as desired in the driver's compartment, are a
part of the blower assembly.
b. O~ration. Turn on the 24-volt master switch. Turn on the
blower switch and direct the outlet elpows to secure the desired ven_
tilation. The small circuit breaker on top of the battery switch box
. is connected in series with the blower circuit to protect the equipment
against short circuits, iToundS, or overloads.
22.
DRIVER'S HOOD AND WINDSHIELD.
a. DellCription. The driver's hood is used to protect the driver

in inclement weather when driving with t he door opened. The hood
is provided wit h an electric windshield wiper and defroster wires.
M
Or
>
If.
UNIVERSITY OF IlliNOIS
ATURBANHHAMPAlGH
TM 9-748
22- 23
U, PO ",...,
F1911r. 16 - Driver's Hood and Windshield Install.d
h. Operation. Position the driver's hood over the door opening

with the door locked in opened position (fig. 16 ). Make sure the
gasket !Seats e venly around the opening and lock the hood in position
with the two catches, one o n each side. Remove the utility ou tlet
cap from the imrt.rument panel (fig. 10 ) and plug the wire from the
hood into the outlet. Turn on 24-volt master switch and switch
marked "WIPER" to operate the windshield wiper. The switch
marked ~DEFROSTERH cont rols the heater wires in the windshield.
M a ke sure defroster switch is turned off when not in U!Se. When the
hood is no longer needed, release the catches, carefully fo ld the hood,
and stow it in bracket at front of driver's compartment.
23.
PERISCOPES.
a. Deecription. Four periscopes are used to provide indirect

vision; two for the d river and two lor the assistant driver (fig.. 5 .. nd
6 ). The peri$C()pes can aU be t ilted to raise o r lower the field of
vision, and the two in the driver's and assistant driver's doors can be
rotated in .. ny direction. Spare periscopes and heads are stowed in
the driver's compartment (fig. 6). The heads are designed to sha~er,
when struck, without deflecting the projectile down into the interior
of the vehicle.
h. Ins tallation and Operation of PerillCopes. Re move the peri
scope from the stowage box. Loosen t he kn urled nut at the front of
the periscope. Slide the catch on the holder back out of the way.
Insert periscope into holder and secure it in uppermO!ilt position by
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
"
TM 9-748
23- 25
tightening the knob. Slide the catch into locked po$ition to prevent
the periscope from dropping out should the knob become loosened.
To rotate the periscope, loosen the housing knob at the edge of
housing segment (fig. 180) and turn periscope to desired position.
T he knob can then be tightened to hold it in this position. To tilt
th e periscope, loosen the k nob at the side of the holder just below
the segment and tilt periscope as required. The periscope can be
secured in the desired position by tightening the k nob. T o clean the
periscope head while it is in use, loosen the knob at the front of the
holder and move the periscope up and down so that wiper blade will
clean t he outer surface of the glass in the up per head. W hen not in
use, stow the periscoPes in the boxes in the front of the driver's
compartment.
c. R e j,llll'e m e l1' of lI ealls. With the periscope out of the ho lder,

turn the half-ring latches at both sides o f the periscope nearest the
head to be removed counterclockwise as far as possib le and pull out
the head. Press a new head into end of periscope until firmly seated,
and turn both latches clockwise as far as possible to lock the
head in position. F old the catches down against the sides of the
pe riscope.
Section X
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS
24.
GEN ERA L.
T he purpose of this section is to augment the lubrication, maintenance, and operating instructions for ordinary conditions given in this manual. T he instructions given herein cover cold
weather operation at temperatures ranging between 0 F and _65 0 F.
T hese instructions cover the cold wea ther operation of the cooling
system at temperatures below + 32 0 F. T hey cover the operation
under extreme dust conditions and the special precautions necessary
to p revent permanent damage to the vehicle resulting from submersion.
B.
25.
PUrJlOlIe.
COLD WEATHER OPERATION. .
n. General. Since sub-zero temperatures affect both metals and

lubricants, operation of automotive equipment at sub-~ero temperatures p resents problems that demand special precautions. Extremely
carefu l serv icing from both operating and maintenance personnel is
required if poor performance and total functional failure are to be
avoided.
"
OrKJ1"'!.1 If<

ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
25
h. Fuel. The winter grade of motor fuels procured under U. s. .

Anny Specification 2-103, grade C, la test revision, will be used for
sub-zero operation.
( 1) STORAGE AfoID HAfoIDLlfoIG. Due to condensation of moisture
from t he air, water will accumulate in tanks, drums, and containers.
At low temperatures, t his water will form ice crystals that will dog
fuel lines and carburetor jetl unless the following precautions are
taken.
(a) Be sure all containers are thoroughly clean and free from
rust before storin&: fuel in them.
(b) If poSllible, aher fillin&: or movinK a containe r, allow the fuel
to settle for 24 hours before filli ng the vehicle tank from it.
(c) K eep a ll closures of containers tight to prevent the entrance

of snow, ice, dirt, and other foreign m atter.
(d) Wipe all snow and ice from dispensing equipment and from
around the fuel tank fill cap before removing the ca p for refueling.
(e) Add 1 quart of denatured alcohol, grade 3, to each fuel tank
at the start of the winter season, and 1f:t pint at each refueling. This
will reduce the chance of ice fannadon in the fuel tank.
(I) Strain the fuel throuit:b any type of filter that will prevent
the pa!lSllge of water. CAUTION: G alJOline Rowin~ over a IIUriace
generatell ,tatic electricity that will re5u/t in a spark unless means are
provided to Around the electricity. A metallic contact between the
container and the tank must be provided to inwre an eRective Around.
(~)
Keep tanks full if possible. The more fuel there is in t he
tank, the smaller will be the volume of air from which moisture can
be condensed.
c.
Preparation of Ve hicle fo r Continued Operation Below
0 F.
( 1) EfoIGINE LUBRICATING SYSTEM. U se SAE 30 engine oil in
the o il pan for opera tion at temperatures below 0 0 F. Several methods
are used to keep the engine oil fluid for proper lubo-ication. Prefer_
e nce should be Kiven to the different methods in the order listed below, accordi ng to facilities available.
(a) Keep the vehicle in a heated inclosure when it is not being
operated.
( b ) If vehicle is equipped with an Evans en&:ine heater and it is
des ired to maintain the vehicle for instant startin" light the heater
as soon as the vehicle is parked and leave it burninl until the vehicle
i. alain opera ted. If vehicle is known to be out of use for m ore than
5 hours, do not light the heater until 5 hours before the vehicle is to
be started.
,
Or
,,,..1 In
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
1M 9748
25
(c) When engine is stoPl=~d, drain the engine o il and while it is

still hot store in a warm place until vehide is to be used agai n. If
warm storage is not available, he at the oil before refilling the oil pan,
being careful to heat the oil only to the point where the bare hand
may be in$erted without burn ing. CAUTION : 11 enAine oil is drained,
pl_ faA on one of the steerinA levers, warnillll the personnel that
the oil Pan ;$ empty.
(d) Fill e ngine oil pan with SAE 30 engine oil to the ~FULL~
mark. Add 91J2 quarts of gasoline to oil pan. .Run engine to thoroughly mix the di luent. Stop the engine and note that the level of
the diluted oil is above the ~FULL" mark on the oil pan oil gage.
M ark this leve l on the gage for luture reference. If engine is operated 4 or more h ours, redi lution will be necessary upon stopping.
When rediluting, fill oil pan to ~FULL" mark with e ngine oil and add
gasoline to the dilution ma rk scribed on the dip stick as de scribed
above.
(e) D rain the crankcase while engine is still warm and refill to
~FULL" ma rk on gage with engine oil, SAE 30, di luted with 9 112
quarts of ~de X Diese l fuel oi l. K eep crankca$e lubr icant up to
ma nufacturer'. ~FULL" mark by addition o f engine oi l diluted with
grade X D iese l fue l o il in the proportion o f I 1J2 quarts of D iesel fuel
oil to each 5 quarts of engine oil.
(I) If ve hide is to be kept outdoors and crankcase can not be
drsined, shelter the eniine compartment with a paulin and about 3
hours before engine is to be started, place fire pots under the paulin.
With due c.onsideration given to the fire hazards involved, the flame
may be applied directly to the o il pan be low the o il level.
(2) TRANSMISSION AND F INAL DRlv2:s, W hen temperatures below 0 F sre immediately anticipated, and if the transm ission and
fina l drives d o not already contain the specified grade of engine oi l,
drain the transmission and fina l d rives immediate ly after use a nd
while lubricant i. still warm. Refill with SAE 30 engine oil. After
standing overnight or an equiva le nt length of time at sub-ze ro tem _
peratures, warm up the transmissio n as follows.
(a) Clo$e transmission oi l cooler screen roll and warm up engine
at 1,000 revol utions per mi nute for about 5 minutes, or until dutch
can be e ngaged without sta lling e naine. E ngage dutch and maintain
ensine speed for 2 minutes, or until gears c an be e niaied. Put transmission in low' (first) gear and drive vehide 100 yards, being care ful
not t o stall engine. This wi ll heat gear lubricants to the point where
normal operation can be expected.
(3)
OTHItR LUBRIC ATION POINTS.
(a) Swperuion Whee" and Track R oller& If veh ide ha s been

operated 1,000 miles with N o. 0 general pwpcse grease In the susM
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9748
25
pension wheel lind track roller bearings, no special precautions are

necessary. If No. 1 general purpose grease is still in t hese beariniS'.
di sassemble and wash in dry_deaning solvent, dry, and then relubri-
eate with No. 0 general purpose grease.

(b) All other points for which No. 0 general purpose grease is
pn,scribed for temperatures from +30 0 F to 0 F shall be lubricated
with the same lubrieent below 0 F.
(e) When extremely low temperatures are encountered and No. 0
ge neral purpose grease is not satisfactory where specified, No. 00
OD. grease, T e ntative Specification AXS-1169, may be used.
(d) For oi lean points where engine oil is prescribed above 0 F,
use special preservative lubrication oil
(4) BATTERIES. When air temperatures fall below _20 0 F for

periods longer than 10 hours during which time the ve hicle is inoperative, the auxiliary generator unit shou ld be started with the transfer
switch turne d to "HEAT BATTERIES" position, lind the battery
heat damper in position to direct he at to the battery compartment.
Operation of the auxiliary I!;enerator under full load for a period of
approximately 45 minutes will raise the temperature o f the battery
sufficiently to protect it for an additional 100hour period. H owever,
the batteries should be fully charl!;ed before attempting to operate. .
d.
Cooling 5y"em. The cooling system will be protected with

antifree~e compound ( ethe lyne-glycol type) for operation below
+ 32 0 F. The following instructions apply to use of new antifreeze
compound. F or use of reclaimed a ntifreeze solutions refer to
TM 9850.
( 1) Before adding anti free~e compound, it is necessary that the
cooling $~tem be clean and completely free from rust. If the cooling
system h8$ been cleaned recently, it may be necessary only to drain,
refill with clean wate r, and again drain. Otherwise, clean the system
with cleaning compound in accordance with instructions in para
araph 78 (2).
(2) AU hOH. a re to bot in.peeted and repl "ced if deteriOT"ted.
H~ c1"mps, plugs, and petcock$ are to be inspected and tightened if
ne<..'C ery. R adiator leaks will be repaired before adding antifreeze
compound Exhaust gas or air leakage into the cooling system will
be corrected. If' there are indications of a coolant leakage at the
cylinder head, it will be corrected by tightening the cylinder head
nuts as specified in paragraph 56 e (3). Rep lace the cylinder head
ga9:et if nece!sary.
(3) Inspect thermostat to see that it closes completely at tern.
peratures below 140 0 F . Look for evidence of sticking in open or
c10aed position. If thermostat does not open or close completely,
doe. not function freely, or ia badly T\QIted, it should be replaced.
Or>l, .. II. ..
UNIVERSITY OF IlllNC]\
AT URBANHHAMPAtQI
TM 9-748
25-26
(") When the coolin, system is clean and tight, fill the system
with water to about one-third capacity. Then add antifreeze compound, using the proportion of antifreeze compound to the cooling
system capacity indicated below. The system .hould be protected
to at least 10 F below the lowest expected temperature to be experienced during the winter season.
ANTIFREEZE TABLE
' iJtl. of A",;', ....
L.w..' b........
T_,...""..
'""-"
28
+ lOo F
. oF
35
_10 F
_20 F
-30 F
-40 F
_50 F
42
4.
56
63
7.
(5) After adding antifreeze compound, fill with water to the

prescribed level; then start and warm the engine to normal operating
temperature.
(6) Stop the engi ne and check the solution with a hydrometer,
adding antifreeze compound if required.
(7) In service, inspect coolant weekly for strent;th and color.
Orsin any rusty solution snd thoroughly clean the coolint; system.
Add new solution of the required strength.
(8)
(a)
CAUTIONS.
Antifreeze compound i. the only antifreeze authorized for
ordn~ materie l.
(b) It is essential that antifreeze solutions be kept clean. Use
only containers and water that are free from dirt, nat, and oil.
(e) Use an atturate hydrometer. To test a hydrometer, use 1
part antifreeze compound to 2 parts water. This solution should
produce a hydrometer readin, of 0 F .
26.
OPERATION IN DUSTY CONDITIONS.
. Gener.1. When operating the vehicle in dry, dusty, or sandy

terrain, lpecial precautions are necessary to reduce overheatin, and
prevent damage to moving parts due to accumulation of dust and
grit.
h. Air Cle.ne... and Bre.the.... Clesn the carburetor air cleaners and the crankcase breather filter every " hours, or oftener if
inspection shows the need If the air cleaners are kept clean and
their oil level maintained, they will be capable of cleanint; the air
~
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9-748
26-27
entering these openings and little chance of damage will result.

Howe ver, if the elements become saturated with dust, the air cleaner
will no longer act as a fi lte r to fine sand or dust, and considerable
damage or destruction to the engine bearings, pistons, and other wear
surfaces will result. The differential breather must also be serviced
(par. 33) more frequently than under ord inary cond itions.
c. UIse of Lubrlcante. Avoid the excessive use of lubricants in
shaft and bearing grease fittings and wipe off excessive lubricant.
Exposed grease a nd oil become dustlade n and may work into fittings
or relief openings causing unnecessary wear. Clean all dust and sand
from fittings and other lubrication points before lubricatin&.
d.
Cooling Syste mA. Make sure air pall!l8.ges in radiator cores of

engine cooling system and tra nsmission oil cooling symem are kept
clean and free from accumulation of dust a nd dirt 10 there will be
no interruption to the free flow of air throlllh the radiaton. Clean
with water, brush, or compresSed ai r. CAUTION: Do not attempt
to dislodge dirt between the core pMla'U with a sharp instrument
". the metal lormin, the core may be eMily punctured.
27.
SUBMERSION.
a. Gen e ral. If an engine or vehicle has been submerged in either

IIIIlt or fresh water, the problem of arresting corrosion is difficult and
ca lls for immediate action. Corrosion wh ich hu already started must
be stopped and further corrosion prevented
b. An-etlling Corros ion. In order to completely arTest cOrTosion,
remove water from every part of the unit. Due to inaccessibility of
many parts it may be impossible to dry all partl without diussembly
of a unit. If proper equipment a nd personnel to do this are not
immediately available, take temporary steps to a lTest corrosion until
such tin, .. as complete diSUIlembly, inspection, and cleaning or repair
may be done. Dry t he unit u much as possible and coat all parts,
inside and outside the unit, with preservative oil. If preservative
compounds are not immediately avai lable, ordinary engine o il may
be !lIEd temporarily, or unit may be left submerged to keep air from
t he wet metal parts until preservative compounds are made available.
c. Permanenl Protedlon. As soon as possible, the vehicle or
unit shou ld be delivered to higher echelons for di$8.sembly a nd clean
ing or repair of all components affected. This inipflction shou ld pay
particular attention to possible damage caused by t he sudden cooling
effect of the water to pam of the engi ne or transmission o f a veh icle
which wa, at operating temperature at the rime of submersion. If
submera:ed in sa lt water for any length of time, aluminum or mag
nesium parts will probably be unfit for further use and should be di.carded and replaced
0. .." ..11. "
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
"
TM 9-748
28- 29
,,,,, r .... _ O"..,.ti8,
'" ... ~.,;,,".
Section XI
DEMOLITION TO PREVENT ENEMY USE
28.
GENERAL.
a. Destruction of the vehicle when subject to capture or abandonme nt in the combat zone will be undertaken by the using arm only
when, in the judgment of the military commander concerned, such
action is necessary.
h. The instructions which follow are for information only. Certain of the methods of destruction outlined require TNT and incendiary grenades which may not be normal items of issue. The issue
of these materials, an d the conditions under which destruction will
be effected a re command decisiON in each case, according to the tactical situation.
c. If destruction is resorted to, the vehicle must be so badly damaged that it cannot be restored to a usab le condition in the combat
zone either by repair or cannibalization. Adequate destruction requ ires that all parts esse ntial to the operation o f the veh icle be destroyed or dllmaged beyond repair. Equally important, t he same
euential partl must be denroyed on all like vehicles so thllt the
e nemy cannot construct one complete operating unit from severlll
. partilllly dllmaged ones.
29.
DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS.
a. MethodB. The following instructions apply to the 90-mm Gun

M otor Carriage M 36B I.
h.
Deetruction of 90mm Gun.

( I ) Insert four unfuzed incendiary uenades, MI4 end to end
halfway down the gun tube, wit h tube at 0 degrees ele vation. Ignite
these uenades with a fifth grenade equipped with a IS-second safety
fuze. Elapsed time: 2 to 3 minutes.
(2) The met8.1 from the gre nades will fuze with the tube and fill
the grooves.
c. Deetruction of Vehicle. Two methods of destroying the vehicle a re given below in their order of effectiveness.
( 1 ) METHOD NO. I- BY EXPLOStVES.
(a) Rem ove and empty portab le fire extinguishers. Discharge
fixed fire extinguisher system. Puncture the fuel tanks. Place a
3-pound TNT charge against the right vertica l fuel tank, between
engine and bulk head. Place a 2-pound TNT charge against left side
of transmission, as far forward as possible. I nsert t etTyl nonelectric
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
29
caps with at least 5 feet of safety fuze in each charge. Ignite the
fuzes and take cover.
( b) If sufficie nt time and materials are available, additional destruction may be accomplished by placing a 2pound TNT charge . at
about the center of each track assembly. Detonate these chargel in
the same manner as the othel'$.
(c) If charges are prepared beforehand and carried in the vehicle,
keep the caps and fuzes separated from the charges until used.
(2) METHOD No.2-By GUN' FIRE.
(a) Remove and empty the portable fire e xtiniuishel'$. Dis~harge fixed fire e xtinguishers.
Puncture the fuel tanks. Open a ll
tank door$ and hatches if time is avai lable. Fi re on the vehicle, using
adjacent tanks, antitank or other artillery, or antitank rockets or
grenades. Aim at the engine, suspension, and armament in the order
named. rr a good fire is started, the vehicle may be considered
destroyed.
(b) D estroy the la51 remaini ng vehicle by the best means
available.
OrKJ1"!.1 If<

ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
"
TM 9748
30-31
PART THREE - MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Sedion XII
GENERAL
30.
SCOPE.
a. Part Three contains information for the guidance of the per

sonnel of the using organizations responsible for the maintenance
(first and second echelon) of this equipment. It contains informa
tion for the performance of the sched uled lUbrication and preventive
maintenance services, as well as description and mainte nance of the
major units and systems and their function in relation to ot her com
ponents of the equipment.
Sedion XIII
SPECIAL ORGANIZATIONAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

31.
PURPOSE.
a. The list of tools in this section is for information only.

not to be used as a basis of requisition.
b.
Special Toole.
CA."". ellenlion, rubbcr...:ovc.cd.

l _conductor, It ndcd # 1 "IC.
with plul on eIoch end ....................
CoWPR_ .nd RRTAlNU, .u.pcnlion volute I prinl, conlin;nl of:
C OMPIlUlOll.
.u.""noion volute
Ipri", ............................................
RITA I" , IUlpenl ion volute
.prine ...... .. ............. ........ .. ... ....... ..
C OWPIl-..,.,
.".""noion volutc
Ipr;n, .......... ,.................................
f"IRTIJRJ:, rcmovinl ond .eplociRi.
power train o..embly (u... with
41 _P _555_500 .nd 41 _P _641) ........ ..
GUIDI!. boa;ie wheel I"decon, in_
ot.lIin, ............................................. .
H OI.DIIJI, mo,..cto drivc lI.nlc ......... .. .
I NI>ICATOIt. lOP dc.d_ccntcr .. .. .......... ..
L In, boa;ic ... heel, medium t.nk ..... .
LIG HT", limine BoKh ml anclo, com
plete with btillCf)' ond neon bull
PIN , .Iin;ne, ta""red. bolt hoIco to
po~ I ... in ond hull, point di
.meter '" in .. ovcr_on lc-nlth 7
in. (u"" with 41 _F _2 99 7_220) ........
. _'.......'.
-.
T I N ....... '
It
IS
,,-
"" 17
I7_C _S68
41 -C-~S6~-S
4 1 _C_ ~SS6_ H
41 _R _HS4_H
41 _C_2SS6
M T M _M3 3
41 _F _2997 _220
M TM_ M 3165
41 _C _I23S_505
41 I _II S
41 _L I3 75
MTM _M 3_5
KRW _T _31
KRW_T _71
MTM_M J_1I3
4 1_L-1439
TSE5230
41_P _5S S_500
MTM _M l_l64
41 _ H _~3S0
'fu
UNIVER'iITV OF ILlI~\
ATURBANHHAMPAIGI-I
C
0
E
,'''_,
"o.k
,to ' "
PI,. \.
,."
PI"', boldine, tapered, power t .... in

_",bly, point diamete r ~ in.,
JenJth ~r_al1 7 in. (UIC with 41_
F _2997 _UO) ... ..... ............ _..... ............ 41 _P _6>47
PULl..IIO, ma,..eta drive
41 - P- 2941 - 7~
PULLU, idlu wh1 ............................ 41 -P-2940 -1OO
PULl-U , . lide h.mmu_type, bolie
lJUd&eon ... ............................. _..... ... ... 41_p_a57_2?
MTM _MJ_I63
KRW. T - 43
MTM _M l_'
fl."'''......... ,
lJUd&eon ..... ............. ......... ................ .

SL''''O, boouery lihinl ........................
SLI"'G, .... di.tor liflin&" ...... .. ................
TOOL, idler wl\eel i ... tallinl ................
WU"'(:H, bol, double-offlCt, lone,
in, tIi in .. .....
double_he., l izc
WM .... CH, bol, l peci.l oA'~t, carburetor hut box nut . ............ _...........
WU"'(:H, "ylindo!r hud nut, ione ....
WOE"(:H, cylinder head nut, 'hnrt ..
WUN(:H, enlinecro' 40 del and 90
deC an.le, double_hud, apen-end
WU ... (:H, piu" mole, tIi in ...............
Wn ... c H, ~t, _ket, I_in. oq. drive,
nt ... _heavy-duty, co ... i,tine of :....
Bu, fOCkct wrench, exten,ion,
in. Lon" I _in. oq. drive ( farmerly
41 _B _lIO _loo) ........ _........... _........ .
Bu, ooclret wrench, .Lidine, 22 in,
H"NDL" tubular, 36 in. Ion" 1!4in. in.ide diamet er, h " _in. out_
l ido! diameter ................ .. .... .. .... ..
H .... D, r.tchet, lOCket wrench, Iin,
. ............................. .. ....... ..
1'1_ unvC
HUD. oquare, I _in., male .... .. ..........
Wn ... c H, _ket, hc>:., I_in, 1'1,
drive, 2~ in . ................... .. .........
WnNc H, _bt, hu., I_in, 1'1.
drive, 2t1i 'no .. _...........................
WItSN(:H, _kct, hex., I_in, Iq_
drive, 2}:i in . .......... .. ...... .. ....... .. .
WUN(:H, """kct, hel., I-in. 1'1.
drive, I II in . .......... _.. _................
WRiNCH, _ket, hc>:., I _in. oq,
drive, I Yi in . ... _...................... _..
WUN(: N, lOCket, lpork pluC............
WUNCH, lOCket, opLined "a"",,*'t
luminl .................... _.. _...... .......... _.....
Wn"'CH, lOCket, I. in. "'1' drive, \2 .
point, doubLe_hex. openinl. lile
2\4 in . ................:...............................
WUNCH, Ip.nmr, trock IUPport
roller loek rinC .. ............................
WnHcH, >panner, trock .upport,
rol1er retainer .... _.. _..........................
"0
41 _S _1652 _Soo
41 _S _3 829_5(I
41 _S_3&32_16
41_T_3 216_UO
KRW_T _59
TEC -50-63
MTM- M 3-9
AA
41 _W _601
BP'_U06L
41 _W _63g_'50
41_W_166_2OO
41 _W _'M_2S0
KRW_T_40
KRW_T _9
KRW_5_29
K
L
41 _W _I059
41 _W _11I6O
MTM_Ml _IO
41 _W_2622
MTM- M 3-16A
41 _B_3 10
41 _B-312 _200
SN _L_6l
MTM _Ml _16L
41 _H _1493_50
MTM_M3 _16C
41 _H _I83'
4 1_H_I179_50
MTM M3 16M
MTM_Ml _16
x
w
41 _W-JOS'_4S0
MTM_M3_16K
41-W_JOS'_450
MTM_M3_16H
41 -W_J058_4JO
MTM_Ml _16F
41 -W 30SB_300
MTM_Ml _16N
41 . W-JOU-200
41 -W 3336_l00
MTM_M l_ l6J
KRW_T _5
U
AC
41 _W _296>4_l00
KRW_T_SO
AB
41 - W-30U-40
SN LDH_613
41 - W-32M
AD
41 -W-3261
Or,
MTM . Ml-1i
Iff..
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
AE
"
TM 9-748
31
1
'-
.~
"
OrKJ1"!.1 If<

ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
Sp. "
0.. ......... ...., ,MI .-4
f..... ..,
TM 9748
31
-,
.p
"
UNIVERSITV 01' IWNI)\

AT UJl8ANHHAMPAIGII
.,
TM 9-748
32- 33
Section XIV
LUBRICATION
32.
LUBRICATION ORDER.
a. War Depa rtment Lubrication Order No. 165 (figa. 18 and 19)
prescribes first and second echelon lubrication ma intenance above
O F . F or lubrication below O F~ refe r to paragra ph 25. Lubrication t o be performed by ordna nce maintenance personnel i. covered
in paragraph 33.
h. A Lubrica tion Order i. placed o n or is issued with each item
of ma terie l and is to be ca rried with it at all times. In the event the
mate riel is received without a Lubrication Orde r, the usin g arm shall
immediately requisi tion a replacement from the Adjutant General
Depot. See listl in FM 21-6.
e. Instructions on the L ubrica tion Order are binding on all echelo ns of maintenance and there shall be no deviations.
. d. Service intervals specified on the Lubrication Orde r are for
normal operating cond itions during active service. These intervals
will be reduced under extreme conditions luch as excessively high
temperatures, prolonged periods of high speed operation, continued
operation in sa nd or dUlt, immersion in water, or exposure to moisture,
anyone of which may quickly destroy the protective qualities of the
lubricant.
e. Lubricants a re preacribed in the ~Key" in accordance with
three temperature ranges; above +32 0 F , +3 2 F to 0 F and below
0 F. When to change grades of lubricants is dete rmined by maintaining a clO&l! c heck on operalion of the mate riel during the a pproach
to c hange-over periods, especially during initial artion. Sluggish start_
ing is an indication of lubricants thickening and the signal to change
to grades prescribed for the next lower temperature range. Ordinarily
it will be necessary to change grades of lubricants only when ,ir
temper.turc~,f ..-e con$i$tently in the nex t lU,her Of" lower TlUll!!.
33.
DETAILED LUBRICATION INSTRUCfIONS.
a. Lubrication Equipment
( 1) Each piece of materiel I. supplied w it h lubrication equi pment adequate to mainta in the mate riel. This equi pment will be
cleaned bot h before and after use.
(2) Lubrication guns will be operated carefully and in such
ma nner lUI t o insure a proper distribution of the lubricant.
.,
0."" .11 ,
UNIVERSITV OF Illl~\
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
TM 9-148
"
h. Points of Application.
(I) Lubrication fittinllS, lII"ease c ups, oile rs, and oil holes are
readily located by referrinll to the Lubric8tion Order. W ipe these
devices and the surroundinll surfaces clean before lubric8nt is 8pplied
(2) Where relief valves are provided, apply new lubric8nt until
the o ld lubriClint is forced from the vent. Except ions are specified
in notes on the Lubricetion Order.
c. Cleaning. Dry<ie8ninll solvent or Diesel fuel oil will be used
to clean or wash all p8rtS. Use of lIasoline for this pu, pose is prohibited. After washing, parts will be t horoughly dried before applyinll lubricant.
d. L ub ri cation Note8 o n Ind ivid u al Unitll ami P artll. The followini instructions supplement the notes o n the Lubrication Order.
(1) ACCESSORY DRIVE S HAFT H OUS INGS, UNIVERSAL JOINTS, AND
SLIP J OINTS. Weekly lind before operation, check oil level Filler
plug in housini is fitted with bayonet galle; fill to "FULL" mark on
g8ge. Dr8in 8nd refill at intervals indic8ted on the LUbricat ion Order.
Lubricate unive rsal joints throuKh fittings with lIeneTal pu, pCle &rease
No.1 above + 32 0 F, or No. 0 below +32 0 F. There is no rel ief valve
in these joints. Do not use excessive pressure. To lubricate slip
joints, apply lIe neral purpose grease No. 1 above + 32 0 F , or No. 0
below 32 0 F, to fitting until lubriClInt is forced from e nd of spline.
(2) AIR CLEANERS, (Oil.Bath Type) Daily, cheek oil level
and refill engine air cleaner oil reservoirs to be8d leve l. Every 500
mi les, remove air cleaners a nd wash all parts. (Mesh Type) Every
500 miles, remove auxiliary generator air cleaner, clean, and oil filter
element. Used crankcase oil or engine oil SAB 50 8bove +32 0 F or
SAE 30 from +32 0 F to 0 0 F will be used in all air clea ners. Below
0 0 F, use o nly enai ne oil SAE 10. (Breathers) Every 500 miles,
remove filterinll medium from tra nsmission 8nd differenti81 breathers,
wash thorOUghly, dry, and reoil with used crankcase oil or e neine oil
SAE 50 above +32 0 F or SAE 30 from + 32 0 F to 0 0 F. Below 0 0 F ,
UM! only eneine oil SAE 10.
(3) AUXIl.lARY CaNItRATOR. The two<ycle, 8ir<Ooied enlline,
mounted o n left sponson at the rear, is lubricated with o il milted with
fuel. Milt thoroughly % pint engine oil (crankcase grade) with each
iallon of glllloli ne before pourinll into tank. CAUTION: Do not
pour lIur>tine ~ oil lIt~ately into tank. K eep fuel w8iner clean.
Monthly, lubricate magneto cam follower sparingly with aeneral
pUlpon lI'"ea.se No. 2.
(<I-) BELL H OUSING CLUTC H SHAFT BEARING. Apply lubricant
to fitting reached throuih throttle control rod hole in clutch hOWlin"
(5) BREECH AND FIRING MECHANISM. Daily and after firing,
clean and oil all movini partl and eltpoled metel surfaces with enaine
u
Or~
II. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
lj
'
..
U
..
ttt
.v.
...
...
...
...
...
...
.. .
--.
-- ..--
ISS
-
...
- 1333
---
...
ji
~.Ih
III
UN IV(!lSITV 01' IWNQj\

AT UJtll,ANH;HAMPAIGII
1 1 ,; ..
it
u.
t J
III
83
,I
1.lJ11!tl I !hl
J~j i !l!tld . e I;
1'1'
hI
MfnpH
!
Ij
B
jll'
Its
,.
.
t t
t ttt
,;
..:.......
"'
<
O,d., No. 165 - F,on'
TM '74'
..
ie
~
"
TM 974 8
>3
til
I I it
~li
'llJ
- 'I'
..... Ii!:J
:IE
E
E,
...
Z
:::>
"0
..~
"- f {I 11,
'" IHj
;j I ill.
IflJ H
jlllU
Inn
,,
,
,
,
PIll
JlI11
r~j
j~ ,
.... '.I
... ... ...
........
tUt
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.t
I
j,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,,
,
,,
.'
!
e
<
f lll",re ,, - Wa r Departme nt Lub-rka tlon
'"
~
UNIVER'iIHOFlllINOlI
ATURSANHHAMPAIGII
~ II
J
jl
II1
I
jj,
" i Jl I
lP
J
.'
Ord.r No. , .5 _ R.v.ra

Or>9,,,.lltt.m
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
33
TM 9-748
"
II
,.....
Ii
:1
---"
.
TM 9-748
33
oil SAE 30 above + 32 0 F , SAE 10 from +32 0 F to D F , or :tpecial,
pre:teTVative lubricating oil below O F . To clean firing mechanism,
remove and operate pin in dry-cleaning IOlvent. Use special, preservative lubricating oil for machine guns at aU temperatures.
(6) CLUTCH PILOT BURING. . Before replacing engine after inspection or overhaul , clean and lubricate with ball and roller bearing
grene.
(7) CRANKCASE. Daily, check oil leve l and add oil to ~FULL"
mark if necenary. Every 500 miles, drain and refill. Qrain only
when engine is hot. R efill to "FULL" mark on gage. CAUTION: Be
".,re pre3SUre Ilate indicete" that oil is circu/atinll.
(8) GEAR CAUS- Transmiuion, differentials, and final drives.
On some 8!lsemblies, the transmission, differential, and final drives
are combined in one unit. Fill through transmiuion filler to mark on
bayonet gage with filler cap re$ting on top of filler pipe. Drain
through transmission and final drive drain plug hole$. Other assemblies use 3-piece unit!.. Fill through transmission filler to mark on
bayonet gage with filler cap resting on top of filler pipe, and thrc::!ugh
each final drive filler to plug: hole level of hole before operation and
a fter draining. Drain through transmission, differential, and final
drive drain plug holes. Weekly and before operation, check oil level
with tank on level ground and, if necessary, add lubricant. Every
3,000 miles, drain and refill. D ra in only after operation when oil is
warm. Refill with engine oil SAE 50 above + 32 0 F or SAE 30
below +32 0 F.
(9) GUN BoRE. Immediately a fter firing and on 3 consecutive
days the reafter, swab bore with a solution of iii pound soda uh to
each gallon of warm water. Rinse with clear water and dry thoroug hly before oiling. Wh en gun i. not fired, reneW oi l film daily.
Eve ry 5 days, swab with dry-cleanin, solvent, dry, and reoil.
( 10) MACHINE GUN BoRE. Immediately after firing and on
3 consecutive daYI thereafter, dean with rifle-bore cleaner, dry, and
recil. Every 5 days, when machine gun is not being fired, renew
oil film.
,
( 11 ) OIL Fn_TI!:~ The oil filter is of the self-turnin g type and i.
located in the enline oil pan. Daily, c heck operation of self-turning
mechanism. Weekly, remove filter element from housing, clean, and
inspect.
(12) OIL CAN PoiNTS- Every 250 miles., lubricate parking brake
ahaft door and shield hinges, door latches; lever bushings, control rod
pins, throttle and gear linkale ball joints, pintle hook, escape door
mechanism, seat supports, and clevises witli engine oil SAE 30 above
+ 32 0 F ; SAE 10 from +32 0 F to O F : and q>ecial, lubricatini, preservative, oi l below 0 0 F . (Gun Mounts). Weekly. lubricate hand_
"
'fu
UNIVERSITV OF ILlI~\
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
fM
9748
33
I _fAN DRIVE SHAfT SUP JOINT

ANO UNlVER:SA.l JOINT
O_STAJITER
( _ FAN SHAFT BEARING
F_ fNGlNE Oil RUfR
U.
~D
lUM7
Figur. 20 _ Loco/iud Lub,jtotion VI.wI _ A
1m ,
UNIVERSIH OF IUlNOI\
0.""
(.(
J':l.II
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
"
TM 9-148
33
A-SPEEOOME1E~
ADAPTER AND 08Lf
fig"'.
"
8--TRANSMISS/ON fiLL
AND SA YONfT GAGE
GURSHI!'T LEVER SKAf1
21 - loc:cdlud lubrication Views - .

Or>l,,, II. ..
AT URfsAfIA-{HAMPAJQI
'0 3u..c1
I---CUJlSHlfT lEVER "O"PTER
C-ClUlCH SHAfT BlARING
f-llEAR IDlER
F-8OGIE WHEELS
I ...
~D ~,
Flfll'" 22 _locallud lUDricCltiDn Viewl - C

Or~
II. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
"
1M 9-748
33
&-TURR ET SUPPQQT
BEA RIN GS
C--<RADlf
U N E~
D--AUMUTM
I N OICATO~
... '0 335UO
figure 23 - localized lubrication Views - D
"
Or>l, .. II. ..
UNIVERSIT YOF IlllNC]S

ATURBANH HAM PAKiN
TM 9748
33
$ ..
a-----flfVATlNG WORM
HOUSING
o---+iYORAUL!C TRAVERSING
OIL RESERVOIR
CI1AM8a! filLS
Figur. 24 - lCKOliztd lubricof;o" Views - f

Or,
llo
UNIVERSITY Of IllI~S
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
"
1M 9-748
33
"'- "!lEECH CLOSING CHAIN
D-8REE01
F-T\JRRET TAAVERSING
f-G.UN SORE
' " " G....
u.
F/fll,lr, 2$ -- Localind Lubr/cal/on Vi,wI - f
"
Or~
II. ..
ATURBANH HAM PAlGN
I'D
U~l
TM 9-748
"
Figura 26 - Lo(cdb ed Lubricerflon Vie w .$ - G

wheel handles, firini button, firing lever link, etc~ with engine oil SAE
30 above +32 0 F ; SAE 10 from. +32 F to O F; and spe<: ial, pre.
preservative, lubricati ng oil below O F.
(13) DO N OT L U BRICATE. W ater pump, boeie wheel suspen.
sion link age, sprocket drive shaft bearings, clutch release bearing,
auxiliary ge nerator bearings, and engine governor,
( 14 )
D ISASSE MBLED PERlOD ICALLY BY ORDNANCE PERSONNEL,
(a) Genera tOl". Once each year, remove generator a nd clean and
repack beari ngs with ball and roller bearing grease.
( b ) J!n4ine M a,neta& W hen disassembled, 'clean and repack
bearings with ball and roller bearing grease, L ubricate cllm wick
with 1 or 2 dro~ of enKine oi l SAE 10,
Or,
If.
AT URBANHHAMPAIG.'I
"
TM 9-748
33--3<
(e)
TWTet
Gear Boz. Every 6 months, disassemble,

deen, and repack lIears with OD. grease No. 0 above + 32 0 F , or
No. 00 below + 32 0 F.
(d) Turret Treversir14 Electric M otor. When disal5embled,
dean and repack bearings with ball and roller bearing grease.
(e) Breech OpeTfdin~ Shtdt Bearin~s. At initial assembly and
every 6 months thereafter, remove shaft, dean shaft and bearinp,
and coat with OD. grease N o. 0 for above +3 2 0 F, or No. 00 for
below + 32 0 F.
Trever.in~
e. Reporta and R ecord

( 1) Report unsatisfactory performance of materiel to the ordnance officer responsib le for mainte nance in accordance with
TM 38-250.
(2) A record of lubrication lor the carriage may be maintained
in the Duty Roste r ( W.O., A.G.O. Form No.6). A record of seasonal c hanll" of lubricants BJld recoi l oil. for the lun. will be kept
in the Artillery Gun Book for the materiel.
Section XV
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SERVICES

34.
GENERAL INFORMATION,
R~ponlibility and Interval. Preventive maintenance aervic"

a. prescribed by AR 850-15 are a function of usinl orl anization
echelons of ma intenance, and their performance is the r"ponsibility
of t he commanders of such organizatiol1$. These services consist
lenerally of Before-operation, Durinl-opertltion, At-halt, After-opera_
tion, and Weekly servic" performed by the operator, driver, or cre w,
and the scheduled services to be performed at desillnated interval.
by orlanizational maintenance personnel.
h. Definition of Ternll. The leneral inspection of eac h item appli" also to any su pportinl me mber or connection, and i$ lenerally
tI check to see whet her the item is in good condition, correctly assemb led, secure, or excessively worn.
(1) The inspection for ~good condition~ is usua lly an enemal
visual inspection to determine whether the unit is dam ailed beyond
safe or serviceable limits. The term "good condition" is explained
further by the followinll : Not bent or twiorted, not chafed or burned,
not broken or crat ked, not bare or frayed, not dented or collaps!d,
not torn or c ut, not deteriorated.
(2) The inspection of a unit to see that it is ucorrectly _m_
"
.,
Or'lo 11 .
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
TM 9-748
34-35
is usually an external visual inspection to see whether it IS In

its normal assembled position in the vehicle.
(3) The inspection of a unit to determine if it is ~aecure~ is
usually an extemal visual examination; a wrench, hand-feel, or a
pry-bar check for looseness. Such an inspection must include any
bracket$, lock washers, lock nuu, locking wires, or cotter pins used in
assembly.
(4) "Excessively worn" will be understood to mean worn beyond
serviceable limit., or to a point likely to result in failure if the unit
is not replaced before the ne.t scheduled inspection.
bled~
c. Cr ew Mainlenance (Fint Echelon ).

(1) PURPOSE. To insure mechan ical efficiency it is necessary
that the vehicle be systematically inspected at intervals each day it
is operated and weekly, to defects may be discovered and corrected
before they resu lt in serious damage or failure. Certain scheduled
maintenance services will be performed at these designated intervals.
Any defects or unsatisfactory operating characteristics beyond the
scope of first echelon to correct must be reported at the earliest
opportunity to the designated individual in authority. The services
set forth in paragraphs 35, 36, 37 and 3.8 are thOlle performed by the
operator, driver, or crew Before-operation, During-operation, At-halt,
and After-operation and Weekly.
(2) USE OF WD. FORM NO. 48. Drive r preventive maintenance
services are listed on the back of uDriver's Trip Ticket and Preventive Maintenance Service Record~ W.D~ Form No. 48 to cover
vehicles of all types and models. Items peculiar to this vehicle but
not listed on W.D~ Form No. ~8 are covered in manual proced\lTel
unde r the items with which they are related. Certain items 'listed
on the form that do not pertain to this vehicle are eliminated from
the procedures as written into the manual. Every organization must
thoroughly school each driver in performing the maintenance procedures set forth in this manual, whether they are listed specifically
on W.D., Fenn No. ~8 or not. The iteml lilted on WD., Form No.
~8 that app ly to this vehicle are expanded in this manual to provide
specific procedures for accomplishment of the inspections and servicell.
The services are arranged to facilitate inspection and conserve the
time of the driver and are not necessarily in the same numerical order
as thawn on WD., Form No. 48. The item numbers, however, are
identical with those shown on that fonn.
35,
BEFORE-OPERATION SERVI CE,
a. Purpcne. Th is inspection schedule is designed primarily as a

check to see that the vehicle has not been damaged, tampered with,
or aabotaged si nce the After-operation Service was performed Various combat conditions may have rendered the vehicle unll8fe for
(
.,
0.""
II ,

ATURBANHHAMPAIQI
"
TM 9-748
35
operation and it is the duty of the operator, driver, or crew to determi ne whether the vehicle is in condition to carry out any mis.ion to
which it is assigned. This operation will not be entirely om itted.
even in extreme tactical situations..
h.
Proceciul"4:8.
Before-operation Service consists of inspecting

items listed below according to the procedure described, and correcting or reporting any deficiencies.. Upon completion of the service,
results will be reported promptly to the designated individual in
authority.
(1) ITEM 1, TAMnRJNG AND DAMAGE. Ellamine entire vehicle,
armament, and special equipment for injury caused by tamperins
or Mbotage, collision. falling debris, or shell fire .ince parking. Look
within engine compartment for evidence of these conditions, and for
loe Ie or damaged engine accessories or drive belts, loose fuel, oil, or
coolant lines, or disconnected control linkage. D ry the il[Tlition parts
if wet.
(2) ITEM 2, FIRE ExTINGUISHERS. See that fixed and portable
extinguishers are in good condition and secure. Inspect valves and
contro ls to see if cy linden have been discharged and, if so, report tor
exchange or refill. Be Sure nonles are not clogged.
(3) ITEM 3, FuEI" OIL, AND WATER Check supply of fuel, oil,
and coolant and add as necessary to bring to proper levels. During
freezins weather when antifreeze solution is in use, if an appreciable
addition of water is needed, have antifreeze value checked and add
antifreeze liS necessary to protect cooli ng system agllinst freezins.
NOTE; Any unusu"I drop;n IlWeb 4ince Aiter-oper"tion SflTVice must
be invuti,,,ted lind the ClIUoffl corrected or reported.
( 4 ) ITEM 4, ACCESSORIES AND DRIVES. E :u mine all units, luch
as carburetors, generator, regulators, starter, travening motor, hydraulic travening pump, air cleaners, fans. shrouds, and aUJ[iliary
generator for looseneS/il, damage. or leaks. Be sure a ll drive beltl lire
in good condition and are adjusted to have the correct tension. All
drive belts should h ave 1f:t-inch finger-pressure deflection halfway be..
tween pulleY1.
(S) In;M 6, LEAKS - GENERAL. Check under the vehicle and
in engine compartment for fuel, oil, and coolant leaks. Inspect enlline
accessory mount ings, oil cooler, oil lines, radiator, lind water hose for
leaks. Trace any leaks found to source and correct or report them.
(6) ITEM 8, PRIMER. As engine is being started, observe if primer
action is satisfactory. and note any leakaa;:e at pump or connections:
(7) ITEM 7, ENGIN!: W AItM-UP. At nonnal temperatures follow
iIl$tructions in paragraph IS c (2). and in eold weather refer to paragraph 15 e (3) to ltart engine. Starter must have adequate crankina;:
speed, Qnd engage and disengaa;:e without unusual noise. CAUTION;
.,
Or'lo 11 .
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
1M 9748
"
II oil pre~re ~a~ does not indicate salis/ltClory prNsure immlldilliely, stop engine and (X)I"rect o r report the trouble. With clutch
engaged and trarqmi.sion in neutral, set throttle so engine will run
at a speed of 800 to 1,000 revolutions per minute during warm-up
period, and proceed with the follow;n, Befor~ration Services.
(8) ITEM 9, I NSTRUMENTS.
(a) Oil Preuure Gage and Low Oil Pre!I$IJre Sign"l Light_ Oil
preuure gage should register 60 to 100 pounds when engine is operating at 2,600 revolutions per minute. Stop enline immediately if
low oi l preuure sign al lilht oome. o n at enline speeds above 1,000
revolutiona per minute.
(b) Ammeter. With batteries fully c harged and all electrical
u nits turned o ff, the ammeter will show a high charging rale until
current used in starting is restored to batteries. A hiah chaTiini rate
for an ell;tended period indicates discharged batteries or defective
regulator. A discharge reading with a ll e lectrica l unin turned off
indicate. a ground or short circuit or defect ive regulator.
(c) Tachome ter. Tachometer should indicate engine crankshaft
revolutions per minute and register aCC'umulating revolutions.
(d) En~itM! Temperature Gate and Hi-water Temperature Signal
Light. Engine temperature gage reading should increase gradually
during warm-up period to normal opera ting range, approxi mately
90 F above atmospheric temperature. NOTE : D o not drive v ehicle
until engine te mperature h&l reached 100 F. Stop engine if hi-water
temperature si~nal light comes on.
(e) Fuel Gate. With selector switch in re lative positions, fuel
gage should register level of fuel in each ta nk. Ordinarily, tanks will
be full before operation and gage shou ld register "FULL. ~
(I) ComPfiSS. Examine compass to see thaI it is in good condition and securely mounted, and liquid is at proper level. Test light
by operating instrument panel light switch. Compensate for enor
due to lOCal magnetic variation. as required by chanae of Itation
(~r.
117 co).
(9) ITEM 10, H ORN. Inspect horn for damage. If tactical situation permiu, tnt horn for proper operation and tone.
( 10) ITEM 11, GLAss. Inspect periscope windows and head. for
damage and dean if dirty.
(11) ITEM 12, LIGHTS. Examine all lights to see if they are
,clean, in aood condition, and $!!Cure. If tactica l situation permits,
open and close all light switch es and see if lampl r"pond properly.
( 12 ) ITEM 13, WHEEL AND FuNGE NOTa See that a ll drive
$pTOCket, idler wheel, bogie wheel, and support rol1er aSliembly Qnd
mounting nuts are present and secure.
"
'fu "
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
"
TM 9-748
"
(13) ITEM 14, TltACKS AND TIRES. Inspt tracks for dama"e
or evidence of tamperin" or sabotage since the After-operation Service.
(14) ITEM IS , SPRINO AND SUSPENSIONS, Inspect volute springs,
arms, and all bogie suspe nsion units to see that they are in good condition and securely mounted.
(IS) ITEM 16, STEEIUNG BRAKE LINKAGE.. Inspect steering levers, c ril l! shafts, rods and connections, brackets and mountin" to see
if they are in good condition and secure. T m lever locldn" devices
to be sure they hold levers in applied position.
( 16) ITEM 17, FENDERS AND SHIELDS. Inspect fenders and sand
shields for iOO$eneS!l and damage.
(17) ITEM 18, TOWING CoNNECTIONS. See that all tow loops,
towing cable, and pintle hook are in good condition and secure, and
that pintle latch operates properly and locks RCure ly.
( 18) ITEM 19, HULL, TARPAULIN, AND CAMOUFLAGE NET. In_
spect hull for damage, 100$e attachments, and proper operation of
entrance and escape dooTL Examine paulin and camouflage net to
see that they are in good cond ition and properly lashed or stowed.
CAUTION , Do not fully open e.cltpe door I.tchtur .t the time o t
this inspection.
( 19) ITEM 20, DECONTAMINATOR. Examine decontaminator for
closed valve, full chai"ie. and secure mountin"a.
(20) ITEM 21, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT. Be sure all vehicle and
pioneer tools, and items of standard or special equipment are present,
in good condition, and properly stowed or mounted. Be particularly
sure the radio communication equipment and demountable "uns are
not lone or damaaed
(2 1) ITEM 22, ENGINE OPERATION. Before driving vehicle, be
sure enaine temperature is 100 0 F o r above and oil preuure is satisfactory. M ove throttle to idlinl position to see that enline idles
smoothly at 500 revolutions per minute. Accelerate and decelerate
engine a few times to be sure it responds to all controls and to test
for any unusual noise, vibration, or ellCeUive exhaust smoke. See
that engine compartment doors are closed and secure. CAUTION:
To pr&vent dam. t o equipment or in jury to penonnel, before drivin4 the vehicJe maka llU:re turret lock ill el1lla~, traver5in4 .ruft lever
i. in manual position, and that ~un i. secured by turret travelil1lllock
and ~un b.rrel traveli", lock if ,un i. not to bet operated.
(22) ITEM 23, DRlVER's PERMIT AND FORM NO. 26. Driver must
have his operators permit on his person. See that Standard Form
N o. 26, Driver', R eport - Accident, Motor Tranqx>rtation, W.D~
A.G.O. F orm N o. 4 78, MWO and M ajor Unit Assembly Replacement
Record, vehicle and equipment manual .. and Lubrication Order are
pre$ent, leaible, and properly stowed.
n
1m .
. UNIVERSIHOI'IUlNOII
0.",.
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9748
36
36.
DURING-QPERATION SERVICE.
a. Obser vation .. While vehic,Je is in motion, listen for any sounds

such at rattlet, knoclts, 'Queals, or hums that may indicate trouble.
Look for indications of trouble in cooling system and smoke from any
part of the vehic le. Be alert for odon indicat ing overheated components or units (such as generator, brakes, or clutch) lea ks in fuel
.system or exhaust system, or other trouble. When brakes are us.ed.
gears .hifted, or the vehicle turned , consider th is a t est and note any
unwtidactoryor unusual performa nce. Watch t he instruments constantly for unusual behavior indicating possible trouble in systems to
which they apply.
h. P,vc:edur e.. During-operation Sel'Vices consist of observing
items li.ted below accordiol to the procedures followin, each item
and invnti,ating any indications of serious trouble. Note minor
deficiencies to be corrected or reported at earliest opportunity, usually
the next sc heduled ha lt.
( 1) I TE M 26, SnUING BRAKES. When vehicle is put in motion,
but before attaining a ny appreciable speed, test steering brakes to see
if the vehicle ca n be stopped effectively; that levers meet resistance
evenly, and brakes are fu ll y applied when levers afe slight ly ahead
of vertic.1 position. ~ that there is a reserve of lever travel avai lable. Operate levers independently to see if vehicle steers satisfactori ly.
(2) ITltM 28, CLUTCH. T est free travel of clutch pedal. It should
not be less than 2 inches or more than 3 V:t inches. Clutch must fully
release and must not s lip or chatter. W hile releasing clutch for .hift
in, ,ears, listen for noisy release bearing.
(3) I nM 29, TRANSMISSION. Transmission should shift into all
gear ranges easily without unusual noise, and should not sli p out of
mesh when engaged under load. Be on the alert for any unusual
noise dUri n, operation.
( 4 ) ITltM 31, ENGINE AND CoNTflOLS. Be on the alert for deficiencies in engine performance such as lack of power, misfiring. unusual noise, stalling, indications of engine overheating. or unusual ex
haust smoke, ~ that all cont rols operate freely and are in proper
adjustment.
(a) Governor must limit engine speed to 2,600 revolutions per
m inute. If radio nol$e was observed with veh icle in operation, t he
driver wi ll cooper"e with the radio operator in locating the interfer.
ence accordin, to instructions in paragraph 52 .
(5) I TEM 32, I NSTRUMENTS. Oheerve the readinls of all per.

ti nent inatruments frequently during operation to _ whether they
are indicat ing proper functioning of unit. to which they apply, and
u
.,
0.""
1m ,

ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
1M 9748
36-37
that speedometer registeT1 vehicle speed and records accumulating

mileage.
(6) ITIIM 34, RUNNING GUR. Listen for any unusual noise from
tracks, final d ri ves, boiie wheels, and rollers that might indicate
I~ness, damage, excnsive wear, or inadequate lubrication.
(7) ITIIM 36, GUNS ( M OUNTINGS, ElZVATING, TRAVERSING AND
FIRING CoNTROL-S). Before testing operation of gun, make sure gun
is not loaded and turret lock and gun traveling and gun barrel travel.
ing locks are releued. Aft er tests are made, lock the turret and secure the gun unleu it is to be used. While vehicle is in operation,
hut before it i. used in combat, check manual and hydraulic turret
traversing controls, manual gun e levating controls and electric and
manual firing controls to be sure that a ll mechanism relponcb proper ly.
37.
ATHALT SERVICE,
a. Importanee. Athalt Services may be regarded a. minimum

maintenance procedures, and should be' performed unde r all tactical
conditions even thouah more eJ:tensive maintenance se~ices must be
slighted or omitted altogether.
h. Proceduree. At-halt Services consilJl: of investia;atina; any
de ficiencies noted during operation, inspectina; items listed below accord ing to the procedures following the items, and correcting .my
deficiencies found. Deficiencie1l not corrected should be reported
promptly to the d e signated individual in authority.
( I ) ITIIM 38, F UIIL, OIL, AND WATER. . Check to see that t here i.
adequate fue l, engine oil, and coolant to operate vehicle 10 next scheduled stop, or replenish supply as tactical s ituation permitL
(2) ITEM 39, TEMP&RATVRES ( HUBS, TRANSMISSION, DIJl'FEJU:N_
TIA L, AND FINAL DRIVES. CautiOlUly hand- feel all sprockets, id le r,
boiie wheel, and support roller hubs for abnonnal lemperatUreL
Examine transmission, differential, and final drive units for overheating and note any excessive oil leaks at seals or a;ask ets.
(3) ITEM 41, PROPELLER SaAPT. Investia;ate or report any un_
usual noise or vibration noted in propeller shaft or univenal joints
during operation.
(4) ITEM 42, SPRINGS AND SUSPENSION. Inspect volute spring,
bracke ts, arms, levers, support roller, track skids, and gudgeons for
looseness or damage. Remove any objects lodied in SlUpen sion units
or between units and tracks. Investigate or report any unuaual noise
or condition noticed during operation.
(5) ITEM 43, STEERING LINKAGE. E"IfImine .teerini brake link.
age for da mage or lOO$eness and investigate any irrea;ularities noted
duri ng operation.
If,
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
Or
TM 9-748
37-31
(6) In:M ~~, WHIRL ... ND h ... NOI NUTS. Examine aU sprocket,
idler, bog;ie wheel, and roller aPembly and mounting nuts to be sure
they are all present and secure.
(7) ITEM 45, TRACKS ... ND BoGIIt WHEaL Tutu. Inspect trac'"
for damage, dead links, loose connectDn, wedge nuts, or lock pins.
See that suspel1!lion wheel and support roller tires are not cut or separated from wheel rims. Remove all stone!! or other foreign objects
from between links and tracks or wheels and rollers. Examine tracks
for C(Irrect tension.
(8) ITEM 46, LE ... KS - GItNER ... L. Look under vehicle and in
engine and fighting C(Impartments, for indications of fuel, oil, or cool.
ant leaks. Trace any leaks found to their source and correct or report th"m.
(9) ITEM 47, ACCESSORIES AND BEL". Investigate any unusual
noise or unsatisfactory operation of engine or vehicle accessories
noticed during operation. Inspect them for looseness or damage. Be
sure generator and ran belts are in good condition. All drive belu
must have 'h-inch fingerpressure deflection half way between pul.
leys. If radio noise due to operation of vehicle is noticed, examine
all accessible condensers, wiring conduits, bond strapa, and connections. Be sure they are in good condition and all mounting clips or
brackets and connections are secure.
(10) ITEM 48, AII~ CLItANI!:RS. When operating under extremely
dusty or sandy C(Inditions, inspect air cleaners at each halt to tee
that they ace in condition .to deliver clean air properly. Service a.
required
(11) ITEM 49, FENDERS AND SHIELDS. Inspect fenders and sand
shields for looseness and damage.
(12) ITEM 50, ToWING CONNECTIONS. See that all connections
are properly fastened and securely locked. Make sure that supports
hold cable in a way to prevent chafing, and that pintle hook latche.
and locks securely.
(J3) ITEM 51, HULL AND TARPAULIN. Inspect for damage to
hull or attachments. See that entrance doors and escape door operate
freely, and that paulin or camouflage net is in good condition and
secure. CAUTION: Do noj fully open ex.ape door.
( 14) ITEM 52, GLASS. Clean all vi.ion devices and light lenea
and inspect for damage.
38.
AFTER.()PERATION AND " 'EEKLY SERVICE.
a. Purpose. After-operatio n servicing is particularly important

because at this time the operator, driver, or crew inspects the vehicle
to detect any deficiencies that may have developed, and to correct
thoae they are permitted to handle. They should promptly report
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9748
"
results of the inspection to the designated individual in authority. If
this schedule is performed thoroullhly, the vehicle should be ready
to toll again on a moment's notice. The Before operation Service,
with few eJ:ceptiona, is then necessary only to ucertain whether the
vehide is in the same condition in which it was left upon completion
of the After-operation Service. The Aftet-operation Service should
never be entirely omitted, eve n in utteme tactical situations, but may
be reduced to the bare fundamental services outlined for the Athalt
Service if necessary.
h. Procedures. When performing the After-operation Service
the operator, driver, or crew must remember and consider any irregularities n oticed in the Before-operation, During-operation, and
At-ha lt Services. The After-operation Service consists of inspecting
and servicing the following items. Those items of the After-operation
Service that are marked by an asterisk ( *) require additional W ee kly
Services, the procedures for which are indicated in subparagraph (b)
of each applicable item.
(1) ITEM 56, INSTRUMENTS. Before stopping engine, check all

pertinent instruments to be sure they are operatinll properly and
continue to register or indicate correct performance of units to which
they apply.
(2) ITEM 55, ENGINE OPEIVoT10N. Accelerate and decelerate
the e nlline, and note any tendency to miss or backfire, or any unusual
noise or vibration that might indicate worn parts, loose mountings,
incorre ct fuel mixture, or faulty il[llition. Investigate and correct
or report any deficiencies noted during operation. CAUTION:
Allo",. en~ine to run at idle .peed 2 to 3 minutes before s toppi04 with
fuel shut-olf switch. Turn the i~njtion _itch to the "OFF" position
and cloae the fuel valve,.
(3) ITEM 54, FuEl.., OIL, AND WATER. Fill all lue l tanks. Check
e ngine oi l level with dip stick and add sufficient oil to brina to correct
le vel. If necessary, add coolant to bring to correct level. NOTE :
Durin~ freezinS weat~r if any appreciable amount 01 coolant is
ne::es"ry, aleo add antifreeze 01 proper .tren~th and quantity.
CAUTION : Do not 1111 fuel tank. or radiator to overflowi",. Allow
room for ezpansion.
( 4 ) ITEM 57, H ORN AND WINDSHIELD WIPER. If tactical situation permits, test horn for proper operation and tone. If in use, ~
that windshield wiper operates properly, and inspect blade and arm
for aoad condition and security.
(5) InM 58, GLASS.

dflmage.
( 0)
InM 59, LIGHTS.
Clean aU vision devices find inlpect fo,

Clean aU Eaht lenses and examine fo,
N
Or~
11. ..
ATURBANH HAM PAIGN
TM 9741
"
broken parts and security of mounting. Tum on lJWitch~ to see that
all lamps operate.
(7) IT~M 60, FIRE EXTINGU ISHERS. Inspect visible lines, nozz le ..
red safety seals, and cy l inde~ to see that they are in good condition,
secure, and not leaking. If elltinguishe~ have been used, valves
opened., or red safety seals blown, report for ellchange or refill.
(8) ITEM 6 1, DECONTAMINATOR5. Ellamine decontaminaton for
damage, full charge, a nd secure mountings.
(9) InM 62, " BATTERIES.
(li) Inspect battery for leaks or damage and for security of
mounting and connections.
(b) Weekly. Clean batteries and boll, and inspect for loose or
corroded terminals. If terminals are corroded, remove, clean, and
apply a thin film of ,rea!e. Add clean water to bring leve l to % inch
above plat~. NOTE; In IreezinA temperahrtell, do not add water
until just before vehicle is to be opera ted.
(10) ITltM 63, " ACCESSORII!:S AND BELTS.
(a) Examine all units such as carburetors, main and awi liary
generators, regulators, starter, air cleaners, fans, shrouds, oil cooler,
and drive belts to see that they are in lood condition and securely
mounted.
(b) Weekly. Clean all "trash from in and around oil cooler air
passages. Check aUlli liary generator for good condition end proper
operatio n. See that all drive belts have !hinch finger-pressure deflection halfway between pulleys.
( I I) ITEM 64, " ELI!:CTRICAL W IRING.
(a) Eumine all accellSible wiring and wiring conduits for loose.
ness or damage. Tighten all loose connections and clean all accenible
wiri ng.
(b) Weekly. Be sure all accessible radio noise suppreuion bond
clips, straps, fi lters, and condensers are securely con nected or mounted.
Tighten wiring conduit coupling nuts and wiri n, connections.
( 12) ITI!:M 65, AIR C LI!:ANERS. Eumine engine air cleaners and
auxiliary generator air lilter for loosene" and damage. Check engi ne
air cleaners for leaks. If vehicle has been operated under ertreme
conditiolU of dust or sand, clean and service all air cleaners according to Lubrication Order (par. 32).
( 13) ITI!:M 66, - FuEL AND OIL F ILTltRS.
(a) Inspect fue l filter on awi liary generator and service u required. Test operation of main engi ne oillilter (par. 33 d ( 11) ).
(b) Weekly. Remove main engi ne oillilter element and dea n IlII
required (p"'r. 33 0':). Remove and cleen awiliary generator fuel
fi lter sediment bowl and screen.
Or,
Iff..
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9748
3.
(14) ITEM 67, ENGINE CONTROLS. Examine accelerator, hand

throttle, and all controls for wOrn or dill(:onnected linka,e. Invnti,ate any improper action of control linkage noted during operation.
( 15) ITEM 68, TRACKs..
(a) While inspecting tracb for dama,e and 10C! ~ connections,
remove all nones and forei,n objech from between links and tracks
or wheels and rollers. Check track tension. On vehicles equipped
with vertical volute Iprings, track sag should be not lea than If.! inch
or more than . inch halfway between center and rear IUpport
rollers at land shield inspection opening (fig. 151 ).
(b) W eekly. Tighten lOOK wedge nutl and look for bottomed
wedges, worn connectors, and broken guide lugs. Check for dead
track links (par. 149 tI).
( 16) ITEM 70, SnIl:RING BRAKE LINJ[A(lII:. Inlpect levera, linka,e, and crees shafts for load condition, security, adequate lubrication,
and. free operation. Investigate any unsatidactory performance
n oticed during operation. Make lure leven in releaRd plMition are
parallel and 7 to 71f.! inches from face of Iteerin, brake cover
(fig. 139 ).
(17) InM 71, . PROPELLER SItAPT (WaULY ONLY). Ellamine
shaft and univel"$8.l joints to tee that they are in ioad condition and
secure, and that joints are not leaking.
(18) InM 72, -TRANSMISSION VENT.
(II) See that differential breather is present, In load condition,
secure, and not ciOiged.
(b) Weekly. Clean differential breather al in.tr.u cted on Lubricetion Order (par. 32).
(19) InM 73, LEAKS. Inspect all fuel, oil, and coolant lines
and con nections, ias tanks, radiatOf, sufie tank, final drives, differ
ential, and transmission for indication of leaks. Trace an)' leaks
found to their lOurce and correct or report them.
(20) ITEM 74, .GB.AJI OIL LEVELS ( WUKLY ONLY). Check
the oil level in transmiasion, differential, and final drive aSliembly
(par. 33). Report if low.
(21) ITEM 76, FENI)II:RS AND SHIELDS. Examine fenders and sand
shields for locsenea and dama,e.
(22) InM 77, TOWING CONNECTIONS.
(a) IlUpect cable, lugs, pintle hook, and all connectioJU for loese.
nea and damage.
(b) Weekly. Ell8mine tow cable for broken strands and see
that supports hold cable securely. Inspect pintle hook drawbar and
spring and make SI.Ire pintle loek pin is securely attached b)' chain.
(23) InM 78, H ULL, TARPAULIN, AND CAMOUP"LAGE NET. InA
'm
UNIVERSIT~ OF ILlI~\
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
..
TM 9748
spect e ntire hull for damage, and be sure that escape door is alined
and that it opent properly and latches securely. See that hull drain
valves open eaaily and dose securely II.nd that all hull inspection
covers are in place II.nd secure. CAUTION: Do not tully open
8$CoIIpe door. EJ:amine paulin and camouflage net for damage and
stow them property.
(24) InM 79, ARMOR. Examine hull armor plate, turret II.nd
gun mount shield for fractures or damage that would render the
vehicle unsafe for combat duty.
(25) ITEM 80, VISION DEVICI!:S. Inspect the periscope head.

and windows to see that they are in good condition, clean, secure in
holders, and that holders afe securely mounted. Make sure periscopes
can be traversed, elevated, a nd depressed through their full range and
locked in desired po:Iition. Check the spare hea<b and their ,towII.,e
boxes to see if they are in good condition, clean, and secure.
CAUTION; W indows should be cleaned only with. $Oft cloth or
bru""(26) ITEM 81, TuRRltT AND GUNS ( M OUNTINGS, ELEVATlNG,
TRAVERSING, AND FIRING CONTROLS). Be sute that all mounted guns
are secure in their mounts, clean, lightly oiled, and in condition for
immediate use. Release gun from turret travelin, lock and ,un
barrel traveling lock and also disen,age turret lock until tests afe
completed. Make sure ,un is not loaded, and test manual lun elevating mecha nism and a ll firina: controls for proper operation. Be
sure that manual and hydraulic travening mechanisms ate in ,ood
condition and operate satisfactori ly. Be lure radio suppression bonding strap and bonding cable at turret s lip ring box are in lood condition and securely connected. NOTE; Recoil tests can b& mMie only
under 6r;n4 conditiont. lnvest;pte and correct or report .ny unutis/.ctory operatinA char.cteristiCII of t1te.e units duriril oper.tion.
CAUTION : To prevent dam. to equipment or injury to per$Onne/,
move tr.ver8in~ slUlt lever to m.nu.l po3ition, secure the IUn in turret traveli", te4t and ,un b.rrel travelin, re5t, and en~qe the turret
locJc un/eu ~un is to be used.
(27) ITEM 82, *TTGHTEN.
(a) Tighten any unit mounting or allllembly nutt or screw. when
inspection has indicated II. necessity.
(b) W_kly. Ti,hten sprocket and idler flange nut .. univerul
joints, gun mount .. tool and equipment mountinlls, ammunition racks
and clips, air cleaner, exhaust and muffler connections, and any other
items that inspection or experience indicates is necessary on a weekly
or mileale basis.
(28) Inw 83, . LUBRICATE AS NEEDED.
(.) Lubricate a ll pointt where inspection indicate. necessity IIIInd
0.,
Iff..
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
"
TM 9-748
31-39
"'<1 ,.... __........... ..,I>d;.",.

,~
points ~uiring daily attention as instructed o n Lubricat ion Order

(par. 32).
(b) Weekly. L ubricate all points necessary on a weekly or mile
age bas~ in accordance with instructions on Lubrication Order
(par. 32).
(29)
ITEM 84, " CLEAN ENGINIt AND VEHICLE.
(a) Remove all empty s hell casinp and refuse from interior of
vehicle. W ipe up oil or fuel drippings from drivinl compartmetlt.
turret, and engine compartment. Remove excelS dirt. stones, and
lTease from tracks and suspensions. See that e nline compartment
doors are clear of obstructions.
(b) W eekly. Wash e xterior of vehicle and remove all dirt, mud,
and excess ,rease. If washin, is impractical, wipe as clean as possible
and watch for bright spots on fin~h or camoufiale pattern that mi,ht
cause glare. If compressed air is available, blowout all dust or in.
sects from within compartment and from in and around radiator core
air passages.
(30)
ITEM 85 ,
" TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT.
Check all on-vehicle tools, equipment, and spare parts aga inst
stowage lists (Section Ill) to be .ure all items are present and in
serviceable condition and properly stowed or mounted.. R eport defi.
ciencies for replacement.
(b) Weekly. Clean tools and equipment. See that tools with
cutting eda:es are sharp and properly protected.. Be sure tools and
equipment are mounted. or stowed securely in proper location on or in
vehicle.
(II)
39.
ORGANIZATIONAL
ECHELON ).
MAINTENANCE
(5ECPND
s. Frequency. The frequency of preventive maintenance services outlined herein is considered a minimum requirement for normal
operation of vehicles. Under unusual operatin, conditions such as
extreme temperatures, severe dust, sandy o r extremely wet terrain,
it may be necessary to perform certain maintenance services more
frequently.
b. Fin! Echelon Partldpatlon. The operators, drivers, or c rews
should accompany their vehicles and assist the mechanics while peri_
odic second echelon preventive maintenance services are performed.
Ordinarily the vehicle should be prese nted for a scheduled preventive
maintenance service in a realtOnably clean condition; that i" it should
be dry, a nd not caked with mud or a:rease to such an extent that in_
spection and servicing will be seriously hampered. H owever, the
vehic le should not be washed. or wiped thoroughly dean, because
certain types of defects luch al cracks, leaks, and locle o r shifted
.,
1m .
0.",.
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9748
39
parts or assemblies 8re more evident if the surfaces are slightly soiled
or dusty.
c. SOUt'Ce8 of AddltioQallQformatlOQ. If instructions other than
those contained in the general procedures in paragraph d or the specific procedures in paragraph i which follow, are required for proper
performa nce of a preventive maintenance service or for col'fection
of a d eficiency, they may be IleCUred from other sections of this manual
or from the designated individua l in authority.
d.
General Procedures. These general procedures are basic

instructions which are to be followed when performing the services
on the items listed in the specific procedures. NOTE: The second
echelon pe",onnel must be thoro ul1h1y trained in thue pTOelffiures !IO
that they will apply them auto matically.
( 1) When new or overhauled subassemblies are installed to correct deficiencie$, care must be taken to see that they are clean,
correctly installed, and properly lubricated and adjusted.
(2) When installing new lubricant retainer seals, a coati", of the,
lubricant should be :wiped over the seali ng surface of the lip of the
seal. When the new seal is a leather seal, it s hould be soaked in
SAE 10 engine oil at least 30 minutes. The oi l should be warm, if
p racticable. Then the leather lip shoul d be worked carefully by
hand before installing the seal. The lip must not be scratched or
marred.
e.
Definition of T e rme. Refer to paragraph 34 b.
f. Spedal Servicee. These are indicated by repeating the item

number$ in the columns which s how the interval at which the services
are to be performed, and show that the parts o r assemblies are to
receive certain mandatory services. F or example, an item number in
one or both colum ns opposite a TIGHTEN procedure, means thllt the
actual tightening of the o bject 'must be performed. The special services include:
( 1) ADJUST. M ake all necessary adjustmentlll in accordance with
the pertinent section o f thi. manual, spedal bulletins, or other current
directives.
(2) CLUN. Cle an the unitlll of the vehicle with dry-cleaning
so lvent to remove e xcess lubricant, dirt, and other foreign material.
After the parts are cleaned, rinse them in clean solvent and dry thor
. oughly. Take care to keep the parts clea n until reassembled and be
certain to keep cleaning !IOlvent away from rubber or other material
which it will damalle. Clean the protective grease coating from new
parts since this material is usually not a good lubricant.
(3) SPECIAL L UBRI CATION. Th is applies both to lubrication
operations that do not appear on the vehicle Lubrication Order a nd
to items t hat do appear on the Order but should be performed in can
Or~
II. ..
ATUR8ANH HAM PAlGN
"
TM 9748
39
n ection with the maintenance operations if parts have to be disassembled for inspection or service.
(4) S&RVL This usually consi,ts of performing special operatio ... luch as replenishing battery water, draini ng and refilling units
with oil, and changing or cleaning the oil filter, air clea ner, or cartridge$.
(5) TIGHTItM. All tightening operations shou ld be performed
with sufficient wrench torque (force on the wrench handle) to tighten
the unit according to good mechanical practice. Use a torque-indicating wrench where specified. Do not overtighten as this may strip
thteada or cause distortion. Tightening will always be understood to
include the correct installation of lock washers, lock nuts, lock wire,
or cotter pins provided to teCure the tightenini-
s-
Special Conditione. When conditions make it difficult to perform all preventive maintenance procedures at one time, they can
sometimel be handled in sections, planning to complete all operations
within the week if possible. All available time at halU and in bivouac
areas mUit be utilized, if necessary, to assure that maintenance operations are completed. When time is lim ited by the tactical situation,
items with Spe<:ial Services in the columns, should be' liven firat con..deration.
h. Work Sheet. The numbers of the preventive maintenance
pl'ocedUl'es that follow are identical with those outlined on W.D~
A.G.O. F orm No. 462, which is the M
Preventive aintenance Service
Work Sheet for F uJI-track and Tank-like Wheeled Vehicle$. ~ Certain
item. on the work sheet that do not apply to this vehicle are not in
cluded in the procedures in t his manual. In general, the numerical
sequence of items on the work sheet is followed in the manual procedUl'et, but in some instances there is deviation for conservation of
the mechanic's time and effort.
i. Specific Procedure.. The procedures for performing each
item in the 50-hour (SOO-mile) and l OO-hour ( I,OOO-mile) maintenances procedures, whichever shall OCCUl' firtt, are described in the
following chart. Each page of the chart has two columns at its left
edge corre$pOnding to the loo-hour and the 50-hour maintenance respectively. Very o ften it will be found that a particular procedure
don not apply to both scheduled maintenancet. In order to determine which procedure to follow, look down the column corresponding
to the maintenance due, and wherever an item number appears, perform the operations indicated opposite the number. NOTE: Those
procedUTN preceded by an luteridc (.) require additional .service.s at
each third lOO-oour operation.
H
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9748
39
' ......Iw. Mco/M.......
s.<wl...
"IUUAMCI
1.001)..;10
(100_)
ROAD TEST
5O(I.ilo
(50_)
NOTE: When the tactical aituation dOM not permit

lull roed tNt, perlorm those itemt which require
little or 110 movml1flnt 01 the vehicle. When II road
tNt ilJ poIS$ible, it ahould be for preferably 2 milell
and not over >4 mile$.
II
, ,
Perform the Beforeoperation Service as outlined in paragraph 35.
Before-operatioD Service.
IDltrumenli and Gage..

OIL PRESSURE GAGE. EDltine oil pressure mUlt be
indicated when engine is idling and should be 60 to
100 pounds pressure at 2,600 revolutions per minute.
Stop e n,ine immediately when low oil presllUre
liinai light comes on at engine speeds above 1,000
revolutions per minute.
ENOINllC TnlPERATURE GAGE. Readina should be
approximately 90 0 F above atmospheric temperature. H iah water temperature .ignal liiht comes on
at maximum lafe operating temperature, 235 0 F.
CAUTION: Do not drive vehicle until e~ine tempereture i. above 100 0 F.
AMMsntR. The ammeter may show a hiah charaina rate d t er iJtartina enaines until generator h8lli
restored to the batteries the C\IITent used in starting.
A high char'ge fOr an extended period may indicate
a low battery or faulty aenerator re&ulator. With
batteries fully cha"ed and all lamps and electrical
accessories turned off, a liiaht chati;e or zero readina
is normal.
FuEL GAGI'.. With se lector switeh in relative posi_
tions, fuel laae lhould reailter level of fuel in each
tank
TACHOMItTiUL Tachometer should indicate engine
4~ed in revolutions per minute and r!!lister ac_
cumuUiti na revolution. without exeestive noise or
ftuctuation.
Wlndtbield Wiper and Horn. T est horn for proper

operation and tone. Test operation of driver's hood
windahield wiper and defroster. Make lure wiper
bl",de i. in load condition and contacts windshield
evenly thToUih entire Itroke.
,
n
Or>
Iff<-
UNIVERSITV OF IllI~\
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
,.
TM 9-748
, ,
Bra kes (S leerin and P a rkin Leve r " Bra kln

E ffeel, a nd Stee rin Action). Pull back on both
steering brake leven and observe whether t hey stop
the vehicle effectively and meet resistance slightly
before the vertica l pos it ion. W it h vmicle on an incline, apply parking brake lock a nd pull back on
both levers. B l"9kes s hould hold vehicle securely
and levers remain in app lied position. Apply steering brakes independently a nd observe whet her they
steer t he vehicle properly.
Clute h ( Free Tra ~el . Dr.g, Nol"". G r . ... ChaUe r,
a nd S lip ). Clutch pedal free t ravel muat not be
less than 2 inches or more than JI/.r incbes. Clutch
shou ld not grab, drag, squeal, o r chatter on engllgement or slip when fully enllaged under load.
Tra ns mi ..ion ( Leve r Action , V ihra tion , Nol _).

Shift through each speed range of transmiuion.
Observe whet her gealllhift lever opeTBtes properly,
and whether there are any unusual vibrations or
noise in any speed range t hat might indica te damaae.
excessive wear, loose mountings, or im proper lubrication.
E n gine ( Idle, Auele ratio n . P o" e r, Nolte, S moke,

Oil Co nl umption ) .
I DL~ W ith vehicle stopped, ob!ierve if engine ru ns
smoothly at normal idling apeed of 500 revo lutions
per m inute. T hroughout rOlld test, observe whether
there il any tendency of engine to stall whe n accelerator is released. .
Accr;L~TloN, Powr; R, VIBRATI ON, AND NOISE:.
T est e naine for norma l acceleration lind pulling

power in ellch speed ranae. W hi le testina in high
ra nae, accelerate e ngine from low speed with wideopen t hrott le to top speed, and listen for un usual
enaine noise, ping, or vibration that might indicate
loose, damalled, excessively worn, or inadequately
lubricated engine ~8l"ts or accessories. Governed
eniine speed should be approximat ely 2,600 revolutions per minute. Durini road test, look for excessive smoke from e xhaust or engine compartment.
OIL CONSUMPTION. At completion of road test, a
.,
Or", . 11 .
ATURBANHHAMPAlG.'I
TM 9748
39
UIITUUCt
1.000_110 500. ;1.
!lOO~_)
(50_1
c heck shou ld be made to see if engine has been con-
suming an excessive amount of oil.

10
10
Unueua l No ille ( Propeller Sh a h , Unive r sal Jolnl&,

Differential, Final Drive-. S p ~ keu. Idler ., Bogie
Whee lA, Support s, a nd Rollen) . D urin!! road test,
lillten for an unusual noise in these units that might
indicate loose, damaged, inadequately lubricated, or
improperly adjusted parU.
11
11
T e mpera tures (Tra n amiMion, Diffe r e nti al. Fina l

Dri ve-, Hube, Sp roc ke t&, Bogie Wheel.., a nd Sup.
port Rollen) . After operation, check by h and- feel
for sny abnormal temperatures o f the above units.
N OTE: If p roper locat ion ;8 sel ect ed for above
check, time wifl be SIIVed in perlCNmi~ item 12.
12
12
13
13
Gun (Elevating a n d Tu n "ing Meeh a niam ).

P lace vehicle in position where it is tilted (sidewise)
about 10 degren. Before ma king test, release turret
lock, turret gun trave ling lock, and aun barrel lock.
After completing test, again secure the gun and loc k
the turret. T raverse t urret through its full 360dearee ranae by bot h hand and power controls;
check for binding, excessive lash, or erratic action.
Be sure turret lock operates properly. W ith lIu n
pointed forward, elevate it through its e ntire range
with hand controls and c heck for b ind ing. exce.ive
lash, or erratic action. The n move vehicle to level
ground.
Leaks (E ngin e Oil, I<' ue l, and Wa te r ). Stop en
glOe. Look under vehicle and in engine and light
inll and driving compartments for fuel, oil, or coolant
leaks. Exam me a ll fue l omd oi l li ne., aurae tanio:,
radiator, radiat or hOR, and connections for leaks.
This com ple tes road tett.
MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS
I7
17
Cra nkc a &e ( Leak. a nd Level ). Ru n engine at idling

speed for 4 to 6 minutet to cool enlline U adually
when water temperatUl'e exceeds 190 0 F. Stop en
glOe. R emove e nlline compartment floor plate. In.
spect a ll accessible points of enaine cra nkcase and
oil pan for damage or lea lring o il seals or 1181kets.
Check oil level with indicator.
Or,
If.
AT URBANHHAMPAIG.'I
"
TM 9748
39
SERVE. Wh ile oil is hot, examine sample on indicator and if condition warrants or oil change is due,
drai n engine oil pan unless engine is to be removed
as in item 30. Add oil Il$ required or refill oil pan
as instructed on Lubrication Order (par. 32)_
78
78
Tranl million. Examine transmission for damage,

and gasket. and seals for leaks. Make sure all attaching bolts are tight. Check oil level.
SERVE. Examine sample of oil on indicator and
if condition warrants or oil change is due, drain
transmission and final drives while oil is hot. If
metal particles on drain plugs indicate internal damage, notify higher authority. Clean drain plugs and
install securely. When oil is drained, remove filler
elbow screen, clean in dry-cleaning solvent, and
install. Add oil as required o r refill transmission
as inatructed on Lubrication Order (par. 32).
NOTE : II tests in item 5 indicate the need lor
major brake adjustment or new brake shoe., do not
refill until item 75 hal been per/armed.
TlGtlTEN. Tighten all external assembly and
mounting nuts and screws securely.
78
18
18
Side Armor (Fenden, Guard., Paint and Markinp, Tow Shaeklee, Plnde, and Horn). Exami ne
vehicle for damage to side armor, fenders and
shields, e xhaust deflector, and guards from shell
fire or eollision. Check fOf broken weld,. Look for
rust or bright spots in paint that m ight cause reflect ions. See that all vehicle markings are legible.
Examine towing handles and pintle for good condition and secure mounting. Test horn for operation
and tone.
19
19
Bottom (Armor, EKape Hatth, Inspeetion Plate",

Drain Plug., and Valves). Inspect hull bottom for
damage. Open escape door. Oil the latc h mechanism (par. 32). Install door, making sure the
gasket seals the opening. Test action of al1 hull
drain valves and controll!. Make sure all drain plugs
and covers are secure.
'fu
ATURBANHHAM PAlGN
TM ' 9-748
39
.~lnUUtf
l .ooo.ilo 500-.iI.
1100 _ , (SO_,
20
20
Durennti.1 .nd Fln.l Dri,'"_ Examine exterior of

differential carrier housing. carrier, and final drive
covers for damage, loose attaching tcr~ or nuts,
or gasket leaks.
TIGHTEN. Tighten all external assembly and attaching nuts and screws securely.
21
21
Track. (Unk., Conn~lor., and Wed8")' Inspeo.."t

tracks for loose, worn, or missing connectors or
wedges; also worn, damaged, or dead links. When
po$$ible, reverse worn links. Tighten loose wedge
nuts with a pull of 7S to 90 foot-pounds. Remove
all debris and stones from tracks. NOTE : Whenever the traeb are di$COnnectecl and removed from
the tlprockettl, mpport rol/ers, lind id/ertl, or lit ellch
third lOO-hour maintenance ~rvice, the relllted
item. 22 and 25 marktld by an asterisk (*) on the
Preventive Meintel1llnce Service Work Sheet, W.D.,
A.G.O. Form No. 462 should be inspected .u d&-.
~ibed below in the asteti. k-marked (* ) procedure..
22
22
Idler (Wheels, Arme, Eeeentri~e, Serration

Plat", Adjuetment, Nute, and Springll). Insped
Ihese items to see that they are in good condition,
correctly assembled and secure and that grease is
not leaking excessively from wheel bearing seals.
Be sure spindle locking collar and clamp screws are
secure. Tighten all assembly and mounting screws
and nuts securely.
20
NOTE : In addition to the above, at each trurd

lOO-hour maintenance service or wherever the trllCk
re removl Irom the idlers, check the idler hub
beerinll' for looseneSi or end pley. Spin the idler
wheell and listen lor any unusuel noi!lfl thllt mi,ht
indicate damlllJed, excelSively worn, or inadequately
lubricated bearin,..
22
23
23
Bo@:ie Arme, Link" Gudgeone, Collar and Guldee,

Volute Springll end Seat., Fram~1 and Wearing
Plat"). Examine these items t o see that they are
in good condition, correctly assembled, and secure
and that gudgeolU, collars and guides, and wearing
plates are not excessively worn. Inspect volute _
. prings to !Jee if they have taken a permanent set
.,
Or", . 11 .
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
TM 9-748
39
with vehicle under norma l load on level terrai n.

R eplace any vertica l volute springs which have two
or more coils with edges even with one another
(par. 149 j ) .
T IGHTEN. T ighten all assembly and mounting
nuts o r screws securely.
23
24
24
24
25
25
25
Wb le (Tires, R o lle r " a nd Skids).

Inspect
these items for good condition, correct assembly, and
secure mounting. Pay particular attent ion to S~
that rubber tire has not separated from rim and that
t ires are not cut, torn, or excessively worn. I nspect
for excessive lubricant leaks from bearings.
TI GHTI!:N. J ack up bogie wheels (par. I S6 " (2) )
and exami ne beari nes for looseness a nd end p lay.
Spin wheels and rollers a nd listen for any unusual
nOise. Tighte n assembly and mounti ng bolts securely.
S prock eu ( Hu bs, T th , a mi Nuts).
Inspect
sprockets to see that they are in good condition and
correctly assembled, a nd attaching screw. are secure. I nspect sprocket t~th for excessive wear and
d ri ve shaft oil seals for excessive' leaks. If sprocket
tth are e xcessively worn, sprockets should be replaced or reve rsed (par. l S I ). T ighte n assembly
and mount ing bolts securely. N OTE : Whenever
the trach ar e removed, the above opera tion should
be p erfor med before t he tracb are reirll/tal/ed.
N OTE : In addition to the above, at each third
l OQhour operation or whenever t he track i . diKJ:)n neded and removed from the sprocket , check the
d r ive IJprock et shaft bearinli8 for l OO$enelJ.s and end
play. Check the IIprock et t~th for excessive wear
a nd _
that IJProck etlJ a r e .se<:ur ed to hubIJ lind t hllt
h ub nutll are secure. A fter performinli the llbove,
reinstllll t he trlJCh lind connec t them securely.
2.
"
2.
Tension. Inspect t racks for proper tension

with vehicle on hard level surface. On vehicles
equipped with vertical volute spri ng suspension,
there should not be more t han l;. _inch or less than
lA-inch sag at inspection slot in $Snd shield (fi g.
l S I ) or halfway betwn the two rea r support
rollers.
Or~
',<II,.
II. ..
ATURBANH HAM PAlGN
TM 9748
3.
27
27
Top Armor ( Turret, Deck, Paint and Markings,

Grillel!, DoorB. Coven lind Laiche., Antenna
MUI). Inspect a ll applicable items to see if they
are in good condition and secure. See that al1 doors
operate properly and latch securely. Be sure hin&es
are free and that all mechanism is not clIcessiveiy
wom. See that grilles are not obstructed, and in.
spect paint for rust or polished lurfacea that mi&ht
ca~ glare or reflections. Unless covered for ,tactical reasons, a ll vehicle markinis should be legible.
28
28
Cape and Ga8kel8 (Fue l Tank. and Radialors ).

Inspect all filler caps and gaskets to see if they are
in good condition, and caps fit fiUer necks properly,
See that they lock securely, that vents are open, and
preeure valves are dean and free. Be lurc cover
hinges and lock pins openlte freel y and lock
properly.
30
30
Engine R e moval (When Required ),

Remove
engine (par. 61) at lOG-hour maintenance service
on ly if inspection made in items 9, 13, aod 17 and
a check 00 oil coosumptions indicate a defioite need.
CLI!:AN. Clean exterior of engine and dry thor_
oughly, taking care to keep dry-cleaning solvent
away from wiring, terminal boxes, and electrical
units.
42
42
Bre.ther C.pI and Ventil.to.... Inspect crank_

case breather to see that it is in good condition, securely mounted, and not leaking. R emove the filter
e lement. Wash in dry-cleaning solvent, dry, reoil,
and in.tall securely according to instructions in
Lubrication Order (pai. 32).
43
43
Air Cleaner. (Carburetor). Irupect air cleaner

units to see that they are in good condit ion and not
leaking. Remove the oil reservoirs and cleaning
elements, wash in dry-cleaning solvent, fill reservoirs
to proper level with clean engine oil as instructed
on Lubrication Order (par. 32). and reinstall securely. Pay particular attention to see that all assembly joints and connections to carburetor are
properly sealed and tight.
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGII
..
TM 9-748
1. __ .111
500.11,
1100_ ) (50_ )
32
Spark Plu81" Remove all spark plugs and examine

them for crackl or broken insulators, excessive carbon deposits, and burned electrodes. Unserviceable
plup and those having gaps in excess of 0.030 inch
mUlt be replaced with new or reconditioned plu,s.
NOTE: Perform item 33 before reinstalli", plu's.

33
38
CompreMion Test. While spark plugl are removed,

t",.t compression of etI,ch cylinde r and ~rd readina on back of Form No. 462. Throttle must be
opened during compre ssion tellt. Normal compreslion at cranking speed il 155 to 180 pounds. The
allowable amount of variation between cylinders IS
15 pounds. Install spark plugs.
38
Ignition Wlnn@: and Conduiu. Inspect all ignition

wiTina and condu itl, particularly radio noise suppression shielding from magnetos to spark plugs and
il1lltruments panel, to see that they are in good can
dition, ch~an, and properly and securely connected
and supported 110 as not to c ha fe aga inst other parts.
Wipe all exposed wiring dean with a dry d oth.
NOTE: D o not disturb contlections unlell actUally
,_.
.6
.6
Cylinder (Heads and Gaskell ) . Inspect e xte rnally

to see that they are in good condition and secure,
and whether or not there are indications of oil leak
age or blowby around studs or laskets.
37
37
MqndOl. Inspect magnetos for aood condition

and security of mountings, and note whether there
is evidence of oil leaks at mounting aaskets. R emove breaker point inspection coven to see that
points are not pitted, dean, and properly ali ned.
37
ADJUST. Adjust magneto bre aker point laps to

0.016 inch accordina to instructions in pa raaraph
88 ~.
67
Magneto Timing. Check mainelO timing and ad

j ust as required (par. 89 b).
54
'"
En@:lne Oil Filter. Examine oil filter to see that it

is in aood condition and not le aking.
'm
UNIVERSITV 01' IllI~\

ATURBANHHAMPAK;/;
TM 9-748
39
...... TlIWIj:E
1.000..ilo SOI)..ilo
(100_, (50_1
CLEAN. Remove filter and clean in dry-cleaning

IIOlvent (par. 33). ThorOUih ly clean interior of
housing. Install filter using new gaskets as required.
T est operation of filter (par. 59 b).
"
44
'6
..
4S
34
Manifolde. Inspect to see that all manifolds, manifold gaskets, and connections are securely fastened,
correctly assembled, and not leaking.
T ighten all loose assembly and flange
Generator an,1 Starter. Inspect these items for

Kood condition and security of mount ing. Make
sure winnK connections are secure. See that ail
accessible radio nOise supprenion shieldin", CORdensenl, and bonding strap' are securely connected.
Remove generator cover band and examine commutator for good condition. See that
brushes are free in brush holders, clean, and not
excessi vely worn; t hat brush connections are secure,
and that wires are not broken or chafing. Clean
commutator end of generator by blowing out with
compre~ air.
Tighten starter and generator
mounting bolu securely.
34
.9
Carburetor (Linkllflle and Covernor). Inspect dual

carburetors, deKassers, and Kovernor unit to see that
they are in Kood condition, correctly assembled, and
$eCurely mounted. See that carburetor throttle linkage is properly connected and adjusted (par. 75 d )
and not excessively worn. Examine primer pump
tubes and hoses to make sure they are in good coodition and $eCurely supported.
TIGHTEN.
nuts.
45
34
Fuel Pump TeBI. Attach a fuel pump gage to fuel

line at carburetor. Run engine at idling "Peed to
determine whether the fuel pressure is within the
spe<:ified limits, 4 1/.t to 6 pounds. Disconnect gage,
connect fuel hose, and run e ngi ne long enough to
test connections for leaks.
SERVE..
.'.
W.ter Pump, Fane and Shroude.

Observe
whether these items are in good condition, correctly
assem bled, tlnd secure. See that water pump doe.
'm
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
TM 9748
39
not leak. Note particulpriy whether there is end

play or looseness in fan bearings. Check to see that
fan blades and shrouds are properly alined.
50
50
ACCeHOry Driv". (Belt.. Pulleys. Shaft.. and

Coaplinp). See that these items are in good con
dition, correctly assembled, and secure. Make sure
fan drive belts and pul1e~ are Idined and not excessively worn, and belts are properly adjusted. Inspect accessory drive universals for grease leaks and
test for \cC'enea or wear.
ADJUST. AdjUlt drive beltl to the correct tension. All drive belts mould have If.!. inch deOed:ion
under finier-pre.ure halhvay between pulley" See
that adjusting locks are secure ly fastened.
51
Engine Compartment (Bulkhead and Control
50
51
Linkae;e). Check to _ that toniin!'! compartment,

inc\udinl bulkhead, is in ,000 condition and clean,
and that control linkage in enline compartment is
in good condition lind securely connected and
mounted.
CLEAN. Clean engine compartment thoroughly.
Remove all dirt and refu.e, wipe out the engine
compartment with cloth' soaked in dry-cleanin,
IIOlvent, and dry thoroughly. Whenever engines are
removed, repaint compartment if necesa&ry.
51
53
53
53
53
53
57
57
Fuel (Tanka, Vent.., Line-, and Pump ). Inspect

tanks, tubes, and pump to see that they are in good
condition, securely mounted and supported, and not
leakin,. Be .ure ,age send in, unit mountings and
connection' are leCure and venti are open.
TIGHTEN. Tighten all accessible fuel tanka, tube ...
hoses, fittings, and valves to make sure they are in
lood condit ion, secure, and not leakine. Telt opera.
tion of fuel valves.
CUAN. When enlines are removed, clean fuel
tank filters (par. 10 e ( 1. If fuel is contaminated
with dirt or water, drain fuel tanb.
Exhault Pipes. Ins .. eet to see that these items are
in lood condition and leCurely mounted and atsembled.
.,
I,
1m .
0.",.
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9748
39
.... TlIUoIICI
57
58
TIGHTEN. T ighten all mounting bolts and con

nection, $e<:urely.
58
E n gi n e Mounting.. I nspect a ll mountings a nd

bonding straps to see that they are in good condition
and secure.
TIGHTEN. T ighten a ll mountings and bonding
straps $e<:urely. NOTE : W hen entine is removed
for rep air Of" replacement, tithten floor and hull en
tine mountint bracke ts while entine i. out of vehicle.
60
Fire Exdnguieher S," It:nt (Tan k.., Vah'ee, Linea,

Nou le&. a nd 1'-lounl;ng&) . I nspect tubes, connec
tions. a nd cy linders of fixed fire extinguishers for
good condition, secu re mounting, and full charge.
Full charge may be positively determined only by
weighing. Examine control 'cables of fixed extin
guishers to see that they are in good cond ition and,
whi le cylinders are disconnected, test to see if t hey
are free to operate at a moment', notice. See that
a ll tubes and nozzles are in good condition, secure ly
mounted and connected, with nozzles properl y aimed
and not clogged.
TIGHTEN. T ighten all assembly and mountinK
bo lts $eCurely.
58
60
60
61
62
Engin e ( In. la ll Mounting ... Linetl and Fiuinp.

Wiring, Oil and Water Supply). If enKine Wal
removed for repair or replacement, install at thi.
time (par. 62). Ti Kh ten mountings and bondinK
straps securely. Connect all fuel, oi l, and water
tu be., h ose., "x hau.! pipe., and wiT;ne connection.
and tiKhten securely. Be sure oi l and coola nt supply is adeq uate.
62
Radi a lor (Coree. Mountinge, Connection .. S urge

Tank, Antifreeze R ~ord). Examine above listed
applicable u nits to tee that they aTe in good con
dition. $e<:urely assembled and mounted, and not
leaking. See that core external air patsages are
free o f obstruct ions, a nd inspect for badly bent cool
inK fins. See that aU air duct seals are in good
condition to effectively seal aIr passages against
leak.. Be lure vent cap and las ket are serviceable.
1m .
0.",.
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
'"
TM 9748
39
aAllttulct
1,000.110
500-.il.
(IDI)._I 150"_1
ChKk coolant for excessive contamination to de-termine if system should be cleaned. If antifreeze
is in use, te.t its value and record value in space
provided on back of Work Sheet, W.D ., A.G.O. Form
No. 462. Add antifreeze as n~essery to e nsttre
against freezing.
.2
.2
SERVE. Clean out all insects and trash from in

and around radiator core air passages. If cooling
system must be cleaned, clean according to proced ure in paragraph 78 .. (2) . Use o nly specified
cleaners and inhibitors and during freezing weathe r
use only ethy lene--glycol type antifreeze compound.
48
48
s.
s.
Clutch A8!lemhly. Examine clutc h housing to see

that it is in iood condition and securely mounted.
Examine pedal and linkage for e xcessive wear, im.
proper adjuatme nt, loose or mining attac hing part.,
o r weak return sprine: or booster. When engine is
removed, remove clutch driven disk (par. 134 h
( 1. Clean all parts and inspect them for excessive wear or damae:e. R eplace unserviceab le clutch
pilot or release bearinis and driven disks.
.3
.3
BatterieB (Ca ble., Hold.down l, Box, Reeord

Gravity anti Vohll8e ) . . Clean top of batteries and
insPect them for damllge, leaks, loose or corroded
bolts, posts, straps, and hold-downs. Test specific
gravity and voltage and rKord on space provided
on back of Form No. 462 . See hydrometer cotTKtion table (par. 97 h (3, and freezing chart (par.
971>(4 .
CLEAN. Clean batte ries and box. R epaint box
if corroded. Clean cables, te rminab, bolts, and
posts, and grease lightly.. Ti&hten terminals and
hold-downs carefully to avoid damaie to battery .
.3
SERVE. Add clean water to bring electrolyte

. inch above plates.
.3
.3
."
011 Cooler ( Tranemiseion ) Core and

spect oil cooler core tubes and holIeS
they are in good condition, $eCure, and
Clean ou t insects and tTash from in and
air passai~
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
Unel . In
to see that
not leaking.
around core
TM 9-748
3.
UINTU.... et
1,1IOO.ilo
500-.il.
1100_1 iW-_1
64
6S
Accelerator (Linkase and Throttle). Inspect accelerator pedal and hand t hrottle control to make
sure all parts and linkage are $C(:ure, not e xcessively
worn, and are properly adjusted (par. 75). Test
action of both pedal and throttle controls to make
s ure they do not have excessive play and are not
binding. T ighten all loose assembly or mounting
nuts and screW$ and replace damaged or milli ng
cotter pins.
65
Starte r ( Prime r and Instrume nts) . Start enaine,

observing all starti ng precautions outlined in paragraph 15 e. In cold weat her, test operation of
primer pump and inspect for leaks. Note particu
larly if starter engages and disengages properly
wit hout unusual noise IIQ-d developt adequate crank.
ing speed. Che.::k all pertinent instruments to see
if t hey rqister or re.::ord the proper functioning of
the units to which t hey apply. Set throttle con
trol to run engine at 800 to 1,000 revolutions per
minute while warmina up enaine and t ransmission.
CAUTION ; If oil prel1$Ure ilJ not indicated
!f.t minute, atop enlline and invtn/;lIate caUIf/!.
In
69
6.
Engine Idl.,. With throtd., control in idling posi_

tion , engine must idle smoothly at 500 revolutions
per minute. Adjust carburetor idling fuel mixture
(par. 64 h ) and throttle ..ening (pa r. M c) if
ne.::euary.
66
66
Leak. (Engin e Oil. Fuel, and Coolant). W it h engine running and oil, fue l, and cooling systems under
pressure, carefully check all components for leak&.
Trace any leaks found to their source. Correct
leaks or report them to higher authority. Install
engine compartment floor pla te $C(:urety, using new
gaskets if necessary.
68
68
Regulator Units (Conn eetionl, Bo nd Straps, and

Filters). Inspect generator regulator to see if it is
in good condi tion, securely connected, and mounted.
See that radio suppresion bond straps are in good
condition, securely connected, and mounted.
Or~
II. ..
UNNERSIH OF IliINOI\
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
TM 9748
39
"1_TunCI
1.000.110 500.110
(100_) 1:\0.-,
68
When regulator has reached normal operatin, temperature, conne.::t the low voltaie tester to see if
voltage and current regulators and cut-out properly
control generator output . Make tests aCCOTding to
inst ructions which accompany the test instrument.
71
Fighting Compartment ( Painl, Seall, Salely

Slrap8, Crash Pad R, Slow.ge, Ammunition BOllet,
Clips, a nd Racks). Inspect to see that these items
are in ioad condition and securely assembled and
mounted. See that fiihtini compartment is clean,
that paint is in satisfactory condition, and t hat adjustment mechanisms of the leats operate properly
and are adequately lubricated. P ay particular attention to see that a ll dividers and she ll padl are
present and properly installed in ammunition boxes
and racka, and t hat clips have sulficient tennon to
hold shells leCure ly.
73
PerillCope. a nd TelellCopic Sis htl. Examine peri_

scope heads and eibowl and te lelCopic liihls to tee
that they are in ioad condition, clean, and aecurely
attached to the body. Make lure that periscopes
are securely mounted in holders. Rotate and tilt
holder to test it for wear or bind. Make lure lockine screws hold periscope holders in desi red poIIition.
ElLIimine spare periscopes and heads and their stowaie boxes to see that they are in ,DOd condition.
clean, and secure. CAUTION : Window. mU5t be
cleaned only with a soft cloth t>t bru.h.
" "
Clutch Pedal ( Free Travel, Linkage, and Re lurn

Sprins). Inspect to see that these items are in good
condition, securely auembled and mounted, well
lubricated, and not excessively worn.
Depress
clutch pedal slowly to see that clutch disengagetl
freely without bindini or excessive clutch pedal
pressure and that booster functions properly. W ith
pedal fully depressed, remove foot to make SUTe
return spring will immediately raise pedal to fully
release poIIition (par. 134). Pedal free travel must
be not less than 2 or more than 2YI inches (par.
134 d ).
73
Or~
II. ..
ATURBANHH AM PAlGN
TM 9741
39
7S
7S
Stee ring Bra ke, ( F ree T r avel, P a rking Latch ,

Leve .... a nd Linkage). F ree trave l at top of levers
should be 4 to S"h inches. B rakes should be fully
applied before ieven reach a vertical position. In.
spect leven and all linkage to see if they a re in good
cond it ion a nd securely connected. See that conneet jol1$ are free but not excessively worn. T est lever
locking meehanism to see if it operates proper ly to
hold levers in a pplied position.
TIOHTEN. T ighten a ll assembly and mount ing
nuts or screws securely.
7S
ADJ UST. M a ke necessary adjlUtme nll to steering brake linkage accord ing to paragraph 139.
77
77
Diffe re ntial and Breathe r . E xa mine accessible

part of the different ia l carrier in driver's compartment to see that it is in good condi tion, t hat all
mounting and assembly bolts or cap screws are secure, a nd that t here are no leaks. Inspect breather
t o see that it i$ in good condi tion, secure, and not
dogged.
CLEAN AND T I(lHTE N. R e move breat her and dean
thoroughly. T iihten all external assembly and
mountini bolts and screws securely.
77
80
8.
Tran. mi u ion Co ntrol. Inspect to see that trau.mission gearshift lever operates properly, is in good
condition, correctly assembled, a nd ~re ly connected.
81
81
Pro pelle r S haft. (Vn iver . al Jo in ll, Aline m e nt ,

a nd Fla ngel) . Inspect propeller shaft to _ that it
i. in iood condition. See that un iverll8l joint s are
correctly alined and a..embled and properly lubri.
cated. Ma ke pry-bar test for excessive wear.
81
.. ..
TlOHTEN. T ia:hten universal joint compa nion

flanie cap t-CreWI seeurely.
Campau ( Fluid a nd Lamp ). Inspect complIH to
see t hat it il in good condition and secure. E xamine fluid for proper level. R eport a ny deficienciel to designated author ity. T elt compau lamp to
see that it operate. properly.
Or~
11n. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9-748
39
at.lNUU.CI
1.000_110
-'_;10
(100_) (5IJ._ I
85
85
85
SO
Lampe (IJghte) and Switehee ( Head, Tail, Blackout, and Inte rnal ). T est to see that awitches and
lamps (Hehts) operat e properly. Inspect to see thllt
all lights are in good cond ition, secure, and do not
have broken lenses.
ADJUST. Adjust headlight burna.
SO
Wirin@: (Junction and Terminal Bloclu and

Boxes, Circuit Breake .... and Buttonl) . Inspect
accessible above listed unita to see that they are in
good condition, securely mounted and connected,
and clean. I nspect all e xposed wirine and conduits
for damage, and see that they are well IUpported,
securely connected, and clean. Be lure all ace_i.
b le radio noise suppression bondi ni strllPl' Ire in
eood condit ion, and that all attachi nl boltl It ter
minal or control boxes and wiring aupport clip. are
ti;ht.
Colleetor Rin@: ( Bruehea, Head., Cylh,der, and
Cover). W ith 24.volt and 12volt master awitch
o ff, remove collector ring box (slip ring) cov er, and
examine to lee that above lUited iteml are in lcod
condition and clean. See that brushes contact cy linder even ly under n ormal aprine tension. See that
leads are securely connected a nd not chafin" Be
sure cover it reinsu lled securely, and that bondinl
strap il in good condition and securely connected.
88
Radio Dondin@: (SupprelMOra, Fllte". Condenfer,

and Shielding). See that a ll acce..ible unitt not
covered in the foregoing specific procedures are in
good condition, and secure ly mounted and con
nected. Be Bure .11 additiolUll noise suppression
bond straps and intemal-exte m al toothed washers
listed in paraeraph 128 h ( 17) are inspected for
looa:eness or da male, and see that contact surfaces
are clean.
NOTE: If objectionable radio noi$e from the vehi.
cle hall been repOrted, make tut in tlCCOtd~ with
para8raph 51. If c/eaninl and ti8h/enin8 01 maunt.
in8s and COnnectiON, and repJ/ICflment 01 delective
radio luppreulon unit does not eliminate the trou.
ble, the radio operator will report the condition to
the deai~na ted individu~l in ~uthority.
87
88
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
1M 9748
"
AUXILIARY GENE RATOR
89
89
Engine (Crankl:aAe, Fan and HouBlng. Cylinder.

S hroud. Mounling&. and ExhauBI Pipe). Inspect
to see that these items a~ in good condition and
securely mounted. See that there are no leaks in
exhaust line o r around lIaskets and that shroud
damper operates freely. See that radio suppreuion
bond straps are in good condition, and securely
mounted and connected.
90
90
Spark Plug. Remove and inapect spark plug for

broken insulator or burned electrodes; gap must be
0.025 inch. Replace unservi~able plUII, using new
gasket.
9'
Magneto (Pointa. Wlrlnl. and Shield). Inspect to

see that these items are in llood condition, correctly
auembled, and securely mounted. Make sure the
interior of magneto and rotor arm are in good con
dilion and d ean. See that breaker poinu are clean
and not uneven or pitted. See that radio noile ca
pacitors are in good condition, and securely mounted
and connected.
ADJUST.
Breakers must be properly ali ned and
not pitted The gap must be adjusted to 0.020 inch
with points fully opened.
9'
C.rburetor Air Cleaner. Irupert to see that air

filter is in good condit ion, securely mounted, and not
leakina:.
CLEAN. Remove air filter, clean in dry-cleaning
solvent, and dry thoroughly. Dip filter in engine
oil, drain, and insta ll.
93
93
"' uel ( Filler. Line. Tank, and Cap). Examine to

lee that these items are in good condition, secure,
and not leakinll. Close fuel tank shut-off valve.
Remove and clean fuel filter sediment bowl and
screen. , In*,all, usina: new ia, ket if neceuary. Open
fuel lupply valve and check for leaks.
9.
94
Generator (Commutator, Brus h .., Control Box,

and Wirin,). R emove bruahhead cover plate and
examine commutator to see that it is in good cond i
tion, clean, and not excessively worn. See that
bru.h.. a re clean, free in their holders, prQPtrly
9'
9'
9'
9'
.,
,~
0.", 11 .
AT URBANHHAMPAlG.'I
spring-loaded, lind not excessively worn. Be sure

that radio noise luppression condenser in control box
is in a:ood condition and securely connected. In.

spect control box, buttons, ammeter, and wirinll to
see that they are in good condition, correctly assem
bled and connected and secure.
CUAN.
94
At each third lOO-hour $f!rvice, dean
commutator (par. 173 g).
os
95
Operation (Engine. Gene... tor, Kepl.tor, Am
meter, and
,
Leak,).
Start enline, oiervina
whether it starts easily and runs al normal speed.

Listen for any unusual noile. See that a;eDerator
output i. SO amperes with electrical units operatin,.
Examine fuel l)'lItem for le.lui. NOTE: It vehicle
i. equipped with heater unit and duct, be "Un! that
heater operates and the duct il in ~ condition,
el_n, and secure. Check Oper'(Jti on 01 hIlat damper.
When reiu1ator has reached normal operatini tern
perature, connect the low volta&e tester to see if
volta&e and current re&ulaton and cut-out properly
control &enerator output. Make test. accordin& to
instructions which IIttompany the telft instrum.ent.
95
ARMAMENT
125
125
Bow Gun ( Mount). See thllt mount is in &0Dd

condition, clea n, well lubricated, and secure. Elevate and traverse &un throu&h its entire rlln&e to see
if m.ount operates without bindin& or looseness, lind
that linn& control operates properly.
TIO~N.
T i&hten all assembly nuts and screws
securely.
' 26
'"
'26
Gun 9O.mm ( Mount, Tnvf;r,ln, and EIf;\'lItln,

Mhllnllm, 110.1 Firln, Control.). Inspect to see
that these items are in &0Dd condition, clf;an, well
.,
1m .
0.",.
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
39
UI.lUANeI
1 . 000.j~
5OI).il,
<100_> ,50,_,
lubricated, correctly and securely a!l5embled, and
not eIcenively worn. Check to see that ma nual and
hydraulic traversing controls are in good condition
lind secure, payinli: part iculn attention to wirinli:,
switch~, and connections.
Make sure gWl is not
loaded. Operate each firing control, both man ual
and electric. to see that they function properly. Operate hand elevating controls through entire ranae
to see that they function properly. T raverse turret
by hand to see that it is not bind ing and that turret
can be turned through its e ntire 36O-degree range.
See whether the brake is effective when hand con
trol ' brake latch is released.
Inspect power traversinll: system, including motor,

pump, reaefVoir, wirinll:, and operatinll: controls to
see tha t they aTe in lI:ood condition, correctly assembled, secure, operate properly, and are not eIC~_
sively worn. Examine hydraulic system for leaks
and for proper level of oil. Add oil if required according to instructions in Lubrication Order (par.
32). Make an operatinll: check of traversing syrtem
by c1011inll: motor switch, placing clutch lever in
power operatinll: position. and turninll: pino l-jrip operatinll: control to right , left, and neutral positions
to set if traversing mechanism r~ponds properly
wit hout a ny o verrun.
126
127
T IG HTEN. T ighten gun mount assembly a nd

mounting nutl or screws securely.
127
Recoil Control,
Check recoil cylinden to see that

they are in good condition a nd not leaking. NOTE :
Recoil opet a t jnll teft. muft . beo m ade only under
firinll condition in accordance with inatruetrona in
paralltaph 183 01 thi. manual.
T l(lHTltJll. Tighten.1I mountinll: a nd assembly
nuta and .crews securely.
.,
1m .
UNIVERSITY 01' IUlNOI\
0.",.
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
'"
TM 9-748
39
IITUUC'
1,000alll :IOO.all,
,100._1 ($0'_1 '
128
128
128
129
Cal. 50 Antiai~raft Gun (Mount). Inspect gun

and mount to see if they are in good condition. correctly assembled, clean, and secure. Make lure the
rest holds barrel IeCwely in travelinK position.
TIGHTEN. Tighten all mounting and assembly
nuts and !$Crews leCurely.
129
Spare Gun Barr""" and Parta. Check aKainlt stow_

age list (par. 7 eI ) to see that all items are present,
a nd see that they 8re in good condition and properly Itowed.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

130
130
Toole (Vehiele Kit and Pioneer) . Check standard

vehicle tool s against . towage li,t, ( par. 6) to see
t hat all tools are present, in good condition, and
properly stowed or mounted. Any tools mounted
on outside of ve hicle having bright o r polished sur
faces shou ld be painted or otherwise treated to prevent glare or reflections. Tools with cutting edges
should be sharp and the edges protected.
131
131
Equipment. Check equipment items agai nlt vehicle

Itowage list (par. 7) to lee if all equipment is pres
ent, in serviceable condition, and properly stowed
or mounted.
132
132
Grouser . and Spare Track Link. . Inspect to lee

if they are all present, in good condition, and prope rly Itowed or mounted.
133
133
Spare Oil Supply (Recoil, Hydraulic. En(!:ine).

Check to see that supply of listed spare oil is present and properly Itowed. This l upply should be
maintained a t all times.
134
134
Dontaminator. Examine to see that it is in good

condition. secwc, and fully charged. Make latter
check by removinK filler plu&- NOTE : The &011,1
tion mU$t be renewed every three montn., a.t it dete rioratc$.
'"
Or>l, .. II. ..
AT URBANHHAMPAKiN
TM 9-748
39
'.ov
oI MooI.......... knolc.o
IJTUUCl
1.000..111 501).111
1100."-, (50-_'
135
135
Fire Extinpi,her (Portahle). Inspect to see tbet

fire extinguisher.l are f~lly charged, in good condi
tion, and securely mounted. Weilh cylinder to determine if it is fully charled (par. 20). If it weilhs
less than 4 pound., cylinder should be replaced with
a fully charged one.
136
136
Publieation, and Form No. 26. All vehicle ,nd

equipment manuab, Lubrication Ordel"$, Standard
Form No. 26, Driver's Report-Accident, Motor
Transpon&tion, and WD., A.G.O. Form 478, MWO
and Major Unit Assembly Replacement Record,
must be in vehicle, legible, and properly stowed
137
137
Vehide Lubrication. Check lubrication of entire

vehicle. On any unit where diiSllssembly was necessary for ill$pection purposes, lubrication must be
performed unleS& the vehicle is to be deadlined for
re pair of that unit. If lubrication is due, lubricate
all points of ve hicle in accordance with inlJtructions
in Lubrication Order (par. 32). Use only clean
lubricant and keep all lubricant containel"$ covered.
138
138
Modification, (Modification, Work Orden Com.

pleted). Inspect vehicle to determine that all Mod
ification Work Orders have been properly com
pleted. Enter any modifications or major uni~ assembly replacements made durinl this service on
Form No. 478.
139
139
Final Road Teet. Make a final road test, recheck.

inK items 2 to 15 inclusive. Before drivinl vehicle,
make sure turret is locked, sh ift le ver is in manWlI
position, and gun il secured in turret traveling lock
and !lun barrel traveling lock. Recheck transmission and differential to see that lubricant is at cor
rect le vel and that there are no leaks. Confine this
road test to the minimum distance necell$8.ry to
make satisfactory observations. While testinl vehi
cle, operate it in a normal manne r. NOTE : Corred
or report any deficiencies found durin, final road
test to desi,nated individual in authority.
0.,
Iff<-
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
TM 9-748
3.
,... n .... -
'"
" I.,,~,._
.... , ......'-.
~
Or>9,,,.lln.m
UNIVERSITY OF ILlINC]\
ATURBANHHAMPA1GN
TM 9-741
4041
Sedion XVI
TROUBLE SHOOTING
40. INTRODUCTION.
a . Gene...1. Thb section contains trouble shootirli information
and teats for the entire vehicle which can "he lp determine the cauleS
of tome of the troublea that may develop in the vehicle. Under each
unit or system are listed Iymptomsof the trouble. which are moat
prevalent. Where a sYlf/ptom may be cause<! by more than one condition, simple tests are described that will locate the trouble in a particular unit or system, or elilllinate a particular unit or system from
further consideration.
h.
Electrical WiriDS. The wire. in the electrical circuits are of

the same color (natural color ). The wirea can be identified by a
number attached to each wire. A further description of the winDI is
covered in paralraph 110.
4.1. ENGINE.
a. En@:ineWIIlNotCrank. Check the startinl system (par. 44).
Remove the spark plUIS and cra nk the e nline with the ~tarter to
check for accumulation of water in the cylinders ( hydroatatie lock) .
If the e ngine can be cranked with the spark plUiS removed, and cannot be cranked with the spark plues in place, tqia will indicate a water
leak into the cylinders. If the enli ne cannot be cranked with the
spark plues removed, it will indicate that a reciprocatirli part in the
eneine h as !lei:red. In e ither ca~, notify hieber authority.
h.
Eosloe Cranks Bul Will Nol Start.

( I ) PRELIMIN"RY INSTRUCTIONS. If the en,ine is hot, hold the
f oot throttle open and crank the enei ne. This will clear away any
vapor lock which may be pre!lent. If tbe eneine i. extremely cold,
see paraer.ph 25.
(2) CHECJC FUEL SYSTEM. Check to !lee tlult the fuel shut-ofl
valves are open (fia. 9 ). Remove the outlet fuel line from the fuel
pump, and, with the maiDeto switch in the "OFF" position, crank the
eoline with the starter. If a free flow of fuel is not evident, fue l is
not reachin, the carburetor. See paragraph 45 a.
(3) CltKCK IGNITION SYSTEM. Tum the maiDeto switch "ON.~
R emove s wire from a spark plui, and hold the wire terminal apprOJ;imately Y.-ineh from the cylinder head. Crank the e ngine. If a
spark does not jump the Y.. inch eap, the ienition system i. at fault.
See parseraph 42.
e. Ensine Baekfire. But Will Not Start. Check to see that the
spark plug wires are attached to the maltneto dbtri butor plates in
their proper firina: order (fia:. 66). Ch~k ienition timina: ( par. 89 ).
Or~
lin. ..
. ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
d. Engine Will Not Develop Full Power. If the enlline does not
develop full power, follow preventive maintenance procedure (par.
39).
e. Ensine Misfire.. If the enjine mimres, follow preventive
maintenance procedure (par. 39).
f. Engine Rune Unevenly and Black Smoke Ie Emitted From
Exhauet. Check fuels)'1effi (par. 45 b ).
8. Enpne Run e Unevenly and Backfire!! Through the Carburetor After it Ie Wanned Up . . Check to see thet the spark plug wires
are attached to the magneto distributor plate on the magneto. in their
proper firing order ( fig. 66). Check ignition tim ina (par. 89). If the
ignition is found to be satisfactory, it cen be assumed thet the fuel
mixture is too leen. Refer to pararuaph 45 ('..
h. Engine Overheate. If the engine compartment doors are
equipped with shutters, make sure they are open. Check for low
weter in the cooling system and refill with coolant if required. Adjust the fan belts if loose (par. 83 b). If the air flow through the
radiator i. restricted, dean the radiator /inti and air 1M'.... letI. Check
the ignitio n timing and retime if required (par. 89). If the e nlline
continues to overheat, replace the thermostat (par. 82) .
1. Ex~lve Oil Consumption. EJ:8mine the oil in the engine

and if the viscosity of the oil is found to be low, refill with specified
ruade. Inspect the engine for external oil leab. Tillhten any oil line
connections found leaking. Tighten or replace aaskets as required.
If the engine continues to use oil after makina the above inspection or
replacements, it may be assumed the pistons or piston rinp or the
intake valve guides are worn or damaaed. In this case, notify higher
authority.
j. Low or No Oil Preuure. Check the oil supply in the engine
and replenish it with specified il"ade if required (tee Lubricatio n
Order par. 32). If the oil in the engine hal become overdiluted, it
must be replaced with the grade specified.
k. Abnormal EOSine NoilH'. The following proudure for loca.
ing abnormal engine noise applies only if the condition of the engine
permits its being run. Set the en,:ine speed at approximately 600
revolutions per minute and place a neon-type spark tester on one of
the spark plug terminals. The neon lillht will flash with every other
revolution of the engine. If the noise occurs twice for each ftash, the
source is at some point driven by the crankshaft such al pistons, rings,
pins, connecting rod bearings, or main bearings. A loose main bearing
knock i. usually a dull thud, more noticeable on a hard pull or quick
acreleration. If the noise occurs once for each flash, the source u at
-ome point driven by the camshaft such as valves, push rods, etc.
'"
0.>1"
1m ,
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
41-43
NOTE: Carmhait InIckl&!h noi$lil below 500 revoiutiotIIJ per minute i.

not to be comidered ..bllOIllial.
42.
IGNmON SYSTEM (fig. 64).
.. No Spark Delivered to Spark Plup in Either Rl,bl or Left

Bank. If no .park i. obtained from a magneto under the test outlined in paragraph 41 b (3), remove the maaneto .witch wire (around.
wire) from whichever magneto does not deliver a spark. Crank the
engine with the starter. If a Nltitfactory spark i. obtained with the
malneto .witch wire removed, it will ind icate that the magneto switch
i. faulty, or that the ignition wire extending from the malIleto to the
_switc h is short circuited. Replace the switch or wire, whichever i. at
fault. If no spark is obtain ed from thit test, the ma gne to on the .ide
being tnted is at fault. R eplace magneto (par. 88 b ).
b. No Spark or UnllBtldactory Spark Obtained at SoPie Spark
Plu, Wlree., and Satiefaetory Spark at Other WIre.. Examine all
spark plug wires on the side of the engine beina tested. Any wires
fo und c hafed or with faulty insulation must be replaced. If the spark
plua wires are in good condition, it can be assumed the distributor
plate in the maaneto i. at fault. Replace the maaneto (par. 88 b).
e. Intermittent Spark at Each S park Ply, Wire. If an inter_
mittent spark i. obtained from each of the .park plug wires, it indicates that the magneto on the side of the engine beina tested i. at
fault. Replace the magneto (par. 88 b).
43_ BAI'IERIES AND GENERATING SYSTEM (fig. 7 1).
a. Balteriee Run Down. E ..ce.ive use o f electrical accesmries
must be avoided when the aenerator is not operat ing. Be sute the
24-volt and 12-volt ma.ter switches (fig. 6) are not left on when the
vehicle is not in use. Replace the discharged batteries with fully
c harged units. Disconnect the cable from the pcMitive terminal of the
forward battery. Turn the 24_ and 12-volt master Iwitches o n, and
contact the battery ca ble a,ainst the positive post of the battery. If a
flash is seen from this test, it will ind icate that there il a shorted or
arounded wire in the electrical circ uits, o r that the cut-out points in
the generator regulator are stuck tOlether. Refer to lubparalraph d
(2) below for l e nerator regulator test. If the generator regulator it
found satisfactory, it can be assumed the wiring is at fault. Notify
hiaher authority.
b.
Bauerlee U&e Ex_lve Water.
See IJUbparal'"aph l below.
e. Ammeter Doc-e Not Show Char,e_ If the ammeter faiil to

! how a charge, turn on a ll lights and observe whether a diilCharae is
.hawn. If no discharae is observed, connect a new ammeter to the
It act. in the instrument panel. If a readinll it obtained, the ammeter
.,
0.", 11 .
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
'"
, .... _ " '-..... ,. ,.01'''';0
i. faulty and must be replaced (par. 101). If no reading i. observed,

proceed with the nut test (Iubpar. d below).
d.
En"ne Genentor
Doe. Not Charse the Balterjee.
(1) TEST GENERATOR. Remove the armature and battery wire

from the ~ARM" and "SAT" terminals of the lenerator regulator and
connect an ammeter between them. Remove the field wire from the
field terminal of the regulator. Start the engine and, while it il running at idle speed, touch the free end of the field wire to the arma
ture wire. Increa.. the ,peed of the engine and note the cluirging
rate. CAUTION: Do not increue the ehM4e above 50 amper~ r If
the cha~ng rate increaaea as the en,ine illpe~ded uP. the generator
i. Operatinl normally. Reconnect the wires to the lIenerator recu,
lator. If the cha~nll rate does not increase, the lenerator il at fault
and mUlt be replaced (par. 99).
(2) fiST GENERATOR REGULATOR. Surt the enlline and run it
at approllimately 800 revolutions per minute. Obloerve the ammeter
on the instrument panel. If no cha"ing rate is indicated. connect the
terminal marked ~BAT" and the terminal marked MARM" together
with a jumper wire and watch the ammeter. If a reading is obtained,
the cut--out unit of the reculator is at fault. Replace the lIenerator
rI!!Julator (par. 100). If no readinl is obuined. connect the battery
and field terminals tOliether with the jumper wire. If a readinl il now
obta ined, the ,enerator rer;ulator is at fault. Replace the lIenerator
resulator (par. 100).
e. Low Charfj:lnl Rale When Baneries are Low In Charfj:e.
Operate the engine at a speed of 2,500 revolutions per minute. If the
cha,,;ng rate does not increase to mallimum (50 ampern), the gen
erator reculator is at fault. Replace the ,enerator regulator ( par.
100).
f.
Hlp CharJlnfj: Rate When Batteries are Fully Charfj:e<1.

Operate the enline at a lpeed of 2,500 revolutions per minute. If.
after the generator has replaced the current used by the .tarter and
the batteries are known to be fully charled, the a mmeter shows a
charge in ellen, of 15 amperes, it can be llSlIumed that the voltage
Jetting of the ,enerator regulator i. too hilh. Replace the generator
refUlator (par. 100). NOTE: If the batteries ~ lroe/y and U$C!
watet" e;rrcnsive/y, this also i. an indication 01 too hi_h char_in_ rate.
fj:. Auxiliary Generator Inoperathe. If auxiliary ,enerator will
not start, check the i,nition by removinl the spark plu, wire from
the plug and holding it near the enline while cranking the engine. H
no lpark il evident, replace aUlIiliary lenerator. If spark is present,
clean and adjust spark plug (par. 173 e) , and attempt startinlagain.
If lenerator will not start, replace lenerator (pars. 173 nand 0 ) .
'"
.,
Or", . 11 .
UNIVER'iIH Of ILlI~\
AT URBANHHAMPAlG.'I
TM 9-748
43.....5
h. Au"lIIary Generator Doe, Not CbarSf: Battf:riu. Pf:rform

the test. dellCribed in subparagraph d above on the awiliary gen
erator and aUIiliary generator rellulator.
44.
STARTING SYSTEM.
a. Ensine Fail. to Turn Over When the StaMins Switch I,

Prened.
(1) TItST BATnRIItS. T est the state of charge of the batteries
(par. 97 h ). If the batteries are low in ctuorge, they must be recharged or replaced. Make certain the battery terminals are dean
and tight.
(2) TI!ST STAR"n:R. With a jumper wire made from a piece of
battery cable, contact the two terminais o n the starter relay (the
terminais to which the heavy cables are attached). If the starter fails
to run, replace the starter (par. 93). If the starter doe. run in thill
test, praed with test in step (3) below.
(3)
TEST STARTER RELAY, STARTING
SWfTCH, AND
STARTING
WIRE. Use a jumper wire and contact it between the "hot"

terminal on the relay and the small terminal at the bottom of the
relay to which the small wire is attached (fig. 74) . If the relay clicks
and the starter cranks the engine, the trouble is in the starting switch
or the starting switch wiring. R eplace the starting switch or the
faulty wiring, whichever is at fault. If the starter doel not crank the
engine in this test, it will indicate that the starter relay is at fault.
Replace the relay (par. 94).
SWITCH
4-5.
FUEL SYSTEM.
a. Fuel Not Re8f;hlns the Carburetor. Make sure the fuel shutoff valves (fig. 9) are open and that there is a sufficient fuel supply
in the laob. Clean the fuel filter (par. 70 f; (1). Remove the outlet
fuel line from the fuel pump and, with the magneto switf;h off. crank
the engine with the lItatter. If a free Row of fuel is not evident, replace the fuel pump (par. 71 h) . If a free Row of fuel is obtained in
the above test, the fuel sylltem up to the carburetor is satisfactory.
h. Enpne Run. Unevenly, and Black Smoke il Emitted from
E"hault. Check the fuel pump pressure (par. 71). If the presallfe
ill too high, re place the fuel pump (par. 71 b ). If the pump presiW"e
is latisfactory, run the e ngine at idle tp ted and remove the fuel level
checking plug from each carburetor (til- 51). Observe the fuel level
in the f;arbureton. If the fuel runs from the inspection hole on either
carburetor, the fuel level is too high in that carburetor. Replace the
carburetor (para. 64 e and f) .
c. Fuel Mixture Too Lean. Run the engine at idle lpeed and
remove the fuel level checking plug from each carburetor (fig. 51 ).
Or
>
If.
AT URBANHHAMPAIG.'I
'"
TM 9-748
.5--46
If the fuel level is below the bottom threads of this hole, the lioat
level ~ too low due to incorrect carburetor float setting or a restriction in the fue l lines or fuel filter. Remove any Te'Striction to a free
ftow of fuei. Check the fue l pump pressure (par. 11). If the preslure is low, replace the fue l pump (par. 11 b ). If this dOH not correct the low level, replace the carburetor (pars. 64 e and f) .
Engine Siowl Down hut Doe. Not Stop When Fuel Cut..Qfr
Button II Prel&ed. Press the fuel cut-off circuit breaker button at
the top of the instrument panel. Start the engine a nd turn the mal'
neto switch to the "R " position which will cause the enli ne to run on
the right bank of cylinders. Prea the fuel cut-off button. Turn the
mailleto switch to the "L" position an<:l pTe$$ the fuel cut-ofl button.
The bank of cy linders which continue to fire after the fuel cut-off
button is pressed will show that either one of the degassers o n the
.ide of the engine it defective. To determine which one of the two
suspected degassers i. at fault, close the idling adjuatinl SCrew in the
rear carburetor o n the .ide which .upplies fuel to whichever bank of
cyl inders continue to fire after the fuel cut-ofl button is preued Run
the enline and if the enline stops when the fuel cut-off button is
presaed, the defective degasser is in the rear carburetor. If the engine
dOH not stop when the fuel cut-off button is pre lied, the defective
deganer i. in the front carburetor. R eplace the degasser ( par. 66 h) .
d.
e. Preuio8 the Fuel Cut-Off Button H .. No Eft'~t on Engine.

Pr", the fuel cut-ofl circuit breaker button at the top of the iratrument panel. If the c ircuit breaker will n ot stay in contact, check for
grounded wire in the degasser circuit. R emove the fue1.cut-off switch
from the instrument panel. Start the eniine and connect the two
wires ronnini to the switch tOiether. If enltine ttops, the fuel cut-off
switch is defective.
46.
COOUNG SYSTEM.
a. General Instructionl. Diffic ulties in the cooling s}'.tem are

usually reflected in loss of coolant from the .ystem and overheatiniWhen overheating is evident and the cooling system iOllpection procedure in lubpar. d below fails to locate the ca.use, follow iDltroctionl
as outlined in para,raph 78.
b.
Engine Overheatl. Refer to para,raph 41 h .
c.
Engine Run. Too Cold. Replace tbe thermOitat ( par. 82 a).
d.
Lo" of Coolant.
In.peet all hose and hose connection. and ri,hten or replace hose. Inspect for leakage at drain plua; (fii- 28) and t iihten or repla ce if
required. Inspect external ,askets for leaks and replace any laskets
found leaking.
( 1)
'"
INSPECT H OSE CoNNECTIONS AND ExTERNAL GASKtn.
Or~
.. II. ..
UNIVERSITY OF 1111~S
AT URBANHHAMPAKiN
TM '748
416 47
(2) INSPECT WATER PuMP. If water is leakina from the drilled

hole at the bottom of the water pump, it indicates that the pump shaft
seal is leaking. Replace the water p1.1mp (pan. 81 b and e).
(3) INSPECT PJUtssuJUt FIl..l..ER CAp. W ith the engine at nonnal
operatini temperature, loosen the preSS1.1re filler cap at the top of the
expanlilion tank (fia. 61) by tumina the cap counterclockwise to the
first notch. L isten for pressure escapi na; from the coolini system. If
the pressure is aud ible, the filler cap is functioning properly. If no

pressure is escaping, the filler cap or a;asket is at fault. R eplace the
upper and lower a;alkets, run the e ngine until it is again at opera tina;
temperature, and repeat the test. If the new gaskets failed to correct
the condition, replace the filler cap.
( 4) INSPECT RADIATOR. Clean the exterior of the radiator core,
remove all grease, dirt, and insects. Inspect the radiator for leab.
If it Uc found leaking, replace the radiator (par. 79).
(5) INSPECT FOR INTERNAl.. WATER LEAKS. If t he cooling.ystern stiJI loses coolant, drain the oil from the engine oil pan and observe whether there is water in the oil If an abnormal amount of
water is found in the oil, it will indicate an internal water leak in the
engine. N otify hiaher authority. R emove al1 spark plUIlS and, with
the magneto lfWitch off, crank the engine with t he starter. Obterve
if water is e vident at the spark plug holes. If water i, evident, it can
be assumed the cylinder head a;askets are leakina;. Replace the cylinder head a;aikets (par. 56).
47. LIGHTS AND HORN.

a. No LampI Will Ulj:ht and No
EI~trical
Unite Will Operate.

(1) PRELIMINARY TEST. Tum on the 24-volt master swit ch.
Push all the circuit breaker reset buttons located on the instrument
panel (fia;. 10 ). T est the state of charae of the batteries. If the batt eries are discharaed, they mU$t be recharged or replaced. Clean and
tighte n the battery terminals securely. If the lamps still fail to Iiaht,
preu the starter lfWitch. If the starter fa ils to tum, test the 24-volt
master switch (step (2) below). If the starter tums, omit test in .ubparagraph (2) below and proceed with subparagraph (3) below.
(2) TEST 24_vOLT MASTER SWITCH (fii. 74) . Remove the cove r
from the 24-volt master switch box. Turn on the lia;ht switch. Use
a jumper wire and contact across the terminals of the 24-volt master
switch. If the lamps now lia;ht, replace the 24.volt master switch.
(3) TEST CIRCUIT BRUKER. Disassemble the instrument panel
(par. 111 b ). T um on the light switch. Use a jumper wire a nd contact aeron the terminals o n t he cirC1.1 it breaker marked ~LIGHTS. ~ If
the lamps now liaht, the circuit breaker is at fault and must be replaced. If the circuit breake r fail. to nay in contact (kicks 01.1t).
(
'm
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
'"
TM 9-748
"
check the light ci rcuit for grounded or shorted wires.
still fail to light proceed with step ( 4) below.
If the lamps
( 4 ) TEST MAIN FEED WIRES TO INSTRUMENT PANEl.. Turn o n

the instrument light switch. If the instrument panel lights come on.
the main feed wire circuit is complete. If the panel lights do not
come on and the lamps are known not to be burned out. it will indio
cate that the current is not being de livered to the instrument panel .
( 5) TEsT AMMETER SHUNT FOR LooSE CoNNECTIONS. R emove

the cover from the battery master switch box and tighten any con
nections found loose on the ammeter shunt and terminal bar (fig. 72).
b. Instrument Panel Lampe Li(!:bt But No Other Lamps Will
Li(!:bt. R emove the instrument panel and test the circuit breaker
marked "LIGHTS~ (subpar. a (3) above). Examine the wire marked
"SO" which extends from the circuit breaker marked "LIGHTS" to
the terminal marked "BAT" on the light switch (B. fig. 85). If this
wire is in good condit ion and the terminals are tight, it Illay be assumed that the light switch is at fault and must be replaced.
c. Indl ... ldu"l Loomps Do Not Llfj:hl. Check any lamps burned
o ut and replace (pars. 103, 104, 106. 107, and 108). Check for loose
connections at lights and tighten connections. Check for damaged
'wires to the individual unit giving trouble. If the lamp .till faib to
light, replace the liaht switch.
d. One or More LampI Burn Out Repeatedly. Most lamp
failUl'e. are due to vibration when the vehicle il operated over rough
terrain. These failures oteUl' more frequently in 12- and 24-volt systems than they do in a 6-volt I)'stem, due to the smaller lamp filament used with higher voltages. Clean and liahten all connections,
including the battery cable con nection., and replace all broken ground
straps (bond straps). If the generator has replaced the current used
in starting the'engine, the batteries are known to be fully charged, and
the ammeter shows a charge in excess of 15 amperes, it can be alturned that the voltage settin, of the generata:r regulator is too hi,b.
Replace the generator regulator.
e. Short Cireuite or Groundetl Wlr..- (Circuit Oreaker Market!
"LIGHTS" Klcke Out ) . Tum the light switch to the "BO MK~
position. If the circuit breaker kick, o ut, it indicate. that the shorted
or grounded wire is in the blackout marker light or the blackout tailliaht wires. Tum the light switch to the ~HD L TS~ position. If the
circuit breaker kicks out, it indicates that the shorted or grounded
wire i, in the circuit to the service headli,hts or in the service tail
light wires. Replace or repair the damaged wiras. If the damage to
the wires is caused by a damaied conduit, replace the damaied section of the conduit.
Or>l, .. II. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAKiN
TM 9-748
47-<1
f.
( 1)
Horn or Siren Will NOI Sound.

PJlU.IMII'IARY Snps.
Be sure the horn or siren circuit
breaker reset buttOtl is pushed ill. Turn on the instrument panel light
switch. If the panel lights come on, it will indicate that c urrent is
being delivered to the instrument panel and to the hom or siren cir_
cuit breaker. R emove the horn or siren from its mounting bracket
and clean the base frre from paint or corrosion to establish a lood
ground contact for the hom or siren. Rein.tall the horn or siren. If
the horn or siren faib to sound after establishinl a good ground, proceed with the next test.
(2) ~T H ORN OR SIRl:N B UTTON. R e move the cover from the
hom or .iren switch box and contact a jumper w ire across the contacts inside the box. If the hom or .iren now .aunds, the switch
al!embly is at fault and must be replaced. If the hom or siren does
not lIOund, replace the hom or .irell.
48. CLiJTCH AND PROPEI.J.ER SHAFT.

a. Cluteh Drag. If the leal'$ clash when sbiftinll into first or
reverse lears, or if the vehicle hal a tendency to roll when the clutch
is disenpged, adjust the clutch (par. 13 4). If adjU.tinl the clutch
does not correct the trouble, replace the clutch driven dilks or the
clutch itself, whichever the in'pection of the disks show. is necessary
(pa r. 134 ).
h. Pedal PreMure Too Stift'. If the pedal pressure is too .tiff,
lubricate the clutch linkage. If lubricatinl the clutch Iinkale does
not correct the stiffness of the clutch pedal equipped with a clutch
booster spring, adjust the spring (par. 135 ). If the sprinl is broken,
replace (par. 135). If stiffness still prevails on vehicles with or without the booster, adjust the linkage (par. 135).
c. CJutch Slips. If the clutc h slips, adju.t the clutch al outlined
in paralraph 134. If the clutch continues to slip after beinl adjusted,
inspect the clutch di.1uI and replace if nee..... r)' ( pa r. 13-4). If this
does not correct the dippBie, replace the clutch (par. 134 h).
d. Clutch Grabl. If the clutch irabl or chatters, replace the
clut ch disk or pressure plate, whichever is required (par. 13-4 ).
e. Backlal b. If the univeraal joint trunnion bearinlS are worn
or damalled, replace propeller shaft and/ or univel'$8l joint (par. 136).
Tiihten the universal joint flanie boltl if they are 100M.
f. Propeller Shafl Vibration. If the univel'lllli joints are worn
or damaged. replace the propeller shaft and/ or universal joint ( par.
136 ). T ilhten the univerul joint flanlle bolu if the)' are loose.
_'"
II."
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM '-748
49-50
49.
POWER TRAIN (TRANSMISSION, DIFFERENTIAL, AND

FINAL DRIVE).
Lubricant Leakage. Tilhten the filler C9P and drllin plugs.

Cheek the fleJ:ible hose lind cooler tube connections. and tilhten if
necellS.Qry. R eplace if they are damaled. Check the final drive cover
gllSket and t ia;ht en the cap screws, or replace the casket if damaced.
Check the brllke and tralllmission inspection covers. Tighten the
Clip screws, or replace the IIlISkets if damllced. Check the input lind
output shah oil seab or gaskets. Notify higher authority if these oil
~eals or laskets are dllmlilled.
II.
b. One Side of Track Will Not Move (Engine Running and

TranlmiMiori in Gear). Check for broken final drive shaft or drive
sprocket shllft. Check the finlll drive shaft pinion lind drive sprocket
shaft lea" for stripped teeth. Check for broken final drive IIl111embly
parts. If any paI'U are damllged or broken, replace the final drive
assembly (par. 144 ).
e. Hard Shifting (Severe Gear Cluh). Hard shifting Can be
caused by incorrect dutch lin~lIge IIdjustment (par. 135 ). Check
for dutch dral (par. 48 a). Check the trllnsmission gea"hift lever
for binds. Clelln and lubricate learshift lever. If the llhove correc
tion does not correct hard shiftinl. the transmistion hal worn or dam.
aged pllrtl. Notify hilher authority.
d. Baekluh. Bsicklash is cauaed by worn or damlilled finlll drive
or tralllmission. Notify higher authority.
e. Poor Steering. AdjUlt the steering brakn (par. 139 e). Re.
move the brllke cover, lind replace the br9ke thoes if worn (par. 139 ).
50.
HYDRAULIC TRAVERSING SYSTEM.
a. General. Before investillitini troubles in vehicles equipped

with hydraulic turret traversing mechanism, place the turret traversinl shift lever in the down position, and traverse the turret by hIIInd
to make lure the turret will rotllte Imoothly in both directiOnL
b. Turret Fail. to Turn.
( 1) ELECTRIC MOTOR FAILS TO RuN'. Push the turret: circuit
breaker reset button. Replace o r tilhten IIny loose or broken wires.
T nt the bIIttery. Rechlllrie or replace the batteries if they are low
in chafie. Replace motor if burned out (par. 121). A burned out
motor can often be detected by smell of burned wires.
(2) PUMP INOPERATIVE BUT MOTOR RUNS. If the motor shaft
to pump couplinl is broken, repilice the couplinl. If the coupling is
not broken, the pump is lit fllult and muU be replaced ( pars. 119 c
and d ).
(3) PUMP RUNS BUT TuRRET DoES NOT OPERATE. Move the
'"
1m .
0.",.
ATURBANHHAMPA1QI
,.
TM 9-748
Iravening shift lever to the hydraulic trllvening position. Release

the tUJTet lock. Fill the reservoir to the proper level (par. 119 Ii
(3. If the better;et are low, recharge or replace them. If tile
high pressure relief valve is sticking or has II broken sprin" clean it
or replace the sprinK (par. 119 b (4. If the control hllndle is not
tuminK the eccentric, tighte n the control handle set screw. R emove
the inspection plate. R eplace shaft if broken. Clelln the turret ring
gear and race if required. If the control cam pistons are stickinio
remove the inspection plate and clean the assembly. If the pistons
are still sticking, replace the pump (pars. 119 e and tI ).
c. Tu ....et Will Tran'ree in One Direction Only. Clean the gear
bo][ if required. If the back-up slide block piston is stuck, clean Dr
replace the pump. R emove the two plugs, and ezamine the check
valves on the pump. Clean or replace the c heck valvet.
d_ Turret Creepe in One Direetion. If the turret cret:ps in one
direction with the vehicle level, IIdjust the control handle il'O"ition
(par. 119 b (8) ) .
e. Turret Mo~etI with Control Handle in Neutral. If the pilot
valve plunger is stuck, clean Of replace pump. Reset the il'O"ition of
the pump control handle if required. If the control cam pistON are
stuck. fret: them up or replace the pump (pan. 119 c and tI).
f.
Turret Turn. Excetllh'cly on a Slope.
(1) PuMP SUCKING AIR. Fill the reservoir to proper leve l.

TiKhten the gear pump suction tube connection if required. If the
trouble is still not corrected, re place the pump (pars. 119 c and d ).
(2) HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE STICKING. If the return line
is hot, clean Dr replace the hi,h pressure relief valve (par. 119 h (4) ).
8' Un.teady or Sluggieh Turret Operation. Fill the reservoir
to proper level. Rechar,e or replace the betteries if required. Traverse the turret manually to chec k the rinK gear and pinion for binds.
Clean any foreia-n matter in the turret ri nl lear. R eset the clearance
betwet:n the ring gear and pinion if required Tighten any loose wire
connections. . Remove the relief valve caps. If the relief valves are
stickin" clean o r replace the valves (par. 119 h ( 4 . If the pinion
shaft is broken or has a sheared key, replace the unit at fault. Tighten
all loose gear pump suction tube connectioD$. If trouble is not corrected, replace the pump (pan. 119 e and d ) .
h. Slow Tra~'eree In One Direction. If the back-up slide block
piston and . prinK is stuck or broken, report to hi,her authority. Clean
and free-up the check valves if leaking. Readjust the control handle
adjustment if necessary (par. 119 It (8) ).
Or,
Iff..
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
TM 9748
50-52
I. Oil Leakll From Pumll 10 IUolor. R eplace worn shaft oi l seals
or dama ged gaskets if necessary. T ighten or repl ace loose tube connections if necessary.
j. Abnormal NoiN! In Pumll MOIOr or Adaple r . FiLL oil reservoir to proper level. If this does not correct the fault, the parts are
excessively worn or damaged. Replace the units.
51.
TRACKS AND SUSPENSION.
a. SUllpe n8io n Wh eel Tire Wear. Replace any bent. brok en, or
missing track connectors. R ep lace dead trac k lin ks (par. 150 e).
R e move any mud or $tones from between the end connectors. Replace the suspension wheel arm if the gudgeon bushing is excessive ly
worn.
h. SUlJpenlJioli Sprin g 8reakage. R eplace worn gudgeons if
necessary. If the upper or lower edge o f anyone coi l in either sprin g
is e ven with t he same e dge of another coil, the suspension springs are
weak. R eplace the suspension spring. When replacing suspension
springs in any suspension, replace both springs regardless of the condition of the other spring, Replace broken or crack ed spring seats.
c. Thrown TracklJ.
Adjwt trac k tension if necessary (par.
150 h ). T ighten the idler wheel brac ket bolts if necessary. Clean
out roc ks which might have wedged betw~n the idler and track. If
the idler shaft is loose on t he brac ket, lock the idler adjustment.
d.
Inoperalh'e Trac k S Ullpor l Roller8. Cle an any m ud from

betw~n the support roller and track. R aise the track off the support
roller, and rotate the roller. If the roller does not turn, remove and
inspect for damaged or worn bearings (par. 154 ) . L ubricate the
rollers if necessary.
e. Inollera lh'e Idle r Whef' l. D isconnect the track at thf' idler
wheel ( par. IS O g ), and rotate the idler wheel. If the idler wheel
does not turn freely, remove wheel and inspect for damaged or worn
bearings (par. 152 II ).
52.
RADIO 1l\'TERFERENCE SUPPRESSION SYSTEi\I.
a. Preliminary In8tru<'tion8. When rad io interference result ing

from the operation of this v ehicle is reported or experie nced, the
vehicle should be moved to a place which is comparatively free from
high-tension lines or ot her vehicles o r machinery which could be a
source of interference. T urn on t he radio and check the noise level
with the engine and 011 vehicle equipment turned off. N otice the type
of noise e vident under this condition SO that, when checking vehicle
equipment, the presence of new noise or interference can be detected
and also so that noise already present in the receiver will not be
attributed to lack of veh icle su ppression. If noi se lev el without any
of the vehicle equipment in operation i$ too hiih due to a tmOlipherics
n.
Or'lo. 1m .
UNIVERSIH 01' IlliNOIS

ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
52
or other outside causes, and if tactical situation will permit, delay

further checking. until sucb time as a moderate noise level prevails.
NOTE: If the vehicle to be check ed for inNRicjent radio interfe~t'Ial
wppreMion is not radio-equipped, another vehicle which is radioequipped, kept within S feet of the vehicle to be tesJed, may be ullitld.
Discon nect tbe sponson and turret radio terminal box capacitors
(terminal end) (par. 131 .) . If radio interference does not increase
when these capacitoTll are disconnected, replace them. If interference
does increase as it should, leave the terminal box capacitofll disconnected for the remainder of the tests until the d e fective equipment
has been located, replaced, and tested. Examine all shielded conduits
and cables to make sure couplings are ti,bt and conduits and cabin
are clamped or bonded to hull at least every 2 feet.
h, Radio Interference When Vehicle ie Not in Motion, But
Engine il Running. With e ngine running at 1,500 revolutions per
minute, shut off magnetos one at a t ime. If interference is eliminated
with either one of the magnetos off, interference may be attributed to
the ign ition system of that half of the engine. T ig hten all magneto
conduit coupling connections and see that magneto ground wire is
tightly secured at magneto ground terminal. Adjust breaker pointl
(pa r. 88 e (3 or repla~ magneto (par. 88 b ), whichever is necessary to elimi nal e interference. If turning off only one of the magnetos
does not eliminate interference, turn both magnetos off at the same
time witb the engine running at 1,500 revolutions per minute. If
interference ceases immediately, the ignition synem i. at fault.
Further checking by Signal Corps personnel will be required to correct the interference if tightening o f shielding coup lings and magneto
ground wire connection does not correct the trouble. If interference
in the form of an irregular clicking noise which cont inues a few seconds a fter the magnetos are turned off, it may be attributed to the
generator regulator. Inspect the generator regulator bond straps to
make lure II good electrical ,round is being made. Replace ,enerator
relulator filter and capacitor (par. 129 a and i1 ). If interference i.
in tbe form of II whining noise that varies in pitch with engine speed
and continue. but at a lowering pitch a few second. "fter tbe mag_
netol are turned off, it may be attributed to the gener"ting system.
Check the generator ground cable by usinK a jumper wire with sh"rp
prod.! "ttached to each end to m"ke connectio n between the generator
frame and the Kenerlltor mountinK bracket. If II good ground corrects
the interference, dean and tighten connectiolU at each end of the
ground cable. If the interference does not cease when a good generator to bracket ljI;Tound is established, replace lenerator reKUI"tor
capacitor and filter (par. 129 a and h). If the interference still
persists, the lenerator positive brush capacitors are at fault, or tbe
brushea and commutator are in need of ma intenance and/ or adjustment. Replace generator (p"rs. 99 c and d).
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAlQI
'"
R ad io In te rle r e nce Wi th Auxiliary Ge nera to r O pe r a tin g.

EJi:amine auxiliary generator bond strap for good electrical connection
between auxiliary generator assembly and sponson. If interference is
in the form of a regul~r clicking noise occurring at the same frequency as the exhaust reports and stopping whe n the auxiliary generator stop button is pressed, the auxiliary generator spa rk plug
suppressor is at fault and must be replaced (par. 173 e). If the
interference is in the form of a whining noise which continues for a
few seconds after the stop button is pressed but at 8 lowering pitch,
replace the gene rator control box capacitor (par. 129 c). If whining
noise still persists, re place the auxi liary ienerator (par. 173 n and 0).
or notify higher aut hority that the gener8tor brushes are causing
interference so t hat maintenance to the brushes and commutator or
replaceme nt of the positive brush capacitors may be performed. If
interference in the form of 8n irregul8r clicking noise which continues
but slows down for a few seconds afte r the auxiliary generator Itop
button has been pressed, replace the auxiliary generator regulator
filter and capacitor (pM. 129 a and II ).
t.
d . R ad io Inte rfe r en ce W htm Tu r r d is Powe r T r a ve rsed .

Check. turret ground strap to make sure it is se<:urely mounted and
making good electrical contact both at the slip ring connection and
at the mounting lei!. See that toothed lock w8$heu are used under
the heads of the moun ting screws securing the section of the fighting
compartment floor plate involved to the hull crOSllmember. Tighten
couplings at all junction pointl of shie lded conduit and see that conduits are bonded to hull at least every 2 feet. Rep lace turret switch
box capacitor (par. 132 a). If interference still persists, traversini
motor is at fault. Notify higher authority or replace traversing motor.
e. R adi o In te rferen ce Whe n Winds hi eld Wi per Mo tor ie Oper.
a tin g. If noise is present when windshield wiper motor is operated.
but stops as soon as motor is turned off, replace the motor capacitor
and if necessary to completely eliminate the interference, repl8ce the
c8pacitor 8t the utility outlet of the instrument panel (par. 130 a ).
If noise still persists, replace the windshie ld wiper motor (par. 130 b ) .
r. Radio Inte rfe r e nce W he n Crew Co mpartme nt Blowe r ie
O pe ratin g. If noise is present when crew compartment blower is
operat ing, but stops as soon as blower is turned off, inspect the shield.
jni o n blower leads and tighten couplings of shielded conduits to
blower. If interference persist$, replace the blowe r and motor assembly (par. 175). or notify higher authority so positive brush of motor
m ay be inspected for presence of capacitor to eliminate interference.
ON
Or>l, .. II. ..
AT URBANHHAMPAK;I-I
TM 9748
52- 53
g. Excellllive Noille Present in Radio Wh e n Ve hicle i8 in Motion.

If noise caused by motion of vehicle is believed to be excessive,
e:a:amine all bond straps and toothed lock washer fastenings between
vehicle components to make sure they are secure and making good
electrical connection. If noise penists, notify higher authority so that
tracks may be inspected for excessive electrical resistance between
track components.
Hction XVii
ENGINE DESCRIPTION AND MAINTENANCE IN VEHICLt

53.
DESCRIPTION AND DATA.
a. Description (figs. 27 through 30). This vehicle is powered

with a 6(k1egree, Vtype, 8-cyJinder, 4-cycle, valve-inhead, liquid
cooled engi ne. The cylinder block and crankcase are cast integral
of a luminum with steel dry-type sleeves in cylinder bores. The water
jackets e:rtend the fuU length of the cylinders. Four overhead cam
shafts are used, one exhaust and one int a ke for each bank of cylinders.
There are two exhaust a nd two intake valves for each cylinder. Two
4-cylinder magnetos are used T hese are located at the rear of the
enlli ne, one mounted at each end of a cross shaft driven by aea!"$.
The ...... ater pump ( fill. 29) is driven from the end of the crankshaft.
Two fan drive housings, located on the side waUs of the engine compartment, are each driven through fan drive propeller-shaft and
universal joints by the accessory drive gears in the engine. Two
pusher-type fans are driven through double V-type belts by the fan
drives (par. 84).
b. Location and Mounting!. The engine is mounted at the rear
of the vehicle and is supported by four brackets. The two front
brackets are mounted on the engine compartment bulkhead. The
two rear brackets are mounted on the engine com partment floor.
Rubber mounts are used between the brackets and the engine.
c. Defi nition of Terms. The ftywheel end of the engine will be
referred 10 a's the ~fronl" of t he engine as the engine is mounted in
the vehicle with the flywhee l forward. The tenns ~righ t" and ~left"
are taed with reference to the engine at viewed from the rear looking
toward the front of the vehicle.
(
.,
1m .
0.",.
ATURBANH HAM PAIGN
n.
1M 9-748
"
d.
Tabulated Data.
GENERAL :
Make and type

Ford V-type, 8-cylinder, liquid-cooled
Model ,
GAA
Dimension$, over-all (including clutch)
59.02 in. long
33.25 in. wide
47.78 in. high
1,4701b
W eiiht without accessories .
2,350 lb
Weight with acce$$Ories .
N et horsepower at 2,600 revolutions per minute
450
950 ft-lb
N e t torque at 2, 100 revo lutions per minute
Number of cylinders _
8
5.4 in.
6 in.
Stroke
'- . --. -- -'--'. T
1, 100 cu in.
P iston displacement
7.5 to 1
Compression ratio
DIRECTIONS OF R OTATION (VIEWED FROM R ItAR OF EN GIN E) :
Clockwise
Counterclockwise
Cranbhaft
Starter .......... ,
Ma gneto.:
Right_hand rot or
Left-hand TOtor
Clockwise
Counterclockwise
A CCESSORY SPEEDS:
1.4 cran kshaft speed
Fan ... ''.'''' ...... '' .... , ...

M agneto rotors
Vl crankshaft speed
MAGN E'FOS:
Mak e __"."
M odel.:
R igh t-hand
Left-hand .
Breaker point gap
SPA RK P LUG GAP ;
New ........ .
Service ma:Kimum limit
Valve clearance ( nonadjU$table)
" . ... MJF4A-308

MJF4A-307
0.0 14 to 0.0 16 in.
0.011 100.014 in.
.. 0.030 in.
0.025 to 0.030 in.
C"RBUIlETOR (2 U SI!:D):
Make _. _ _________ "

Model . ___________ " ________ '-'-_ ...... _
Bendix_Stromberg
NA-Y 5G
N UMBERING OF CYLINDE RS FRO M R EAR TO FRONT:
R ight bank
Left bank ______ ._... " ....
F iring Order ____ .__ ." .___ " ."
'M
1-23-4
12-3-4
I-R, 2-L, l -R, l -L, 4-R , l -L, 2.R, 4-L
, ____ '"
Or>
Iff<-
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9748
53
,,e
- ~,-, 2 1 -,
-
~
"
~<
,;
~
,"
' 0
i"
<5
<
-~
I
.~
EI
."
-, -,
<
"
<
<
"<
~
0
-,
,
-~ - ,
.,
1m
~,
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
TM 9-748
"
~
v
-"3
~
~
g
-~ ,~ -- .-.- -
, 5~ "
- .-
~~
~ < o. ~g
.~
$~
v< ;1
~
- i - !I
z
00
<
<
<
~
,
-- -~
- 5 -
<
~<
'"
!
,
~
-~
"~ z oI
ii H
/;
g=
d
~~
~,
11. .. ,
ATURBANHHAMPAlQI
1M 9748
"
h,i D.u"",i.. . .... ... .;~,. ft .. ~,. i. V.INri.
- -~
i- ~ -~ 8
0
~
g
iI
-s ~ z
0
v
~
0
z
~
z
, --i a - I
-3
:;
,;
0
>
-~
.!
j
~
;;
-~ --<
~
-iI
~
,
-~ -3 - ,
--~ -~ 0
~
~
<
~,
z~
<
11. .. ,
ATURBANH HAM PAlGN
,;
'"
1M 9-748
"
,."
~
~
~<
-~ i
r~
_ M<N~'.",,~,.
- -8 ~
" ~ " " ~

,
~ ~
"
~
~
1 ~ .. ,~ .. Ie
.}
-i
>
.s
EI
,,
- ,"~
"
".
-
-~
z
--
- "~
/;
5
u
0. ,,,..1 In n
UNlVfR'iITV OF ILlI ~\
AT URBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
504- 55
54.
I,,'TAKE A,,'D EXHAUST
~IANlrOLDS.
. Inl8k., (fig. 27). The intake manifolds are cast inteiral with
the cylinder heads and are open at e ach end. Carburetor adapters
are installed between the carbure tors and the intake manifolds. These
adapters are likewise connected to the exhaust manifolds which permit the e:rhaust gases to heat the fuel air mixture a s it comes from
the ca rburetors. These adapters each contain two butterfly valves
operated by the engine speed govemor.
h. Exhau81.
( 1) DESCRIPTION (fig. 27). Two exhaust manifolds are used,
one attached to e ach cy linder head. The end o f each manifold is
attached to the carburetor adapter housing by means of a connecting
pipe.
(2) REMOVAL.. Open the engine compartment door. Remove
the locking wire and the three bolts from carburetor adapter tube
upper flanges using spec ial offset box wrench ( 41-W-639-850). R emove the locking wire a nd the three nuts from the lower flanle of
both carburetor adapter tubes, and remove the tube.. Remove the
si x bolts at the center flange to the exhaust pipe. R emo ve the locking wire a nd 16 brass nuts securing the manifold to the .cylinder head,
and remove the manifold. The above proce dure applies to either
the right or left manifold.
( 3 ) INSTALLATION. Place ne w lukets and the manifold in poIIition, and tighten the 16 ma n ifold to the cyli nder he ad brass nuts
evenly and securely with lockini wire. Usinll new lIasket, install the
six bolts at the center flange of the e xhaust pipe with safety nuts.
Install new gaskets a t both en ds of the adapte r tubes usinl special
offset box wrench (41.W-639-850). F asten the ends to the manifold
with three nuts. Futen each of the adapter tubes to the ca rburetor
adapter housings with three bolts. Secure the nuts and bolt. with
lockinl wire. Close and fasten the engine compartment doon .
55.
ENCINE MOUNTS.
a. De.rription (filS. 28, 29, 30 and 31 ) . The four enlline mounts.,

used to support the e ngine, provide flexible rubber insu lation between
the engine a nd its mount ini brackets.
h. Front Engine Mount Removal ( Right or Left Side).
R emove the enline compartment floor plate ( par. 1(4). Place a jack
under the front of the engine oi l pan using a wood block between the
oil pan and jack. R aise the jack to take the weillht off the enilne
front mounts. Use double offset box wrench (4 1-W _6QI) to remove
the four bolts which hold the mount to the support brac ket. Two of
these bolts are aceessible throu&h the inspection openinll in the b ulkhead, and two throulh the enlline floor plate opening. R emove the
.,
1m
0.",.
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
'"
TM 9748
55
,
!
i
-
"<
"
1
,"I
"
-.
J'
<-
-,
~
."
~
u.
Or>9,,,.ll.m
ATURBANHH AM PA1QI
TM 9748
55- 56
long bolt which holds the halves o f the mount toge ther (1, fig. 3 1).
R emove the four nuts whi ch hold the upper bracket ponion o f the
mount to the dutc h housi ng. The two rear nuts are accessible through
the engine Hoor plate opening and the two front nutl through the in
spection opening in the bulkhead
r. Inetall Engine Fronl Mounl. P osition the upper bracket
portion o f the mount on the clutch ho using and secure it with four
n ulS. F asten the mount to the support b racket with four boilS using
double offset box wrench (41-W-601) . I nstall long bolt which holds
halves of mount together. R emove the jack and install the engi ne
compartment Hoor plate (par. 164).
d. Remol'e Engin e Rea r MaunIe ( Right or Left Side). F o llow

the steps in subparagraph h above, e xcept place the jack under the
te ar of the e ngine oil pa n. Remove the four bolts which hold t he
mount to the support bracket. R emove the four nuts which hold the
mount to the e ngine and remove the mount.
e. Ins tall Engine Mounle ( Rear ). Secure the mount to the engine with four nuts and to the support bracket with four boltl. R emove the jack and install the floor plate (par. 164 ).
56.
CYLINDER HEAD GASKETS.
a. R e moval.
( I ) PRELIMINARY STEPS (par. 164). R emove the enlline com_
partment floor p late. Open the engine companment rear door. Place
a large pan under the engi ne compartment floor p late opening. R emove the lock wire and drain plug from the bottom of the water pump
and a llow the water to drai n. R emove the cap screws that hold the
enlline compartment doors dosed, and open the doors. R emove the
cap screws that hold the engine compa rtment front cover plate to the
hull. and remove the plate.
(2) REMOVE AIR CLEANERS. R efer to paralll'aph 74 c.
(3) R EMOVE WATER M AN IFOLDS. Loosen the hose damps on the
hose that connect the water manifold and ra d iator. and re move t he
hO!if!. Loosen the clamps on the hose that connect the water manifold
and the expansion tank, and remove the hose. R emove the fout nuts
and flat w8$hers that hold each wa ter manifold to the cyli nder head,
and remove the mani folds.
(4) REMOVE JUNCTION Box. T o remove the junction box, unscrew the collar on each of the plug connectors Bnd pu ll the two plugs
out of the junction box. R emove the two screws that hold the conduit
brac ket to the upper part of the junction box. R e move the four
n uts that hold the junction box to the camshaft hou1i na: and lay the
box to one side where it will not interfere when removina: t he camshaft housina: or cylinder head
.<
0"" .11 ,
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
'"
TM 9748
56
(5) REMOVE F UEL P UMP ANO DISCONNECT F UEL LINES. Close

all of the fuel shut-oll' valves. Disconnect the three fuel lines at the
fuel pump. Remove the two nuts and flat washers that secure the
pump to the camshaft housing. Slide the fuel pump off the studs.
Discon nect the primer tubes at the connection.
(6) REMOVE THROTTLE AND GOVERNOR Co NTROLS. D isconnect
the throttle control rod a t e ach carburetor (fig. 59). Disconnect the
rear accelerator rod at the lever moun ted on the engine compartment,
bulkhead. R emove the two nuts and fiat washers that hold the
throttle rod brac ket assembly to the cylinder head and remove the
assembly. Disconnect the governor control rod at each carburetor
adapter and remove the rod.
(7) REMOVE EXPANSION TANK. Disconnect the two overflow
tubes at the expansion tank. R e move the fou r cap screws that secure
the expansion tank to the bulkhead and remove the tank.
(8) REMOVE CARBURTOJlS. D isconnect the fuel c ut-oll' solenoid
( degasser) electrical con nections at each carburetor. R e move the
four nuts that secure each ca rburetor to the adapter housings. Lift
the air intake manifold a nd carburetors from the e ngine.
(9) REMOVE GoVERNOR (fig. 53). Remove the cotter p in from
the ball joint connection on the governor a rm, unscrew the ball seat
plug from the ball conne<:tion on the governor arm, and disconnect
the connecting link. R emove the six nuts which ho ld the governor
to the camshaft hOllSing and remove the lt0vernor.
( 10 ) REM OV E REVOLUTION CoUNTE5I. Remove three $Bfety nuts
securing camshaft revo~ution counter on left camshaft housini and
remove revolution coun ter.
( 11 ) R EMOVE SPARK PLUGS, WIRES, AND CoNDUIT ASS EMBLY.
Remove the 10 nult from eac h cover over the spa rk plugs and remove
'the covers. With special wrench ( 41. W-3336300), unscrew the
lpark plug terminal null from the spark pluV;S. R emove the fOUT
nult holdini eac h conduit to the cam.haft hou,ina: and lift the wire
and conduit from the hallSin&- Remove the spark plUiS wit h special
wrench ( 41W-3336-300 ) (fi,.69).
(12) RItMOVE CAMSHAFT H OUSI NG S, R emove a ll nuts from the
top and lower edge of each camshaft bollSin" and remove the housings
from the cy linder heads. CAUTION : L jlt the haulSjnls evenly 30
thet the 10114 studlS will not be bent.
(13 ) Ca ltCK PUSH R Oil CLEARANCE. Before removini the camIhafts, cbec k the push rod cle arance. The proper clea rance is 0.025
to 0.030 inch taken between t he top of the p ush rod and t he heel of
the cam. U.e a feele r ,age for checkin" the clea rance. Make a
reo;:ord o f the cle arances. If any are found that are not within the
recommended. limits, notify higher authority.
'M
.,
0 ..", 1m ,

ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9748
"
PULLER ("'.P29$71
(.. 1.".182261
/C/ CAMSHAfT DRIVE SHAFT
Figure 32 _ "ulling Camshaft Upper Or/v. Shaft

( 14 ) REMOVE CA MSHAFTS. Remove the two nuts from each
bearing cap and remove the caps from the camshaft bearini5. R emove the four nuu holding the camshaft support to the cylinder
head. NOTE: Nut. from the bea,;nA ClI~ and the support. must
be loosened evenly to prevent undue s train on the camshaft. due to
the valve sprinA preuure. Remove the snap ring at the top of the
camshaft drive worm gear on each block and lift the upper drive
shaft from the gear using the puller ( 41-P-2957 ), with adapter
( 41 _A_18_226) as shown in figure 32. Lift the camshaft from the
cylinder heads. The intake and exhaust camshafts and t he rear
support are to be removed as an a!lSembly. Lift the camshaft bearinis from the studs..
(15) SECURE PUSH Roo$. Secure the push rods in the iuide1l
with tape or wire 50 as not to disturb them when removing the cyli n_
der heads. They must be kept with the push rod guide to which
they were originally fitted.
( 16)
R EMOVE CARBURETOR ADAPTER TUBE S AND ADAPTER H ous-
Remove the lock wire and three cap screws from the upper
Aanie, and the lock wire and the three nuts from the lower Aanie of
each tube. R emove the four adapter tubes which connect the exhau$t
INGS.
.,
1m .
UNIVERSlH 01' IlliNOIS
0.",.
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
'"
1M 9-148
"
U'D
:Ju,n
Figure 33 - Removing Short Cylinde, Head Stud Nut.

Using Wrenfh (41.W.866-250)
manifold to the carburetor adapter. Remove the six nuts securing
each of the adapters to the cylinder heads and remove the adapter
housings. A special offset wrench ( 41W-639850) is provided for
removing the nuts which are I~ated behind the heater tube flanges
on each side (fig. 52 ) .
( 17 ) REMOVE DIP STICK ASSE MBLY. R emove tWO self-loc king
nuts from clamp and studs at top of dip stick tube. R emove two
sel f. l~ki ng nuts from studs at bottom of dip stick tube and remove
dip stick, tube, and gasket.
( 18) REMOVE CYLI NOE R H EAD$. R emove the 18 nuts securing
each cylinde r head to the cyli nder bloc k. Use special wrench ( 41-W .
866-200 ) for removing the long cylinder head nuts (fig. 35). The
long nuts are the e ight nuts on e ach head which have the camshaft
bearing studs screwed into them. U se special wrench ( 41.W-866
250 ) for the balance of the cylinder head nuts (short nuts) (fig. 33).
L ift the heads from the cylinder block and re mOve the head gaskets.
( 19) REMOVJl: CARBON. Remove the caroon from the heads and
each cylinder block.
'"
Or
,,,..1 In
UNlVfR'iITV OF ILlIOOj\
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
1M 9-748
56
... _w . . n.
T\JIES
__ 01. TUW;
C_MET.... l CYUNDfIt GA.SKfTS

D_CO Rf !'lUGS
U. 'D IUSU
figure 34 - Top 0' Cylinder a'ext

h. In8la lla lion.
(1) INSTALL CY LIN D~R H~AD GASIUtTS. Place a new metal
lI:asket on Ihe top of each cylinder sleeve; t hen install t he cy linder
head lI:asket in place on the cylinder block (filil:o 34).
( 2) INSTALL CYLINDER H I!ADS. W ilh a man at each end of the
head, place the head over the studs and lower it evenly on the cy linde r
block. Care must be used when puttinll: the head over the studs so
a s not to ma r or damall:e the bottom face of the head.
(3) TIGHTI!N CYLINDIUI. H I!:ADS. Place a washer and nut on each cy linder head stud. EiKht lonll: nuts are used on the two center
ro_ of studs. and 10 shan nuts are used on the o ute r rows of studs.
The center row of nuts, over which the ca mshaft bearinll:s set, are
lo nll:er than the bala nce of t he nuts in order to accommodate the
studs for the camshaft bearinll:s. Use cylinder head nut wrench
( 41-W-866-200) to till:hten the 10nll: nuts (fig. 35) and wrench
( 41-W-866-2 S0) for tighteninll: the shon nuts (fill:. 33). Thl!$e
wrenches are to be used in connection with a torque wrench. T ill:hten
each nut to 60 foot-pounds tension, startinll: with a centra lly located
nut and working alternately each way (filii:- 3S). Connect primer
tubell to the connection.
(4)
RELEASE - P US H R ODS. Remove
the holdinll: tape or wire
,
from the push rod s..
(S) INSTAL L CAMSHAFT BI!ARINGS. The ' camshaft bearinll:s and
bearinll: caps are numbered from 1 to 8 fOf eac h cylinder head. A
.,
Or", . 11 .
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
'"
TM 9748
"
DOWELS
011. ruBE
cYllNDE1t HfAD HUT

W~fNCH (41_W_166_:WOl
U. ' D n"..,a
Fi9ur. 35 - Tigh,. nin9 Cylind. r H. Gd 10n9 Stud Null

corresponding number is stamped on the cylinder head at each
beari ng location. Place the eight bearings in position on the cylinder
head to correspond with the number stllmped on the cylinder head.
M ake certain that the bearings set firmly on the cylinder head.
(fig. 36).
N OTE: The cllmshaft lind tellr IIsMlmblies consist 01 the in tllke lind
elrhjl:ust camsluJlu, the cllmshaft telJu. lind the rear lIupport. The
assemb lies are right and left hand and can be identified by the
mar kings etched on the camshafts. Place each assemb ly in the camshaft bearings. Pilice the rear support over the studs. Put each
camshaft bearing cap on the bearing carrying a correspondini number.
making sure the number on the cap is on the same side as the number
o n the bearing. Put a flat washer and a self.lockini nut (boot nut)
on each stud and tighten aU nuts evenly so as not to spring the camshafts as a result of the valve sprini pressure. Use a torque wrench
and t;ihten the nuu to 16 foot-pounds.
(6)
I NSTALL CAMS H AFTS
(7)
TiM E CAMSH AFTS.
AND
GEAR
A SSEMBLIES
Time R itht-h/Uld CtJmshatts. R emove the flywheel inspection plate on t he top left side of t he flywheel housini. R emove the
circular plate from the right-hand magneto. T urn the engine in
direction of rotation until the arrow in the window of the distributor
plate of the right-hand magneto (fi(l;. 66) is pointing to the terminal
(tJ)
'"
Or~
11. ..
UNNERSIH OF IliIliQ(l
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9748
"
CAM$HMT ... NO GEAR "'S!.EM!LY
f ig",'. 36 - In. talling Ce>m.he>'t e>nd G. e>, A... mbll.,

to which the No.1 spark plug wire (red wire) is attached; then
continue to turn one complete engine re volution until the flywhee l
mark "I NTAK E OPEN R.H.~ is at the pointer on the flywheel hous
ing (fig. 40). Insert the camshaft turning wrench ( 41-W-2964-300)
in the top of the worm gear (fig. 37) and turn the camshafts in
direction of rotation unti l No. 1 intake valve is just starting to open.
The direction of rotation of the riiht- and left-hand intake camshafts
is the same as the direction of rotation of the crankshaft. The valve
ope ning point can be determined by placi ng the thumb and forefinger on No. 1 intake valve push rod. Turn the camshaft slowly
(fig. 37), and at the same time, rotate N o. 1 push rod. The moment
the push rod begins to turn hard indicates t he valve has just started
to open. W ith the lIywheel sti ll setting at the mark ~INTAKE
OP EN R.H~~ insert the upper camshaft drive shaft (fig. 39) . W hen
inserting t he upper camshaft drive shaft, it may be necessary to try
it in several positions until the splines on each end of the shaft line
up, at which time it wiJ\ drop in place freely.
'm
ATURBANHHAM PAlG.'I
'"
TM 9-748
s.
,,~,<." rukNING WRENCH
ROTA TION
~A
rll 9SUI
Figvie 31 - Setting Camshaft Tim ing W I'h Cams haf'

Tvrning Wre nch (41 -W-2964-300J
(b) Recheck Timin~. Turn the flywheel backward approximately

30 degrees, then turn it in the direction o( rotation until the timing
mark ~INTAKE OPEN R.H.~ (fig. 40) again appears at t he pointer.
No. I intake va lve should have just started to open. If not, repeat
the procedure outlined in step ( I ) above more carefully.
(c) Time Lelt.hand Camshaft$. Turn the flywhee l 300 degrees
(five-sixths of a turn) in the direction or rotation until the mark
~ INTAKE OPEN L .H." on the flywhee l appears at the poi nter.
F rom t his point. the procedure for timing the lefthand camshafts is
the same as described for the righthand camshaftll. The opening
o f the N o. 1 intake va lve is used when establishing the timinll of the
camshafts on the left side also.
(d) Ilt$tal/ Snap Ring. Install a snap ring in the top of each
camshaft worm gear to hold the upper camshaft drive shaft in place.
(8) INSTALL D IP STICK ASSEMBLY. Instali gasket over studs
at dip stick opening in cylinder block. Position dip stick tube on
studs, and insta ll two self-locking nuts on stud. and tighten. Install
clamp and two self-locking nuts over studs to secure top of tube to
cyli nder block and tighten .
.,
0.", 11 .
UNIVERSITV Of IlliNOIS
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
TM 9748
"
....
Figure 38 - Com.hoft GII."r Index
~D
27725
M,,,II,
INSTALL CA RBURETOR ADAPTER H OUSINGS. Install the C9rburetor 9d9pter housings on each end of the cylinder beads using new
g8!lkets. The rear housing differs from the front in that it has two
holes in the throttle plate lever. SK ure e9ch housing to the cylind er
heads with six safety nuts 9nd flat washers. Use box offset wrench
( 41 -W-639-BSO) for tightening the nuts loc9ted behind the heater
flanges (fig. 52).
(9)
(10) CARBURETO R ADAPTER TU BE INSTALLATION. NOTE: Four

adflpter tu~ are used, find are connected between the cflrburetor
adapter housi~s and the eJ:hau~t manifold~. The four pipes vary in
length and shape; there fore, they must be tried in plgee when selected
for insta llation. Use a new gasket and attach the lower end of one
c9rburetor or ad9pter tube exhaust manifold usin" three brass nuts,
and flat washers. Lock the nuts with wire. Use a new gasket and
attach the upper end to the carburetor adapter housing with cap
screws and lock the cap screws with wire. R e peat the above procedure for the other three carburetor adapter tubes..
( 11) INSTALL CAMSfiAFT H OUSINGS- U se new inner and outer
gaskets on the top of both cylinde r heads. Place the housing over
the studs and secure it wit h V. -inch u fety nuts. Use copper washers
under all nuts on the top of the housings, and steel fl at washers
under the remainder of the nuts. The spark plugs and the spark plug
Or~
lin. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
...
TM 9-748
56
. .' / ' CAMS, U," OII:lvt SI1AFT
Figur. 39 -1,,,e,,in9 Camlhaft UPIH' 0,;111 Shaf,
wires are to be installed lat er; therefore, the spark plug cove n mus t
not be secured to the hOU9ing at this time. CAUTION ; Carb
IJhould be in3erted in fhe ~plIrk plu, hole~ to prcwent dirt or other
loreiAn mllterial from fallinA into the cylinderlJ.
(12)
INSTALL WATER OUTLET MANIFOLDS. NOTE: The manllold~ Me ri,hl and left; howe v er, i t is pW~ible to inst tJ ll them on the
wron;: $ide of the enJIine. F or proper installQti on, the m.mifolds
s hould t ilt to ward the camshaft ho usings. Use new gukets and secure
the man ifolds to the cy linder heads with safety nuts.
(13 ) INSTALL CAMS HAFT REVOLUTION CoUNTER. P osition revolution counter ove r o pening provided in left cam shaft housing ma king
sure quill is properly enga a;ed , a nd secure with three safety nuts.
(14 ) INSTALL SPARK PLVGS, WIIlI!:S, ANO CoNOUIT ASSI!:MBLI!:S.
InlJElrt the four spark plua; wires throu&h the hole in the top o f the
camshaft housina; and secure the conduit mountin& HanKes to the
houlina; with four safety nuts. This same procedure a ppl ies for both
of t he assemb lies. Install the spark plUKs in the cylinder head with
the special wrench (41 -W -3336-300) (fig. (9) using not more t han
25 to 30 foot-pounds of torque. U se othe r e nd o f spark plug wrench
( 41-W-3336-300 ) for tighte ninll: the spark plug wire term inals on the
spa rk plugs (A, fig. (9). Install the spark plug covers.
(15) INSTALL FUEL PUMP. Attach the fuel pump over the studs
on the left-hand camshaft housing and !lecure it with two safety nuts
and flat washera,
.,
0.""
1m ,

ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
5.
INTAKE OPEN
R. H.
Flgu,. 40 _ Flywh I' Timing 1140,1.. fo, Comlhof, Timing
( 16) I NSTALL CARBURETORS. Place the carbureto", and air tn_

take manifold on the engine. Secure each carburetor to the carburetor adapter, with four ONIfety nuts and flat washer$. Connect the degasser (fuel cut-ofl solenoid) wires to the degllsser.
( 17 ) CoNNECT FUEL LINES. Connect the two carburetor fue l
lines and fuel inlet line to the fuel pump. Connect hose to primer
tube connection.
(18) INSTALL TH ROTTLE R oo ASSEMBLY (fig. 59). Install the
center bracket on the studs at the lop center o f Ihe right-hand cylinder head and secure it to the cy linder head with two safety nuu.
Both throttle rods which attach to the throttle plate arm of the carburetors must be adjusted to 16 % inches long (measure from Ihe
center of the ball to the center of the pinhole at the other end of the
rod). Attach the ball joint Itud to the carburetor arm and lock the
Or~
11. ..
ATURBANHH AM PAIGN
'"
TM 9-748
56
OIl UUEf VALVE _ _ _ _ _ _ _
VALVE
1.11 PO 2n57
'igura 4' - 01/ Pan .l.lIamb'r - Baffle. Remaved

ball stud with a lock nut. Attach the other end of the rods to the
ann a t the center brac ket with III clevis pin. Secure the clevis pins
with cotte r p ins. Hook the spring as shown in figure 59.
( 19) INSTALL GoVERNOR. U se a new gasket on t he mounting
Ran Ke o f the governor and place the governor over the st uds at the
rear end of the right camshaft housing. It may be necessary to turn
the governor shaft slightly in order to line up the spline. on the
.hllft with the s pline. in the cam.hllft. Secure the Kovernor to the
housinl with si ll IUIfety nuts and Rat washers. Adjust the connecting
link between the governor arm and t he ann on the carburetor adapter
10 the thrott le pla tes are wide open when the engine is at a standstill.
Attach the link to the throttle plate arm and the governor arm, and
lock the ball joints with cotte r pins. Adjust the length of the engine
speed Kovernor throttle rod (fig. 59) $0 that the t hrottle arms in
bot h the front and rear adapters are against the stops. After the
proper lenilh is atta ined, connect the rods to the arms with clevis
pin. and secure with cotter pins.
( 20) INSTALL EXPANS ION T AN K. P osition the expans ion tank
on the bulkhead and insta ll the four ca p $Crews and lock washers.
Connect the two overRow tubes.
(2 1) INSTA LL H oSE. Install the hose that conn ects the water
manifold. and redi.tor and tiahten the ho.. damps. Install the hose
'"
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAlG.'I
TM 9748
56-57
that connects the wate r manifold. and expansion tank and tiahten the
hose clamps.
(22) INSTALL JUNCTION Box. Secure the junction box to the
left-hand camshaft cover with four safety nuts. Connect the s mall
conduit bracket at the top underside of the boll: with two screws..
Connect the two large conduits to the j unction bolL
(23)
INSTALL AIR CLEANERS.
Refer to paragraph 74
Co
(24) F:JNAL STEPS. Install the drain plug and lock wire in the
water pump. Install the coo lant in the cooling system. C lose the
engine compartment rear door and install the three cap screws. In.
stall the engine compartment floor plate (par. 164 II ). Install the
engine compartment front cover. Close and fallten the e ngine com
partment dool'$.
57. OIL p~ ASSEMBLY.

a. Deaeription (fig. 41 ) . The engine oil pan is an aluminum
casting. The as:sembly includes an oi l screen IecUred to the bottom
of the pan, an oil pressure regulator, and an oil relief valve, all of
which are accessible on ly when the pan is removed from the engine. Two oi l baffles are provided in the oil pan to hold the oil at
the bottom of the pan when the ve hicle is operated on steep inclines..
A disk-type oil filter ( hydraulically operated by mea ns of the engine
oil pressure) is located in the oil pan. The filter i. accessible for
removal from the ouuide of the pan.
h.
Removal.
(1) PULIMIHARY STEPS. Remove engine compartment Roor

plate ( par. 164 f). Open engine compartment rear door ( par. 164 ).
Place a pan with an 8gallon capacity unde r the oil pan drain plug,
a nd remove the plug draining the oil
(2) REMOVE OIL PUMP. Remove the four oil pump mountin,
nutl and remove the oil pump and ,asket. NOTE: It may be nece.
sary to tap the body 01 the pump Ii_htly to release it from the ,alllcat
and drivin_ quill.
(3)
REMOVE STARTIIR.
Refer to paragraph 93 h.
(4) REMOVE OIL PAN ASSEMBLY. Remove the four cap screw.
securing the oil pan to the aCCf!I'IOty lear. assemb ly cover. R emove
the six nuts and bolts securing the oil pan to the flywheel and clutch
housing. Remove t he 28 nut. securin, the oil pan to the cylinder
block. Loosen the remaining nine nuts securing the accessory lear
assemb ly cover, and pry the cover assembly away from t he block
slightly in order to break the oil pan a nd gukets loose from the ren
of the engine assembl ies to allow room for installation of oil pan and
,asket..
Or>l, .. II. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAKiN
TM 9-74'
"
;-
"
..J".
<
~~
, ....,...'cp
o
I
"
~,
'M
( I 0
~
1m
UNIVERSITY 01' IlllN!]1
ATURSANHHAMPAK;/j
TM 9748
57
Dilla&llembly, Cleaning, Inllp~tion, and Allsembly.

(1) REM OVE BAFFLES. Rem ove the 22 nuts securinl front aod
rear baffles in the oil pan and remove the baffles ( F and G, fig. 42 ).
(2) REMOVE OIL ScREEN ASSEMBLY. T ake out screws securing
oil screen assembly to bottom of oil pan. R emove screw from clip
(S, fig. 42) and lift oil screen assembly from oil pan.
(3) REM OVE OIL PRESSURE REGULATOR ASSEMBLY. R emove
nut from top of pressure regulator assembly and remove spring and
plunger ( R and M , fig. 42) from the cylinder.
( 4 ) REMOVI'.: OIL RELIEF VALVE ASSEMBLY. R emove nut from
top of relief valve and lift spring, plunge r, and sleeve ( L, M , and N,
lig. 42) from recess in oil pan.
(5) CLEAN OIL PAN ASSEMBLY PART$. R emove plates covenng
oil passages on the outside of oil pan and dean the oil pan and palsage. by first brushing and scraping, then washing in dry-cleaning
solve nt. Dry with compressed ai r. CAUTION: Do not clean with
u u$iic mil bllth II", thi, would be injW"iou. to the aluminum. Clean
9il screen, relief valve, and pressure va lve parts with dry-clean ina
so lvent and dry thoroughly.
(6) INSPECT PARTS (fig. 42). Examine ojl screen and all ojl
passages to ma ke sure they are dean. Exam ine the oil pan for
cracks or bent studs. Replace pan if da maged.
Examine oil pressure regu lator and relief valve plungen for excessive wea r and scalll.
Check to make sure oil pressure regulator plunaer slip. freely in it.
recess in oil pan, and oil relief valve slips freely in itl sleeve. Oil
pressure regulator va lve spring should IUPport a 38- to 40-pound
weight with the spri ng compressed to 1.48 inches. Oil pre.ure relief valve should support a 4.4 to 4.7.pound weiaht when com pressed
to 1.62 inches.
(7) INSTALL OIL PRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE ASSEMBLY. Install plunger spring and nut in recess in end of oil filter housing and
tighten nut firmly agairu:t hOU$i n"
(8) INSTALL O'L PRJJ.SSURE R ELIEP VALVE ASSEMBLY. Install
sleeve, plunger, spring, and Ilut of oil pressure relief valve in open.
ing provided at top of oil filter housin" T ighten nut firmly against
housing.
(9) INSTALL OIL ScRUN ASSE MBLY. Place the oil &creen in the
cover on the tube assembly and secure with four &Crews. P lace new
gasket and oil screen a$llembly over the studs provided at the bottom
of the oil pan and secure with selflocking nuts.
(10) INSTALL OIL PASSAGE PLUGS AND PLATES. Install t he oil
passage plug. and plates which were removed for cleaning purposes.
(11) INSTALL CRAl'fkSHAFT OIL SKAL. A new crankshaft oil
seal must be soa ked in eneine oil for 2 hours before in$tallina. P es;1".
.,
1m .
UNIVERSITY OF IUlNOI\
0.",.
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
'"
TM 9-748
"
Figure 43 _ CranluhtJh Oil Se., /

t ion oil seal in groove in oil pan and pre" firmly into groove SCI that
the end. of the seal protrude above the machined surface of the pan
an equal amO\lnt at each end of the seal (fig. 43).
d.
Inetallatio n.
( I ) I nsert a rubber seal on the oil tube. Place the oil pan gaskets in position on the cylinder block. Position the oil pan ming
shim stock to auist in sliding the rear of the pan into position SO al
not to damage the oil pan to acc~y gear assembly cover psket.
Install the 2g nutl on the $1:\lds sec\lring the oil pan to the cylinder
block and tighten. I nstall and wire the four accessory aear assembly
eaver to oil pan studs and tiahten the remaining safety nuti arOWld
the accessory gear assembly cover, drawing it up tightly into position.
Install and tighten the six nuts and bolts securing the oil pan t o the
flywheel and ci\ltch housinll:.
(2) I NSTALL STARTER. Refe r to paragraph 93 c.
(3) I NSTALL O IL PUMP. Use a new gasket and place the pump
over the studs.- The engine may have to be turned over slowly so
the spline on the pump shaft will line \lp with the splines in the
accessory gear worm geaf shaft. Secure the pump to the oil pen with
four ..fety n\lts.
".
0."".11 ,
" ".J,:{II
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
1M 9748
57-5'
h.l ... 1Ie..,I",I_ .. ~~ _ " ' .... ~<O 1. V id.
(4) FINAL STEPS. Insta ll and tighten the oil pan drain plug.
Install 8 gallons of specified grade oil. Install the engine compart
ment floor plate (par. 164 8). Close the engme compartment rear
door (par. 164).
58.
OIL PUMP AND PRESSURE INDICATING SYSTEM.
D.:eeription (fii- 44 ). The ieaT-type oil pump, mounted at

the Tear of the oil pan (fig. 29), is driven by a splined quill from the
camshaft lower left worm gea r. The oil pressure iaie sending unit
(fig. 27), con nected to the main oil gallery a t the side of the engine,
is a pressureoperated variable resinance unit. As the oil pressure
varies, the amount of current flowing throuih the gaie varies causing
the lIage to reiister the oil pressure in pounds per square inch. The
low oil pressure warning: signal switch is also con nected to the main
oil gallery (fig:. 27). This pressure-operated switch remains dosed
until the oil pressure exceeds 11 pounds per square inch when it
opens and turns out the warning: .ignal liiht on the instrument panel.
H.
h. Removal of Oil Pump. R e move the engine compartment

floor plate (par. 164 f ). Place a pan with at least an 8-gallon
capacity under the oil pan drain plug and remove the plua:. Remove
the four nuts holding the oil pump to the oil pan and remove the
pump. It may be neces1Rry to tap the body of the pump lightly to
release it from the gasket and the driving quilL
e. Inelallatlon of Oil Pump. Use a new gasket and place the
pump over the studs. The engine may have to be turned over slowly
50 that the spline on the pump shaft will line up with the splines in
the accessory gear worm lIear shaft. Secure the pump to the oil pan
with four safety nutL Innall the engine compartment floor plate
(par. 164 I). Insta ll 8 lallon. of the 'pecified grade oil (par. 33).
d. Removal of Oil Prenure Sendinl Unit and Switch. Dilliconneet conduit and wire from the sending unit o r switch. Unscrew the
unit from elbow at side of e ngine.
e. Inltallation of Oil Prenure Sendin! Unit and Switch.
Screw the unit into elbow at side of engine (fil. 27) and connea wire
and conduit to the unit. Run enline lonl enouah to check operation
of oil pressure lage and warninl .i&nal. Check engine oil level
f. Replacement of Low 011 P~Mure Warnln@: Lamp. Pry out
the ruby-colored lens at lower left comer of the instrument panel
(fig. 10). Push in on lamp and turn counterclockwise to release
lamp from bayonet lOCket. To install lamp, insert lamp in lOCket,
push in and tum c1ockwi!le, and release in locked po$ition. Snap the
colored lens back into position. Turn 24-volt malter .witch on to test
lamp.
0.""".1 from
AT URBANHHAMPAIG.'I
'"
TM 9-748
50
~G" ,~ ....
_ MoI8 ......... ' ........ kHo.
TO IULKHEAD TBMINAL lOX

TO IULXHEAD l'fRMINAL lOX
FEED WIRES TO
SWITCI1 lOX
1 10 TO
...."'"
!+I
"'"""
-IC" -
O-WIIIE
O-GAGE
O-WIRE .. .... .. llGAGE
WIRE .. .. I6-GAG!
#61.WIRE . . 16-G... GE
#62.WIRE . .. . I6-G... GE
U.
f l,ur. 44 - Oil Pr.... ur. Indit ollng Sy.,.m DioS"om

'M
.,
'm
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
~D
USll i
TM 9-748
"
MANUAl ruINING
TU RNING NUT
REVER~O
Figur. 45 - Oil Fij'.r
.w.
OIL FILTER.
II. Der.c rij,lion (fig. 45). The oil filter consists of a stack of
wheelshaped disks, separated from each other by spoked spacer
pieces. a nd is mounted on a rota ry spindle. Located adjacent to this
stack of disks and spacers is a stack of cleaner blades mounted on a
rod in such a manner that each cleaner blade enters the space between adjacent disks. Solids, too large to pass between the disks,
remain on the outer surface until such time as the disks a re rotated
past the cleaner blades. Accumulated solids are re moved from the
surface by the combing action of the cleaner blades and collect in the
sump around the filter. The fi lter disks are rotated by a hydraulic
motor operated by oil pressure from the engine. The oil filter is
located on the right side of the oil pan at the rear, accessible through
the engine compartment rear door.
I..
O"ertllion Check. T o check the operation o f the filter, remove the manual turning nut, turn end for end, and install on the
Or>l, .. 11. ..
AT URBANHHAMPAK;I-I
'"
1M 9748
59
F/glue
.u -
011 I'dn fil'er Auembly
shaft from which it was removed (fii- 45 ) . Run the enline at

speed which shows an oil pressure of approximately 30 pounds. The
manual turning nut will rotate very slowly if the filter is operat ing.
Mark the nut, and check position of this mark after the e nline has
been running for 5 minute$ to !lee if it has rotated. After the check
is made, install the manual turning nut in the original position and
secure it with locking wire. If the filte r nut fails to turn, remove the
unit from the engine for examination or replacement.
c. Removal (fig. 45 ). Remove the engine compartment Boor
plate (par. 164 f) . Remove the six nuts from the mountinl flange
of the oil filter and remove the oil filter from the engine oil pan.
d. Cleaning Filter. R emove locking wire and manual turning
nut. R everse the nut and install it on s haft. Slush the element in
dry-cleaning $olvent. R otate disks by turning manual turn ing nut
with element immersed in dry-cleaning $Olvent until all dirt and
solids are removed. When thoroughly clean, allow element to drain
dry. CAUTION; D o not use wire brush on element and do nol
blow element dry with compreued air. Thoroughly dean filter housing by wiping inside with clot h soaked in dry-cleaning $Olvent. R emove manual turni ng nut and install it in oria;inal position. Secure
the nut with lockina; wire through nut and dip.
'"
Or,
Iff..
UNIVERSITV OF IUlNC]S
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM
9~748
59- 61
e. Inltallation. Use a new oil fi lter &asket and set it in place so

that the oilhole in the &asket lines up with the drilled oilhole in the
oil pan. Insert the oil filter in the openin& provided in the oil pan.
Secure the filter to the oil pan with six $IIfety nuts. Install the engine
compartment floor plate (par. 164 8).
60.
OIL PAN FILTER ASSEMBLY.
a. Dneriptlon (fig. 46 ) . The oil pan filter assembly;' located

directly above the water pump, accellllible either from above or
through the engine compartment rear door. FiiUre 46 shows the
cover and the filter element.
h. Servicin8 Filter Element (fig. 46). T o remove the filter ele.
ment for cleaning, release the two holding clips and lift off the cover.
L ift off the filter element. The filter should be cleaned by waihin& it
in dry-c leaninll solvent. Blowout with compreued air and when dry,
dip in seasonal &fade en&ine oil. Reitut8U the filter eleme nt and the
cover.
SKtIDn XVIII
INGINI RIMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

61.
REMOVAL
a. Turn MaRter Switch Off.

ter ~itch is in ''OFF'' position.
Make certain that the 24voll ma..
II, Open Engine Compartment. Remove en&ine com partment

top dool'l, front and rear cover plates, and floor plate (par. 164) .
Raise the uhaust deflector and latch it in raised position. Remove
the three stCurin& cap screws and open engine compartment rear door.
c. Remove Rear FI8htini Compartment Floor Plate. Remove
cap screws securin& floor plate to floor supports. L ift out floor plate.
d. Drain Coolin! Sy'tern, Fuel Sy'tern, and Ensine Oil Pan.
Drain coolin& system (par. 78 a (1 . fuel tanks. and enlline oil pan.
e. Disconnect Rear Unh'enal loint. M ark Ranlles so that they
will be alPembled in the same relative position. Remove lock wire.
nuts, and bolts 5eC\.Irina rear univel'lal joint flange to clutch .haft
flanie.
f. Di.eonnect Clutc>h Rod . Remove cotter pin and clevis pin

attaching clutch rod to clutch release shaft fork.
8. R emove Expan.lon Tank (fi&. 47). D isconnect vent pipes.
Loosen two rubber hose clamps on end of water manifolds and pull
hoses from manifolds. leavina them attached to the expansion tank.
Or>l, .. 11. ..
AT URBANHHAMPAK;I-I
'"
TM 9748
61
..
<
-,
-,
..
,
..
-,
i;
~
.n
.
"
Or'9'
I If...
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9748
61
-,
.,l
0
~i
.-
-
0
,.-
1m
ATURBANHHAMPAK;/;
'"
TM 9748
61
, ....
r~
M<ol~ ' ",,,~ '~ ... " .. j .~.
R emove four nuts (lnd bolts seCUfing exp(lnsion t(lnk to bulkhe(ld.

L ift off expa nsion t(lnk. N OTE : Selll fhe openinlls in water manifolds llnd llll of her openinAs which will be exposed in fhe p r OCt':u of
removinll fhe enAine with tape to prevent entrance 01 dirt.
h . He m ove Fire Extin!!,ui8her Br(lc: kell (lnd Nou:lel from Bulkhead . Back off tube retaining nut at elbow on nozzles. R emove two
cap screws and lock washers att&ching nozzle brackets to bulkhead.
Lift off brackets with attached nozzles.
i.
He mol'e Air Cleaner A8lembliea (fig. 4 7).
Remove clamp
se<:uring engine compartment door shutter control rod to top of air

cleaners. R emove air int(lke hose by loosen ina: cla mps secUfina: hose
to intake manifold and to air cleaners. Lift out hose. F rom fighting
compartment side of bulkhead, remove four ClIp screws and lock
washers which retain (lir clea ner br(lcke t to bulkhead. L ift out (lir
clea ners and attached brackets.
j.
R e mo" e Fuel Shut-Off V(live. (lnd Li nk llge (fig. 56). P ull

cotter pin, unscrew ring pl u&. (l nd- lift top of linkage off b(lll Jomt
on v(llve control. R emove colter pin (lnd clevis pins at top of va lves
and remove linkage. R emove fuel hose from elbow on right fuel
shut-off va lve; the n re move elbow. R emove three fuel hose t ubes
from three-way connector on left fue l shut-off valve. Ul1$Crew threeway connector out of valve. Unscrew and remove both fuel .hut-off
valves from top of fuel filters.
k. DiM'<) nn ~ 1 Fuel (lnd Prim e r Linea. Disconnect primer tube
from rubber hose line at en&ine (ldjacent to fOTW8rd carburetor. D isconnect rubber fuel line 8t fuel pump.
I. DI &eonn ~ 1 Condu it Tube. Unscrew knurled conduit retainina:
nut from left side of tee which e xtends from bulkhead termi nal box.
Push conduit tube up and o ver elbow directly above t he tee.
m. R e m o" e Throttle Rod . . Disconnect rod fro m throttle arm
extendina: t hrough bulkhe8d by unscrewina: bill! Item from arm. D isconnect o ther end of rod. from bell crank at center of ena:ine by re_
movina: colter pin, unscrewing plua:, and pulli(la: end of rod from ball
on bell crank. Disconnect rear carburetor t hrottle rod. adjacent to
left rear engine lifting eye bolt in Ihe same manner. This;' to prevent bending of t he rod whe n engine is lifted.
n . He mol-e C.rburelor Air Int(lke M(lnifold (filt- 47). R emove
five nutl secunna: eac h e nd of air intake manifold to tops of carbure_
tors_ L ift off manifold.
o. R emo ve Radi alor Inl.,1 Conn ~llon a nd Th.,rmofla l. Disconnect rubber hO$ll! from water manifolds. R emove connectors from
$ll!ndina: unib and pull wir... out of , ini/:le toCkeu.. R emove four cap
.erews and lock washe.. which ret(lin in let connection to top of r(ldia-
".
Or~
lin. ..
ATURBANH HAM PAlGN
TM 9748
61
tor. P ull off the ronnection and las ket, a nd remove thermostat and
gasket from inlet opening in radiator.
p. R e move Shroud snd Fan Aeeembli ee. Loosen adjusting nuu
on fan drive assemblies. Lift up fan d rives and remove belt.. R emove lock wire fro m s hroud retaining cap screw$. R emove nuts,
bolts, and cap screws securing shrouds to hull. Lift ou t shroud and
{an assembl ies.
q. Dlseonned Contlui18 III Engin e Junclion Box, Back off
knurled flange nutl and pull connectors out o f receptacles a t engine
junction box (fill. 48 ).
r , Ground Ms(!:neto8. R emove cap screws and lock washers
from magneto breaker inspection plate. L ift o ff inspection plate and
gasket. Attach a short wire to the ground terminal of the magneto
a nd auach other end of wire to one of the distributor cover screws
on the maRDeto. R epeat operation on other magneto. NOTE:
Groundinl 01 the m~~netOll in thill manner will prevent en~ine lrom
startinl in case it is accidentally cranked.
A. Remon, Radiator Outlet Connedion anc! 110...,. Disconnect
hose from water pump. R emove four ca p screws and lock washers
which secure connection to bonom o f radiator. L ift out connection
with attached hole and remove gasket.
t. RemO" e Ratliator BaRle Plate.. R emove two cap SCreWS and
lock washers attaching bypass plate to center of radiator. L ift off
plate and gasket. Remove two screws and lock washers from upper
baffle plate above bypass opening. R emove two screws and lock
washers from lower baffle plate. Lift out baffle pla tes.
u. Di lConned Fan Drh'e Shaft.. R e move locking wire, nuts,
and bolts attaching fan drive u niveual joint flange to fl ange on fan
d rive q uill extending from sides of engine.
, '. DilCOnnf:4't Starter CaMe. Remove nut, lock walher, and flat
washer which secure cable to terminal on starter. Lift off ca b le.
w. DllConnf:4'1 [xhauII Pipet!. D isconnect both ellhalat pipes

from exhaust manifold flange$ by removinK si x nuts and bolts which
secure each pipe.
x. RemoH~ Wate r PUlllp. R emove four nulll and flat washers
securinK water pump to engine. L ift pum p and Kasket off engine
and o ut throuKh rear engine compart ment opening.
y. Remo"e Engin e Mounting Bolte. R emove plates from both
sides of the c lutch housing shroud which exte nds into the fighting
compartment. Th rough plate openinKs, remove four nuts, bolts, and
flat washers from the two front engine mounts using double offset
box wrench (41-W-601). R emove nuu, bollS, and flat washers from
.,
0.", 11 .
AT URBANHHAMPAlG.'I
'"
TM 9748
61
USE CtANK TO
TIlT ENGM
'"
LIfTING f vtS
U, 'D '"51.
Figllr. 49 _ lI.mow/"g Eng;". U,i"g
S~(iol
Sti"g (4' S3.3JJ
rear engine mount. R emoye toothed lock washer and bond strap
from right rear mount.
z. R e move En gine (fig. 49 ). Install engi ne sling ( 415-3831)
with short chains on rear lifting eye boles and long chaill5 through
lifting eyes on front engine mount ing brackets. Lift engine with
ayailable lift ing equipment. It will be necessary to adjust the sling
so that engine will tilt sufficiently for clearance at the clutch housing
and magnetos. L ift engine slowly and cautiously. As soon as suffi.
cient clearance is ayailable between magnetos and radiator, turn
magneto end of engine toward right rear corner of engine com part
.1.1
Or~
If. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
1M 9748
61 - 62
ment . NOTE: Some .$lin~~.ve not adju~table. It will be rteCe$$al'y

to tilt tho en~ine by loot preuure iI a station.vy 8lint ;~ utied.
6 2.
INSTAu.ATION.
a. Lowe r Ih e En gine In lo En gine Co mpa rtm e nt (fig. 49). In_

stall enit:ine sling ( 4 1-5-383 1) with short chains on rear lift inl eye
bolts a nd long chains through lifting eyes on front e ngi ne mounting
bracketll. L ift enKine with available lifting equipment. Turn e nline
so that magneto e nd is toward rilht rear corner of engine compartment. Turn handle on slinl to ti lt clutc h end of engine down. Lower
engine slowly and cautiously. All the clutch housing enters detent
in bulkhead, straighten engine and level it with sling adjusting crank.
Continue lowering enKine until it is seated on the engine mountL
R emove sling.
h. In l lall E ngine lUounlin g Boh.. Secure engine to engi ne
mounts wit h bo lts., flat washers, and nuts usinl double offset wrench
(41-W-601). Attach bond strap t o riKht rear engi ne mount wi th
toothed lock washer and one of the mounting boltl.
r. In81a ll W a te r Pump. Position water pump gasket and attach

pump to enKine with flat washers and stud nuts.
d.
Co nnecl E"ha us t Pipes. Attach exhaust pipes to ex haust

manifo ld flanges with bolts and nuta.
r. t:onn<!<'1 Stllrt er Ca hle. Attac h sta rter cable to terminal on
starter with flat washer, loc k washer, and nut.
[. Co nnect Fll n Drh'e Sh ll! tI. Attach fan drive universal joint
flange to fan drive quill flange extendinK from sides of enKine with
bolts, nuts, and lock wi,re.
g. In81a ll R adiato r Baffl e Pla tes. Position Kasket and attach
by-pass plate to center of radiator with two lock washers and cap
screws. Install upper and lowe r baffle plates.
h. Inslall Radi a to r O ulie t Co nnection a nd Hose. Position iallke t and attach outlet connection to bottom of radiator with four lock
washers and cap screws. Connect hose to water pump.
Re m oH' T e mpo r llr y Magneto Gro u ... 1 W ire. R emove temporary ground wire, then tiihten maineto iround terminal screw.
Install gaske t and magneto breaker inspection plate.
i.
Connec t Conduils at Engine J u nclio n Bo x. PlUi connectors

into receptacles at enline junction box and secure with knurled flange
nuts.
j.
I. . InSlall Fa n a nd S hr oud AI&e rnhlie8. Position fan and sl'lroud

assemblies and secure aSllemblies to hull with bolts, nutl, a nd cap
Or>
Iff<-
AT URBANHHAMPAJG.N
TM 9-748
62
screws. Install lock wire through cap screw head$.. Lift up fan
drives and install fan belts. Adjust fan belu (par. 83 h ).
I. Inelall Thermoetat and Radiator Inlet Connection. Insert
gasket find thermO&tflt into inlet opening of radiator. P osit ion gasket
and attach inlet connection to radiator with four lock washers and
cap screws. Push sending unit wires into sockets and attach connectors to sending units. Connect hoses to water manifolds.
m. Ins tall Cs rhure tor Air Intake Manifold. Attach each end
of man ifold to tops of carburetors with Jive "tud nuts.
n. In &tall Throttle Rod" (Jig. 59 ). Connect rea r carburetor
throttle rod to rear ca rburetor by inserting socket ove r ball, adj usting
plug to free fit over ball, and installing cotter pin. Connect front
throttle rod to bell crank at center of engine in t he same manne r.
Connect opposite end of front rod to th rottle arm extending t hrough
bulkhead by threading ball stem into throttle a rm.
o. Connect Condui t Tube. Attach conduit to tee e xtendin g
from bulkhead terminal box with knurled conduit retaining n ut.
p. Connect Fuel and Primer Ltne". Cap ntet rubber fuel hose
to fuel pump. Connect primer line to rubber hose at engine adjacent
to forward carburetor.
q. In.tall Fuel S bul-off Vah'es and Linkage (fig. 56). Screw
fuel shut-off valves into tops of fuel filters. Il1$ta li elbow in top of
right shut-off valve (three-wfly connector on lett vfllve) and attac h
fuel hose t o elbow (three fuel hoses to connector on left valve).
Connect linkage to valves with clevis pins and cotter pins. Connect
upper ends of linka ge to shut-off va lve control by sliding joint on ball,
adjusting plug to a free fit, and installing cotter pin.
r . Ins tall Air Cleaner A8&embli es. P osition air cluners aaainst
bu lkhead in engine compartment. I nstall retaining cap screws and
lock washers throuah bulkhead from fighting compartm ent side. Attach air inta ke hoses to inta ke manifold and to air clea ners. Attach
engine compartment door shutter control rods to tops of air cleaners.
s. Install Fire Extinguisher Nozzle. anti Braekets. Attach
brackets (with nozzles attached) to bulkhead. Connect fire extinguilher tubes to elbows on noz zle. wi th tube retaining nuts.
t. Install Expansion Tank. Attac h expansion tank to bulkhead
with four bolts and nUI$. Connect rubber hose from expansion tflnk
to wate r manifolds. Connect yent tubes to filler neck.
u. Connect Clutc h Rod. Attac h clutch rod to clutc h release
shaft fork with clevis pin and cotter pin.
,'. Con nect R ear Unh'enal Joi n t. Aline marks scribed on flanaes,
then attach rear universa l joint flange to clutc h shaft flanae with
bolts, nuts, and lockina wire.
,w
(
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
1M 9-748
62- 64
Fill Cooling SYltem ami Fue l SYlte m . ami Inllall Engine

Oil. F ill cooling system (par. 78) and fl.lf!l tanka, and install 'peci
fied engine oil (par. 32).
w.
"-. Telt Operation and Ch.,.,k for Leakl. Turn 24-volt master
switch to ~ON" po$ition. Operate main light switch to test taillight
circuits. Operate fuel gage control switch to t est fuel gage circuit..
Start engine. M ake su re throttle is properly adjusted for correct
idling speed. Operate degassers to make lure t hey stop engine.
Again start, engine and, while it is running. check all fue l, water, and
oil connections and gaskets for leaks. T ighte n connectioN as required. M ake sure a ll drain plugs are tight and not leaking. When
engine is warmedup, test carbure tor adjustment (par. 64). Stop
e ngme.
In l tall Rear Fil5hting Compartment Floor Plate.
rear floor plate to floor supports with flathead screws.
y.
Attach
Close Engine Com)).rtmenl. Close and secure enRine com

partment rear door with three securing cap screws. R elease and
lower exhaust deflector. Install engine compartment floor plate, front
and rear cover plates, and top doors (par. 164).
t.
aa. R~ord In ltallation of Enl5ine. Make proper entry on W D .,

A.G.O. F orm N o. 478. MWO and M ajor Unit Assembly R eplacement
R ecord.
s.ctlon XIX
FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS

63.
DESCRIPTION (figs. 47 and 50 ).
a. The fue l and air inta ke system consists of two carbure tors
equipped with deglu:sers (fuel cut-off solenoids push b utton operated
from instrument panel), two air cleaners, a fuel pump, four fuel tanks
with shut-ofl valve$ and fuel supply li nes, fuel gage with rilhl and
Jeft tanka send inK unit., two fuel filters, lind a priming pump with
fue l supply lines to the intake manifolds. T he total ca pacity of the
fuel tanks is 168 gallons. The exhaust s~tem consists of two e xhaust pipes, o ne attached to each manifold on the eniine and run nina
t hroullh the rear wa Jl of t he enaine compartment, and two external
pipes bolted to the rear wall of the enaine compartment.
64.
CAR8 URi.'TO RS.
Deteription (fig. 27). Two Strombera M odel NA-Y50 ca r

buretors are mounted on carburetor adapters connecting the two intake manifolds at each end of the engine. T he carburetors are dual
(double-barrel) downdraft type. Each carburetor has two fl.oets
II.
.,
0.",.
1m .
ATURBANHHAM PAlGIf
...
..
TM 9748
!,
I,
,i
- -
liIi
-.
!j
1,
\\ !l
\\
II
! 1~
I Ii
I
'"
.,
!~".
II
OrKJ1"!.1 If<
UN IVERSIH 01' IUl NOI\

ATURIlANH HAM PAlQI
..
TM 9748
.'" 'D ll56604
Flgllr. 51 - AdjllJting Idling FII. I Midur. Using

Special Screwdriver (41 S-1652-500J
connected by one lever and operating on one need le va lve_ A separate main metering and idling system is provided for eac h ba rre l.
Each banel i. equipped with a fuel cut-off so lenoid (degasser) ( par.
(6). An accelerating pump, whic h operates with the throttle, provides an extra quantity of fuel for rapid acceleration. The thrott le
lin kage is arra nged $0 that t he forward carburetor remai ns closed
until the rear carburetor i.I approximate ly half open.
,
h. 1.lIe Fuel Adju8tme nt (fig. 5 1). T wo idle fuel adjustment

screws a re provided on each carburetor. one for e ach barre l. The
idle adjustments on theR' carburetors are e xt re me ly uniform and can
be a djusted when either cold or hot. M a ke the id le fuel adj ultment.
with the engine stopped. T urn each idle fuel adjust ing scre w in
(clockwise) until it seats lightly; t hen tum it out one-quarter turn
from the closed position. A $pedal screwdriver ( 41-3- 1652-500) will
be required for making this adjustmen t o n the forward carburetor.
Or>
Iff<-
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
TM 9748
64- 65
~.
Idl e Speed Adju81men l (fii- 59). Start the engine and run it
until it reaches nonnal operatini temperature. Back off the idle
speed adjustment at eac h carburetor until the engine idle speed is
below 500 revolutions per minute. Set the' idle speed adjustment
at the rear carburetor until the e ngine idle speed is 500 revolutions
per minute. Set the idle speed adjustme nt at the front carburetor
until the engine speed jU!lt starts to increase; then back off the adjust
ment slightly.
d. Fuel Lel'e l Ch ec'k. E ach carburetor is provided with fuel leve l
checking p lugs (fig. 51) . one at the front of the carburetor and one
at the rear. To check the fuel level, remove the locking wire and
plug from the inspection hole in the front side of the rear carburetor,
or the rear side of the forward carburetor. Start the engine a nd run
it at id ling speed The fuel shou ld be visible at the bottom of the
t hreads of the inspection ho le. If fuel is not visible, the fuel level
is too low. If the fuel runs out of the inspectio n hole, the level is
too high. In e ithe r case, the carburetor should be replaced (subpan.. e and f below).
e. Removal (Ei ther CarhuT1:tor). Open the e ngine compartment doon.. Loosen the c1amp$ at the two ca rburetor air intake mani
fold tubes and remove the tube-s from the manifold. R e move the
nuts at the top of each carburetor whic h Bttach the carburetor air
intake manifold to the carburetors. Remove the manifold. Disconnect the carburetor fue l feed line at the fuel pump. D isconnect the
degasser (fuel cut-off so lenoid) electrical connections on the Car_
buretor. Disconnect the throttle rod from the ball joint at the carburetor. Remove the four carbu retor base nuts holding th e carburetor to the adapter and remove the carburetor and laske t. Remove
t he fue l hose from t he carburetor.
f.
Ins tallation (E ither Carbure tor ). Place a new gasket and

carburetor on the adapter studs. Install the four nuts to secure the
carburetor to the adapter. Connect the delasser (fuel cut-off so lenoid) w ires. Connect the carburetor fue l hose to the carburetor and
fuel pump. Connect the throttle rod to the ball joint on the carburetor. Place the air intake manifold on the carburetors and install
the nut s. Place the two intake manifold tubes over the manifold
connections and tilhten the clamps. Close the engine compartment
doors and install the cap screws.
65.
CARBURETOR ADAPTERS.
De~ription
(figs. 29 and 53). A carburetor adapter is con

nected to each end of the intake manifolds. T hese adapters are also
connected to the exha ust manifo lds by heater tubes which provide
heat for the fuel-air mixture liS it comes from the carbureton. Th~se
B.
.,
Or", . 11 .
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
1M 9-748
65- 66
Figure 52 - Removing Cc"burelor AdQpler

Using Wren,h (41-W-639-850)
adapters each contain two throttle plates operated by the enlltne
speed governor.
h. Replaceme nt. Open the engine compartment doors. Remove
the heater pipe. R emove the carburetor (par. 64 e ). Disconnect the
clev;1 at the end of the iovernor throttle rod. When removin!! the
rear adapter, disconnect the ball joint at the 1I0vemor arm. Using
wrench (41-W.639-850), re move the six nuts which hold the adapter
to the manifold (fig. 52). Remove the adapter. To install the carburetor adapter, place it in position on the intake manifo ld studs and
install the six nuts to secure it to the manifold. When installing the
rear adapter, connect the ball joint at the governor arm. Connect
the clevis at the end of the iovernor throttle rod.
66.
DEGASSERS AND SOLENOIDS.
a. DeKri)l1ion. Each barrel of both carburetors is equipped with

a vacuum-operated degasser with an e lectric solenoid control for positive .hut-off of the idle fue l mixture when stoppin!! the en!!ine (fill.
Or>l, .. 11n. ..
AT URBANHHAMPAK;I-I
'"
..
1M 9-748
"I
AOJUSTING NUT
CONNECTING
UN ~
CAuumOll AOAntJI HOUSl'lG
51). All fuel flowing through the idle discharge holes passes through
the degasser needle valve seat. The purpose of the degssser is to
sh ut off the idle fuel supply whe n high manifold vacuum is present
during deceleration thus preventina; flame and backfire through the
e xhaUllt. The electric fuel cut-off portion of the degasser works independently of the vacuum-operated portion, althou&h it is in the same
auembly and operates the same needle va lve. A solenoid built into
each degasser closes the needle valve when the fuel cut-off button
on the instrument panel is pressed. The purpose of the fuel cut-off
is to sbut off the idle fuel mixture jUllt before stopping the engine, to
prevent the fuel from reaching the cylinders., and to prevent the
en&ine from continuin& to run on preignition after the i&nition switch
has been turned off.
h. Replacement. T o remove the degasser, open the engine compartment doors. R emove the two screws from tbe conduit shield
cap and remove the cap. Pull the degasser wire out of its terminal
IM)Cket. R emove the lockina; wire and tbe three screws which ho ld
the deaasaer to the carburetor, and remove the degasser. To install
the degasser, place it in position on the carbu retor, and install three
".
Or~
lin. ..
UNNERSIH OF IliINQj\
ATURBANHH AM PAlG.'I
TM 9-748
66-67
screws to seeure it to the carburetor. Install the locking wire in the

screw... Connect the della&Ser wire and install the conduit shield cap.
Close the engine compartment doo~ and install the cap screws.
Fuel CutOff Switch.
(1) RJ;MOVAL. Separate the two halves of the iTlltrument panel
to gain atteU to the switch (pa r. 111 Ii ) . Disconnect two wire~
from lugs on rear of switch. R emove hex switch retai ninll nut from
face of panel. Pull switch out through rear of panel face.
(2) INSTALLATION. Insert switch into openinll through rear of
panel face. Install hex retaining nut. Connect wires (fill. 85) to
lugs on sw itch. Secure wires to lugs with toothed lock washers and
screws. Assemble the two halves of the instrument panel and com
plete the iTlltalllltion (par. 111 c).
c.
67.
GOVERNOR.
DelW!ription. The speed of the engine is regulated and limited

by the use of additional dual throttle plates located in each of the
ca rburet or adapters directly under eac h carburetor. These carburetor
adapter throttle plates are connected by a rod, which in turn is conne<:ted to the governor located at the rear of the right-hand camshaft
housing a nd is driven by the right-hand intake camshaft (fig. 53).
W ith the engine idling, these governor-actuated throttles are in the
wide-open position. As the engine speed is increased, the action
of the governor pa rtially closes the throttles, thlU limiting the maxi.
mum engine speed to approxi mately 2,600 revolutions per minute
under full load. All maintenance on the lIovernor mlUt be referred
to ordnance maintenance per$Onnel.
II.
h. Link Adju8tment. The governor throttle connectin; link

(fig. 53) should be adjlUted by means of the clevis on the forward
end so that, with the engine stopped, both throttle leven are against
the atop on both c. rbu re t o r ad.pte .... (fia. 59 ).
c. Removal. R emove the cotter pin from the governor link at the
iovernor. Lexsen the iovernor link lock screw and disconnect the
link from the iovernor. R emove the .ix nuts that hold the governor
to the accessory cover and remove the governor.
d. Inelanation. I nstall a new gasket on the iovernor. H old the
governor in place on the camshaft cover and iTlltall the six nuta.
Connect the governor link to the governor arm (fig. 53) and tighten
the governor link lock screw; then back off the screw one-half tum.
Install a cotter pin in the 1I0vernor link. Adjust the governor throttle
connectini link as outlined in lubparalraph Ii above.
Or
>
If.
UNIVERSITY OF ILlINOl'i
AT URBANHHAMPAIG.'I
'"
TM 9748
67
,;
..
.~
:;
~
:;
':J
:)
'"
--
Or
,,,..1 In
UNIVER5ITV OF ILlI ~\
ATURBANHHAMPA1GIf
TM 9748
67
1
l
".t
i:
I
.
p
~
Or"l"".11
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
'"
..
1M 9-748
68.
FUEL TANKS.
a. DellCriplion (fil!;. 50). Two horizontal and two vertical fuel

tanks are located on each side of the enl!;ine compartment. The
h orizontal tanks are on the sponson behind an engine compartment
side wall plate on each side. The vertical tanks are at the front of
the engine compartment beneath the air cleaners. The horizontal
lanks are connected to the vertical tanks and, as lonl!; as they con
tain fuel, they automatically replace fuel used from the vertical tanks.
No shut-off valve is provided for the horizontal tanks. Howeve r, a
shut-off valve and drain plul!; is provided for each vertical tank
(fig. 56).
h.
(1)
Removal (figs. 54 and 55).

H ORIZONTAL F U EL TANK S.
(a) Remove Ent:ine. R efer to paragraph 61.

(b) Remove Conduits Irom Sponson Cover P Illte. Disconnect
wire at fuel gage sending un it. Unscrew knurled nut and pull plul!;
out of nipple at taillil!;ht harness. R emove cap screws and toothed
loc k washers which ..ecu re cond u it clamp" to sponllOn cover pLate.
(c) R emove Rear Fire E1<Iint:ui&her NonIe and Brack.e t. D isconnect tubing from tee at bottom center fire extinl!;uisher nozzle.
R emove two cap screws and lock washe rs securinl!; reaT fire extinguisheT nozzle bracket to sponson cover plate. L ift out rear bracket
with attached. nozzle and short length of tubing.
(d) R emove Fuel Gllse Se ndint: Unit. Loosen clamp and remove
vent hO$e from sendinl!; unit. Remove cap screws and lock washers
from top of sending unit. Lift out sending unil.
.
(e) Dill<:Cnnect Ent:ine Compartment Door Shutter Control Cable.
Remove hex nut and toothed lock washers securing control cable to
bulkhead. Push cable into fil!;hting compartment until only flexible
part of cab le remains in e ngine compartment.
(f) Remove Horizontlll to V ertiCllI Tank Fuel Hre. Loosen
cla mps and remove rubber hoSll; then unscrew elbow from top o f
vertical lank. Unscre w ~tting extending from horizontal tank.
(t:) R emove Vertical Tank Top Cover Plate and Sendinll Unit '
Standpipe. Rem ove nut and bolt from clamp surrounding sending
unit standpipe. Spread clamp apart. R emove cap screws and
toothed lock washers which secure top cover plate to sponson cover
plate and to venical cover plate of the vertical fuel tank. Lift up
top cover plate and screw sending unit standpipe out of vertical tank.
L ift out sending unit standpipe and top cover plate.
(h) R emove Rear Sand Guard. Remove one cap screw and
toothed lock washer; then release lock scre ws which attach rear sand
guard to hull and to center sand guard. Lift off rear sand guard.
'"
Or~
11n. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9748
68
(i) Remove Sponson Cover Plate. Remove cap screws and flat
washers which secure the plate to hull. Hold bolt heada located
just above the track at rear of vehicle, and rem ove nuts alonl bottom
edle of the plate in engine compartment. Push bolts out of bolt holes
in the plate and lift out plate.
(j) R emove Filler Neck. Open filler cover. Loosen eight screws
around grommet retaining ring. P ry out grommet assembly. Remove
six screws retaining filler neck to horizontal fue l tank and lift out
filler neck, spacer, and Kaskets.
( k) R emove Horizontal T ank. Remove nuts and bolts from tank
retammg straps. Using a short screwdriver, remove two rear strap
retaining screws located above the track at rear of vehicle. Pry tank
up, and remove wood spacers from beneath tank. Slide rear strap
forward, then pull it out. L ift tank into engine compartment and
out. Remov e vent hO!le from elbow at forward end of tank.
(2)
V!:RTIC .... L T .... NKS.
(a) Turn 24.volt Ma~ ter Switch Off. M a ke certain that 24.volt
master switch is in ~OFF" position.
(b) Drain Fuel Tanks. Rem ove the plug in bottom of engine
compartment floor opposite center of rear bogie wheel assembly,
right and left. Use a I-inch socket head set screw wrench for reo
moval of plug. Remove tank plug with a %,..inch socket head set
screw wrench. Drain fuel into a clean container.
(c) Open Entine Compartment. Remove enaine compartment
top doors, front cover plate, and floor plate (par. 164).
(d) Remove Fuel Filter. Remove cotter pin and clevis pin at
top of valve and disconnect linkage from valve. Remove fuel hose
. from elbow on right fuel shut-off valve; then remove elbow (three
fuel hoses and a threeway con nector on left shut-off valve). Unscrew and remove fuel shut-off valve from to p of fuel filter. R emove
cap screws and lock washe rs which secure filter to vertical fuel tank.
Lift out filter, and remove Kasket.
(e) R emove Air Cleaner AMembly. Refer to paragraph 74 ...
(I) Remove SendirlJl Unit. Loosen clamp and remove vent hose
from elbow at top of standpipe. Disconnect wire from sendi na:: unit
and remove cap screws and lock washers securina:: !ll!ndina:: unit to
sendina:: unit standpipe. L ift out sendina:: unit.
(~)
Disconnect Horizontal to Vertical Tank Fuel Hose. Loosen
clamp and remove fuel hose from elbow at top of vertical tank.
Screw elbow out of fuel tank.
(h) R emove Sendin~ Unit Standpipe Clamp. Remove nut and
bolt from clamp surroundina sendinl unit standpipe. Remove clamp
from Ipon$On cover plate by removina:: two attachina:: cap screws and
lock washers.
Or
>
If.
AT URBANHHAMPAIG.'I
'"
..
TM 9748
(i) Detllch Tubin~ and Conduit. from Cover Plate.. Disconnect

fire extinguisher tube at tee above bottom center fire eJ:tinguisher
nonle. Remove cap screws and toothed lock washers from conduit
and tube retaining clamps; then pull conduits and tubes away from
vertical cover plate of the ve rtical fuel tank and sponson cover plate.
(j) Retriove Top Cover Plale lind Vertical Cover Plate Screws.
Remove cap screws and lock washers which attach the top and vertical cover plates to bulkhead, huH side plate, and spaolOn cover plate.
(k) Remove Sendi,,~ Unit Standpipe. Lift up top cover plate,
and screw sending unit standpipe out of top of vertical tank. R e move
top cover plate.
(3) REMon; VERTICAL FUEL TANK. Remove wood spacers
which surround tank. Screw sending unit standpipe back into opening in top of tank and using it as a lift, pull tank up and out.
r. Cleaning and Servicing. Remove foreign matter (gravel,
scale, rust, e tc.) from fuel tank. Rinse tank with dry-cleaning solvent. Inspect tank carefully for leaks or other damage done by
foreign matter. Replace tank if dam aged.
tl.
In8tallation.
(l) HORIZONTAL FUEL TANtl5.

(aJ PQ!Jition H orizonta} Fuel Tank. Secure rubber vent hose to
elbow at forward end of tank with hose clamp. L ift tank into a pproximate position. R aise tank (IS much as possible; then slide rear
wood apacers underneath tank and back behind rear tank retaining
Itrap location. Slide rear strap under and over tflnk; do this at
forwa rd end of tank, then work strap back to its position. I nsert
remaining three wood sp&ceu underneath the tank. Install two rear
strap retaining screws throuih bottom of hull above the track at
rear of veh icle. Fasten sidell of retaining straps together with bolts
and nuts, but do not tighten unti l filler neck has been installed (step
(bJ below).
(bJ Indall Filler Neck. P~ition gasket around filler opening in
tank; then place spacer on gasket and place another gasket on spacer.
POIition filler neck on gasket and secure with six Icre_ Insert
grommet assembly into filler cover opening and around fille r neck.
NOTE: It may be neteuary to move the tllnk in order to ~nter
the /iller neck and j"rommet lluembly in the /il/er cover openinj".
T iihten screwl around IIrommet retainini ring, as well as forward
and rear tank retaining strap nuts and bolts.
(c) I",,/all SpotUOn Cover P late. Attach top of plate to hull with
cap lCTews and flat wuhers. Push bolts through hull and plate; then
hold bolt heads while inlltallinl nUb to sewre bottom edle of plate.
(d) I nstall Rear Sand Guard. Attach rear sand iuard to hull
'"
Or~,
II. ..
ATURBANH HAM PAlGN
..
TM 9748
and center sand guard with cap screw, toothed lock washer, and lock
screws.
(e) Imtall Sendinl Unit Standpipe and V ertical T~ T op Cover
Plate. Place sending unit sta ndpipe through openinK in vertical tank
top cover plate. Wh ile holding up cover p late, t hread sending unit
standpipe into opening in top of vertical tank; then secure top cover
plate to span50n cover plate and to vertical cover plate of the vertica l
fuel tank wit h toothed lock washers and cap screws.
(I) Install Horizon tal to Vertica l T ank Fuel Hrne. Thread fitting
into opening at bottom center o f horizontal tank. Thread elbow
into opening in top of vertica l fuel tank. Attach rubber hose to
e lbow and to fitting with clamps.
(~)
Secure En~ine Compartment D oor Shutter Control. Pull
shutter control cable into engine compartment. Secure control to
bulkhead with toothed lock washer and nut.
( h) I nstall Fuel Gage Sendin~ Unit. Insert sending unit through
top o f sendinK unit stand pipe into vertical fue l tank. Attach sending nut to top of sendinK unit sta ndpipe with lock washers and cap
screws. Attach rubber vent hose e,;tendinK from top of horizontal
tank to fitt inK e,;tendinK from send inK unit standpipe.
( i) Imtall R ear Fire EJftinAuisher N onie and Bracket. Secure
bracket with rea r fi re e,;tin""isher nozzle attached to spanson cover
pla te lock washers and cap screws. Connect tubini, which is attached to rear nozzle, to tee at bottom center fire e,;tinguisher noule.
0) Secure Conduit lL Attach sendinK unit wire to term inal on
sendin g unit with lock washer and n ut. Insert tailliKht harne!ll plUK
into receptacle in nipple at upper rear corner of enKine compartment;
then secure conduit to nipple with knurl ed conduit re taininK nut.
Secure conduits to spaRSOn cover plat e by $<!Curing conduit clam ps
to plate with toothed lock washers and cap scre~
(k) Install En~ine. R efer to paragraph 62.
(2)
V IERTICA L F UIEI.. TA,.K $.
(a) P<ition Tank. Lower the fuel tank into position In engine
compartment. P lace wood .pacers around tank.
(b) Secure Vertical Cover Plate. Secure vertical cover plate to
enKine hull side p late and to bulkhead with cap screw. and lock
washers.
(c) InstalJ Sending Unit Standpipe and T op Cover Plate. P osi
tion top cover plate over top of fuel tank; then hold plate up and
scre w se nding unit standpipe into opening in top of fuel tank. Install
top cover plate reta ining cap scre ws and lock washers.
(d) ImJtall Sendin~ Unit Standpipe Clamp. Attach s,,"ding unit
$tond pipe clamp to spaRSOn cover plate with two loc k washers and
Or,
Iff<-
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
..--
1M 9748
cap screws. Secure camp around sending unit standpipe with bolt
and nut.
(e) InstflJI S'endin~ Unit. Insert sendina: unit into sendina: unit
standpipe and secure with lock washer and cap screws, using one of
the cap ICrews to retain lendina: unit conduit clamp. Connect wire
to terminal on sendina: unit. Attach vent hO$e to elbow on sendina:
unit.
(/) Connect Hori~ontal to Vertical Tank Fuel Hose. Install el
bow in top of fuel tank and attach horizontal to vertical fuel hose
to elbow.
(~)
AttllCh Tubin; and Conduib. Connect fire extinguisher tube
to tee above bottom center fire extinguisher nozzle. Secure conduit
an d tube retaining clamps to spanson cover plate hull side plate and
the vertical cover plate of the vertical fuel tank.
(h) Install Air Cleaner Assembly. R efer to paragraph 74 ...
0) Inttall Fuel Filter. Position a:aske t around filter opening.
Insert filter into vertical fuel tan k and secure with lock washers and
cap ItCre~ Screw fuel .hut .... ff valve into top of fuel fil ter. I n.ta U
elbow in top of right fuel shut-off valve (three-way connector on left
valve) and attach fue l hose to e lbow (t hree fuel hoses to connector
on left side). Connect linkaie to valve with clevis pin and cotter pi n.
(j) CIOMt En;ine Compartment. IostaH engine compartment top
doors, front cover plate, and floor plate (par. 164).
(k) Install Fuel Tank Drain P/u~I. Install tank plUK with a
.)j ,,inch socket head set screw wrench. Install plUi in eniine com
partment floor with a I inch socket head set screw wrench.
(I) Record Intta/llltion. M a ke proper entry on W.O. A.G.O.
F orm N o. 478, MWO and Major Unit Anembly R epla cement R ecord.
69.
FUEL SHUTOFF VALVES.
a. Deecrlption (figl. 50 and 56). F ue l shut-off valves are located

on top of e ach of the filters at the bottom of the vert ical fuel tanb.
Control of thne valves is brought up in the engine compartment and
through the bulkhead into the fiKhting compartment by linkage at
tached to eac h val ve.
h. Control8 and Linkage Replace ment.
(1) REMOV~L. Open enKine compartment top dooT$. R emove
cotter pin and loosen plua: from ball joint of fuel shut-off linkage;
then slide joint off ball on control. Remove cotter pin and clevis
pin attaching bottom o f linkaa:e to shut-off valve. L ift out linkage.
R emove the control attaching nUb, lock washers, and bolts from fight
ina: compartment side of bulkhead and lift off the control.
(2) INSTALLATION. Secure control to bulkhead with bolts, lock

washers, and nut.. Attach fuel Ihut-off linkage to control in engine
".
0.""
(,0
1m ,

ATURBANH HAM PAlQI
1M 9748
69- 10
",-,n." " V",LVI!
"",
LEfT HANO VB1'1CAL

IA PO US ...
IIsu.a 56 _ fu a l Shut_Off Valva and Conna clio n'

compartment side of bulkhead by sliding joint on hall, adjusting plug
to a free tit, and installina; cotter pin. Attach lower end of linkage
to fuel shut-off valve with clevis pin and cotter pin.
t'.
70.
Va h 'e R e pl acem e nt . R efer to paragraph 6 1 j and 62 q .
FUEL FILTERS.
a. De&eription . Each vert ical fuel tank is provided with a disktype tilte r located inside the bottom of the tank (tia. 56).
h. Re mo ,.. 1 (fig. 56).
(I) DRA IN F UEL T ANKS. Remove plUi in bottom of engine
compartment floor opposite cen ter of rear boir;ie wheel assembly usina
a I.inch ~ ket head let KreW wre nch. R emove tank p lul with a
Or,
Iff..
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
TM 9741
70-72
o/,,,-inch socket head set screw wrench and drain fuel into a clean
container.
(2) RI!:Mo~ ENGINI!: Co MPARTMI!:NT FLOOR PLATIt. Refer to
paragraph 164 f .
(3) REMovE FILTER. Remove cotter pin and clevis pin at top
of valve and disconnect linkall:e from valve. Remove fuel h ose from
elbow on right fuel shut-off valve; then remove e lbow (three fuel
h olIeS and a three-way connector on lelt shut-off valve). Unscre w
and remove fuel s hut-off valve from top of fuel filter. Remove cap
screWI and lock washers which secure filt er to vertical fuel tank. Lilt
out filter and remove lI:asket.
c. Installation (fig. 56).
(1) CLItAN FILTXR ELEMJ!:NT. Wash filter element with drycleani nll: solvent. CAUTION: Do not dam. rhe disks. Do not
scnpe or .tCrub, .m do not disa_mbla the lilter alemen t. If element
cannot be cleaned satisfactorily, replace entire element assembly.
(2) INSTALL FUEL FILTER. PO$ition gasket around filter opening. I nsen filter into vertical fuel tank and se<:ure with lock wailhen
and cap ICrews. Screw fuel shut-ofl valve into top of fuel filter. I n_
sta ll e lbow in top of riiht fue l s hut-ofl valve (three-way connector
on left valve) and attach fuel h~ to elbow (three fuel hoses to
connector on left side). Connect linkage to v a lve with clevis p in
and cotte r pin. .
(3) INSTALL ENGINE: Co MPAJtTM&NT FLOOR PLATIt.

paragraph 164 g.
71.
Reier to
FUEL PUMP.
DellCriplion. The fuel p ump is of t he conventional diaphragm

type and is mounted on the left-hand camshafl cover. The pump
is driven by the left intake camshaft. The pump maintains from
4'1a . to &'pounds fuel p reQure to the carburet o""
8.
h. Reph.cement. Close all of the fuel shut-ofl valves. Disconnect

the fuel inlet hose connection at the pump. D isconnect the out let
luel hose at the pump. Remove the two nuts and washers which
secure the pump to the camshaft housing and remove the fuel pump.
T o install the fuel pump, place it in position on the camshaft cover
with B new gasket and install the two flat washers and nuts. Con.
nect the inlet and outlet luel hose connections to the pump. Open
the fuel shut-off valves.
72.
FUEL GAGE, SWITCH, AND TANK UNITS (fig. 57 ).
a. DeM-ription. T he fuel iage in the instrument panel measures

the fuel in the riaht or left tank., dependini on the tank unit to
which the fuel iage switch is turned. The rotary-type switch
'10
Or'"'' ,I, ...
UNIVERSIHOFllllWjS
AT URBANHHAMPAK;I-I
TM 9748
72
110 TO .... mn TlIMINAl

MUVMENl' ."'" _
po
TO TElMINAL
..-
fUll. T...... GAGE

$fUCTOt SWITCH
GAGO
Sf) lotlG lHT
-. "-
110- WIIl ... ..... 0.GAGf

,..O- WIIl ... ..... 12.GAGE
pO-WIll . . ..... I"GAGf
Pl . W .. .. .... I"GAGf
1Igu,. 57 - 'v.1 Ga". Wi, ln" Diag,am
,.
UN IV[R'illr Of IllIOOl\
AI ~NHM.l.MfAIGN
'"
TM 9-748
72_73
mounted beside the fue l gage on the instrument panel has two posi_
ti ons each side of its center or "O FF~ position. H owever, the switc h
is w ired so tha t either position on the "L ~ side of the switch reads
the amount of fuel in both left tanks aud either position on the ~R~
side reads the fuel in both right t anks.
h. Fuel Gilge R el, llIcement. T o remove the fuel gage, first

sepa rllte the two halves of the. instru me nt panel (par. III h ). Then
remove the t hree screws and toothed lock washers which secure
receptacle case to mounting posts above fuel gage. P ush receptacle
case h ide. R e move wires and huulator from back of gage. R emove
four mounting studs with toothed lock wa shers. L ift off moun ting
bracket . R emove gage through face o f pane l. T o install gage, in_
sert through front of panel and secure with bracket and four mounting
studs. Install f<.>ur toothed lock washers and st ud nuts. Secure in sulator with wiret attached to back o f gage using toothed lock washen and nut s. P osition receptacle case on mounting posts over gage
and secure with toothed lock washen and nuts. Assemble the two
halves of the instrument panel (par. III c) and complete the installatio n.
c. Fuel Gage S,,itch Re l'iace menl. Separate the two halves o f
the instrument panel to gain access to swi tch (par. 111 It ). D isconnect wires from back of switch. R emov e screw and lock washer from
center o f switch control handle. Pull off control handle. R emove
twitch retaining nut, toothed lock washer, and the fiber face plate.
R emove switch. P osition new s witch t hrough rea r of instrument
panel face. I nstall the fiber face plate, toothed loc k -washer, and
switch retaini ng nut. Press switch control handle into position and
secure wit h lock was her and screw. Connect wire N o. 70 to lug No . I,
wire N o. 71 to lug No.5, and wire N o. 74 to lug "GA". Secure
wires with toothed lock washers and screws. Assemb le the two
ha lves of the instrument pane l (pa r. 111 c) a nd complete the installlltion.
II.
Fue l Gage Tank Unit R eplace m e nt ( Either Un it ). D is_

con nect wire from sending unit and remove cap scre ws and lock wash_
ers securing sending unit tube to stllndpipe. Lift out unit. In sert
new unit into sending unit standp ipe and secure with lock washer
and cap screws, usinll o ne of the cap screws to reta in the conduit
clamp and anot her to ho ld the engine compartment door shutter
cable . Connect wire to terminal on unit.
73.
PRIMING S Y STE~1.
a. DetU'ripti<.>n. The priming; system is controlled by a prim ing

pump located on a bracket attached to the differentia l hOWling in
front of the driver (fii- 58). When prim ing pump handle is drawn
out, fuel il drawn from the left vertical fuel tank throug;h a tube into
'"
.,
0."".11 ,
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9-748
73
figur.
5' - "riming "um,. and Hand T"roHI.
th'" pump. Pushing in on priming pump handl", forces fuel out of

th", pump through tubing to th", prim",r jets locatfld in th'" intak'"
manifold. Fu",1 is thus forcfld to ",ach cyl inder.
h.
Primin!!! Pump R "' plaeem",nt.

( I ) REMOVAL. D isconn ect in]",t and outl",t tubes from pump by
backing off hex retaining nuts. Back off hex nut ,,,,taining priming
pump to bracket. L ift off p riming pump.
(2) INSTALLATION. Position priming pump in Ilot at top o f
brack",t and secure with hex retain in, nut. Connect inlet and outlet
tubes.
... Strainer.
(1) DUCttlPTION (fi" 58 ).
A nrainer, Loca ted at the bottom of

Or,
Iff..
UNMRSITV OF IllI~S
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9-748
73-74
the priming pump bracket adjacent to the hand throttle, serves to

strain fuel forced through the outlet priming linea.
(2) SERVICE.. Unscrew wing cap with attached strainer screen
from strainer bowl. Remove forei;;n matter from screen and wash
with dry-cleanin;; solvent. Position washer on wing cap and thread
strainer into strainer bowl.
fl. Priming Tube. and Fittings.

(1) DESCRIPTION. Priminll tubes from the prtmmg pump are
located beneath the propeller shaft and e:rtend through the bulkhead
into the engine compartment. The outlet tube is joined to a rubber
hose above the engine. This hose is attached to a tee from which the
small tubes running to the intake manifold are joined. Tee and elbow
fittings which retain jets are threaded into the intake manifold.
(:2) CLItAHING PRIMING TvoU "Nt! JtrS. D isconnect tubes at
priming pump. Disconnect outlet tube at junction tee near forward
carburetor. Disconnect inlet tube above fuel filter at bottom of left
vertical fuel tank. Blow air through tubes. T o clean jets, remove
primin;; tubes from teea and elbow. extendinll into intake manifold.
Unscrew and remove tees and elbows. Unscrew jets from tees and
elbows. Blow air throu;;h jeu to clean jet openinll"
74.
AIR CLEANERS.
a. Dnc:riptlon. Two air deanen of the oil-bath type are mounted

on the bulkhead in the engine compartment (fi;;. 47 ). An air cleaner
duct allHmbly is provided for each air cleaner. These ducts lead into
the fi;;htm;; compartment (fig. 9). A control handle is located at each
duct opening into the fighting compartment. When the hand le is
pushed in, the air is drawn into the air clea ner from the fighting
compllrtment. When the hand le is pulled out, the air is drawn from
the en,;ne compartment. Two air deaner inspection doon, located
in the fighting compartment at either side of the bulkhead are provided for the !fervidng of the air cleaner (figs. 9 a nd 23 ).
h. Servidng. Open the air cleaner inspection door in the fightins
compartment. Remove the two wins nutl from the bottom plate of
the cleaner and remove the cup a_mbly through t he inspection opening. Remove the two win;; nutl that secure the filter screen to the
cleaner. Remove the filter screen and wash it with dry-cleanins
solvent. Place the screen in the cleaner and secure it with two wing
nuts. Clean the cup thorouihly and refill the cup to the mark with
.pa::ifi.ed oil (par. 32). Care should be taken not to fill the cup above
the oil level mark (fii- 23). Place the cup assembly in position on
the bottom of the cleaner and secure it with two wing nuts. Clo.e the
inspa::tion doors.
M
Or~
II. ..
ATURBANH HAM PAIGN
1M 9748
74-75
' ..1, Ai, I~'H',
t." fd.... S,.......
r. Replacement. To remove either air cleaner assembly, remove

the cap screws which secure the air duct to the top of the air cleaner
and remove the duct. Loosen the ciampI at each end of the car
buretor intake to air cleaner tube and remove the tube, Remove the
four cap screws which hold the mounting band and remove the
cleaner. To install the air cleaner, place it in position on the bracket.
Place the mounting band in position and secure it to the brarket with
four cap screws. Install the air intake tube on the ca rburetor air
intake manifold and. the air cleaner connections. Place the air duct
on top of the air cleaner and in the opening in the bulkhead. Secure
it to the cleaner with the cap screws,
75.
THROITLE CONTROLS AND UNKAGE.
a. De~ription. The hand throttle, mounted on a bracket ",ttached

to the differential housing (fig, 58), is connected with the foot throttle
linkalle to the carburetors. The accelerator croa shah sleeve moves
on beprings over the clutch crOft shpft (fig. 124 ) located at the rear
of the driver's seat. A slip connection at the sleeve allows either the
hand throttle or the accelerator pedal to be operated independently
of the other, The carburetor throttle li nkalle (fig. 59) is arranlled to
permit the rear carburetor throttle plates to open approximately half
way before the forwprd carburet or throttle plates stPrt to open. The
rate of openinll of the throttle plates in the forward carburetor is
approximately twice that of the rear carburetor, with the result that
both reach the wide-open point tOllether.
h. Hand Throttle.
( 1) REMOVAL. Remove driver's seat and floor platel (pa r.
162 h ). Back off nut at bottom of htlnd throttle support bracket and
lift hand throttle up and out of bracket (fig. 58). D isconnect throttle
control cpble rod at sleeve; then remove the clevis pnd nut from end
of rod. R emove rear nuts at throttle control bracket on hull floor
(fig. 124 ) pnd pull throttle control cpble rod out of openinll in bracket.
(2) INSTALLATION. Insert end of hand throttle control cpble rod
throuih opening in bracket on hull floor (fill. 124). Slide nutl over
end of rod. Install nut and clevil on end of rod; then attach rod to
sleeve with clevil pin and cotter pin. Secure rod to bracket on hull
floor. Secure hand throttle to htlnd. throttle support bracket. Check
operation of hand throttle and adjust jf necessary (step (3) below).
Install driver's floor plate. and seat.
(3) ADJUSTMENT. With sleeve in full rear poaition, the hand
throttle control should be down in full closed poaition and have a
free pillY of IIpproximately Iii inch. To adjust, disconnect hand
throttle control cable rod at sleeve and tum clevil to lef\ithen or
shorten the rod al necessary. Connect rod and check position of hand
throttle control and sleeve.
.,
Or", . 11 .
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
,u
TM 9-748
7S
,
,>
--
c
~
>
"
'M
i
e
,
"I
,
>-
.,
0."".11 ,
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
TM 9741
75-76
c.
Fool Throttle Pedal.
(1 ) REMOVAL (fig. 124 ). R e move driver'a seat a nd floor pla tes.

R emove foot throttle pedal return spring. R e move cotter pin and
clevi. pin !le'Curing accelerator front rod to pedal Remove lockini
wire and screw pedal shaft bolt out of bracket and pedal. Lift out
pedal
(2) I NSTALLATION (fil!;. 124). P osition pedal between brackets

and ilUltall pedal shaft bolt and locking wire. Install pedal return
spno&- Attach accelerator front rod to peda l with cievi. p in and
cotter pin. I nstall driver's floor plate and seat (par. 162 c).
(3) ADJUSTMENT. Adjust pedal stop screw so it will permit
pedal to return without hitting the floor plate. Then adjulJt acce le r lltor front rod lenith to permit installation o f devi. pins without
turning the sleeve.

d.
(a rhurelor ThNlllie Linkage (fill. 59).
Screw the ball and IIOCket joint on e ach

,t hrottle control rod until a length of 16% inches, meuured fro m the
center of the ball to the center o f the pin hole at the other end of the
rod, is obta ined. Adjust the length of the rod connecting the leve r at
the center bracket to the crollS shaft on the bulkhead to attain a le ngth
of 22 inches, measuring it from t he end o f one ban joint to the other
end of the rod. After all controls are connected, adjust the Itop on
the in ner end of the center bracket crou ' haft $0 that the rear carburetor will start to ope n with a slight mOvement of the thrott le rod.
(I)
76.
ADJ USTMENT.
EXHA UST PIPE REPLACEMENT.
Re m..,,,.I. T o remove either the ri gh t _ ..... left-hand e",haWlt

pipe, remove the lix bolts that secure the exha ust pipe t o the exhaust
ma n ifold o n the engi ne_ Loosen t he nut on the clamp bolt at the
exhaust pipe at rear of engine compartment_ R emove the e xhaust
pipe. R emove the boll5 from the external exhaust pipe on rear of
hull and remove the pipe.
H.
10. Inata llation. To install t he e",hawt pipe, use new bolts, nuts,
and gaskel5 and assemble the exhaust p ipe to the exhaust manifold.
Us ing new packing, install the bolts $eCuring the e xte rnal exhaust pipe
to the rear of the hull.
0."".11 ,
"
AT URBANHHAMPAlG.'I
'"
TM 9748
77-78
Section XX
COOLING SYSTEM
77.
DESCRIPTION AND DATA.
a. DeK ription. The engine is cooled by circulation of water

through water jackets which extend the full lenith of the cylinder
bore.. The water is circulated through the engine blOCH and radiator
by a centrifugal pump (fig. 29) . The ent ire cooling system i. sea led
by mean. of a pressure filler cap (fig. 61). A valve in the filler cap
remains closed until a prelollure of 12 pounds is reached, which raise.
the boiling point ot the coolant and reduces loss of water or ant ifreeu.
An expansion tank (fig. 47 ) permits steam or antifreeze vapors to
condense and return to the cooling syatem, effecting further saving
o f water or anti freeze.
h. Data.
Capacity of cooling system........... . ................ ... ........ ... ..... 14 gal
78.
a.
S ERVICINC COQLlNC SYSTEM.

Draining, Cleanin@:, and F1ushln@:.
( I ) DRAINING. Open engine compartment rear and top door$.

Remove drain plugs at bottom of water p ump (fig. 28) and expansion
tank ( fi,. 61). Remove drain plugs at the re ar of each bank of
cy linde .... located approximately 6 inches ahead of the rea r engine
mouna (fip. 27 and 28).
(2) CLEANING.
(a) Allow engine to cool. Install a ll drain plugl. Remove filler
ca p and open air bleeder valve in radiator in let connection to rid the
Iystem of air (fig. 63). P our water into Iystem u ntil it is approxi
mately half full ; then run the enKine at idlinK speed. Add c1eaninK
compound in proportion of one container of cleaner to every 4 ,allan.
of coolina: 'Y$tem capacity. Then complete fillinll the system with
water. CAUTION: N evu mix the watu and cIeanin~ compound
before puttin~ them into the sydem. D o not .pill the /IOlution on
Ik.in, clothi~. or painted portions of the velUcJe. Nevu mix cIell11j~
compound with antifreeze aolutiorNI or with inhibitor..
(b) P lace a clean drain pan in position under the expansion tank
overflow pipe to collect the overflow. Use the overflow to maintain
the level in the syatem if necessary. Check level by openinK air
bleeder cock in radiator in let connection (fiK. 63). NOTE : Do not
till above this point.
(c) Install filler cap and run engine at fast idJinll speed until the
coolant reaches a temperature of 180 0 F , but not over 200 0 F . Do
not drive the v ehicle. R echeck IY$t"em level frequently.
'fu
UNlVfRSIH Of IUlNC]\
ATURBANHHAM PAlGN
TM '-741
"
Stop t he enlli ne after it has run for 30 minute, at a temperature of at least 180, but not over 200 F ; then d rain the system
completely (step (1) above).
(d)
(3)
NEUTRALIZING.
(a) Allow e ngine to cooL. Install a ll drain plUiS. Remove filler

cap, open air bleeder cock, and pour water into system until it is
approximately half full; then run the eniine at idling speed.. Add
neutralilt"ing compound in proportion of one container of neutralilt"er
to every 4 iallol1$ of coolini system capacity; then fill system with
water.
(b) Let engine idle for at least 5 minutes at normal operating
temperature; then stop the eniine.
(c) Drain system completely (subpar. (1) above).
(4)
FLUSHING.
(a) Allow enaine to cool. Install all drain plugs. Remove filler
cap and pour water into system until it is approximate ly half full;
then run eniine at id ling speed and fill lyatem completely.
(b) Run the e niine unti l coolant it heated to norma l operating
temperature.
(c) Drain system completely (subpa r. a ( 1) above). R epeat
flushing operation until the drain water is clear.
(5) LEAKS. After completini the flushing operation, make certain that the eniine hil$ been aUowed to cool again. Install all drain
plugs. Remove fille r cap and pour water into system until it i. approximately ha lf full; then run the e nlline at idlini speed and fill
system to level of air blee-der cock in radiator inlet connection. Stop
t he engine and eumi ne e ntire system for leaks. . This ;' important
because the cleaning lIOlution uncoven leaks which already exist but
may have been pluU;ed with rust or corrosion.
h. Inh ibitor. To control rustini of the iron in the cooling Iystem
and corrosion of the aluminum cy linder bloo::k and cylinder heads, a
.cluble oil cOl'"roaion inhibitor must be used. When ... ~ici na the
vehicle for summer, fill the system nearly full with clean water. Add
corrosion inhibitor compound in proportion of one container of compound to each 4 iallon. of coolini system capacity. Then complete
filling of the system to level of the air blee-der coo::k in the radiator
in let connection.
c. Antifreeze. When $e~ici", for winter, fill the system about
one-quarter full of clean water. Add sufficient antifreeze compound
for protection against the lowest anticipated temperature (par. 25 d ).
Add water until the system is nearly full ; then run the engine until
norma l operating temperature is reached. Add sufficient water to fill
the system to the proper level
(
.,
Or'lo. 1m .

ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9748
"
t--------..'.
LInING MOOK
/ R A DIATOR
I ...
~D
ZHU
Figure 60 _ Removing Radialor Using Sling (4' -S-3832-86)
79_ RADIATOR.
u. DeK ri~lI ion. The radiator is located at the re ar of the vehicle
behind the fans. It is a tube-and-fin cross-Row type, usi nlJ: Rat horizontal tubes. H ot water flows through the tubes to wh ic h thin verti cal copper fins are attached. Air forced between these fi ns by the fans
carries the heat away, thus coo ling the water.
10.
(1)
Re mo \al.
OPEN E N GI N E CoMP ,o\RTM ENT A N D R EMOVE REA R C OVER
R emove four door-seeuring cap screws and open e ngine compartment top doors. Remove cap screws wh ic h secure rear cover
plate to hull and lift off rear cover pillte.
P LATE.
(2) D RAIN CooLING SYSTEM . R emove three engine compartment rear door-!lecuri ng cap screws and open rear door. R emove
d rain plug at bottom of wate r pump and drain coolina syste m.
,~
.,
Or", . 11 .
UNIVERSITV Of IlliNOIS
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9748
7.
(3) REMOVE RADIATOR H OLf).DOWN PLAT!!:. Remove two top
nuts and bolts from e ach fan shroud. Lift out radiator hold-down
plllte lind fe lt pa.d.
(4) RltMOVE UPPER AIR BAFFur; CAP ScRI!.WS. R emove upper
lIir baffle cap screw$, flat washers, and lock washers from ellch end of
air baffle.
(5) DlSCONNI!.CT VENT TUB!!:s. Blick off tube retaining nut lind
remove nipple from radiator top o n each side.
(6) REMOVE THERMOSTAT. Disconnect hoses from radiator inlet
connection. Remove four cap $Crews and lock washers which retain
connection to top of radiator. Pull off connection and remove gllsket.
L ift thermostat a nd thermostat gasket out of inlet openi ng in rlldiator.
(7) REMOVE CRANKCASE BREATHER. Release two holdini clips
a nd lift out cover a nd crankcase b reather e lement.
(8) REMOVE RADIATOR OUTLET CoNNECTION. D isconnect hoses
from water pump. R e move four cap screws and lock washers which
secure connection to bottom of radiator. L ift out connection with
attached h oses lind remove gaske t.
(9) REMOVE ExHAUST DEFLECTOR. Remove bolt, nut, and fiat
washer securing each end of exhaust deflector to hull. Lower the deflector to fioor. Slide bushing from seats in both ends o f defiector.
( 10) REMOVE AIR BAFFLE.. R emove nuts, bolt, and flat washer
from each bottom e nd o f ai r baffle and lower the air baffle to ground.
( 11) REMOVE RADIATOR. Tip radiator backward and install
radiator lifting sling (41-S-3832-86) (fig. 60) with hooks in radiator
inlet a nd outlet openings. Using available lifting equipment, lift
radiator up and out.
c. In8pt"lion and Repair. I nspect rad iator for bent fins, c racked
or kinked tube$, and fractured seams. Straighten fins with a pair of
pliers. Solde r the cracked tubes and seams. Use air hose to remove
dirt clogged between tubes and fins. If radiator leaks and source of
leak cannot be determined visually, test as fo llows: Flush radiator
out thorou"hly. PI"" . l1 inl"'" a nd outlet connections except one.
Attach air hose, submerge tank in water, and fill with air using not
more than 5 pounds per square inc h pressure. If source o f leak is
easily accessible, repair as described above. If not, install new
radiator.
d. In8taillition.
(1) LoWER THE RADIATOR INTO RADIATOR CoMPARTMENT. In_
sta ll radiator lifting sling (fig. 60). Check to see that felt pad at
bottom of radiator compartment is in good condition and in place.
Lower rad iator into compartment and remove liftini sling.
(2) INSTALL AIR BAI'P'LIt. Lift air baffle into position and JeCure
to hull sides with flat washer. bolt. and nut at lower ends of air baffle.
Or>
Iff<-
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
1M 9748
79
RADIATOR VENT PIP~S
EXPANSION T,u.lK
OVERflO W I'IPE
PR~SSURE
PRESSURE VALVE
VACUUM VALVE
EXPANSION TANK
OVERfLOW
filLER NK"
lA fD nnu
Figure 61 - R.adialor
Fm.r
and hpansion Tank
Slide bushings into seats at

each end of deflector. L ift deflector into position and secure to hun
sides with flat washer, bolt, and nut.
(4)
I NSTALL CRANKCASIt BREAT HER. P osition b reather e lement
on breather. I nstall cover and secure with hold ing clips.
(5)
I NSTALL R AOi"TOR OUTLItT CoN NECTION. P osition con nec
tion gasket and attach connection to bottom of radiator wit h four
Jock washel'll and cap screws. Connect hoses to water pump.
(3)
I NSTALL EXH AUST Dl!.FLItCTOR.
(6)
I NSTALL T HERMOSTAT AND R "DlATOR INLET Co NNJ!.CTION.
Position thermostat gasket a nd t hermostat in inlet opening at top of

radiator. Position connection gasket and secure connection to radia
tor with four lock washers and cap screw.. Connect manifold hose.
to inlet connection.
(7)
CoNNECT VENT Tu_s. Install n ipples in openings at upper
ends of radiator. Connect vent tubes to nipples with lube reta ining
ouu.
(8)
I NST" LL UPPER A IR B AFPLIt CA P ScREWS.
Secure up per
e nds of air baffle t o hull sid es with flat washers, Jock washers, and
cap screws.
.n
Or", . 11 .
UNIVERSITV Of ILlI~S
AT URBANHHAMPAIG.'I
TM 9-748
79-11
(9) I NSTALL RADIATOR HOLD-DOWN PLATE. Position felt pad

across top of radiator. Position hold-down plate on pad and secure
with top two fan shroud bolts and n ... ts on each "ide.
(10) FILL CooLING SYSTEM. Install drain pl ... g at bottom of
water p ... mp. Fill coolinll: system.
(11) I NSTALL REAR CoVER PLATE AND CLOSE ENGINE CoMPARTMENT DooRS. Sec... re rear cover plate to hull with cap scre~
Close engine compartment top an4 rear doors and instan lleCuring
cap screw ...
( 12) RECORD INSTALLATION. Make proper entry on W D., Form
No. 4 78, MWO and Major Unit Assembly Replaceme~t Record.
80.
EXPANSION TANK AND FlI .I .ER.
a. De&criptio n. The expansion tank, located on the bulkhead at

the front of the engine (fig. 4 7), catches the water or steam t hat may
be forced out of the cooling "ystem. W hen a pressure of 12 po ... nds
is built up in the coolinljl; system by expansion of the coolant, the pressure valve in the filler cap (fii- 61) opens and t he excess water or
steam goes into the expansion unit. As the e ngine cool$, a vacuum
ill formed in the sealed coo ling system drawing water back into the
cooling I)'stem thro... gh a vac ...... m va lve in the press ... re cap (Iii- 61).
h. Servi";n s.
( I ) DRAINING. To dra in, remove drain plug from bottom right
side of the expansion tank (tia:. 6 1).
(2) CLUNING FILLER NECK ScRIUtN. Remove Iille r cap and
lift scrt!-en out of finer neck. Remove all foreign matter from screen.
I nstall screen a nd tiller cap.
c. Re m ova l. Remove engine compartment front cover plate

(par. 164 f ). Open air bleeder cock at radiator inlet connection and
drain water to leve l of cock. Disconnect wate r manifold hoses at
bottom of expansion unk. Disconnect vent t ... be" at liner neck. R emove four nuts and bolts lleCuring expansion tank to b ... lkhead. Lift
out e llpanllion tank. DillCOnn~ overflow hose from tank.
d. Inllia lla lion . Secure tank to bulkhead with four bolt. and
nUll. Attach overflow hose to tank. Attach the two manifold hOle'S
to bottom of tank. Connect vent tubes to Iittings on filler neck. I nstan ena:ine compartment front plate (par. 164 8).
8 1.
WATER P UMP.
a. Deacription . The water pump (Iii- 29) is a centrifua:al type

driven by a splined shaft from the rear of the cra nkshaft. The coolina: system drain p lu& i. located at the bottom of t he pump. The
water pump is lubricated from the en&ine, and since a permanent
water seal is used, no attention il required..
,n
(
'm
ATURBANHHAM PAIGN
TM 9748
81 - 82
b. Remo"al. Open the engine compartment rear door. Remove

the drain plug at the bottom of the wate r pump (fig. 28) and drain
the cooling system. Loosen hose clamps; then remove hoses which
run from radiator outlet connection to the water pump. Remove
four nuts and lock washers which hold t he water pump to the crank _
case (two nuts at the center connection and two at the left water
connection). Lift off the water pump and gasket.
Installation. Using a new aasket, place the water pump in
position over four studs on the cra nkcase and install loc k washers and
nuts. Install water pump to radiator outlet connection hoses and
tighten hose cra mps. Install drain plua and fill cooling system. Close
the engine compartment rear door.
1".
82.
THERMOSTAT AND WATER MANIFOLDS.
a. Thel"mostat.
(1) DESCRIPTION. The thermostat is located in the in let connec
tion of the radiator. It is the bypass, bellows type and is nonadjustable. The thermostat prevents circulation of water through the radiator unt;1 the wa ter reac he!l a temperature of 140 F.
(2) REMOVAL. Open the engine compartment rear and top doors.
R emove drain plug at bottom of water pump and drain out enough
water (approximately 2 gallons) to bring the leve l below the thermostat. Disconnect hoses from radiator inlet connection. R emove
four cap screws and lock wa$hers which retain connection to the top
of radiator. Pull off connection and remove gasket. Lift thermostat
a nd thermostat gasket out of inlet opening in radiator.
(3) INSTAL.L.ATION. Position thermostat gasket and thermostat
in inlet opening of radiator. Position inle t connection ,asket; then
secure connection to radiator with four lock washers and cap screws.
Connect manifold hoses to in let connection. I nstall drain plu, and
fi ll cooling system to level of air bleeder cock in inlet connection.
Close the e naine compartment doors.
h. Walel" Manirold ~ (figs. 29.and 47).
( I ) REMOVAL.. Open enaine compartment rear and top doors.
R emove drain plug at bottom of water pump and drain a pprox_
imately 5 gallons from the cooling system. Disconnect inlet hose
from rear of manifold, and expansion tank hose from the front. Remove nuts and washers which secure manifold to cylinder head; then
lift off ma nifold an d gaskets. Repeat operation for opposite manifold.
(2) INSTAL.L.ATION. NOTE : The manifold. are ri~ht and l eft ;
however, it is poIMible to imtllll them on the wront $ide of the en~ine.
For p roper iNllIl/lIlion , the mllnifoldlJ .hould tilt toward tho camMlIft
housintlJ (fig. 47). Use new gaskets and secure man ifold to cylinder
head with washers and nuts. Connect inlet hose and expansion tank
...
.,
0 .." . .11 .
AT URBANHHAMPAlG.'I
TM 9-748
82-83
lA
~II
U,.70
Figure 62 _ Fan 8el' Ad;uSfm e nf

hose to manifold. Fill coolin g system to proper level and dose engine
compartment doors.
83.
fo'ANS.
De..,ri ption. T wo 26-inch diameter, .iilt-blade blower or pushertype fans are used. T hey are mounted in the front of the radiator
(fig. 48). The fans draw air in through the openings in the engine
com partment doors (or from the fighting compartment), and force
the air out through the radiator and air baffles back of the rlldiator.
Each fan is driven by two matche<l V-belts from pulleys on the fan
drives mounted on the sides of the hull toward the rear of the engi ne
compartment (fig. 62).
II.
10. Fan Be ll Re place,"ent or A. ljUl,tme ll1 (fig. 62) . Replacement

or adjustment o f the flln belts is accomplished by moving the fan
drive housing up or down in slots provided for this purpose, after
loosening the fou r nuts which secure the housing to the hull side
.,
0."".11 ,
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
'H
TM 9.748
13-15
'<nt n, -
"""~,
.....~ ,~." .........
plates. The belt$ are correctly adjusted when approximately 1f:t-inch

d eflection can be obtained with the fina;ers at a point midway between
the fan and accessory d rive pulleys. NOTE : When repl~cemenl 01
one belt i. necl!SMry, alway. repla<;;e both belt. running on the set of
pulleYIl involved.
~.
Fan and Shroud Aeeemhly Replace ment. T o re move the

fan$ and shrouds, open the engine compartment doors and remove
the ena;i ne compartment rear cover plate. It is not necessary to
remove the engine compartment doors. L"",en and remove the fa n
belts (subpar. b above). R emove the two boltl and four cap screws
from eac h fan ~hroud and remove the asaembliel. To instalJ the fan
and shroud assembly, place them in position and secure them to the
hull with four cap screws and two bolts. Install the fan belts (subpa r.
h above). Insta ll the engine compartment rear Iver plate. Close
the e ngine com partment doors.
84.
FAN DRIVES.
a. Deetriptlon (fig. 48 ). The fan drives are located on the ria;htand left-hand engine compartme nt ~de walJs. These drives contai n
bevel gears, running in ena;ine oil, which transmit powe r from the
fan drive shafts to the fanl. The fan drivel are provided with bayonet-type oil leve l gages which are a part of the fmer plugs ( A, fig. 20).
h. R e moval (Either Side) ( figs. 48 and 62). Open the e ngine
Impa rtment top doon.. D isconn ect fire ext inguisher tube at tee
above bottom center fire extinguisher non le. Remove rear fire extina;uisher bracket with attached nonle. R emove lock wire, nuts, and
bolts which secure fan drive shaft flange to flan ge on fan drive
assembly. R e move four fan drive assem bly retaining nuts and
washers. Hold assembly up and remove belts from pulley. Lift out
fan drive assembly.
~.
InetalJation (Ei th e r S id e). Position fan drive o ver studs in

engine compartment side wall and loosely install washe rs and nuts.
H old assembly up and s lide be lts on pulley. Adjust belts (par. 83 b).
Attach fan drive shaft flange to flana;e on fan drive assembly with
bolts, nuts, a nd lock wire. Insta ll rear fire extinguisher bracket and
noule, and InneCI t ube to tee above bottom center fire elltina;uisher
nonle. Close engine compartment top doors.
85.
WATER TEMPERATURE GAGE AND WARNIIII'G SIGNAL.
a. De&eription. E ngine water temperature is recorded on an

e lectric-type gage on the instrument panel (Y, fig. 10 ). The gage is
operated by a sendina; unit mounted in the radiator inlet connect
(fig. 63). The engine water temperature warning signa l on the instrument panel (K, fig. 10) turns on when the temperature e xceed.
'N
(
'm
AT URBANA-CHAMPAlGN
1M 9748
"
W ArER TE ..... 'EI ... TURf SfNOlI'IG
u,.,n
HIGH W.UU fEMnUTliH SIG ..... l

~"""o. ""10
swnc"
CONNfCTlC)H
.... IlHDI. VALVE
.... ,p UJt71
figure 63 _ Rodiolor Inlet Conneclion

235 0 F . The signal is operated by a thermostatic switch or sending
unit mo unt ed in the radiator inlet connection.
h. Gage Rt:placem en t. To remove the temperllture gage, disas_
semble the instrume nt panel a s outlined in parallraph III b. R emove the hold-down screws from the instrument and dillConnect the
wires. Lift the instrume nt from the pane l. To instill! the instrument,
connect the wires to the instrument and install the instrument in the
panel. Assemble the instrument panel as outlined in paragraph III e.
",
W .. ler Teml,er"lUr" (;88'" Sendi n g U nit. R e move th e shield
from the water temperature gage sendinK unit (fii. 63). Open air
b leeder cock in inlet connection to drain water from radiator. Disconnect the wire. Unscrew the unit from the radiator inlet connectio n.
T o install the unit, screw it into the radiator inle t connection. Conne ct the wire to the u nit. I nstall the shield.
d. High Waler Temperature Indica tor Switc h. Remove the
shie ld from the high water tempera ture sisnal switch (fig. 63). Disconnect t he wire from the switch and unscrew the switch fro m the
radiator in le t connection. To install the h igh water te mperature
sisna1 switc h, screw it into the radiator inlet connection. Connect
t he wire and install the shield.
.,
'fu
ATURBANHHAM PAtGII
Sedion XXI
IGNITION SYSTEM
8(1.
DESCRiPTION AND OAT A.
DelloCription (figs. 64 and 65). The ignit ion system consists of

two magnetos, aircrafttype spark plugs, and the nece!lSary connecting
high-tension wires. The ignition is turned off when the magnetos are
grounded by means of the magneto switch on the instrument panel.
If a t any time the grou nd wire$ running from the magnetos to the
magneto switch were broken, the ignition could not be turned o ff with
the magneto switch. On the other hand, if these wires become
grounded, it would be impossible to turn the ignition on with the
magneto switch. The numbering of the cylinders and the firing order
are shown in figure 65.
R.
h.
(1)
011111.
M"GN~.
M ake .
Model:
Right-hand
Left-hand ...
Inte rrupter point gap
D irect ion of rotation:
Right-hand rotor
Left-hand rotor
M agneto rotor speed
(2)
Bo~h
M]F4A-308
M]F4A-307
0.01 4 to 0.016 in.
Cloc kwise
Counterclockwise
112 crankshaft speed
FIRING ORPER.
Numbering of cylinden from rear to front :

1_2_3_4
R ight bank
1-2_3_4
Left bank
Firing Order
I R -2 L-3R- I L-4R-3L-2R-4L
(3)
SPARK PLUGS.
Spark advance
Spark plugs (type)
Spar k plug gap:
Ma nufacturing limit
Service maximum limit
87.
Automatic
hampion C88-S
0.0 11 to 0.0 14 in.
0.030 in.
l\IAGNETO SWITCH REPLACEMENT.
a. Remma l. Separate the two halv es of the panel to gain access

to the instruments (par. 111 h ). Pull wire No. 18 ( fig. 87) out o f
wire connector. Disconnect wire No. 19 (fig. 87) from circuit b reaker
bar. R emove two nuts from to p of mounting bracket and lift off
bracket. L ift switch out through front of instrument panel face.
,n
(
'm
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9748
"
0-::
,....,.
00
0':.-'
INSTRlJMENT PANEL
TO RIGHT MAGNETO
#76 TO LEFT
MAGNETO
#n
BULKHEAD TEItMINAL SOX
TO TEItMlNAL " . ..
ON MAGNETO SWITOi
#76 TO TfItMlNAl.
" L" ON MAGNETO
SWIT01 IN PANEL
L.H.
Ut MAG NETO
fig"'" 64 - 's"lt;on Sysl,m DiCJS'CJm

Or~
11. .. ,
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
'"
TM 9748
17- 88
b. Install ation. Insert lIWitch throui\h opening in panel face.

Ipstall mounting bracket. Insert wire N o. 18 (fig. 87) into wire
conne<::tor. Connect wire N o. 19 (fig. 87) to circuit breaker bar.
Secure wire to bar with toothed lock washer and screw. Hold the
two halves of the instrument panel together and insta ll the sbl:
equally spaced screws in the panel. Connect the speedometer and
tachometer drive cables to the speedometer and tachometer heads at
the rea r of the panel.
88.
MAGNETOS.
. De.criptio n . Two magnetos are used, one firing the cylinders

in the rii\ht bank and the other firing the cylinders in the ldl bank.
The magnetos are driven through the accessory gear assembly and
magneto drive gear and ahaft. The automatic spark advance mechanism is a part of the engine and is not a part of the magnetos. One
governor assembly advances the spark of both magnetos together.
h. Magneto Re placement.
( 1) PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS. Before re moving either mag
neto, observe the position of the rotor arrow in the center of the di ..
tributor plate ( fig. 66). If the engine has not been cranked during
the time the magnetos are off the engine, the replacement magneto
is installed with its arrow pointing in this same direction. T hen the
o nly ignition timing required will be to adjust the mai\netos by means
of the adj usting slou in the magneto mounting flange as outlined in
paragraph 89 c. If the engine has been cranked while the magnetos
a re off the engine and the tim ina: is lost, a major timi na: adjustment
will be required (par. 89 .I ).
(2) OPItN ENGINIt CoMPARTMENT DooRS. Open the doors over
the ena:ine compartment. Open the ena:ine compartment rear door.
(3) REMOVAL (ElTHER MAGNETO). Remove the four screw- lie
curina: the distributor a:ap cover a nd remove the cover. Remove the
four !/crews securing the distributor aceessory plate and remove the
plate. Remove t he ground wire terminal tcrew. Unscrew the hex
nut securina: the a:round wire conduit to the maa:neto radio shield.
Remove the ground wire and conduit fro m the shield. R emove the
four screws securing the four ignition (high-tension) wires to the
magneto distributor plate and lift the wire te rminals out of the recesses. Unscrew the knurled nut securina: the ia:nition wire conduit to
the magneto radio shield and remove the conduit and w ires. Remove
the lock wire a nd upper and lower nuts securing the magneto to the
ena:ine and remove the malUleto.
( 4 ) INSTALLATION ( EITHER MAGNETO ). If the e ngine has been
turned over while the maa:netos were removed, proceed as outlined in
paraa:raph 89 d. The magneto. must be installed with the rotor arrow
...
Or>
Iff<-
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
..
TM 9-748
FRONT
TO IGNITION
SWITCH
FLYWHEEL END
MAGNETO
Figure 65 - Cylinder Numbering and firing Order

( fig. 66) pointing to the same terminal as when removed. Place the
magneto in position and enter the groove in the magneto drive Ratlie
over the tang on the magneto drive shaft flange. Shift the magneto
so that the studs are in the center of the adjusting slots of the magne to mounting flange. Install the upper and lower n uts to secure the
magneto to the engine. I nstall the ignition wire col"\duit to the magne to houling and connect the four ia;nition wires to t he proper terminals (fig. 66). Attach the a;round wire conduit to the magneto
h ousing. and t he ground wire to the magneto z round wire terminal
Insta ll the distributor accessory plate, t he distributor csp, snd cover.
Cheek the tim ing 8$ outlined in paragraph 89 b and sh ift the maa;neto
in the adjusting slotli if necessary. R ecord replacement o f magneto
on W.o., A.G.O. Form No. 478, MWO and Major Unit Assembly R eplacement R ecord.
Or
>
If.
AT URBANHHAMPAIG.'I
TM 9748
aa- a9
Inte rrupte r P oi nt Re l,l al"emen t.

( 1) REMOVAL. Remove the magneto as outlined in subparagraph
II above. Remove the four screws and lock washers from the interrupter inspection cover (lower plate) and remove the cover and
gasket. D isconnect the ground wire from the interrupter cap. Remove the two screws and lock washers that se<:ure the interrupter cap
to the distributor plate and remov e the intenupter cap and gasket.
Remove the cap screw and lock washer that holds the interrupter
lever spring to the breaker plate. Remove the cotter pin and flat
washer that holds the interrupter lever to the breaker plate. Lift the
interrupter lever off the breaker plate. R emove the contact bracket
lock screw (fig. 67) and contact bracket from the breaker plate.
(2) INSTALLATION (fig. 67). Slip the contact bracket into the
slots in the breaker plate provided for it. When the holes are alined,
fasten the b racket and grounding wire to the breaker plate with the
screw and lock washer. Screw the interru pte r lever spring screw and
lock washer part way into the interrupter lever, holdini bracket with
an open-end wrench. Apply a liberal film of engine oil on the interrupter lever stud and slip the i'lterrupter le ver over it. Place the
spring attached to the lever behind the interrupter lever bracket so
that the slot in the spring fits over the interrupter lever spring fastening Screw. This item was previously screwed part way into the intelTUpter lever holding b racket. At this time, the interrupter point
of the interrupter lever should be Hush aiainst the interrupter point
in the contact bracket. Slip the washer over the po!It and fnten with
cotter flin. Adjust the points as outlined in subparagraph (3) below.
Place a new gasket and the interrupter cap on the distributor plate
and secure them to the distributor plate with two screws and lock
washers. I nstall the magneto as outlined in subparagraph h above.
(3) BREAKER POINT AOJUSTME NT. The magnetos must be removed from the engine before attempting to adjust the breaker points.
B reaker points are adjusted to an opening of from 0.014 to 0.016
inch when the breaker arm fiber rubbing bloc k rests on the high point
of the cam. Adjust the breaker point bracket by means of the
eccentric adjusting screw (fig. 67 ) until the correct gap is obtained.
Lock the bracket with the contact bracket lock screw (fig. 67) . Contact points must be free from oil and Krease and in proper alinement
so that the surfaces of both contacts meet squarely.
1".
89.
IGNITIO N TIJlIING AND GOVERNOR ADVANCE.
Flywheel Timing Mark Dala. The flywheel marks on present

production engines are 10 degrees before dead-center mark and are
stamped ~SPARK SETTING RH~ for setting the timing on the right.
hand cy linders, and ~SPARK SETTING
LH" for the lefthand cyl,
inders (fig. 40 ). NOTE : On etlrly production entine6, timin~ marb
."re only five de~ree6 before the dead-center m."rk and are stamped
II.
Or>l, .. 11. ..
ATURBANHH AM PAK;I-I
TM 9748
I.
"SPARK RETARD RH ~ for the left-hand cylinders. When seWn~

the spark timin~ on early production en~ines, the timin~ should be
set live desrees in advance 01 the ~SPARK RETARD" mark. MeMure V, inch ahead of lhese marks (equivalent to live de~rees) and
scribe /I mark on the flywheel. Set the flywheel with the scribed
mark at the pointer when timins e nsine& with the early- type flywheel markinss. After this line has been scribed on the flywheel,
isnore the markins "SPARK RETARD." In the followins ins t~
tio"", this scribed line will be comidered liS the "SPARK SETTING~
mllrk on these early e nsines.
h. Proced u re for Checkin g Timing and Goo-crnOr A.h-ance.
( I ) PRELIMINARY STEPS. Open the doors over the engine compartment. Remove the clamp seo::urini the carburetor intake to air
cleaner tube to the air inta ke manifold and remove the tube from the
manifold to make working space. Remove the four screws from the
flywheel inspection plate on the top left side of the flywheel housing
Bnd remove the plate (fig. 30). CAUTION: l\fake certain Ihe
magneto ewil ch ie off. I nsert a bar through the yoke of e ither fan
drive shaft universal joint and turn the eniine by hand until one of
the "SPARK SETTIN G" timina; marks appears at the opening in the
flywheel housing from which the p late has been removed (fig. 40) .
Draw a line across the face of the ftywheel at th is mark with chalk.
Turn the engine unti l the other "SPARK SETTING~ timing mark
appears and draw a line at this mark with chalk.
(2) CoNNECT TIMING LIGHT. Remove the nuts from the sp8rk
plug covers on each side of the engine and remove the cover plotes.
R e move the spark plug wire from No. 1 spark plug in the right bank
to check right-hand mogneto. Use No. 1 spark plug in the left-hond
bank to check the lefthand magneto. Attach one lead of the timing
light to the terminal of No. 1 spark plug wire. Connect the other
timing light lead to any convenien t ground.
(3) USE OF TIMING LIGHT. Start the engine and allow it to
warm up. Set the engine idling speed at SOO revolutions per minute.
H old the t iming light over the o pening in t he flywheel h ou$inlil 10 that
it can flash on the timing marks (fig. 40). If tlie "SPARK SETTING" mark on the flywhee l appears at the left of the pointer, the
timing is advanced. If the mark appears to the right of the pointer,
the timing is retarded. NOTE : It may be necessary to use a periscope
throu~h the left air cleaner service openin~ in the bulkhead 10 see the
timin~ marks without dismantl;n~ or removins the entine. If adjust_
ment is required to correct the timing, refer to subparagraph c following. Repeat the ooove procedure for the other magneto.
(4) CHEC KING MAGN!l:TO GoVERNOR ADVANCL W ith t he timing
light still connected, start the engine, increase it s speed, an d observe
the mark on the flywheel. The a;overnor will start to advance when
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
..
TM '748
the engi ne speed reaches 600 revolutions per minute and will be fully
advanced when it reaches 1,400 revolutions per minute. The timina:
mark should move to the left of the pointer as the speed of the ena:ine
in creases, until the spark timing reache. mnimum advance. At this
time, the flywheel mark will be approIimately 2% incht'! to the left
of the pointer. If the timina mark does not change its position itt
relation to the pointer when the enlline speed il increased, the magneto governor i$ faulty and should be replaced. N otify hia:her authority.
e. Minor Timins Adjultment. R emove the lock wire and loosen
the upper and lower holdina: nuts on one magneto. R otate the maa:neto in the adjusting slots so the top of the mallneto movt'! toward
the front (ftywhee l end of the engine) to advance the timing, or toward the rear to retard the timina:. R KhKk the timina: with the
timing light as outlined in subparagraph b (3) above. After the correct timin ll has been obtained, tillhten the magneto holding nuts and
secure them with lockina wire. F ollow the lame procedure in ad_
justing the timing on the other magneto. Connect the wires to the
spark plugs and install the spark plug cover plates. If the correct
timing cannot be obtained in t he range provided in adjultinll Ilott
on the magnetOll, it will be necessary t o reset the timinll by rHetting
the mallneto drive leaTS (subpar. cI be low).
d_ M.jor Thnin(!: Adjuttment.
( 1) GItNERAL. A major timing adjustment consilts o f resetti ng
the magneto drive gears, and is requ ired when the correct timing cannot be obta ined by the range provided by the adju$linll slotl in the
malnelo mountina: flange.
( 2 ) SET ENGINIt FLvwffEItL MARK AT P 01NTEtl. T urn the e ngine in dirKtion of rotation until the No. 1 piston on the right-hand
side is on its compression stroke (use a compression gage in N o.1
cylinder sPark p lug hole to determine the comprt'!sion stroke) and
the ~SPARK SETTING RH" mark or, on early production engines,
the lCribed mark (par. 89 a) on the flywheel is at the pointer (fig. 40 ).
(3) SET TIMING. R emove the left-hand magneto (par. 88 II
(3. Loosen, but d o not remove. the two nuts which secure the
right-hand magneto to the engine. Loosen the nut which securt'! the
left-hand drive flange (C, fig. 68) o n the magneto drive shaft and
separate the drive flange from the serrations on the magneto drive
gear (D, fig. 68). R emove the distributor ac~ssory plate and the
di.tributor ca p cover from each magneto. Turn the right-hand magneto by means of the driving ftana:es on the left end of the shaft in
direction of rotation unti l the tlrrow in the rotor window (fig. 66) is
opposite the termina l t o which No. 1 red wire is attached. NOTE :
A lobe 01 the interrupt"r cam will be .pproltChi~ the rubbin, block
on the interrupter lever when the ma,neto is set in thi, position. Also
...
.,
0.""
1m ,

ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
..
TM 9748
IGNITION
CABlE CONDU IT
, _ ,"'. 3 G REEN W IRE
NO. 1 REO W IRE
NO. 2 BlUE WIRE
. 4 YEllOW
...., 'D '51'

Figure 66 - End View of Nlognelo
note the .. rrow .howin/l the direction of the interrupter cam I!I$ . hown
in fi4ure 66. Separate the interrupter points in the right-hand magneto a nd place a narrow strip of ~l1ophano:: between the points. Tum
the magneto backward slight ly to make sure the points are closed.
Exert a slight pun on the cellophane with th e fingers while the maltneto is being turned slowly in direction of rotation. The cellophane
will release at the instant the points start to separate. The nut securinlt the left-hand driving flange (c, fig. 68) must then be tightened while the maltneto is settinlt in this position.
(4) RECHECK TIMING OF THE RiGHT-HAND MAGNETO. Altain
place a strip of cellophane between the points on the right-hand mai1m ,
UNIVERSIH 01' ILlINOl\
0.""
ATURBANHHAMPAIGH
TM 9748
'9
CONTACT ev.OE'l
tOC~
SOtEW
.
.::=-
INTEUUPTU lEVER
f>l'RING ATTA01ING SOtEW
.~-
INTERWPTER leVER
Fig ... ,. 61 - Magn.'a Inl."upl.r Auembly

neto. Turn the flywh~l backward approximately one.quarter of a
revolution; then turn it in direction of rotation until the cellophane
releases by a slight pull on the cellophane with the fingers. Note
whether the timing mark on the flywhee l is opposite t he poi nter. If
a minor correction i. neceu.ary, tilt the magneto forward or back.
ward 8\1 required. T iltina the magneto toward the front of the engine
advances the spark; tilting it toward the rear o f th e engine retards
the spark. I n case of a major -correction, it will be necessary to again
loosen the nut securing the left-hand driving flanae (C, fig. 68) to
move shaft forward or backward. Tighten the nut and recheck the
timing. NOTE ; One $erration on the Ifan~e and the driven gear i.
equal to 5 degree. at the flywheel.
(5) I NSTALL LEFT-HAND MAONHO AND SET TIMING. Turn the
flywheel in direction. of rotation 300 degrees (five-sixths o f a tum)
until the ~SPARK SETTING LH" mark appeaOl opposite the pointer.
Turn the magneto until the arrow in the rotor window (fig. 66) is
opposite the terminal to which No. I ted wire (fig. 65) is attached.
NOTE ; A lobe 01 the interrupter cam will be apprOllchi~ the ru~
bing block on the breaker arm when the magneto is set in this poiJi_
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPA1QI
..
TM '-748
I
H
. ---, .
A _NUT
I _WASHU
C_IMGHETO ORlvt fl,AHCl
D_IMGHETO DIM CEAR
f _ C ... Sf;;ETS
' _INSl'fCfJON
(ova
.o _ KfY
H_IMGNEtO DRlvt SHAfT

....
~D
Uts.l
figure 68 _ "'/;Igneto Drive _ Djsouembled
tion. Also note the arrow ~howin~ the dire<;tion of the interrupte, cam
as shown in figure 66. In stall the magneto (par. c ( 4 ) ) and tilt the
magneto so that the mounting studs are approximately midway in the
slots (fig. 46 ) of the magneto mountinll flange. Separate the in ter.
rupter point. in the left hand mag:neto and place a narrow strip of
cellophane between the points. Turn the flywheel backward approx.
imately one-quarter revo lution; then turn in direction of rotation unti l
the cellophane releases with a slight pull on the cellophane with the
fingers. Note whether the timing mark on t he flywheel is at the
pointer. The reason for turning the engine backward before bringing
it up to the t iming mark is to compensate for the backlash in the
magneto drive mechanism. Any correction in the timing for the left
hand magneto can be made by tilting the magneto forward or back.
ward NOTE : PItJ<:.e a narrow strip of paper between the interrupter
points on etJ<:.h magneto and withdraw the paper from the points. This
will remove any particles of cellophane which may hava KuRed oR
whila the opening of. the points were beinJ chacked.
(
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
..
TM 9748
A _ UMO~
IIPAU !'LUG _ _
IA rei '"Sit
fig",. 69 _ 1I.moving Spu,. P'ug und Wi,. U.ing Spur. "'ug

W nc," ("'-W-3336-300J
.,
0.""
1m ,

ATURBANHHAMPA1QI
TM 9-748
'9_ 91
(6)
LocK MAGNETOS IN PLACE:.
After both magnetos have been
properly set in the mounting slots and the correct timing established,
lock the mountinll nuts with wire.
90.
SPARK PLUGS.
H. ~riplion. The spark plugs used are t he aircraft-type,

Champion e88-S. The spark gap between the electrodes of the spark
plug when new should be 0.011 inch to 0.014 inch. Do not attempt
to adjust the spIITk gap. Replace the plugs whe n the gap increases to
0.030 inch.
h. Replacement. To remove the spark p iugs, remove the coveT
plates over the spark plug compartment. Remove the retainer nuts
with the speeial wrench (41 -W -3336.300) (Iii- 69) and lift the wires
from the spIIrk plugs. R emove the spark plugs with the special
wrench ( 41-W-3 336-300) (fig. 69 ). To install the spark p lugs, ex
amine e ach spark plug to make sure the spark ga p is within the limits
outlined above, insert the plUIS with gaskets in the sp ark plug holes,
and tighten eaeh spark plug using 25 to 30 foot-pounds of torque
with the special wreneh ( 41-W -3336-300) (fig. 69). Insert the spark
plug wires in the spark plugs and tighten the spark plug wire retainers moderately with the special wrench ( 41-W -3336-300) (fig. 69).
91.
SPARK PLUG WIRES AND CONDUITS.
a. General (fig. 64 ). The wires lea ding from the magneto to the
spark plugs may be identified for both the right_ and left-hand magneto by colors marked o n the wires as follows: N o. 1 red, No. 2 bl ue,
No.3 green, and No. 4 yellow. Spark plug wires having cracked or
damaged insulation must be re placed, as such wire may call$E! misfiring of the spark plug to which they are attaehed If the fl exible
conduit becomes damaged or frayed, it also must be replaced to avoid
c hafing of the spark plug wires.
h. Spark Plu@: Wi", Re mo,.. I. T o remove one or more spark
plug wires, remove the spark plug cover plates. Remove the distributor accesaory ptate covering the . park pluS wire terminal. on t he
magneto (fig. 66). R e move the retainer nut from the spark plugs of
the witH to be c hanged (par. 90 b) and disconnect the terminals at
the other end of the wires fro m the magneto. Attac h a strong cord
to the terminal at the magneto end of the wire and pull the wire out
of the conduit. Leave the eord in the conduit, as it is Il$E!d later to
pull a new wire throuih the conduit.
f'.
Spark Plug WI", Inetallation. Attach the cord d escribed in
lubparail'aph h above, and pull a new wire through t he conduit. Attach the spark plug retainer nut and fitting to the end of the wire and
install the wire to the spark plug. Attach the other e nd of the wire
to the proper terminal on the magneto (fig. (6) .
.,
0.", Im

ATURBANH HAM PAIGN
TM 9-748
91 _ 94
'.to n _
MolM..... ~
J . ".~tf"'"
d. F1exihle Co nduh Re placemen t. T o remove the flexible conduit, unscrew the knurled nut lit e ach e nd. Disconnect the spar k plug
wire3 from the magneto and slip conduit from the wires. Inst all t he
flex ible conduit, using new gukets at each end o f the flexible conduit.
Attach the spark plug wires to the correct terminals in the magneto
( fii- 66).
Section XXII
STARTING SYSTEM
9 2.
DESCRIPTION.
a. Deteripti o n (fig. 70). The starting system consists of a starter

switch on the instrument pane l, a starter re lay in the master switch
box, the st arter mounted on the right-hand side o f the oil pan and
flywhee l housing, and the wiring which connect.l these u n its.
93.
ST ARTER.
II. De8eripli o n . A H -volt starter is mounted on the right_hand

si de of the oil pan. Its power is transmitted to the engine through an
automatic drive. W he n the switch o n the instrument pane l is closed,
the starte r relay (fig. 74 ) closes t he electrical circuit of the starting
motor. R otation of the motor shaft forces the pinion of the automatic
drive to advance and mesh with the flywhee l rinK ge ar. After the
engine starts and the flywhee l speed exceeds that of the automatic
driv e pinion, the pinion releasetl from the flywheel automat ically.
h. Re mova l. T urn 24-volt master switch off. Disconnect cable
from positive terminal post o n the starter. R emove nut, lock wash_
erl, bolt, and cap screws attachi ng the starter to oi l pan and flywhee l
housing flange. L ift out starter.
r. 10811111I1 t; 0 0 . Secure starter to oil pan and flywhee l housing
flange with bolts, lock washers, nuts, and cap screws. Attach cable t o
positive terminal post on starter with lock washer and nut. Record
re placemen t of starter on W.D~ A G.O. F or m N o. 478, M W O and
Major Unit Assembly Replacemen t R ecord.
94.
ST ARTER RELAY.
II. DeM r ; plion. T he circuit from the batteries to the starter requires heavy cables, due to the large amount of current used In
order to avoid running the heavy cables to the instrument pane l, a
solenoid or starter relay is installed in the circuit. T his relay, located
in the master switch box (fig. 14) . closes magnetically whe n the
starter switch o n the instrument panel is closed.
'"
~
'fu
UNIVER5ITV OF ILlIOOj\
ATURBANHHAMPAK>'f
..
TM 9-748
""";"1 " .....
#18 TO STMTER RELAY

IN IoV.STER SWlTCH lOX
INSTRUMENT PI>NEL
STARTER SWlT01
IoV.STER SWITCH .,"\

# 10 TO BAnEIY
TERMINAL
RELAY
'--- # 17 TO STARTER RElAY
"""~ ''''''- ""

#
16 TO STARTER ULA Y
IN IoV.Sn. SWlTCH lOX
- - STARTER
;!t16 TO ,,,:" '
- KEY# 10 WIIE ............ O- GAGE

#16- WIRE ....... 0-GAGE
# 17- WIRE ......._ 0 - GAGE
# 18- WIRE........... 16-GAGE
figu,. 70 - S'o, ' ;n9 Sy.'.m Diagra m
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
TM 9.748
9-4- 97
h. R emova l. Tum the 24-volt master switch off. D isconnect

batteries (par. 91 II ). R emove mBster switch box cover. Remove
cap screw, lock washer, and flat washer attaching relay to bulkhead
terminal box cable (No. 16, fig. 10) to front relay terminal. Remove
relay to bus bar cable ( N o. 11, fig. 10) from left-hand ~Ienoid t erminal. Remove wire (No. 18, fig. 70), leading from starter switch to
relBY, from the center terminal on the relay. R emove two nuts Bnd
internal toothed washers which attach $Olenoid to mBster switch box.
Lift o ut re lay.
r. In8tallation. Attach relay to master switch box. Attach wire
(No. 18, fig. 10) to center terminBI, bus bar cable ( N o. 11, fig. 10) to
left-hand terminal, and cranking motor cab le ( No. 16, fig. 10) to
rieht- hand terminal on solenoid. Connect batteries (par. 97 e) and
test ci rcuit for operation. Install mBster swi tch boll cover.
95.
STARTER SWITCH REPLACEMENT.
a. R eplaee nu:nt. F ollow same procedure used to replace magne to

swit ch (par. 87).
.tlon XXIII
BAnERY AND GENERATING SYSTEM

96.
DESCRIPTION.
a. Gene ral . T he battery and eeneratine system consists of two

12.volt batteries connected in series to produce 24 volts, a generator,
a generBtor regulator, and the neceli$lll"y w iring to connect t hese units
(fi,.1 1). An au"iliary generator and regulator are provided for
charging the batteries when turret and radio operation imp!lse greater
current requirements. These units are covered in paragraph 113.
These unitll s upply the current nece!lS8ry to operate the startin, and
lighting systems and to maintain a charge in the batteries.
97.
BATTERIES.
a. lkserijllion. Two 12-volt storage batteries are located on the

left spanson in the fighting compartment (fig. 73). The batteries are
CQnnected in series and provide 24-volt current by a direct a nd separate connection between the batteries and the battery master switch.
A sepBrate connection for the rear battery, only to the 12-volt mlUter
switch. provideli 12-volt current for the radio equipment. A batterycharging receptacle, located directly under the master switches, is provided for charging the batteries when required.
... !'eniring.
(1) ELECTROLYTE L EVE L. Add distilled water to keep the electrolyte (battery fluid) % inch above the top of the battery plates at
all times.
'"
Or~
11. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9-748
97
....
GENfR'-'TOII CIRCUIT ...." . __
i..mn
HEt.TEI COIl
U.
'D nnM
f igur e 71 _ 8alle ry and Ge ne rating Syste m Diagram

(2) VOLTAGE TEsT. Test eac h battery cell separately. Pr~s
the prods of the voltage teller fi rmly all:ainst the nell:at ive and Jl'Oi'itive
posts of the ce ll. The voltmeter attached to the tester should indicate 1.9 to 2.2 volts ror each cell in the battery.
(3) H VDROM ItTI!!R Tl!:ST. R emove the battery filler caps and test
the electrolyte solution with a hydrometer. T he charll:e in the battery
(specific gravity) will be indicated by the figures on t he small tube
which shows just above the level of the solution. Add to, or lubtract
from , t he readi n, in accordance with t he temperature scale on the
.,
Or", . 11 .
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
'"
TM 9748
91
,."
f~ , ..
Mo h".~.8' .
I........;." ,
123 TO &AT.
~,~
GENEUTOII.'~.,,~ _ _
TRAN!.fU _ _ _,
SWfTOi
10 . .
132
UX,~o;""",,~.
C!:t lU~ TOII ~
__
_lI:lT_
. . ~GAGE
... . . . . . ~GAC E
... .... . 'GAGE
.. .. . .. . 'GAGE
..... 14GAGE
.. .... . 14GAGE
. .. . . 6-GAGE
TO &ATTIIY HEATY COIL
.... '0 U.S'5
Flgu 12 _ 8attery and Generating Sy.rem Terminal 80lL" Connedlons
'"
Or~
II. ..
ATURBANHH AM PAlGN
.,
1M 9748
...
~,
..,'"aox I
SWITCH
<
ilfCEI'TAQ.E
-POST (
Figu,e 13 - 8"ne,ie.
hydrometer to obtain the actual spedfic iravity. The following hydrometer readinKS show the condition of the battery at normal operating temperatures (80" F):
1.275 to 1.300
Fully charged .
H alf charKed
1.220
Discharged ...
. ... .. . ... .. .. ... .. ....... ... ,
1.1 30
If the battery is less than half charged, recharge or exchange for a
fully charged battery.
( 4 ) BATTERY FREEZING T EMPERATURES. A fully charged battery will not freeze in temperature where the vehicle will be operated,
but a battery with II 1pecific gravity of 1.120 will freeze at +1 4" F.
The following table shows the freezing temperature o f batteries for
various specific irll.vity readings.
5,..011. o"";'J
+ 5" F
1.150
1.200
1.230
-16 " F
--40" F
-90" F
1.280
(5) SPECIPIC GRAVITY FOR H OT CLIMATES. In hot climates

(95 " F and above) lower specific gravity electrolyte ( 1.245 ) is ree-
.,
0."".11 ,
ATURBANHHAM PAlGIf
TM 9-748
'"
ommended to avoid ellcessive deterioration of plates and separatorL
To lower the specific (favity of a fully charged battery, remove the
electrolyte to the level of the plates. Add distiJIed water to bring
the battery fluid up to % inch above the plates. Charle the battery
until a specific Iravity of 1.245 is obtained.
c. Preparing Dry Charged 8aueries for Sel""Vice. Plates in battenes shipped dry are in a partly charged cOndition. It is important
that vent plug. be left tightly in place until battery is to be filled.
The electrolyte to be used for fillina is diluted sulphuric acid. It must
be pure, suitable for storaae battery use, and of 1.270 specific Iravity.
CAUTION: The temperature 01 the fjllin~ electrolyte must not exC!! rI 90 F (32 C). To prepare battery for service proceed as followl:
(1) REMOVE PLUGS. Rem ove masking tape over small hole in
vent plug, leaving the small hole open. Unscrew vent plugs.
(2) FILl.. CELLS. Fill each cell with prepared electrolyte to the
protector on top of the separators.
(3) ADD ELECTRoLYTL Allow battery to stand at least one
h our after fillinl with electrolyte. If level hal faUen, .dd electrolyte
to restore it. R epl.ce vent plugs in cell.. Remove any electrolyte
spilled on battery with. cloth slilh tly dampened with a solution of
bicarbonate of lIOda and water.
(4) PRJtl..IMINAlty BAtTERY CHARGE. A freshening charge o f 13
amperes must be liven the battery before placi nl it in service. Make
certain that the ~itive terminal of battery is connected to the posi.
tive terminal of the charlinl circui t and nelative te rminal of battery
is connected to the nelative terminal of the chara:;inl circuit
(5) CHARGE BAtTERY. Charge unit until four consecutive h ourly
readinp show n o rise in specific gravity and voltalle for the lowest
cell. If above rate is maintained, lenl[th o f chara:;inll time will be at
least 12 hours; lower rates will increase the time proportionately. If
temperature el[ceffis 110 F , reduce charging rate. If n ecessary to
restore electrolyte level durinl charle, use only .pproved water.
(6) SPttlFIC GRAVITY. After completion of charle, the gravity
.hould be between 1.2 70 and 1.285, corrected to 77 F , and with the
level % inch above protector on top of separators. If it is not, adjust
by removihg some solution and repla cina with approved water or elec
trolyte as required. Charle to mil[ solution before testing again.
Ii. Removal. Tum both the 24- .nd 12_volt master switches off.
R emove stowBie from battery boll a nd remove top and 'ide covert.
Disconnect the battery cables at the batteries and remove the hold
down bolts and hold-down bracketll. Remove the batteries.
e. In".II.tion. Place the batterie, in the battery compartment.
I .... t.U the battery hold-down br.cketlll and bolt. and t"OtInect the
'"
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
TM '748
97-99
battery cables. Install the battery box side and top covers. R ecord
the replacement of batteries on W.D., A.G .O. Form N o. 418, MWO
and M ajor Unit Assem bly Replacement Record.
f.
Battery Heale r Uo il.

( 1) D ESC RIPTION. \ The battery heater unit is located on the left
$poo$OO, direct ly under the auxiliary generator fuel tank. The ba t.
tery heater unit is connected in series with the auxiliary generator and
is used to heat the batteries for cold weather starting (par. 25).
(2) REMOVAL. Remove the six scre~ holding the unit in the
heater compartment. R emove the wire connections from the ter
minal posts lind remove the unit.
(3) INSTALLATION. T o install the coil, place it in position and
connect the two wires to the coil. Fasten the coil to the sponson with
t he six screws.
98.
MASTER SWITCHES.
a. 24.-Volt Ma8ter S witc h . The battery master switch boll is

located to the left of the d river on the left sponson (fig. 14 ). When
the switch is off, a LI electrical power is shut off at the battery with
the exception of the power used by the interphone system. T his system is controlled by a separate 12-volt master switch.
. h. 12_Voh Msete r S witc h. The 12-volt master switch is located
below the H ovolt master sw itch and is used to control battery s upply
to the interphone system.
c. R e moval ( Either Switch ). Disconnect the positive battery
terminal at the battery. R e move the four screws from the master
switch bol< cover and remove the rover. R emove t he cable and wire
connections from t he switch. Remove the screws holding the switch
to the sw itch box a nd remove the switch.
d. 100.lalla tion. T o install ei ther switch in the master s witch box,
fasten t he switch to t he box with four screws. Attach the cables and
wire connections to the switch. Secure the cover to the sw itch box
with four screws.
99.
GENERATOR.
neecription. One ienerator is used and is bracket-mounted on

the rear of the transmiss ion. It is belt-driven from the propelle r
shaft as shown in figure 128. The ienerator has a 24-volt, 50-ampere
capacity a nd is equipped with a generator reiulator for current cont rol. A radio interference filter is located in the aenerator reaular and
filter housinltII.
h. Be ll Atlju8tmenl. The aenerator belts are adjusted correctly

when they have "A-inch muimum movement midway between pul-
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAIG.'I
'"
TM 9748
99
n.~
tIGHTS AND BlOWER
MA5TE~
SWnCH &OX
MOON~G
,,~W
TfRMIHAJ.
.",'"
STAlITER
RfLO.Y
#U CHARGING
~eI'TAClf
GIIOUND WillE
U 'D .st1
figure 74 _ 8arlery Moster Switch 80. -_ Caver Removed

le~
with approK;mately 10 pounds of pressure applied. To adjust

the belts, loosen the lock nut on the generator belt adjustment bolt.
Turn the bolt counterclockwise to loosen the belts. and clockwise to
tighten the belts. T ighten the lock nut after the adjustment is made.
c_ R e 'noval_ Remove the cover from the generator terminal

sh ield OOR (fig. 75). D isconnect the field and armature terminals,
and disconnect the ground wi re at t he generator. Loosen the conduit
lock nut and pull wirt'1l from the terminal shield baR. Remove the
bolts ho lding the generator to the mounting bracket or accessory drive
bousini a nd remove the ienerator.
d. Inlllallation. I nsta ll the generator on the mounting brackel or

accessory drive housing. I nstall the field and a rmature leads in the
terminal shield baR and connect them 10 t he ge nerator. T ighten the
conduit lock nut. Connect the ground wire to the ienerator. Install
the terminal shield cover. Adjust the drive belt to 'Iz-inch free play
(subpa r. h above). R ecord the rep lacement of generator on WD.,
A.G_O. F orm N o. 478, MWO and M ajor Unit Assembly R eplacement
R ecord.
n.
.,
0."".11 ,
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
TM 9748
100
flElD
TERMINAL
~
lA PO ntSU
Fig",re 75 - Generator Te rminal
100.
~hie'd
_ Cove r Re moved
GEI"ERATOR REGULATOR.
O"'lICription. The generator regulator (fig. 76) is of t he threeunit type which includes a volta ge regulator, current \imitator, a nd a
reverse-current relay or cut-Q ut. The voltage regulator unit main_
tains the output o f the generator at a constant p redetermined voltage
o f 30 volts. T he current limitator automatically v arie1 the output of
the generator in acrordance with the state of charge of th e battery
and the amount of current being used throughout the vehicle. Th U$.
the proper c harge is delivered to the battery at all times without
danger of overcharging. The cu rrent lim itator unit limiu the m ax_
imum current output of the generator to 50 amperes. T he reversecurrent relay, or cut-Qut, prevents the battery from disc hargin g
through the generator w hen the ge nerator is at rest or when it is not
deve loping its normal voltage.
K.
h. Re m o'a l. D isconnect the battery ground cable at the battery.

R em ove the terminal housing cover. Disconnect all wires from the
regulator terminals. R emove the conduit connection a nd wires from
the terminal housing. R emove the four stud nutl h olding the regulat or to the vehicle and remove the regulator and bond stra ps.
.,
Or", . 11 .
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
'"
TM 9-748
100-101
,." ,.,.. - .....__... ,.......,10.0.
-- ..
#27 TO
GfN
";';;;
~ '."'"
__
figura 76 _ Ga .. arotor Refl u/olor
e. In etalhllion. To install the regulator, fasten the reaulator to

the vehicle with the studs and stud nuts, maki na: sure to insta ll the
bond ,tr(lp$ under the reaulator as they were found. Install the con
duit and wires to t he regulator term inals in tlle terminal housina:. I n
stall th e termi nal housing cover. Connect the battery ground cable.
R ecord the replacement of the rea:ulator on W D~ AG.O. Fonn No.
478, MWO and Major Unit Assembly R eplacement R ecord.
I OL
AMMETER.
a. Detcr iplion. The ammeter is mounted in the left center sec

tion of the instrument panel (fil. 10). It indica te. the rate of chara:e
delivered to the batteries by the leneratot, or shows dischara:e when
th e lene rator is stopped with the lia:hts or other e lectrical units in
operation.
h. Remo ... a l. Turn off 24-... 0It maste r switch. Remove the instru
ment pane l from the case (par. 1 11 II ). R emove screws from plua:in
receptacle case abo ... e t he ammeter a nd mo ... e receptacle to one lide
(fia:. 85). Disconnect wires to ammeter. R emo ... e nuts and toothed
lock washers from amme ter mountinl st uds, remove brackets, and
push instrument throulh face of instrument panel from the rear.
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAtGH
TM 9-748
101-103
~.
In. tallation. Position ammeter in the instrume nt panel and

install mountine brackets. Connect wires to terminals a. shown on
instrument panel wirine dia v;ram ( fie. 87). Install plue-in receptacle
to instrument panel. Install instrument panel in case (pa r. 111 ~ ).
s.ction XXIV
LIGHTING SYSTEM AND HORN
102.
DESCRIPTION.
a. Deeeription. The headlights, blackout drivine light, blackout marker li&;hts, service taillight, and blackout taillights are controlled. throuih the main li&;ht switch o n the instrume nt panel The
compartment lights are controlled ind ividually by a switch o n each
light. A circuit breaker in the instrument panel protects the system
in the event of a short circuit. The current for the blackout driving
lieht is passed through a resistor, located on the left sponson behind
the instrume nt panel, which redllCes the voltaie for operation of the
blackout driving li &;ht to /,) volts. All other liihts operate on the 2<4
volts supplied by the batteries.
103.
HEADUGIffS.
a. Deeeription. The two headliihts are the sealed-beam lampunit type. Blackout m llTker liihts are mounted. on top of the head
light body. Headliihts are inserted into mounts in t he bull and a re
secured by retainine pins. The retainin&; pin for the left headliiht
ell:tends through the hull into the upper left corner of the driver'.
compartment. The retainini pin for the riiht headli,ht utendi
through the hull into the upper riiht corner of the assi.tant driver'.
compartme nt. H ole plug. a re provided for installation into the head
lieht mount. to protect the lOCke" from din and moisture when
headli,hts are removed.
b. R e placement of Headlight Lamp.unit (fii. 79). R emove
retaining ecrew at base of headlight door. Pull door out of bottom
and lift up. Remove wire from back of lamp-unit. Unhook retainer
sprin&; which is attached to the mountine rine. L ift out mountine
ring and lamp-unit. T o install, place lamp-unit in head lieht door
wi th "TOP" mark on lens up. Secure with mountin, rin&; a nd sprin,.
Attach wire to terminal on back of lamp-unit. Install headlieht door.
c. Replacem~nt of Blackout Mark e r Lamp (fig. 79.) R emove
reta ining screw at base of blackout marker liiht door. Lift off door.
Press .lamp in; then tum counterclockwise and pull out. T o install.
(
.,
Or"".11f< ,

ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
'"
TM 9-748
,.3
BlACKOUT HEADlIGHT
AND MARKEl UGHT
RESISTOR
LIGHT SWITCH
COMPASS
HEADliGHT AND
MARKER LIGHT .... ,
PAN EL LIGHT $WlTCH

IN$TRUMEt-fI PAN el
SWrTOi
COMPAITMENT " G' . ,
2'-.VOlT MASTER SWITCH
BATTERIES
- - . " " . .~ teRMINAl BOX .
atAOCOUT TAIllIGHT
.... PO 9$90
Fig"" 77 _ lighling Sysl.m and Horn
'"
Cjr~"il
Oiagrom
On911 If
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9748
103- 104
CONDUIT
'"
f igure
78 -
Ho,,, grid He odlight Assembly
insert lamp into socket , press in, and turn clockwise. H ook li p on
top of door into slot in light body, press door into position, and install
door retaining screw.
d. Re placem e nt of H eadli ght A&&e mbly (fig. 8 1). Unscre w
headlight retai ning pin. L ift headlight sssembly up snd out. T o
insta ll, insert head light assembly into moun t in hull and secure with
retainina: pin.
]04.
B LACKO UT DRIVING Ll GUT.
a. Deecriptio n (fig. 80). T he blackout driving liiht is designed

to operate in the left head light socket only. A diffused beam of light
is emitted throuih a s mall portion of the lens. A hood over the t op
of the le ns prevents visibility of the light rays from above. The
lamp-unit is a sealed-beam type. A blackout marker light is mounted
above the driving lia:ht.
h. R e place m e nt of Lamp_unit. See pa ragraph 103 10.
Inetallation of Blackout Dri ving Lig ht A88embly. (fig. 80 ).
R emove left headliiht assem bly (par. 103 d ). Insert blackout d riving light into mount in h ull and secure with retainin, pin in d ri ver's
compart ment.
t".
.,
Or", . 11 .
AT URBANHHAMPAlG.'I
ft,
TM 9--748
105-106
Figure 79 - Headlight and aJackout Ma,ker Ught - Doo,. Removed
105.
BLACKOUT DRIVING UGHT RESISTOR.
a. De&cription. The blackout driving light resilStor is mounted

on the spenson in back of the instrument panel (lig. 86). The resistor
is used to reduce the current in the bl11ckout driving light circuit
from 24 volts down to 6 volts since a low candlepewer lamp is used
in the light.
b. R e m oval. Remove the instrument panel as an assembly
(par. III b ) . Remove the four cap screws which attac h resilStor
cover to mounting ~d ( fig. 81). W ithdraw the resistor from the
housing. Disconnect the two wires from the resistor.
c. Ineta llation. Connect t he two wires to terminals on the
resistor as shown in figure 81. Position the resistor on the mounting
pad and install the cover with four cap screws and lock washera. Install the instrument panel (par. III c).
106.
TAILLIGHTS.
a. De&cription. The two taillit:hts are mounted at the top rear

corners of the hull. The left taillight contains a service and blackout
unit. The dt:ht taillight contains a blackout unit only.
H.
Or",
11n. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9-748
106
DRIVING
LIGHT
f igure 80 - J/ac/lout Driving Light Installed

b. Re place m e nt 01 Lamp.unite.
( 1) SERVICE TAII. LlG HT LAMpUN IT. Remove door retai ning
screws from left taillight and lift off door. Pull upper lamp-unit out
of soc ket in taillight housing. T o in$tall, in$Crt lamp-un it into socket
aQd imtall door.
(2) BI.ACKOUT TA ILLIGHT LA MP-UNIT. R emove d oor re ta ining
screws and lift off door. P u ll lower lamp-unit out 'of socket. To install, insert lamp-unit into socket a nd install door . .
c. R e moy.1 o r T . iIIisht Auembl y ( fig. 82 ). _ R emove cap
screws and lock washers attaching taiUiaht to hull. Lift up taillight
assembly a nd unscre w knur led conduit retaining nu t. Pull socke t out
of tai lli ght ba$C.
d . In l tall. tlon of T.lIIls ht Ae&embl y (fia:. 82). Insert socket
into pl ug in taill ight b6.se and secure by installing k nurled conduit
retainina nut . Insert assembly into open ina: in hu ll and install lock
washers and cap screwi.
Or~
11. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
1M 9-748
107- 108
"
IlESlSTOli MOUNIW'OG PAD
-RESISTOR
I"
"---
'-
~~SlSTOR
COVER
....
~D
n u ","
ligure 81 - SIa t .out Dr ivi"g Light Re.iJfor - Cover Re moved
107.
CO~IPA RnI ENT
LIGHTS.
. Deleri,.tion . Four compartment lights are used in the hull

and turret; one over the au"i liary generator (fig. 13), one over the
battery switch boll (fig. 14 ), one on the right side of the crew compartment blower (fig. 192), and one in the right front of turret.
h. R el.laeem e nt of Lamp. Remove the light cover attaching
screws a nd lift off the cover. P ress in on the lamp, turn counterclockwise, and pull out. T o in'tal~ place the lamp in the socket, preu
in, and turn clockwise. Position the cover and i~tall the attaching
screws.
e. R el,lace nu.,.,t of Co mp a rtmen t Light A8l1e mhl y. R emove
light cover and lamp (subpar. h above). Disconnect wires at the
switch, and taa: or otherwise ident ify. D iBConnect the conduit a t the
light. R emove the mountina: scre~ and lift off the light body. To
install, position the light body and install t he mounting screws. Secure the wires to switch terminals and attach the conduit. Install
lamp and cover (subpar. h above).
108.
INSTRUIUENT LAMPS.
a. Re placem e nt of In. trum e nt Panel Lamp8 (fig. 10). T he

instrume nt panel lamps a re located behind the cover plugs o n the
instru me nt panel. T o replace, remove the plulS. push the lamp in,
turn it counterclockwise, a nd pull it out of its socket. T o install,
H.
'fu
UNIVERSITV OF IWOOIS
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9748
101_1 09
BLACKOUT " .."
-;:;::::::::::;-;:;::::
, 0 " "'
.... 111 :nUDI
Fjgure 82 - Tajllight Auembly Removed
place the lamp into the socket, pUllh in, and turn clockwise until it
locks into the bayonet locket. In$tall the cover plugs.
109.
HORN (SIREN ) .
a. Deacriplion (lig. 78 ). The horn is mounted on the hull

adjacent to the left headlight. It is operated by the horn Iwitc h on
the rillht-hand steering brake leve r (lig. 58). A circu it breaker in
the instrument panel protects the system in the event of a short
circuit.
b. Switch . Repl.ument. Make sure 24-volt m8$ter ~itch i.
turned off. Unscrew conduit coupling nut from .witch. Remove the
cover plate from back of switch (lill. 58). Disconnect the wires from
switch terminal and remove wires and conduit. Remove the two
attac hing nutl and pull switch off steerin; leve r. To install the
switch, position the switch on the Iteering lever and install the attaching ufety nuts. Connect wires to the switch and ti!lhten the conduit coupling nut. Turn 24-volt ma.ter switch o n, and operate switch
to t~t horn circuit. Install the . witch cover plate.
.,
0.", 11 .
AT URBANHHAMPAlG.'I
TM 9-748
109-11 ,
,... n ... __ .... __
e.
Horn (Siren) Replftement.
I~"."""",,,
Disconnect the conduit coup-
line on the inside of the hull leadina: from the hom or $iren and remove the wire from the b\lllet connection. Remove the two c ap
tcrewl that secure the h om or siren to the hom bucket. Remove
the conduit oonnection on the outside of the hull and lift off the hom
or siren (til[_ 78). To insta ll. position the horn or siren to the hull
with two cap screws. Iruert the wire from the horn or $iren through
the couplinl in the hull and fallten the cou pling in the hull. Tighten
the eouplinl!; on the outside of the vehicle. Attach the bulle t connection to the horn or .iren wire on the inside of the hull. Fasten
both e nds of t he bullet connection toaether and connect conduit couplings.
Section XXV
WIRING SYSTEM
no.
DESCRIPTION.
a. General. Wiril1l harnesses are shielded in riaid tubina and

fteJ:ible metal conduits to protect the wirina aaainst wear, abrasion,
oil, and water. The lengtl\s of the harnesses are adapted to the location and purpose for which the harnesses are used' Multiple pin connectOr$ and standard terminal-post type connections are used throuahout. Conduits are bonded to the hull by damps or dips at frequent
intervals for support and to minimize radio interference. The wiring
of the hull is ,hown in figure 83 and the turret wiring in fiiure 84.
The instrument panel wiring diagram is ,hown in figure 87. NOTE;
All wirinl;1I numbered to corrupooo with the wirin~ dja~rams. However, taUin~ of the wirlM lItld their attaehinl paint ll at the time 01
removal wilT ensure proper in$tallation, and limit the ~ty of conIItant reference to the wirinA dia~rams. C AUTION ; Tum oR the
24- and 12-volt muter /lWitches before attemptinlany repairll to ter_
mitllll boxes or the wirinl system.
Ill.
INSTRUMENT PANEL
I>fteription. The instrument panel is located on the sponson

to the left of the driver (fi" 6). It is shock-mounted and contains
the aaies. lights, sw itches, and other instruments necessary for the
operation and control of the vehicle. P or full description and use of
instruments, refer to paragraph 14. The instrument panel units discussed in this section are only those havin, no direct relation to any
one system of the vehicle.
ft.
b.
Dila'lembly. T o aai n access to the instruments, the inirtrument panel cover can be removed from the Ctl$t! at the rear of the
'"
Or",. Iff< .
UNIVERSIH 01' IUlNO\.I

ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
1M 9741
111
BLACKOl1I HEADlIGHT
"NO ......... nR LIGHT
:<;"~ HUotlGHT
RESISTOR
MASTER SWlT01 !lOX
"""' ~.::::~)
GENElATOIL
OiAIIGING
'ECEPTAClE
RADIO TERMINAL lOX
liNG lOX
EMERGENcY
""'ON
"UXILlAJIY
GENE ....TOR
REGuu.TOR
IATIEIY,,,,,.
HEAHR
IMSTER SWITCH
UGULATOI
SWITCH
TERMINAL lOX
OIL I'RESSUitE
SENDING UNIT
LOW OIL PIIESSUllf
SIGNAL SWIT01
JUNCTION lOX
FUEl GAGE SENDING
WATER ,~."
SENDING
w"
SLACkout TAILlIGHT
Fjgure 13 - Hull Eledrical Syste m Diagram

panel (fig. 85) . Unscrew coupling rings on the speedometer and
tac hometer flexib le shafts and pull shafts from in!ltrument panel (ti"
86). R emove six equally spliced lCI'ews from the outer ed,e of the
cover. Pull the cover from the case.
AI.e mbly. Position the cover on the case and install attaching
screws. Connect the speedometer and tachometer flexible shafts to
t he speedometer and tachometer heads at the rear of the panel.
l'.
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9-748
111
COMPARTMENT
fiRING
INDIOTOR
"""'
"'Ne
f igllr. '4 -
Til".'
II.rltal Sy".m Diagram

Or
. 2:10
II"
(UNIVER5ITVOF lllIOOj \
ATURBANHHAMPAK;If
TM 9748
Tll - 112
d. Removal. Unscrew coupling rings from speedometer and

tachometer fiellible shafts and pull shafts from panel. U nscrew the
three plug-in receptacle coupling rings and pull the receptacles from
their $OCkets. Remove the three scre_ and washen that secure the
panel to the sponson and remove t he panel.
e. In elallation. Position the instrument panel on the sponson
and insta ll a ttaching scre~ and washers. Install the three plug-in
receptacles in their $OCkets and tighten roupling rings. Install t he
speedometer and tac hometer" fiellible shafts to heads in panel and
tighten coupling rings.
112.
BULKHEAD TERMINAL BOX.
DellCriplion. The bu lkhead terminal boll houses the battery

heater transfer $Witch, heater pilot (warning) light, the enline emerge ncy stop switch, and terminal blocks (fig. 88). The boll is mounted
on the center of the bulkhead in t he fillhtinll compartment (fil. 9).
h. R e molal.
( I ) BULKHEAD TERMINAL Box. Turn off the 24-volt master
switch. Remove the terminal boll: rover and disconnect the wires
from all terminals inside terminal boll. Remove the ronduit fitting
loc k nuts and pull the win nl out of the boll. R emove the mountinl
screws which secure t he boll to the bulkhead
(2) ENGINE EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH. R emove terminal boll
cover and disconnect wires to switch. Remove switch button rubber
shield and sprina: from button. Unscrew swit ch retainer at t op of
switch and pu ll $Witch down out of its bracket.
(3) TRANSFER SWITCH. Remove te rminal boll rover. Disconnect wires at switch te rminals, remove nuts and washeD from outside
of terminal box, and remove switc h.
(4) PILOT L IGHT - CHANGE L AMP. The red shield a nd fiber
retainer can be pried off with screwdriver. T o remove the lamp,
press in and turn left one-quarter tum. Install new lamp by reven;n"
removal procedure.
(5) TlutMINAL BLOCKS.. DiSCQnnect wires at block term ina!..
R emove scre~ and lock washers a ttaching blocks to boll.
II.
e. Inst.lI.tlon.
(I) ENGINE EME.RGENCY STOP SWITCH. Position ,witch in
bracket and install switch retai ner, spri nl\:, and rubber shield Connect wires to switch and til\:hten terminal nuts. Run eniine and test.
operation of switch.
(2) TRANSPER SWITCH. P osition switch in terminal boll and
insta ll nuts and waahers to switch studs. CQnnect wires, run awdliary
generator engine, and test operation of transfer switch. Imtall terminal boll cover.
Or,
Iff..
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
u.
TM 9-748
112
c!J ~
'" u
<
<
"-
1
!
1
I
1
]
1
I
:
!
.~
z,
-,
0
.1
o,,,,,,,.11f<
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9741
112
('-
~.I
In
UNIVERSITY OF IllIOOl \
ATURllAHHHAMPAIG/j
n.
1M 9748
112- 113
INSTIlUMNT PANEL
MAGNETO
REAIt BRACl(T
SWtTCH CABlf
L_ .,,,,,~~" rANEl
Figure 86 - /nslrumenl Panel Connedions

Box. Insert wire s in box and connect
to terminals from which they were removed. Install conduits a nd
tighten lock nuts (fig. 88). Position terminal box on the bulkhead.
install mounting screws with toothed washef$, and tighten securely.
Tum on 24-volt master switch. Run engine and test operation of
e meTiency stop switch. Run auxiliary ieneralor engine and test
operation of transfer switch and pilot light.
(3)
113.
BULKHEAD TERMINAL
MASTER SWITCH BOX.
a. De.eription. The master switch box is mounted on the forward e nd of the battery box to the left of the drive r (fig. 14). It
provides a housing for t he 24.volt and 12_volt master switches, the
starter solenoid, main generator and compartment light circuit break. ef$, and termina l blocks for connecting the wires of the corresponding
circuits toget her (fir;. 74 ).
b. Re mov a l. Remove the battery box cover and disconnect the
battery iround cable . Remove the switch box cover and disconnect
all wiring leading from the box. Remove the four tctews attaching
switch box to battery boll: and disconnect conduits from the fittingll.
Pull wires out of the fittings and remove the box. R emove all
switches, fittings, and terminal bloc ks from the switch box.
Or~
11n. ..
UNNERSIH OF IWNC]\
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM '748
W",",
'"
!
st-
2
~
~
,
,
.-,
'-
-!
...
--~
Ii}
I
, ,.
UNIV[R'iIH Of IWOOII
AT ~NA-(M~MPAIGN
'"
TM 9-748
113- 114
STO, SWITCH
G ROVI'ID
WI R ~
Figure 81 - Bulkhead Terminal 80x - Cover Removed

e. In. ta lla tio n. I nstall all fittinp, switches, and term inal block$.
IIl$ert wires in the proper fittinp and attach conduits. Position switc h
boll on battery boll and inst all toothed lock washers and mountina:
ilCl'ews. Connect the sta rte r solenoid a:round wi re to the lower mount
ina: lCTew under the solenoid, and t he battery ch arging receptacle
a:round cable to the mounting screw be low the receptacle. T ia;hten
IICreWll securely. Connect all wirinK 11$ shown in fiKure 74. Connect
th e battery ground cable. Insta ll the switch box and battery box
covers.
114.
T URRET SWITCH BOX.
a . Deecriptio n . T he turret $Witch (or control) box is mounted

on the turret basket above t he traverse motor (fig. 20 1). It contains
the traverse motor Iwitch and circuit break er, firing switch and circuit breaker, compartmen t lia:ht a nd inspection light circuit breaker,
accessory outlet, and fi ring indicator (red signa l) (fia:. 89).
b. R e mo val. T um off both 12- and 24-voll master switches.
R emove the $Witch box co,..,r and pull it out away from the box (Iii89). D isconnect a ll wires leadina: from t he box and cover and reo
".
1m. ..
UNNERSIH OF IliINOI\
Or~
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9748
114- 115
BItEAKER fOR COMJI",RT

MENT UGHT
"' -CI~CUIl
I-CIRCUIT
0"''"
BIIfAI(fi.
fOR "'CCE$SORY
_GUN fiRING SWITCH

l-l!O--TO GUN fiRING SWITCHES
C-./ICassoRY 0UTtFI SOCKET

D-GUN FIRING OIlCUiT INOI(A.TOII
UGHT SOCJ(fT
l ......o.Blf TO TIU.VERSf MOTOR
P-WHITE-TO GI..IN FIRING SWITCHES
0.&1. TO COUfOOil RING
o.P"'OTOR
K_ TR,f"VOSf MOTOR SWITCH

t ---3US II.'IR
M-TR,f"VOSf MOTOR O IlCUIT BRWER
N-TURRET SWITCH SOX COVER
o--GIIEBI TO COMJIAATMENT lIGHT
Figura 89 _ TUrfe' Swi'ch 80l< - Cov., Removed

move the cover. D isconnect conduits from fittina;s and pull the wires
from the boll. Remove the mountina; screws and lift off the boll.
r. In8tallation. Posit ion twitch bo" on turre t basket and install
mountinK screws. Insert wires in the proper openinKs, attach conduits, and connect wires as shown in fiKUTe 89. Install the switch box
cover and test a ll circuits by operat inK the unitL
115.
COLLECTOR RING BOX.
a. Deteriptlon. The collector ring assembly is a group of rings,

bTU$hes, and terminals C(Jntained within a dustproof housina; ( fig. 90).
~
'fu
U~ERSITVOF ILlI~\
ATURBANHHAM PAlQI
'"
TM 9748
115
COVER
1. REMOVING COVER
w- No.2 (YEllOW)
No. J (BLUE
SHIELDED)
BRUSH
No. ~ (GREEN
SHIELDED)
BRUSH LEAD - <
No. .5 (BLACK
WITH RED
TRACER)
GROUND LUG
(f ACES LEfT SI DE Of
(BLACK)
"'''',-~
GROUND BRUS H
... PD
Flgil'. 90 (
Collector
RIng 80"
'fu
UNIVERIITVOFILlINQj\
AT URBANHHAMPAIG.'I
53~'
TM 9748
115- 116
The brush holding part of assembly revolves with the turret basket
and the ring part is stationary. Both the 12 and 24-volt cireuits
are supplied through t he collector ring to the turret switch box. The
upper rings and brushes carry the 12.volt current for the radio and
interphone systems. The lower rings and brushes carry the 24.volt
current for the turret traversing system.
h. R emo va l. Turn off both master switches. Remove the four
screws and lock washers from the collector ring cap a nd remove the
cap and arrow. Loosen the knurled thumb screws at base of cover
and remove the cover. Disconnect the wires leading to the radio ter
minal box. Disconnect the 24volt cable leading to the turret switch
box at the collector ring terminal. Disconnect the conduit and remove bolts attaching the collector ring to the turret platform. Remove screws from collector ring guide lugs and disconnect the ground
strap. Lift the assembly and loosen t he two knurled thumb screws
which secure the bottom cover. D isconnect the 24volt feed wire
and unscrew conduit lock nut. Disconnect the 12.volt feed wires
at their terminals and unscrew condu it lock nut. Remove the collec'
tor ring.
t. Ineta llation . Pull the feed line conduit with wires up t hrough
opening in fighting compart ment floor. Connect the 24-volt wire in
bottom of collector ring. Install the 12-vo lt feed wire through opening in collector ring lower housing and attach to terminal po:sl$. Do
not attach conduit lock nuts until collector rina: i. mounted in place.
Install the bottom cover and tighten thumbscrews. P osition the
collector ring on the platform and install mounting bolta. I nstall the
ground strap. Tighten the conduit lock nuts. Install the 24. voit
cable from turret swit ch box and connect 10 terminal (fi,. 104). I nsert the five 12-volt feed wires through fittinll in collector ring box
and connect to terminals 8$ shown on fillUTe 90. Connect the conduit,
in$tall collector ring box cover, and tighten thumbscrewil. I nstall
collector ring cap with arrow pointing toward front of vehicle. T urn
on master switches and operate turret electrical equipment to t est
collector ring installation.
Section XXVI
SPEEDOMETER, TACHOMETER, AND COMPASS

116.
SPEEDOMETER AND TACHOMETER.

a. Inetrume nt e.
(I) REMOVAL. Remove instrument panel and instrument panel
cover (par. III h ). Remove two nuts and toothed lock washen
from tpeedometer (or tachometer) mounting studs. L ift off mountL ... I I ....
UNIVERSITYOl'll1I~S
AT URBANHHAMPAK;I-I
n,
TM 9-748
116- 11 7
ing bracket. Remove speedometer (or tachometer) through front of

instrument panel cover. Lift off gaskets.
(2) I NSTALLATION. Position gaskets around instrument body,
cable conn~tor post, and both mounting studs. Position gasket over
speedometer trip reset stem. Insert speedometer (or tachometer)
through opening in panel cover. Position mounting bracket over
mounting $tuds and secure with toothed lock washers and nuts.
Assemble cover to case and connect shafu (par. 1 1 1 .. ).
h.
Adapte ....
(fig. 10).
(a) Removal. Back off flexible shaft coupling nut and pull cable
out of adapter. Back off hex nut at bottom of adapter and lift adapter off sleeve. Straighten eal"$ of lock washer under the lleeve; then
back sleeve out of transmission case. Lift tachometer drive shaft out
of seat in transmission case.
(b) Installation. Install drive shaft. Position lock washer over
openina in t ransmission case and install the sleeve. Bend one ear of
lock washer over hex o n sLeeve and other ear over edge of transmi
ion case. Attach adapter to sLeeve with hex nut at bottom of
adapter. I nsert tac hometer cable into adapter; then secure flexible
shaft to adapter.
(1)
TACHOMETER
(2) SPEEDOMETRR (fig. 10).

(a) Removlll. Back off flexible shaft coup ling nut and pull cable
out of adapter. Back off hex nut at bottom of adapter and lift adapter off drive extension shaft sleeve. Lift drive extension shaft out of
sLeeve. Back drive extension shaft sleeve out of driven gear sleeve.
Remove two cap screws and lock washers which attach drive n lear
sleeve to transmission case and lift off the sleeve and gasket. Lift
speedometer driven gea r out of seat in transmission case.
(b) Installation. Install speedometer driven gear in seat in t ran ....
mission case. Position 'gasket and attach driven gear sleeve to t ransmission case with two lock washers and cap screws. Thread drive
extension shaft sleeve into driven gear sleeve. Attach adapter to
s leeve with hex nut at bottom of adapter. Insert cable into adapter
and secure flexible shaft to adapter with coupling nut.
11 7.
COMPASS.
.. Dnuiptl on . A combat-vehicle type Sherril compass Mode l

AEG- l is supported in a bracket above the instrument panel (fig. 6).
The compaS$ is lighted by a small lamp screwed into a socket at t he
top of the compasa.
h. R e place Com pa.. La mp. Unscrew knur led cap at top. L ift
off the cover at the front (fig. 91). Unscrew the lamp and socket.
Install the new lamp. Position the cover on the compass and screw
'fu
UNlVfRSIH Of IU!NC]\
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9748
117
figure 91 - Compan - Co ver Re moved

on the cap. T urn on battery master switch al)d instrume nt pane l
light switch to test lamp.
e. Ch ec k Co mpau [).wiati o n _ Compass readinljl;s may deviate
from t he true readina; d ue to maljl;net ic influences within o r outside
the veh icle. Select a relatively level terrain and drive the vehicle
forward a short distance with the compass indicatinljl; nort h. Turn
around and drive back over the t racks j ust made (fig. 91). T he compass wi ll read SQuth if no error or deviation exists. This error will
be represented by the amount the "S~ on the card moves away from
_ I.
(.(
UNIVERSIHOI'ILlIWlI
ATURBANH HAM PAIGN
241
TM 9748
117
I
I
, " ,-:::';:
- -', ,
"
,' /"- . .
"
"\
': 1
m: -:::= ---'-------- -'~--.,(
------------------ '-" \, ,/:,

, '--' ,
' ,--~ ,_/
figure 92 - Diagram for Ched,i"g Compou

the pointer. Note the maximum error or deviation. Stop the ve hicle.
R emove the knob and cover from the to p of the compass. Slowly
turn the north-south thumb wheel or adjuster (fig. 9 1) until the "S"
has moved back exactly halfway to the pointer. T urn the vehicle
and drive so compa" reads east. Return over the same tracks. The
compass s hould indicate west. N ote the maximum deviation or error.
Correct the deviation by turning the east-west adjuster u nti l the "W"
has moved exactly halfway back to the pointer. Install the cover
and knob. If de viatio n is excessive or cannot be corrected, refer to
the instruction book furnished with each campau or notify h igher
authority to compel15ate the compass. Replace the compass if it
cannot be compensated or is not operating properly.
d. R e moval. D isconnect conduit from compass. Loosen bot h
knobs, one at each side o f compass (fig. 91). Tilt compass and remove the two mountinil: cap screws.
c _ Inata llation. Screw the two mountinil: cap screws into the
compass and push the compass into place. Plug in the connector at
back of compass and connect the conduit. Tiil:hten the knob on each
side of the compass.
Or~
'"
11n. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
1M 9748
118- 119
T""..
Section XXVII
TURRET
11 8.
DESCRIPTIO N.
a. Gen e ra l. The turret is a one-piece casting of armor st~1.

It is open at the top. and has an extended section in the rear wh ich
forms a stowage compartment and also acts as a balance weight for
the 90-mm gun (fig. 1). T he tunet is supported on the hull by
means of a baH bearing race. T he upper race ring is attached to t he
turret and the lower race ring is anchored to the hull. A ball race
ring is attached to t he lower ring and forms the retainer for the hall
bearings. The turret may be rotated to the right or left through 360
degrees by either the hydraulic or hand traversing mechanism (fig.
198). T he turret may be locked in position by means of the turret
lock (fig. 12).
119.
HYDRA ULIC TR AVERSING MECHANISM.
n. Desc ril.lion. T he hydraulic Iravening mechanism includes

the e lectric motor which drives the hydraulic pump, the control
valve, hydraulic motor, oil reservoir, and tubes (fig. 93). Oil from
the reservoir is pumped under pressure to the control valve by the
hydraulic pump driven by the electric motor. T he valve controls
the volume and direction of flow of the oil to the hydraulic motor
on the manual t raversing mechanism. T he hydraulic motor is
coupled to the manual traversing mechanism by the action of the
shift lever, and traverse1l the turret hy driving the manual travening
mechanism. The oil from the hydraulic motor is returned to the
reservoir.
h. Sen-id n g H ydraulic Tra\'er&in g Meo:-hani em . T he hydrau_
lic traversing mechanism will be serviced and inspeeted at regular
in te rvals given in paragraph 33 and according to instructions in the
follow ing steps. W hen servicing the sy$tem, every precaution must
be taken to prevent dirt or foreign matter from entering the Iystem
or contaminating the hydraulic oil.
( 1) CHECK O IL LEVE L IN RESERVO IR. Check oil level and condition of oil on sight gage at side of reservoir. Maintain oil level at
two-thirds full.
(2) D RAIN H YDRAULIC OI L R ESERVOIR. When oil becomes discolored, d rain the reservoir (fig. 9 4 ). W ipe off outside and bottom
of reservoir. Place a clean container of suitable capacity under reservoir. Disconnect tube at port No. 13 (fig. 93) at bottom of reservoir.
Allow reservoir to drain dry. Connect tube and tighten fitting.
(3) F ILL HVDRAULIC OIL R ESERVOI R (fig. 9 4 ). C le an t op of
reserVOIT. Remove filler cap and pour 4 q uarts of hydraulic oil into
reservOir. Inspect filler cap gasket and install new gasket a$ re_
Or~
.. 11. ..
UNIVERSIH OF IlllllC]S
AT URBANHHAMPAK;I-I
,,,
1M 9-748
119
"
<
.' '<
~.
~~
~.
,~
~~
~~
"
h
I
~.
//~
>
. ~
~i,
.~~
~s
".
,
~
".
,2
"
-"
-2
,
-".,
~
,
"~
((-
- ~
0
~ 2
.l
'l
~,
0"
.~
-2
c.
,.h
Or>9,,,.ll.m
UNNERSIH OF IliI~\
ATU.RBANHH AM PAIGN
"
TM 9748
119
PO/1T 10
12
PORT 1.
"v-\
HIGH
HYDRAULIC
PItESSURE
",Uff
VALVE
:~:=:':_:':~L_ "'"'
REllff
VAlVE
Oll lEVEl
_ _ SIGHT GAGE
l
I
:.-_ _ _ PORT 13
PO!!T 15
""'
Figllre 94 _ Oi/Ile,ervo;,
quired. Install filler cap. Operate mechanism for several 30-second
intervals and rechec k leve l of oil (subpar. b ( 1 ) preceding). Add
hydraulic oi l al required to m a intain level at twa.thirds full.
(4) CLEAN H IGfi PRESSURI!. R ELIEF V"LVP.: (figs. 9 4 a nd 95).
Lock the tu rret. P lace container under reservoir. Remove high
1m .
0.",.
ATURBANHHAM PAIG.'I
,.,
TM 9748
119
eUSHING
RfTA I N~R
SPRING GUIDE
VAtV~
SHIMS
VAlV~ y ,,o -]
Figv,e 95 - High P,euvre Relief Volve I' o r's
IU$HING
on..... ,
(.
VAlVf
"'~G'"
SPIUNG GUiOE
PD 139605
Fig vre 96 _ Hyd rov /ic I' ump Relief Vo/ve 1'0,15
pressure relief valve cap marked No. 1. Lift out gasket, shims (if
used), retainer, relief valve spring, and plunger. Clean all parts
thoroughly in dry-cleaning solvent. Examine valve plunge r seat for
KOres, and spring for wea kneu. Tum traversi ng control handle all
the way to the right and hold it in this position. Tum traversing
Or~
.. 11. ..
UNIVERSITY OF IlllNl]S
AT URBANHHAMPAIQI
TM 9-748
119
R.. " ' , , _
f igure 9 7 - Re mo vi ng Hydrgulit Pump Pil ot Vg'v.

motor switch on only long enough to foree sufficient oil from valve
port to thoroughly flush out any foreign matter. Tum switch off and
release handle. Assemble valve parts by inserting spring guide in to
bushing retainer with flat ' side of guide down against bottom of
retainer. Place spring in retainer on top of spring guide. NOTE :
Presnlr. relief valve spt inA hlu lewer coils of heavier wire tluln the
pump relief valve sprinl2. If shims were used, p lacl'! them in the cap.
First insert the pJunger into the valve seat bushing; then install the
a ..,mbled par.., u . inK n ew gas k e t o n cap. Tigh ten cap securely.
If pump relief valve is to be cleaned, do not fill reservoir until
valve has been cleaned. Release turret lock Bnd test operation of
mechanism.
(5) CLEAN H YDRAULIC PUMP RELIE F VA LVE. Remove ano
clean the valve (fig. 96) by followi ng procedure in ste p (4) above.
NOTE: Pump relief valve $pr inl1 hall more coib of smaller wira than
pre,.uTI!' Tl!'lie( v,..lvl!' ~pring. I nsta ll parts in the order shown in
figure 96. F ill hydraulic system. R l!'leale turret lock and test operatio n of mhanism.
(6) CLEAN H YDRAU LIC PUMP P ILOT VALVE. Lock the turret
and move shifter lever down. R emove locking wire and unscrew the
valve cap. Pull gasket, spring, and plunger out (fig. 97). If plunge r
Or~
11n. ..
ATURBANH HAM PAlGN
TM 9748
119
U. 'D 339601
Figure 98 - Removing Hydr(lulic Pump ell M'" Val ... e
does not pull out easily, pU$h lightly on end with blunt instrument
1J8 inch in diameter while turning control handle to the left until
plunger is free in hOU$ing. Then turn handle to the right to move
plunger down.
Repeat as required to work plunger out of housing.
,
H old cloth or container u nder valve opening and snap traversing
motor switch on and off quickly several times to ftush the valve and
valve seat. Thoroughly clean the parts removed in drycleaning
solve nt. Place spring on plunger and install valve cap, U$ing new
gasket. Tighten cap and secure locking wire (fig. 99). Release turret lock and check level of hydrau lic oil (step (1) above). Test
operation of hydraulic traversing mecha nism.
(7) CLEAN HY DRAULIC PuMP CtllOCJI: VALVES. Lock the turret.
Remove locking wire from c heck valve cap. Place cloth to catch oil
and remove check valve cap and gasket (fig. 98). Lift o ut spring
and disk check valve. Thoroughly clean all parts removed in drycleaning solvent. Examine all parts for scores and clean the valve
seat in pump body. I nsert valve and spring in body and install cap,
.,
Or", . 11f<
UNIVERSIH OF IlliNOIS
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9748
119
HYDRALlUC
"""""
"""""
CONn<Q<
_ _ ClAMP SCREW
TltIGGER SWITCH _ /
ADJUSTING SCREWS
""TJ
lA
figure 99 _ Re,.. View
~D
UMOI
0' T,v".'.. Pump

~
'fu
UNIVER5ITV OF IUI~\
ATURBANHHAMPAK;/;
".
TM 9-748
119
. ..
,
lu
.... '013_
Figure 100 _ Inslalling Tra .... rse "ump on Elect,it Molo,
using new gasket. Tighten cap and secure with locking wire. Repeat
procedure for othe r valve. Check oil level ($tep (1) above) . R elease turret lock. Te$t operation of traversing mechanism.
(8)
AOJUST CoNTROL HANDLE POSITION.
Loosen the socket
head clamp screw at left side of handle frame (fig. 99). Remove
locking wire from heads of adjusting screws at top of handle frame.
Make a scribe mark across shaft and base o f handle frame to check
movement of shaft in handle as adjustment is made. Turn traveT5ing
mechanism electric mo tor on, and place shift le ver in powe r traversjng
position. If turret creeps to the right, loosen the right adjusting screw
and tighten the left adjusting screw an equal amount. C heck adjustment with control handle in released position. R e peat adjustment as
required to stop turret from creeping. Tighten both adjusting screws
and secure with locking wire. Tighten the handle clamp screw. If
turret creeps to the le ft, follow the same procedure except to loosen
the left screw and tighten the right adjusting screw.
c. R e moval of H ydraulic Tra\'er~ ing Meilhani8m PUml). The
hydraulic travenine mechanism pump can be removed from the e lecOr>l, .. 11. ..
AT URBANHHAMPAtQI
TM 9-748
119
GEAR SOX ADAPTER
GEAR SOX ADAPTER
.. m
HYDRAUliC
TAAVERSH,'G MO TO R
""n , ~
GEAR &OX
MOUNTING HOlES
PORT 3
~A
PD lU626
Figure 101 - Hydraulic Travers ing Moror and Gear Box Adapte r
tric motor wit hout removing the motor (fig. 100). Drain hydraulic
system (subpar. h (2) pre.:eding). D isconnect oil tubes from pump.
l..cxIsen the two screws which attach traverse control handle to meta l
frame, remove cable clamp screws at base of handle, and slide handle
off frame. R emove loc king wire, and remove cap screws which attach
pump to ele.:tric motor while supporting pump. Carefully pull
pump off motor until drive shaft is clear.
d . Ins ta llatioll of H ydra uli c Trln'enling lU ec h ani~m PU"'I)'
Install the brass coupling on motor annature shaft. Aline groove in
pump drive shaft with tongue on brass coupling and attach pump to
motor wi th cap screws (fig. 100). T ighten cap screws a lternately a nd
se.:ure with locking wire. P lace control handle on frame and install
and tighten the attaching screws. Connect oil tubes to pump a nd
tighten all fittings moderat ely. F ill oil reservoir (subpar. h (3)
above ). Operate mechanism and inspect all con nections for lea ks.
R " lIIo\'1I1 of H ydraulic Tra \-ersin g Mec h a lli8m H ydraulic
\(ulor (fig. 101). D isconnect oil tubes from hydrau lic motor. Tape
ends of tubes. Remove the nuts from studs which attach adapter to
gear box. L ift off hydraulic motor and adapter as a unit.
t.
f. Tn81a llaliun of H y.lraulic Tra\-enlinS I\fech a ni s lII Hydrauli c

.\Iulor. Place new gasket on studs on gear box. Rotate ada pter
Or>l, .. 11. ..
AT URBANHHAMPAKiN
'"
TM 9-748
119- 120
,." n ....
_Mol.'........
,~",
.......
shaft ( fig. 101 ) to II.line splines, and slide lI.dll.pter and motor assembly dow n on gear box. Instllll the castellated safety nuts a nd tighten
IIlternlltely to compress guket uniformly. Connect oil tubes to motor
and tighten fittings. Fill hydraulic system (subpar. h ( 3) above).
Operllte mechanism II.nd inspect for le llks.
g. Removal of Hydraulic Traversing MechlmisOi Relfervoi r.
Drain hydrllu iic traversing system (subpar. b ( 2 ) above). Discon_
nect all tubes from reservoir (fig. 93) and tape ends of tubes. Support reservoir and remove nuts and bolts which attllc h it to bracket.
L ift o ff reservoir.
h.
In Btalla tion of Hydraulic Tra"el"l!ing Mechanism Relfer

. ,oir. P osition reservoir on br9c ke t 9nd inst91l the 9tt9c hing; bolts
and n uts. Con nect a ll tubes to proper fittings (fig. 93) and tighten
fitt ings moderate ly wit h 6-inc h wrench. Fill reservoir (subpar. h (3)
above). Operate hydraulic tr9venin, meclumism and check for
Je9 k1.
120.
OIL TUBES.
a. ~rlption. Oil tubes trll.nsfer the oil from the oil reservoir
to the traverse pump, from traverse pump to the travene motor, 9nd
from tr9verse motor back to traverse pump a nd drain tubes, into
reservok (fii- 93). Shear.type fittings are used and, if properly in
SUllied and tighte ned, wi ll not requ ire retighteni ng. All tubes must
be con nected to the correct port; otherwise the system will not func
tio n. Each port has a number stam ped near it to indicate t ube to be
connected to it. Tube fitting nuts should be d r9wn up secure ly with
a 6- or 8-inch wrench when t ightenin g, as abnormal tightening will
damage fittings.
h. Remo,'a l. T um t urret lock ha ndle to lock position, and trav
erse motor switch
to "OFF" position. Dr9 in reservoir into a clean
,
container by disconnecting tube at port marked ~ 13" o n the bottom
of oil reservoir (subpar. 11 9 h (2. If oil is to be used a gain, cover
containe r to k eep out d irt an d foreign matter. Disconnect the tubes,
one at a time, and tag each tube with number o f port from which it
was disconnected. Clean the fitting and end of tube. Cover tube
openings with t9pe.
c. Ins lallalion. Place a ll tubes in position, c heckin g the installa.
tion diagram (fig. 93) and tags to de termine correct connections.
Remove tape and clean off end of tubes and fittings to be s ure no dirt
or lint en ters system. Examine all tubes and fittings carefully. If
9ny Qfe crimped, bent, or damaged, re place with a new tube of equal
.ize and length. Cut ends of new tube square, and remove a ll burs.
Grease tube end, ring, and fittinl!. Place nut II.nd rinl! over tube with
blunt end of ri nl! faci ng nut. P ress tube firmly into fittinl! and tighlen
Or>
Iff<-
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9-748
170-121
u.
'0 33961 0
Figure '02 _ Removing Ele,tr;c fUfverle Motor and Pump

nut $ecurely. Fill oil re$ervoir with hydraulic oil (subpar. 119 h
(3. Place traver$e shift lever in manual control position and
turn traverse motor switch to uON~ and "OFF" positions several
times to permit pump to de liver oi l throughout system before operating pump continuously. Che<;k oil level and refill with hydraulic
oil. If level hlU dropped appreciably, clean all units and check for
oil leaks.
121.
TRAVERSE MOTOR.
a. De~ ripdon. A 24-volt, 1 3j._hor$epower electric motor furnishes the power to operate the tu rret traversina; mechanism (fia;.
102). The motor is mounted on a bracket in front of the gunner's
station and is directly connected to the traversing hydraulic pump.
h. R e movlI!. T he traverse motor can be removed from the
traverse pump satisfactorily only when the motor and pump have
been detached from the mountina; bracket as a unit (fig. 102 ).
( 1) REM OvE TRAVERSE M OTOR AND PUMP. T urn turret lock
handle to locked position and traverse motor switch to "OFF" posi_
tion. Drain oil reservoir (par. 11 0 I. (2. Disconnect tubes at
traverse pump. Clean the tube. and fittings, and cover ends with
mask ing or friction tape 10 prevent dirt from ietting into system.
Remove t raverse pump control handle. Loosen conduit coupling
nUl, remove terminal cover, and disconnect lead.in wire at left end
of elect! ic motor. R emove the four cap !lCTews at bottom of motor
and remove pump and motor a!l$embly (fig. 102). NOTE ; Since
pump and electric motor are heavy, a rope 5lin~ may be used to ttdvant~ in liltitll1 motor away lrom bracket.
(2) REM OVE TRAVERSE MOTOR FROM PUMP. Remove locking
wire and the four cap !lCTews attaching motor 10 pump. Lift pump
straia;hl out to clear coupling (fig. 100).
.,
1m .
0.",.
ATURBANHHAMl'AIGN
'"
TM 9748
121 - 123
c. In. ta ll alio n . Insta ll t he brass coupling in place on the arma

ture shaft. Aline groove in pump drive shaft (fig. 99) ItO that it will
mate wit h tongue on brass coupling. Lower pump into place o n motor.
Install and tighten t he four cap screws and locking wire. P lace a rope
sling around motor and anchor rope to top of turret ItO that motor ca n
be lifted into plaCf! on mount ing bracket. L ine up holes in mounting
bracket with a punch, a nd install and tighten the mounting cap screws
and washel"$, Connect the electric leadin wire to the connection in
left end of motor, install termi nal cover, and connect cond uit to motor.
Connect oil tubes t o pump, being sure tha t tubes are connected to
proper port (fig. 93). F ill oil reservoir (par. 11 9 h (3. Install
traver.e pump control handle (par. 11 9) . M ove t raverse $hift lever
t o manual cont rol position. Turn traver.e motor switch to t he "ON"
position and check system for oil leaks.
122.
TRAVERSE MOTOR SWITCH.
a. R e mo'al. T urn off both master switches. R emove switch

box cover screws and pull cover o ut for access to wi ring (fi g. 104).
R emove two bolts, nut s., lock washers., switch plate, and rubber boot
from front of switch box cover (fig. 200). D isconnect the bUll bar and
remove the capacitor with wire lItt9ched. D iIConnect the traverse
motor cable lind cin::uit brellker connecting wire. R emove t he switch
mounting screws lind switch.
h. fnetall lltion. P osition the traverse motor switch in t urret
switch box lind install attac hing screws. Install switch face pillte wit h
rubber boot to front of turret switch box and tiihten mount ing bolts.
Connect cin::uit breaker connecting wire and traver.e motor cable (fig.
84). Connect circuit breaker bus bar and install capacitor. Install
switch box cover on turret switch box. T urn on the mllster switc hes
and test operation of traver.e motor switch.
123. "AND T RAV ERSING ]UECHANISM.

II. Descripliun. The han d traveuing mechanism consists of the
gellr box, gear box extension, and manual drive with brake (fig. 198 ).
The ie8f box contains the gear t rain which t ransmits the power from
t he hydraulic motor or m anual d rive through the act ion of t he traver.e
shift lever to the drive pinion whic h engages the turret rini iear. The
manual drive is equipped with a two-shoe expandi ni brake which is
operated by the brake lever at the side of the brake handle.
h . R e mova l. Remove hydraulic travening mechanism hydrau
lic motor with adapter (fig. 10 1) from the hand traversing mechan ism
iear box only if necessary. If t he motor does not need to be removed,
disconnect oil tubes from motor and proceed as folloW$. R emove lock.
ing wire, and remove the two cap screws and split washers w hic h attach
gear box to side of turret flange. R emove cap screw and &Unner's
...
Or>l, .. 11. ..
AT URBANHHAMPAK;I-I
TM 9748
123
Figur. 10J - Turr.t Hand Tra va" jng Brah

knee g\Ulrd plate. Support the mechanism and remove the cap screws
which attach gear box to top of tUlTet flange. Lift mec hanism from
base of tl1tret. Count shims, if used, and save for installation.
c, Installatio n , Position mechanism on base of turret. If .him,
were used, install the same number in the same locations as previously
installed. Insert the two vertical cap screws with lock washers and
tighten screws. Insta ll knee guard plate and place the cone.shaped
'plit washers on the two horizontal cap screws. T ighten cap screW$.
T est rotation of turret by operating hand mechanism before ..curing
lower ClIp screws with loc king wire, as shims may be required if pinion
binds on turret ring gear. Connect oil tubes to hydra ul ic motor ( fi g.
9S ) and tighten fittings moderately. Add oil to reservoir if necessary
(par. 119 h (3. T elt operation of hydraulic mechanism and inspect
all connectionl for leaks.
d, Manual Travening Mec:h a ni &m Bra ke, T he manual trav
eT$ing control handle and brake lever are mounted on the gear box
(fig. 198). T he brake consists of two shoes and a spreader attached to
the manual control cover, a release lever on the brake handle, a nd a
spring inside the handle (fig. 103). Bra ke is applied by the spring
when lever is released. M anual traversing is accomplished by grasping
(
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
1M 9-748
123- 124
both the brake handle and the brake release lever and pressing them
together while rotating the unit in the direction desired.
e. Adj uet m e nl of Ma nu al Dri ve 8rake Shoes. Adjustment for
brake shoe wear is accomplished by turning the square-headed screw
below the hole . in top of driv e mechanism clockwise to expand the
shoes closer to the drum. Adjust position of shoes so that they first
contact the drum with lever depressed Ih inch.
f . Removal o f B r ake Shoes. R emove brake assembly by removing nut from splined shaft in t he ~nter of the cover. Press release
le ver av;ai nst brake handle to release brake. whi le moving cover back
and forth unti l cover assembly can be removed from the housini- Disconnect springs from the shoes and remove shoes (fig. 103). R emove
shoe-spreading plunge n and adjusting screws.
g. In81ullill ion of Bra ke Shoe8. Coal anc hor plungers (fig.
103) lightly with general purpose V;rease before installing. Assemble
shoe-spreading anchor plunge rs in anchor assemblies, place shoes in
position, and install the two brake shoe springs. Press the brake lever
against the brake handle to ' release the brake. Assemble COVeT and
shoe _embly over . plined .haft. Install nut and washer and adjust
brake shoe. (subpar. e preceding).
124.
GUN FIRING SYSTEl\f.
a. DHcription. The gun firing system consists of the solenoid

and relay unit, t he trigger switch on the power traverse hand le, and
the cable connecting these units (fig. 104). The solenoid unit is
mounted a t the breech of the gun where it contacts the firing lever
w hich operates the gun firing mechanism. W hen the trigger switch
(fig. 99) is de pressed. the gun firing circuit is closed and the sole noid
operates to fire the gun. A foot-operated firing pedal, located on the
turret floor in front of the gunner's station (fig. 104) . is used to fire
the gun when the electrical system fails.
.
h. Gun Firing H a ndle S.... itc h .

(1) R EMOVAL. Remove two screws from cap at the base of the
handle (fig. 105). R emove the handle mountinv; screws and lift the
handle from the pump bracket. Remove t he screw at the top of the
handle and compress the flexible spring on the conduit. Pull the
handle top with switch and wires attached out of the handle far enough
to expose switch terminals. R emove terminal screws, pull wires bac k
through, and remove the gun firing handle.
(2) INSTA LLAT ION. Insert the wires into the handle a nd connect
them to the switch terminals. Tighten the terminal sc rews securely
Install the screw at top of handle and polition the assembly on the
pump bracket. I nstall handle mounting screws and install the cap and
attaching screws at the base of the handle. Operate t rigger switch and
'"
0.",
(.(
. ~I\
.,,1 If<

ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
124
,"""
SWITOI
WIRE
WIRE
TO GUN fiRING
TRIGGER SWJTOI
w,~ TO GUN fiRING

WIRf
SOUNOID
'"""
TIIIGGER
SWlTOl
Figure 104 - 90-mm Gun Firing Sy.'em

note if 9O-mm eun firing solenoid is in work ina: order_ CAUT ION:
Open breech to make sure j/un is not loaded before oper af inj/ j/un firin4
switch
c_ 9O_mm Gun Firing Sole nuid.
(1) R l'!MOVAL. Turn off 24-volt mllstet' switch. R emove screws
and nuts attachine solenoid to bracket. R e move clamp screw and nut
from push-pu ll cable and remove cable from solenoid. R emove lock
nuts from conduit box cover, unscrew cond uit lock nut. and pull cover
back e nough to disconnect wire from solenoid (fig. 106 ). R e move
wire conduit and cover. R emove solenoid.
(2) INSTA LLATJON. Connect the wire to relay terminal. install
conduit cover, and tiehten conduit lock nut. Install pushpull cable
Or>l, .. II. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAK;N
'"
TM 9-748
'24
",
, _'D
TRIGGfR , . " "", - ' TAAVERSI SHIFT lEVEil
TURRET lOCK
.... ' 0 " .. IS
Figur. 105 _ "ow.r T'(lV. rM Cont,ol Handl. and Tu,r.t Lock

,
to solenoid and tighten damp screw. P osition solenoid on the gun and
i'Uta l! attaching screws and lock nuts.
lI.
Gun Firing Switch.

( I ) R EMOV ...L. T urn off 24_volt master switch. R emove turret
switc h box cove r mounting screws and pull cover lI$ide. D isconnect
the two gray wires leading to gun firing t rigger switch and solenoid
(fig. 10 4 ) . D isconnect wires to firing indicator light and circuit
breake r. Remove switc h mounting 'lere ws from face of turret switch
box cover and remove gun firin!!; switch.
(2) I NSTALLATION. Pa.ition gun firin!!; switch o n turret switch box
cover and i'Uta ll attaching screws. Connect wires to Iwitch al shown
in fil[Ul"C 84. T urn o n 24-volt master switch and tm operation of gun
firing swit ch and circuit by operatin!!; the triner switch on the traverse
p ump control hand le (tig. 105) . CAUTI ON : Open the /lun bleech
lind mllke .sure the chambe, ir empty before opetlll tinll tun fi,in/l
witch.
e. Foot Firing Ped. l.
( 1) R EMOVAL. R emove damp screw a nd nut from push-pull
cable at so lenoid and remove cable from so lenoid. R emove bolt and
nut attaching cable dip to reservoir b racket. R e move fou r screws
holding foot firing ped al base to turret platform (fig. 104). R emove
pedal and ca ble.
(2) I NSTALLATION". R everse the removal procedure and test

eration o f pedal and c able.
Or>l. .. 11. ..
AT URBANHHAMPAK;t/
0p-
TM 9-741
125
To " ..
Fig ",. 106 - 90 m m G,," Firi ng So l. noid
12,';,
BASK J:.J',
iX-l!(' ripli on, A semicircular metal platform, or halfbasket,

is suspended from the right side of the turret (fig, 12), T he bask et
rotates with the turret and prov ides a platform for the commander and
gunner. It cov,",,,, about one.half of the turret Hoor area, perm ittina:
acceS5 to the 90-mm ammun ition stowage compartments under Hoor
plates of the fighting compartment. Adjustable seats for the comman
der and gunner are mounted on frames in the basket and revolve with
the turret. A turret trav,",rsing loc k is attached to the upper ball race
ring at the right of the gunner (fig. 105).
II,
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9748
125- 126
h"
,~ , ..
MeI~, ..... ~, . '~"'~<I;""
b. SealS.
(1) DESCRIPTION. The commander's seat is the pad-type, adjustable in height, and may be folded down out of the way (fig. 2 16) or
removed from its frame when not in use. The gunner's seat, which is
provided with a detachable back, can be raised or lowered a nd adjusted
vertica lly. The loader's seat (fi8- 218) is the same construction as the
comma nder's seat and is demountable.
(2) REMOVAL. Remove cap screws which attach the gunner's
seat frame assemb ly to turret platform. Release back re st locking pin
by pulling releali'e lever up, and lift commander's seat from frames.
Remove seats through opening in top of turret. Remove c ap screws
which attach gun loader's seat bracket to upper race rini and remove
seat.
(3) INSTALLATION. Place rope sling around gunner's seat frame
assembly and lower into turret. Aline holes in frame bracket with
punch, install washers and ca p screW!l, and tiihten securely. Install
commander's seal by reversing removal procedure outlined in subparagraph 10 (2) above. T o install gun loader's s.eat, place supporti ng
rinll: in place on turret race ring, install walheu tmd CliP screws, and
tiihten securely.
(". Turret TraH~",ing Loo:k.
( 1) DESCRIPTION. The turret travers ing lock incorporate$ a pawl
which engages with the teeth of the turret ring gear 10 hold the turret
stationary. The pawl is held in eng~gemenl by a spring and is disengaged by turning the handle to the right, pulling it out, and turning
it to the left (fig. 105).
(2) REMOVAL. Place gun in t he traveling lock. Disengage the
turret lock. Remove the locking wire and attaching screws (fi8- 105).
L ift the lock from the turret ring.
(3) INSTALLATION. Place lock assembly in position and tighten
ca p screw. Install locking wire (fi8- 105). NOTE: Should lock
bind on turret rint, it m"y be neceSSMY to piKe shims between the
lock br"cket "nd the turre t rint.
126.
AZIMUTH INDICATOR.
a. Ge n e ral. T he operating instructions for the azimut h indicator are given in paragraph 19 4 h.
h. R e placement. T o remove the azim uth indicator, re move the
four cap screws and washers securing the indi cator to the turret (fii.
216). Remove the uimuth indica tor and shims (if used). To install
the indicator, first traverse the turret by hand until the gun can be
locked in traveling position (fi8- 197). Turn the pi nion gear on the
uimilth indicator until the bottom pointer of the indicator reads 32
on the inner scale (fig. 207) . Then position the azimuth indicator
Or,
Iff..
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9748
126-121
against the race guard so that the gears mesh with the turret ring
gear. CAUTION: There $hould be sufflcient ctearance between the
indicator pinion tear I!JncJ the turre t rin, INr 80 that the indicatOf'
tear teeth do not bottom in the teath of the turref rin' ,ear. This
ciellrllnce may be obtained by $himmin' between the indicator and
tha turret. Imrtall and tighten the four cap scre~ and washers se
curing the indicator to the turret.
127.
PROTECTIYE PADDING.
o.
DellCription. Protective padding is installed on the base of

the turret at the rear t o prevent injury to the loader's hand when
serving the gun.
h. R e m oval. R e move the two cap SCrews which attach paddi ng
mounting plate to turret base and lift off padding.
... In8la llatio n. P osit ion the padding on turret base.

cap screws and washen and tighten securely.
Install
Settion XXVIII
RADIO INTIRFERENCE SUPPRESSION SYSTIM

]28.
INTROD UCTION.
a. Purpose. R adio interference suppression is the e limination or

m inimizing of electrical disturbance which would interfere with radio
rece ption or disclose the location o f the veh icle to enemy detection
equipment. It is important that a ll vehicle!l, with or without radio
equipment, be properly su ppressed to prevent interference wit h reo
ception of neighboring radio equipment.
h. Description an d Dolo. Suppression is accomplished in this
vehicle by use of bond straps and toothed lock washen (lig. 113) ,
resistor suppressors (lig. 110 ), lilter units (fig. 107 ), and single condemer. or capacitor. (fig. 111) in all df"(:uits or s~tems where shielding of wires and units does not completely confine or dissipate electrical disturbances which would otherwise cause radio interference. Suppression units used in specific Ilssemblies 01" units of the vehicle are .
listed below.
(I) GENERATOR. Two 0.1 microfarad capacitors are mounted
internally. one from each positive brush to ground. The generator
ground cable, mounted from the ge nerator to the generator mounting
bTacket, serves also as a bond st rap.
(2) GENERATOR REGULATOR (figs.. 107 and 108). One FL-19
filter is mounted in the generator regulator filter case and connected
in the battery circuit of the regulator. One 0.5 microfarad capacitor
Or~
11. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
'"
TM 9-748
'"~
~
mounted in the lame case and connected from the armature tetminal of the regulatot to IItound. Two bond Itrapil are mounted, one
from each lee: on the terminal box lide of the lIenerator regulator and
filter case, from the case to the mountinll pad on the 'ponson.
(3) AVXILIARY GENERATOR. Two 0. 1 microfarad capacitors are
internally mounted, one from each positive brush of the lIenerator to
ground.
(4) AUXILIARY GENERATOR REGVLATOR ( fi&. 13). The auxiliary
generator regulator is treated for suppression the same as the generator reiU1ator (subpar. h (2) above).
(5) AUXILIARY GENERATO.R CoNTROL Box (fi&. 109 ). One 0.1
microfarad capacitor is connected from the armature terminal at the '
starting switch to ground in the auxi liary ge nerator control bolt.
(6) AUXILIARY GENERATOR AND ENGINE ASSEMBLY (fig. 13).
One bond strap is mounted from the base of the auxiliary a;enerlltor
and engine assembly to a;round (sponson).
(7) AUXILIARY GENERATOR SPARK PLUG LEAD (fig. 110) . One
l O,OOO-ohm resistor suppressor is mounted ins ide t he ma&neto housing of the auxiliary generator engine and connected in series with the
hiih-te nsion lead running from the magneto coil to the spark plug.
(8) ENGINE. One bond strap is mounted from the riKht tear
e ngine mount to the support bracket.
(9) INSTRUMENT PANEL (fig. 87). One 0.5 microfarad capacitor
i. mounted inside the instrument panel box and connected from the
utility outlet lead at the socket to i1"ound.
(10) WINDSHILD WIPER MOTOR (fig. Ill) . One 0.1 microfarad capacitor is mounted under the windshield motor and connected
from the positive lead of the wiper motor to ground (windshield
wiper mounting bracket).
(11) CREW CoMPARTMENT BLOWER. One 0.005 microfarad
wafer-type capacitor is mounted inside the blower motor end cover
and con nected from the positive brush to around.
(12) SPONSON RADIO TERMINAL Box (fig. 213). Two 0.1 microfarad capacitors ate mounted in the sponson radio termina l box. One
is connected from the 12-vo lt battery supply terminal ( No.5) to
ground, and one from the 24-volt battery supply terminal ( + ) to
ground.
(13) TURRET RADIO TERMINAL Box (fig. 2 17). One 0.1 microfarad capacitor is mounted in the turret radio terminal box lind connected from the 12-volt battery supply terminal ( No.5) to ground.
( 14 ) TuRRET SWITCH Box (fi&. 89)_ One 0. 1 microfllrad capaci_
tor is mounted in the turret switch box and connected from the load
side of the traversing motor Iwitch to Iround.
'"
Or
>
If.
AT URBANHHAMPAIGI-I
TM 9-7411
121-129
( IS) TURRET TRAVERSING M OTOR. Two 0.1 microfarad capacitOT$ are mounted internally on the traversinil: motor frame and conne(:ted one from each positive brush to ground.
( 16 ) TuRRET SLIP RING (fig. 112 ) . One ground strap which
abo acts as a suppression bond stra p is mounted on legs welded to
the fighting compartment floor and connected to the turret slip rinil:
il:round terminal.
(17) MISCELLAN EOUS M OUNTINGS ANO FASTENINGS. Toothed
lock washers are used throughout the vehicle for the purpose of insuring a good electrical connection between components or parts of
componenu (fig. 113). Cable clamps are used to secure conduits
and wiring harnesses of the vehicle in place and at the same time
serve as a bonding connection between the conduit and the hull or
other part of the vehicle to which it is secured (fig. 13). These are
to be located every 2 feet along any shielded conduit or wiring cable.
c. lUaintenancc. If radio Interference resultina: from the operation of this vehicle is reporte<:! or encountered, faulty equipment will
have to ' be traced down by referring to the tesu described in the
trouble shooting section of this ma nual (par. 52), then replacM al
described in the followinil: paragraphs. If replacement of suspected
faulty radio suppression equipment is not described in this section,
its replacement is the respol1llibility of a higher echelon of maintenance or Signal Corps personnel and will not be attempted by using
personnel without specific permiuion of the personnel responsibl e.
129.
a.
BATIERY AND GENERATING SYSTEM.

Generator Regulator or Auxiliary Generator Filter (fig. 76).
( 1) REMOVAL. Remove lock wire, cap screws. and lock washers

which secure regulator cover to filter case and lift off the cover. R emove five cap screws which secure regu lator assembly to filter case;
then lift and tilt regulator assembly clear of filter case as shown in
' filfUre 108. R emove .crew., lock washers, lind flat washers which
secure plates to inside of filte r case. L ift out plates, leav ing capacitor attached to the smaller plate. Disconnect filter from copper bar
by removing screw and lock washer. Disconnect wire from upper
filter connection by removi ng screw and toothed lock washer; then
lift filter out of filter case.
(2) INSTALLATION. P OIIition small plate against opening in par_
tition and agai nst side of filter case. Insert filter (fig. 107). Secure
copper bar in small compartment to filter with screw and lock washer.
Secure wire to upper filter connection with toothed lock washer and
screw. Install cover plates over both partitions. Secure regulator assembly to filter case using forward corner cap screws to secure yeilow
Or>l, .. II. ..
AT URBANHHAMPAKiN
TM 9-748
12.
CAPACITOR
Figure 107 - Regulalar FiII. r in Filler Case
a nd black wires
cover.
e~tending
from regulator assembly.
Install regu lator
h. Gen e r a to r Regu la to r o r Au x ilia r y Ge ne rator R esulator

Ca pal"i tor (fig. 108).
( 1) R EMOVAl.. Remove lock wire, cap scre ws, and lock washers
which secure regulator cover to filter CBlle and lift off cover. R emove
five cap screws and loc k washers which secure regu lator assembly
base to filter case; then lift and tilt regula tor assembly clear of filter
case. R emove lock wire and loosen the screw which secures capacitor
to plate. Disconnect capacitor wire from termina l on regulator assembly.
(2) I NSTAL.L.ATIO N. Attach capacitor to plate with toothed lock
washer and scre w. Install lock wire through scre w head and behind
capacitor clamp. Secure wire extending from capacitor to armature
terminal of regulator assembly. Attac h regulator Bllsembly to fi lter
case, using forward corner cap screws to secure ye llow and blac k
wires extending from regulator assembly. Install regulator cover.
,..
Or~
II. ..
UNNERSIH OF IliI~\
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
12.
fiLTER ,,,. - - '
.... 'D 3n."

Figur. 108 - Rev u/lltDr CllpeJcitDr IrlStlll/ed in filt.r Cllse
t:.
Auxiliary GtmeralOr Control DOl< Capacitor (fig. 109).
(1) REMOVAL. Remove the cover screws and toothed Ioc:k wlllllh
en; then remove the a\ll<i lialY generator control box cover. D iscon4
neet the capacitor lead wire from the armature terminal and remove
the capacitor mountin, screw and toothed Ioc:k washer. Remove
capaci tor.
( 2 ) INSTALLATION.
crew, using toothed loc k
nett ca pacitor lead wire
cove r with cover scre_.
each screw.
Sei:ure capacitor in place with mounting

washer under mounting scre w head. Con.
to armature terminal. Install control bol<
using toothed lock washers under head of
Or'lo. 1m .

ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9748
129_130
U 'D " ,.15
Figure 109 - AUlliliary Gener"tor Control 8011 - Cove, RemDved

d.
Auxiliary Generator Slla rk Plug S upprefwr (fie. 110).
( 1) REMOVAL. Remove aUICiliary generator eneine maeneto

rotor by unscrewing the puller nut at the rear of the engine. Remove
cable clamp screw from clamp securing hieh-tension lead in place inside magneto housing and pull hieh-tension lead out $0 suppressor is
accessible. Pull high-telUion lead from each end of suppressor and
remove suppressor.
(2) INSTO\LLO\TloN. Install new fuppressor by reversa l of re_
moval procedure (fubpar. ( 1) above).
130.
a.
ACCESSORIES.
Ins trume nt Panel Utility Oullet Capaellor.
(1) RItMOVO\L. Remove instrument panel cover to eai n access

to capacitor (par. 111 h ). Disconnect capacitor lead from utility
outle t terminal. Remove capacitor by unscrewine mountine screw.
(2) INsTO\LLo\TloN. Secure new capacitor in place with mounting screw, using toothed lock washer under head of screw. Connect
capacitor lead to utility outlet terminal. Install instrument panel
cover (par. 111 e) and connect speedometer and tachometer drives . .
...
Or>l, .. II. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAlGtI
TM 9-7"
130
figu re 110 _ Au"i li...." Gen.,..' " , Spo rk Plug Suppr. ..o r
h.
Wind. hi eld Wiper Motor Ca pa<'itor (fig. 111 ).
( I ) R EMOV,,"L. R emove two windshie ld wiper motor attachinll:

screws and lock was hers. D isconnect capaci tor lead from positive
terminal of wiper motor. Cut conduit shield from capacitor cla mp
and remove capacitor.
( 2 ) I NSTALLATION. Solder the conduit shield to capacitor clamp
of new capacitor. Connect capacitor lead to wiper motor positive
term inal. Position capaci to r and wiper motor all:aill$t windshield
frame a nd install attaching lock washers and cap screws.
Or~
II. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
TM 9-748
131
WINDSHIELD fRAME
WIPER ;,."",.
... PD lUNG
Figure III _ Wind.hie ld Wipe' Malo, Connedion.
]31.
RADIO AND INTERPIIONE SYSTE1U.
S .. un8011 ur Turre t Rtulio Terminal Box CuJuldtor& (figs.

2 13 and 217).
Ii.
R emove terminal box cover retaining seews and

loc k washers; remove cover. D isconnecl capacitor lead of capacitor
to be replaced from terminal block. Rem ove capacitor mounting
screw and toothed lock washer and remove capacitor from term inal
bo .
( 1)
REMOV ... L .
( 2 ) IN STALL ATIO N. Secure new capacitor in p lace in terminal

box with mount ing ilCrew, using toothed lock washer under head of
screw. Connecl capaci tor lea d to termina l on term ina l b lock from
wh ich lead of defeclive capa ci tor was removed (te rm inal No.5 in
turret te rminal box; terminal N o. 5 o r ( + ) termina l in sponson ter
mina! box, whichever was removed). Install term inal box cover with
cover &erews, using toothed lock washer under head of e ach screw.
Or>
Iff<-
UNIVERSITV OF IllIOOjS
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9748
132- 133
Figur. " 2 _ TUrre' Groulld S'rap
J32.
a.
T URRET ELECTRICAL SYST EM.

Turret Switc h Box Ca pac itor (fig. 89).
(1) R EMOVAL. Remove turret switch box cover retaining screws

and toothed washers; pull cover out to a position where the capacitor
is accessible. Disconnect capacitor lead from terminal on lead side
of traverse motor switch. R emove capacitor mounting screw and
loc k washer; remove capacitor.
(2) I NSTALLATION. I nstall new capacitor by reversing procedure
in_subparagraph a ( I ) above, making sure toothed lock washers a re
installed under the he ads of capacitor and cover mounting screws.
133.
BOND STR APS, _ MOUNTINGS, AND FAST ENI NGS.
a. R e pla ...e m e nt. W hen replacing components or accenories of

the ve h icle. be sure to replace toothed lock washers in exactly the
same order or pileup in which they were found at the t ime o f removal (fig. 113). When replacing bond or ground straps or when
replaci ng units which are grou nded by means of braided wire strapa,
be sure the contact surfaces o f the strap as well as the surface to
which it is to be secured are clean and free from paint so that a
good electrical connection will be made (fig. 112). W hen securing
conduits or cables in pla~, be sure to effect a good ground or bond
at least every 2 feet alonJl the conduit or cable by use o f cable
clamps or solder.
n.
0.""".1 f. 0
AT URBANHHAMPAIG.'I
1M 9-748
"4
,
TOOTHfO lao: WASHER &ONOIHG fASTe.NGS _ _ _ __
ORDIN ARY PA.$TB-IINGS
RA
~D
" 1'
figure" 3 - Method 0' Bonding Scrnd Shield. to Hull
Sedion XXIX
CLUTCH, SHAFTS, AND UNIVERSAL JOINTS

134.
Cl UTt:H.
a. Dn.cripli o n . T he dutch is of the double-disk type composed

of three major units; the pressure plate assembly, the center plate,
and the two driven plates or disks (fig. 120). The two driven plates
have frict ion facing riveted on each side. The release fork .and the
release levers are mounted on needle roller bearings. A dutch booster
is prov ided to reduce the stiffness in t he clutch pedal (fig. 116).
h. Pedal Stro ke Adju stm e nt (fig. 114 ). Set the pedal stroke
adjusting stop screw !SO that the highest point of the dutch pedal pad
is 150/. inches ( 1/. in.) from the hull floor.
... Clutch Pedal R <HI Adj u stme nt (fig. 114 ) . Check the length
of t he rod run nin!! from t he d utch pedal to the cross shaft dimension
'"
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAK>'I
TM 9-748
'34
!'ED..... STIIOKf ADJUSTMENT STOP SCREW
'D UM"
figure 114 _ Clutch Pedal Adj",'men's
and readjust its length if necessary. Th is rod should be 18 3/4

inches loni> measured from the cente r of one clevis pin ho le to the
other. If this length is not held to the above measurements, the
angle of the levers on the cross shaft will be changed and this will
affect the o peration of t he clutch pedaL
"A,~
d . Free Tra'e l of Clutch P edal Adju 8tll"': llt. The free travel
of the clutch pedal is determined by the clearance between the clutch
re lease bearing a nd the clutch release forlc. Clearance must exist
between these parts at a ll times; otherwise. the clutch will slip and
burn out. As the clutch disk facings become worn, the pedal free
trave l decreases. The free travel of the peda l should not be more
tha n 3112 inches or less than:2 inches (fill. 114 ). The adjustment i.
made by lengthening or sh ortening t he rod connecting t he clutch
cross shaft to the front end of this rod. Screwing in the adjusting
screw decreases the free p lay of the pedal; backing off the adjusning .
screw increases free travel If the correct free play cannot be o~
tained by this adjustment, the clutch plates are worn a nd m ust be
re placed.
f'.
AlijuBlme tat if the Clutch Drags.
( 1) GENERAL. If, after holdinll the pedal all the way down for
a few seconds, the a:ean clash when shift ina: into first or reverse gear,
the clutch i. draa:lPnl];. NOTE : There is a tendency fo r the clu tch
driven shaft to turn over slowly when clu tch is re/ea_d. This is
normal and will not cause any noticeable clMhin~. Check the pedal
stroke adj ustment (subpar. h above) a nd the free travel of peda l
adjustment (subpar. II above). If these adjustments are sati sfactory.
Or,
Iff..
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
TM
9~748
13.
CENTER Olive PLATE TUVfL

LIMit
ADJUSTING
SC~EW
-,
CLUTCH
P~ESSURE PLA TE -C
CLUTCH HOUSING
Fig ure ' 15 - Clutc h " .. p e dron Opening

check the adjustment of the three center drive plate travel limit
screws (Iii. 115) .
(2) PRELIMINARY STEPS. R emove the in$pKt ion p late from the
cover over the left side of the clutch housing (accessible from the
lighting compartment). Mak e sure the engine ignition swi tch is off.
Turn the enKine over until one of the center drive plate limit screws
appean st the openina as shown in ligure 11 5.
(3 ) CENTER DRIVIl PLAT!!: TRAVEL L IM IT ADJUSTMENT (Ii,.
11 5). With a screwdriver, turn the center drive plElte travel limit
adjusting screw in (clockwise) until it bottoms liahtly, then turn it
back four notches (counterclock wise). R epeat the Eloove procedure
for the two remain ing sdjustin, screws. If this adjustment fsils to
- correct the trouble, repeat the adjustment, backin, off the screws
5 notches insteEld of 4. If still unsati$lElC"tory, it is probsb le t hat the
center p lElte is binding on the flywheel drive lugs, the pi lot besring
in the flywheel is binding, the clutch disk spline<! hubs are too tight
on the clutch shaft, or that the driven plstes are warped, anyone o f
which will require the removal of the clutch (subpar. h below).
r.
A,lju etlu e nt if th e P ed al P reee ure i. Too S tiff. Check the

length o f the clutch pedElI to clutch cross shaft rod (meElsurin, from
'"
'fu
UNIVERSITY Of IUlWlI
ATURBANHHAMPAtGN
TM 9748
'"
scuw
figure 116 - Booster and Free Travel Adjust. r

the center o f o ne devis h o le to the o ther) and if incorre ct, adj ... t to
approllimately 18 3;. inches (fig. 114). ReplaCe the boo$ter spring

(fig. 116) if it is broken or weak, or adjust the booster (subpar. (I:
below ). Make lure that the linkage is not binding from lack of
l ubrication. Check the po!Iitions of the leven at in"er or outer end
of dutch cross shaft to make certain that they are not at too forward
an angle. The indtl< mark on the right end lever of the cross shaft
should be vertical at the end of the dutch pedal free play. The
other levers on the CrOSS shaft will be vertical in this pedal po$ition.
g. Cluteh Booete. R ep la.,e m e nt (fig. 116).
( I ) REMOVAl", Loosen the two cap screws that hold the adjustable bracket to the booster frame. Loosen the adjustment bolt loc k
1m .
0.",.
AT URBANHHAMPAIGN
U>
TM 9-748
"4
U. 'D UM21
figure 117 - Engine NlDunl.d in Stand

nut. Back off the adjustment bolt until ~he spring is In a released
position. R emove the booster spring and washers.
(2) INSTALLATION. Place the booster spring in position between
the two rollers (fig. 116). Slide a washer between each roller and
the booster s pring. Turn the adjusting bolt clockwise until threefourths o f the adjustment bolt is entered into the fra me. T ighten
the adjustment bolt lock nut. T ighten the two bracket screws.
h.
Clutch Re placem e nt.

(I ) REM OVAL. R emove the engine as outlined in paragraph 61.
R emove the $tarter as outlined in paragraph 93. Place the e n,lne
'"
Or>l, .. II. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAlQI
TM 9748
"4
I
. ... '0 l-l,.21
Figu re liB _ Re moving C/urch Moin shoft Flonge Nut
on a stand ( 415-494 2 14 ), using adapter ( 41-A-26-785) 8$ shown

in figure 117, so that the front e nd will be supported after the clutch
housing is removed R e move clutch mainshaft flange nut as shown
in figure 11 8 and remove the flange. R emove the clutch housing
(fii. 11 9) by removing the 12 flange nuts. T o hold the clutch
springs compressed while t he clutch pressure plate is removed, use
. ix '% _inc h, 16-tht... d, l'h inch... long ca p screws, screwing t hem
into the hoi" in the pr"lure plate assembly unt il t he heads just
bottom. Install the clutch .lining tool ( 41-T -3083-75 ) to keep the
clutch disk splines in alinemen l and a lso 10 p revent the clutch disks
from falling. R emove the lock wire from the 18 cap screws holdin g
the pressure pla te to the flywheel, and remove the cap $Crews a nd
pressure plate. R emove the center drive plate from the driving lu gs
in the flywheel. The clutch mainshaft can then be removed from
the housing, if nece ssary, by the follow ing procedure. R emove t he
nuts which attach the bearing retainer to the inside o f the clutch
housing. R emove t he retai ner and drive the sbaft to the insioe of
the housing, taking care not to da maie thre ad. on end of shaft.
.,
0.", 11 .
AT URBANHHAMPAlG.'I
'"
,,.
TM 9-748
CLUTCH RELEASE SURING

!NGINE
~ON'
Eye
MOUNT
'N'''\-'
CLUTCH SHAfT ~UNS IN CLUTCH

PILOT BEARING IN CRANKSHAfT
Figure 119 - Clutch Housing

(2)
I NSTALLATION.
Preliminary Sfeps. See that the frictio n surface o f the flywheel is smooth and cle an. Any deposits on the friction . urface
must be sanded down and the surface cleaned with dry-cleaning solvent. If the clutch shaft pilot bearing is in good condition, repadi:
it with ball and roller bearing grease.
( II)
(b) In$t all Clutch Dj~b and Ce nter Drive Plate. P lace one
driven plate (disk) in place with the long end of the hub toward
the flywheel (fig. 120). Insert the center drive plate with the retractor .pring ( fig. 120) towa rd the flywheel, making sure the driving
lug slots fit freely on the driving lugs in the flywheel. Im;tall the
ce nter drive plate on the flywheel lugs. T his will place the retractor
springs in line with the t hree open ings in the flywheel nearest the
three d owel pif1$ in t he flywheel rim, a nd bring the springs in line
with the three adjusting screws in the pres.sure pla le auembly. Using
the cl utch alining tool ( 41-T -3083-75), (fig. 12 1) , slip it through
the spline<! hub of the disk and into the clutch shaft pilot bearing.
R emove the hand le from the alining t ool. Slip the second disk on
the pilot with the long end of its hub away from the flywheel. . Thi.
n.
Or~
11. ..
UNIVERSITY OF 1li!NC]\
AT URBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9748
,3<
Cv.rru
O~tvE
,~,_~
.......n
TlAVa lIMIT
ADJUSTING SCREW (3)
ClonCt1 ORWEH
JI1.ATES IDISU I
lONG END Of
,
,
, /,
,
CLUTCH
_ __
I'tEUUU ~.
Hut TOW .... O

FLYWHEEL
CEHlER DR,,""',--_C
~. ~
INSTAll WlTN lONG EHD Of

HUI AWAY fRON. FlI'WHI:El
figure' 20 - ClulCh Disassemblerl
alines both driven members with each other and with the clutch shaft
pilot bearing, while the pressure plate assembly i$ bei ng attached.
(c) Install the Clutch Pressure Plate (fig. 121 ) . Install the clutch
pressure plate assembly so that the dowel holes line up, and install
the 18 cap screws which hold it to the flywheel. W ire the cap screws
to prevent loosening. Start the wire at the ca p screw nearest the
cl uch center dri ve pla te trave l limi t adjusting screw, and lock it with
the next nea rest cap screw. Proceed with the next two until they
all have been locked together in pairs. R emove the six %-i nch ca p
screws used to hold the pressure plate compressed.
(d) Adjust Center Drive Plete Travel Limit. Adjust the three
cente r drive plate travel limit adjusting screws ( fig. 120) with a
screwdriver by turnini clockwise until they bottom lightly; then turn
back 4 notches..
(e) I nstall Clutch Hou! int. If clutch mainshaft wa s removed,
.,
1m .
0.",.
ATURBANH HAM PAIGN
TM 9748
134
u.
'0
U,.u
f igur. '2' - C/ut{h With Alining Tool (.. ' . T.lOll.lS} In,tol/ed
insert it into bearing squarely and drive it into place using brass drift
as shown in figure 123. Install the bearing retainer and tighten the
nuts evenly. R emove the clutch alining tool ( 41-T3083-7S) as
shown in figure 122. Rai se housing into position and enter main shaft
in splined hubs of clutch disks. Carefully move the housing into posi_
tion on dowels in cylinder block. Install the attaching nuts and
tighten them evenly. Position the Range on mainshaft and t ighten
and secure the nut (fig. 118). R emove the engine from the stand
and install the starter (par. 93 ) . Install engine in vehicle (par. 62).
Mtoke proper entry on W.O., A.G.O. Form N o. 478, MWO and Major
Unit Assembly Replacement Re<:ord.
i.
Clutch Release Bearing or Fork Replace m e nt (fig. 119).
(I) REMOVAL. Remove the engine (par. 61). R emove the

clutch housing (subpar. h above). Disconnect the two springs which
hold t he release bearing and fork in contact. Slide the release bearing off the hub. T o remove the clutc h fork, remove one lock ring on
either e nd of the shaft running through the clutch fork and slide the
shaft out of the housing. Remove the fork from the housin!!.
(2) INSTALLATION (fig. 119). Piace the clutch release fork in
the housing, and insert the clutch release shaft through the nee-dle
'"
Or~
11. ..
UNNERSIH OF IliIl<Qj\
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9748
134- 135
RA '0 139624
figure 122 - Removing Clutch Alini"s Tool {41 T-308375}

roller bearings and fork. P lace the snap ring retainer in the housing
at each end of t he shaft. Slip the hub and bearing BSIIembly over the
hub of the bearing retainer, and hook the two springs to the clutch
release fork and the hub of the re lease bearing.
(3)
RECORD I NSTALLATION OF CLUTCH PARTS.
Make proper
entry on W .O., A.G.O. Form No. 478, MWO and Major Unit Assembly
Replacement Record whenever dutch re le ..... bearing, dutch driven
disks, or clutch pressure and drive plates are removed or replaced
135.
CL UTCH PEDAL AND LINK AGE.
Descriptio n (fig. 124). The clutch linkage consists of 8 pedal,

pedal return spring, clutch rod, cross shaft, and a clutch rod assembly
con nected to the release shift fork of t he clutch throw-out mechanism.
A booster assembly, adjustable for pedal pre$sure, is attached to a
bracket on t he hull Roor and t he end of the cross shaft. An adjuster,
for pedal free travel, is also attac hed to t he cross shaft a nd to the
dutch rod assembly, leading to the release shift fork of the dutch
t hrow-out mecha nism.
B.
.,
0.""
1m ,
UNIVERSITY 01' IUlNOI\

ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
"s
:!
~.. ~::::"-;~'~:~'D
n ..u
Figure 121 _ Ins,alling Clutch /IIIa/nsha" in Hausing
h. Clutc h P ed al.
( I ) R EMOVAL. Remove drive r's seat. Remove driver's floor
plat e by disconnecting high idling rods from back of plate a nd r~
m oving screws which retain plates to the brackets on the hull floor
(filii:. 124 ). R emove pedal return spring. R emove cotter pin a nd
d evis pin from dutch rod lit the pedal Loosen cap screw whic h
secures pedal to pedal shllft. Pull shaft from pedal and out of
bracket. Lift out flat washer and dutch pedal. Loosen j am n ut and
remove pedal stop screw from pedal.
(2) INSTA LLATION. Install pedal $top screw and jam nut. Position pedal at left of shaft bracket. Slide flat washer on pedal shaft;
t hen insert shllft t hrough bracket and pedal. T ighten pedal retaining
cap screw. Attach dutch rod to pedal with devis pin and cotter pin.
I nstall pedal return spring. Insta ll driver's floor plate. Check pedal
rod adjustment and adjust if necessary (subpar. e below). Adjust
pedal stroke (par. 134 b ) . R eplace driver's seat.
c. Clute h R od.
(1) R EMOVAL. R emove driver's seat and floor plate. R emove
pedal return spring (0, fig. 124 ). R emove cotter pins and devil! pins
attaching rod to pedal and to arm on cross shaft. L ift out rod.
(2) INSTALLATION. Adjust length of d utch rod (fig. 114 ) to
IS . inches from center of one devis hole to the other (par. 13 4 c).
'M
(
.,
Or'lo. '1If< .

ATURBANHHAMPA1GI-I
TM 9748
'"
Attach rod to arm on cross shaft and to pedal with clevis pins and
cotter pins (fig. 124). Install pedal return spring. Irutall driver's
floor plate and leal.
d. Cr O$& Shaft A&lJemhly.
( I ) R.MOVAL. R emove driver's seat and floor plate. Block
clutch pedal in full forward position. R emove clip retaining screws
and lock washers from side of dutch pedal free trave l adjuster
( F , fig. 125 ) a nd lift off clip. P ush retaining pin out of adjuster
and adjuster arm on dutch cross shaft. Loosen two cap screWl! which
lock booster spring support to booster support body; then lOO!len jam
nut and back all adjusting screw to relieve tension on spring. Pry
out $pdng and remove spring seats. R emove block and permit clutch
pedal to return t o nonna l position. Remo ve two booster support
body retain ing nuts and bolts, and lift out support body. D isconnect acce lerator and throttle rods from accelerat or cross shaft tube.
Disconnect clutch rod from arm on end of CrOS!l shaft. R e move nuts
and bolts securing bearing brackets to hull floor and lift out the cross
shaft assembly.
(2) DISA SS EMBL.Y OF CROSS SHAFT (fig. 125). Mark clutch rod
ann and end of cross shaft so they may be assembled in the same position. Loosen cap screw on clutch rod arm and tap 011 ann. Slide
bearing assembly 011 end of cross shaft. Loosen idlini rod retainini cap screw; then slide rod and accelerator cross shaft tube off cross
shaft. Lift oil seals from each end of tube. Loosen cap sc",w on
booster as.sembly ann. Tap 0 11 arm and remove Woodruff key from
shaft keyway. Slide bearing as.sembly off cross shaft.
(3) A SSEM BLY OF CROSS SHAFT (fii. 125). Slide riiht-hand
bearing assembly on cross shaft. Insert Woodruff key into ke yway
and tap booster assembly arm over key onto cross shaft. T ight en
arm retainini cap screw. P osition oil sea ls on e ach end o f accelerator
cross shaft tube. Clean and lubricate bearings in tube; then slide tube
on clutch cross shaft against fiat side of clutch pedal free travel adjuster arm. Slide idling rod on shaft against end of accelerator cross
. haft tube and tight en rod eet. in ing cap aereW.
Slide Left be.rinK
assembly on cross shaft. Al ine marks on end of cross shaft and clutch
rod arm , and tap arm on cross shaft. Tiihten arm retainini cap
sc",w.
( 4 ) I NSTALLATION (fig. 124). PO!lition CTO!lS shaft assembly on
hull floor. Secu", belflring brac kets to hull floor with bolts and nuts.
AUlflch clutch rod IfInn on e nd of cross shlflft. Block clut ch pedlfll in
full forward position. Install booster support body assem bly. Compress spring in a vise and hold it in compressed posit ion with wire.
R emove spring from vise. P osition spring seMS on end of spring; then
position assembly between booster assembly arm on croS! shaft and
the sprini su pport in the booster support body. T urn adju!lting screw
no
Or~
II. ..
UNNERSIH OF IllINC]\
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
135
.,." n ... - _., . ........ ,......<IIM.
IS
I ~~~ ~
i'~~3
~
~~ " ~
i O' ~".
mh!!
"~
~
~~
:~!
~HU
!i~i~~
0
%%
!nm
"
,"
Or""nolln.m
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
-,
I
..
~
TM '-741
135-136
until sprina: il supported; then remove wire from Ipring. Clean and
lubricate adjuster arm bearing. Po.ition clutch pedal free travel adjuster over ann and install retainina: pin. Install spri nl clip. Remove
block and pennit dutch pedal to return to nannal poIition. Connect
throttle and accelerator rods to accelerator CfO$ll Ihaft tube. Install
d river'1 fioor plate. Check pedal free travel and adjust if necessay
(par. 134 d). Install driver's seat (par. 162 e).
e. Chueh Rod Auemhly.
( 1) R~MOVAL. R emove filhtinl compartment lloor platel (par.
137 a). R emove cotter pin and devil pin attaching clutch rod to
release shaft fork dutch throw-out mechanism. Block dutch pedal
in full forward position. Remove clip retaining screws and lock
washer from side of dutch pedal tree travel adjuster (F, fil. 125).
Lift off d ip. Push adjuster pin out of adjuster and ann on cross shaft.
Then lift the adjuster assembly off cross shaft. L ift dutch rod assembly o ut throulh fighting compartment.
(2) INSTALLATION. Block dutch pedal in full forward position.
Clean and lubricate bearing in adjuster ann on cross shaft. Push
adjuster over arm and install retaining pin. Install spring clip. R emove block and permit clutch to return to normal position. Connect
dutch rod to release shaft fork of clutch throw-out mechanism with
clevis pin and cotter pin. Check clutch pedal free trsvel and adjust
if necessary (par. 134 d). Replace fightinl compartment lloor plstet.
136.
PROPELLER SHAPfS AND UNIVERSAL JOINTS.
... Prolleller Shdu.

(I) DESCRIPTION (6,. 126 ). The propeller shaft transmits power
from the engine in the rear of the vehicle to the transmission at the
front of the vehide.
(2) REMOVAL. Remove the engine from the vehicle (par. 61) .
R emove the ellCape hatch from the fioor plate. Workin g throuVi the
ope ninl in the Roor plate, unllCrew the oil seal retainer (H, fig. 126)
lit the front unive ..al .Iip joint. Pull the propeller .haft to the rear
out of the "tunnel H (the front end of the shaft will pull o ut of the
slip joint in the front universal joint, lellving the front universal on
the transmission). Loo.en the generator belt adjustment (par. 99 b).
Remove the nuts from the front universal and remove the universal
joint.
(3) INSTALLATION. Remove the front universal from the propel.
ler shaft and insta ll it o n the lransmission. Slip the propeller shaft
in between the ammunition racks and connect the front universal
joint to the propeller lhaft at the splined slip joint. Arrow mllrks are
placed on both the front and rear universal joints a nd on the propeller
shaft. These IIrrOWI mUlt be lined up before assembly of the uni.
Or>l, .. II. ..
AT URBANHHAMPAKiN
TM 9-748
".
versal joint to the propeller shaft. This is to make certain that the
front and rear universal joint yokes are" in alinement to prevent
propeller shaft vibration. Screw the oil seal retainer cap (fig. 126)
on the front universal joint, making sure that the cork ring and snap
ring washers are not damaged Adjust the generator belts (par. 99 b).
Install the engine (par. 62) and bolt the rear universal joint to the
clutch flange. Depress the clutch and turn the propeller shaft to
install all the bolts.
h.
Propeller Sh aft Unlve.... 1 JoinU.
(1) DESCRIPTIO N'. Two universal joints are used with the
propeller shaft, one at each end. The front one is connected to the
shaft through a spline<! slip joint. The yoke for the rear universal
joint is part of the shaft (fig. 126). Four needle roller bearings are
used in each universal joint. The bearings a nd seals in the univenal
joints are the parts most likely to wear out. EXCl!!lSive bearing wear
is indicated. by propeller shaft vibration. When vibration develop&,
notify higher authority before the universal joints require replacement. Universal joint bearings can be replaced by ordnance ma intenance personnel without removing the universal joints if the need is
detected in time, thus saving the removal of the engine.
(2)
MENT.
PROPEl.l.t::R SHAPT UNIVERSAl. JOINT BEARING REPLACE.
(a) Removal (fig. 126). T o remove the bearings in the propelle r

shaft universal joint front or rear, remove the escape hatch at t he
forward end of the hull lloor. This is ne<:essary in ocder to work on
the forward universal joint. Hold the dutch pedal down, and have
the transmission in neu.t ra l to free the propeller shaft. Tum t he
shaft until t he universal joint lubrication fitting is accessible. R e
move the fitting. Remove the universal joint beariag cover plate by
bending down t he locking eaTS and removing the bolts. H old down
the clutch pedal and tum the propeller shaft one-half turn. Remove
the opposite bearing cover which now faces up. Using a brass or
copper drift, tap the bearing down until the trunnion focces the bottom
bearing to drop out. H old the dutch pedal down and tum propeller
shaft onehalf turn. Using a brass or copper drift, drive the universal
joint trunnion down until the other bearing is forced out of the yoke.
Follow the same procedure to remove the other two bearings.
(b) Installation (fig. 126). Examine the cork seal and retainer
of each bearing and replace if necessary. Place the trunnion in the
yoke and pUllh it through the yoke so. that the bearing can be set in
place on the trunnion; then drive the bearing lightly into the yoke
on the propeller shaft until the bearing is lIush. Assemble the cover
plate to the slot in the bearing and line up the bolt holes in the cover
with the holes in the yoke. Install the two ca p scre~ and lock plate.
'"
Or,
Iff..
NURBANHHAMPAlGN
1M 9748
136
,.
~
H.
a~'~
>
.1
0
>
>
I
~
! ~g
>
-"
h~mm
U
I
>
0 -
__ ".Im .
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
TM 9-748
'36
.C.,
..i
.C
.a.
1
~
,_ _
'"
)ri
,,,..1 In
----' c
AT URBANHHAMPAIGN
1M 9-748
136-137
... "' ",.2'

Figvre 121 _ Atceuory Driv e Shoft - DiaolH mbled
T urn the universal joint and enter t he opposite bearing on the trunnion. Drive the bearing lightly into the yok e. L ine up the slot in
the bearing and the cover and install the cover. Bend up one ear
o f the loc k plate against each of the ca p screw heads (at each plate ).
R "p".t the procedure for the other two be.ring .
(c) R eCOTd In~t.l/lltjon 01 Propel/llr Shalt or Univer$lll Join t",

M ake proper entry on W.O., A G.O. F orm N o. 4 78, MWO and M ajor
Unit Assembly R eplacement R ecord whenever propeIJer shaft or universal joints are rep laced.
J 37.
FAN DRIVE SHAFTS AND UNIVE RSAL JOI NTS.
a. Fa n Drl ~'e S haft. (fig. 127). T he fan drive shafts provide a

connection between the driving flange on the accessory gea r assembly
at the rear of the engine and the flange on the accessory drive tlOuSing, one on each side of the enline. T o re move t he shaft. remove the
four bolts from each flange.
Or>
Iff<-
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
1M 9-748
137- 138
h 'an Sh aft U n i\'t~nH I J oi nt (fig. 127). Two universal joinu

are used on each shaft, one at each end. Four needle roller bearings
are provided in each universa l joint. Fan drive shafts lire supplied
as an assembly with the universals in place.
., R e place m e nt. Disconnect the fan drive shaft at the accessory
drive housing. Disconnect the shaft at the enlline and re move the fan
drive shaft. T o install the fan drive shaft, connect the shaft to the
e ngine and then to the accessory d rive housing.
Section XXX
POWER TRAIN ASSEMIL Y

138.
UESt :RIPTIO N.
II. Gene ral (fill. 128) . T he power train assembly consists of the
transm ission, cont rolled differential with steering b rakes, and the final
driv... to which t h", track drivina .p,-...,k"'t. a r.. aUached. T h'" unit.
are bolted t o, and assembled in. a la rge one-piece casting ca lled the
d ifferential housing. T his housi ng is bol ted to the hu ll and forms t he
front part of the vehic le. The final d rive units can be removed as
separate assemblies with the power train in the vehicle. The steering
brakes are adjusted and brake shoe assemblies can be replaced with
the power train in the vehicle. T he transmission and the different ia l
h ousing assembly are usually removed or insta ll ed after t he power
train is removed from the vehicle.
h. Tra n. mi n io n (fig. 128). The transmission is an extra heavy
duty type with five forward speeds and one reverse. T he transmis.sion case is bolted to the differential carrier. T he pin ion whic h drive,
the different ial bevel drive gear (rinll gear) is mounted on the for
ward end of the transmission output shall.
Diffe r e ntial. The differentia l perm iU t he outer track to
travel faster than the inner track on turns, or one track to travel
faster t han t he ot her on uneven ground. Because th e differential is
t he controlled type, it also provides a means of steering and stopping
the vehicle. W hen the brake on either bra ke drum is applied, it p uU
a planetary gear train on that side of the differential into motion. As
a result. the track on the side o f the vehicle on which the b rake is
being applied is slowed down, a nd the tra-ck on t he opposite side
speeded up: and the ve hicle steers to the side of t he slower moving
track.
t'.
d. F in a l Drh'''' (fig. 128). The two final drive assemblies are

bolted to the ends of the differentia l housing. T he track d riving
'u
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIQI
TM 9748
'30
'"
~.
0
u
"
"
<
..
Z.
. ,
.u
>
~8
-.
~~
"
"~
-,
Or"" 1m ,
UNIVERSIH 01' IlliNOIS
ATURBANHHAMPA1QI
n.
TM 9-748
13.
, ...
.... -
r~
M<tJ ~,
... ~
....
,~."_ i
,"0
u
iii oiii
"
0 ."
% 0,
".
'.
,"%
o.
5%
0
"
-.
<,
~
"
~
5%
-,
">
0
"
-
-.
i,
,
>
-
>
0~ "0
0
"
0
I 0 I
iii 0
0
0
.%
"
"
'0
..".
"
"
-.
- "
"
~
.,
">
!
" "
v~
"
"
"0
Or~
".ll.m
UNNERSITY OF 1li!NC]\
ATURBANHH AM PAlGN
<
TM 9748
131-139
'-Of
T.... A...... ",
'----n, - -IIRAKE DRUM
~-C"-- BRAKE SHOE GUIDE
sproc kets are attach ed to a hub on each end of the final drive assemblies.
139.
STEERING BRAKES.
. DeHriplion. Steering brakes are incorporated in the differential su b-assemblies located on both sides o f the differentiaL One
track cannot be stopped ind ependently of the o ther; thus some movement oc;cu,", in both tracks durin" turning. The two steering brakes
Ore three-shoe, double-anc hor, e xte.mal contracting brake~, one on
each side of t he differentia! assembly.
'fu
Of IUlNC]\
ATURBANH HAMPAlGN
UNIVE~IH
n'
1M 9-748
13.
h. Removal of A_mhlie".
( 1) DRAIN TRANSMI SS ION AND FIN AL DRI VE. R e fer to paragraph 33.
(2) DISCONNECT STEERING BRAKE CoNTROL RODS. Refer t o subparagraph e (2) below.
(3) RI!:MoV!: STI!:I!:RING BRAKI!: CoVI!:RS. R e fer to subparagraph e
(3) below.
(4) RI!:MoV!: STEERING BRAKI!: REVERSE ANCHOR. Loo sen reverse anchor thrust bolt nut. Back o ut thrust bolt unt il flush with
inside of differentia l carrie r. Lift out the reverse anchor. Remove
seal and sp ri ng (fig. 129) frorn reverse anchor.
( 5) LoWER THE BRAKE SHOE GUIDE. Loosen the brake shoe
guide screw nut and screw t he guide down as for as possible (fig. 129).
(6) REM OVE ADJUSTING ROD LEVER. Remove the adjusting rod
adjusting nut with soc ket wrench ( 41.W_2573-400) and remove clip
from the adjusting rod (fig. 135). R e move cotter pins from inner
end o f brake shoe long pi n and a djusting rod lever pin (fi g. 135).
Pull top of rear shoe o ut of different ial carrier ( fig. 130) and withdraw Long pin. Lower the $hoe to bottom of openin&- Withdraw the
adjusting rod lever pin and lift o ut the lever.
(7) REM OVE STEERING BRAKE SHAn. At the right. remove the
cotte r pin from clevi. pin a t lower end of steering brake sha ft lever
connecting rod and remove clevis pin. Examine outer ends of brake
shafb to ma ke sure both shafts and levers are marked. If marks are
not visible, use a prick punch to mark the parts for reassembly in
same positions. R emove the bolt and lock washer from the brake
s haft lever and drive the lever off the shaft. R emove the three bolts
and lock washers from the brake shaft trunnion (fig. 13 1). Slide
trunn ion and shaft out of carrier unti l inne r end of shaft clears the
bushing. Tip the inner end of brake s haft down, and move it toward
center of vehicle. Pull trunn ion o ff shaft. Rem ove the shaft through
the brake cover opening (fig. 13 1) .
(8) REMOVE BRAKE S HOE ASSEMBLY. The brake $hoe assembly
can now be re moved by pulling the shoes out over the top o f the drum
while lifting the s hoes over the brake shoe guides at the bottom
(fig. 131 ). Wipe o ut d iffe rential carrier housing to rem ove any d irt.
(9) DISASSEMBLE BRAKE SHOES. Remove cotter pins from one
end of the two steering brake shoe long pins and the short pi n (fig.
135 ). W ithdraw the pins to separate shoes and disconnect the adjusting rod.
( 10) I NSPECT STEERING BRAKE PARTS. I nspect brak e drums
and if found to be deep ly scored, not ify higher authority. Examine
levers, p ins, shafts, and bushings for wear. Replace worn parts. If
lining is loose. damaged, glazed. or worn down to %~-inch th ick ness
or less, re p lace shoes.
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAK;/;
TM 9748
13.
,~.
.A
~D
"96H
Figu,. 131 - In.talling B,ok. Ope,ating Shaft and T,unn ion
r. Inlllll ll il li oll of Do uhle An(" ho r Brll ke S hoe A&lloe mhliee.

(I) ASSEM8l.E STEE RING BRAKE SHOE., Athlch ~djU$ting rod to
end of forwllrd shoe, using short pin (fig, 130), I nsert and spread
new cotter pin, Connect the other two shoes together and attach
them to forward shoe, using long pins, Insert and spread new cotler
pllls'
(2) I NSERT BRAKE SHOE ASSEMBLIES IN DIFI"ERJI;NTIAL CA RRIER.

P lace the upper end of the rear shoe on top of the bra ke drum
(fill, 130) , F eed the brake shoes around the drum and Kuide the shoes
over the brake shoe guide at the bottom,
(3) I NSTALL BRAKE SHAFT, Posit ion a new gasket on fla nge
of brake shaft trunnion with genera l purpose grease. I nsert serrated
end of bra ke shaft into brake cover open ing and out through trunnion hole (fig, 131). Slide trunn ion over end o f shaft. Move shaft
outward, and insert inner end in bushing in differential carrier. Slide
trunnion against differential carrier. I nstall three bolts with loc k
washers. and tiahten bolts,
(4) I NSTALL ADJUSTING ROD L EVER. Connect the upper end
of adjusting rod lever to bra ke shaft to le ver link with the adjusting
rod lever pin. I nsert and spread new CQtter pin. Connect the lower
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAK;/;
H'
TM 9748
139
....
~II "~ I
Figur. 132 _ Conn e<,inll' Ilro'" Op.ro';ng Shof, L;nk
end of lever to brake shoe assembly with brake shoe long pin (fil];.
132). Insert and spread ne w cotter pin.
(5) I NSTALL ADJUSTING Roo SPRING AND WAS HERS. Slide adjuninl]; rod spring down on rod against shoulder. Place washer on
rod against spri ng. Insert brake shaft pin in lever with flat of pin
turned to rear (fig. 133) . Center the hole in pin with opening in
lever, and insert steerin& brake adjustin& rod throu&h hole in brake
shaft pin. Place adjusting nut cl ip on rod with fingers vertical and
flat side against b rake shaft pin. Screw adjustinl]; rod adjusting nut
on rod with tapered end against clip (fig. 135).
(6) I NSTALL BRAKE SHAFT LEVERS. Place b rake snaft lever
on shaft with reference marks in alinement to aSSUre correct angular_
ity of brake operati ng mechanism. Drive lever onto shaft so bolt
hole registers with groove in shaft. Install bolt with lock washer,
and tighten bolt. Attach the b ra k e shaft lever connecting rod to
the riiht brake shaft lever with devis pin. Jnsert and spread new
cotter pin.
(7) CoMPLETE ASSEMBLY AND P ERFO RM M AJOR ADJUSTMENT.
R efer to paragraph d (1) through ( 18). R ecord brake shoe replace-
...
Or
>
If.
ATURBANHHAMPAIGH
1M 9-748
13.
ADJUSTING
ROO SPRING
ADJUSTI>IG ROO HIlT WASNER

VI'D U _
Figllre 133 _ 'n,talling Ad;lIsting Rod Spring and Washer

ment on W.o., A.G.O. Form No. 478, MWO and M ajor Unit Assembly
R eplacement R ecord.
d. Minor Adjullmenl of Douhle Anc hor Brake.

( 1 ) ADJUST STEERING BRAKE CONTROL LEVER FREE TRAVEL,
R emove the two adjusting hole cover plugs and gaskets (fig. 129).
If adjustin, rod nut does not have a spring dip, disconnect brake
control rod upper yokes from the levers; otherwise, nut will be damaged. Tighten the adjusting rod adjusting nut (fig. 137) on each
brake u nt il both steering brake control levers have 4 to 51f:z-inches
free trave l (fig. 139). CAUTION: AdjustinlJ nuts mud be turned
.to flat. are in contact with clip to lock the nut.
( 2 ) CHECK SnERING BRAKl!. CO NTROL LftVERS FOR EQUAL
TRAVEL. Pull both levers back with equ.a l force and check for equal
Or>l, .. 11. ..
UNIVERSITY OF 111INC]S
AT URBANHHAMPAK;I-I
H'
TM 9-748
139
1:.... .I,.
,
, -;...
"""""
"""""'
""" """
REVElSE
"HOiOt SPRING
STEERING aRAKf
"""" """'"
""""" """
"""""'
"" """ SHAFr
"""' ...
........
OPERAtING
OP'ERlllING !VEl
OJ'SCREW
'"- ,
onRllnNG
"""
'"'"
OP'ERIITlNQ I.fVBt
I
.I
I.VEJI:
"'''''''' '"
"'"'"'
~".""
J.OJUSlING ROO
Iol .
lONG HlNGl PIN
YJ ,'
J.OJUSTlNG ROD HUT
""".""
.o.DJUStING ROD
BRII~E
SHOE
"SSEMBlY
u.v:E SHOE
~!
I
U>
,
GUIDE
(J
f '\
R"
~D
n 'J6lS
Fig ure 134 - Sfeering Brake Cover Rem oved Showing Brake
Operol ing "'e( honism
Or~
II. ..
UNNERSIH OF IllINOI\
ATURBANH HAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
".
f
-g,
--,-~~
w
<
w
w
>
w
Or>9,,,.ll.m
ATURBANHHAM PAKiN
1M 9748
139
lever travel. If travel is not equal, tightelJ t he adjusting nut on the

bra ke controlled by the lever having greater travel until the travel
of both leven is equa l.
(3) I NSTAl..l.. ADJUSTING H OI..E CoVE R PI..UGs. Inspect gasket
and if damaged, replace. PO!Iition gasket on cover plug and install
p lug. R epeat for cover p lug on opposite side.
c. Ma jor Adju 8tme nt o f Brakee,
( 1) DRAIN PoWER TRAIN ASSEMBI..Y. Remove drain plug and
drai n oil from power train (par. 33). If oi l i. to be used again,
drain into clean. containers having 45-gallon capacity.
(2) DISCONNECT STEERING BRAKE LEVER R ODS. Remove cotte r
pins and clevis pins from yokes on upper ends of brake lever rods
(fig. 129). Pu ll the leven and rods back out of the way.
(3) REMOVE STEERING BRAKE CoVERS. M ake sure 24-volt
master switch is off. Remove jam nut, adjusting nut, and seat from
reverse steering brake a nchor (fig. 129). Take ou.t bolts with lock
washen which attach toe guard on left side. R emove toe guard.
T .,.k e out the remai n in, bolts with lock washers which att ach bra ke
cover to differential carrier. Lift out brake cover and gasket. Repeat procedure to remove brake cover on opposite side.
(4) PARTIAI..I..Y REMOVE R IGHT BRAKE SHOE TO I NSPECT L IN_
11'10. Swing rear end of anchor down, and li ft out reverse steering
brake anchor with spring, Beal retainer, and seal (fig. 135). Loosen
brake shoe guide screw nut and screw t he guide all the way down
(fig. 134). R emove adjusti ng rod adjusting nut and remove dip.
R emove cotter pin from inner end of lon, pin at top of rear brake
shoe (fig. 134). Pull top of brake shoe bac k out of carrier and with.
draw the long pin.
(5) I NSPECT BRAKE LINING. Inspect the brake shoe lining (fig.
135). If the lining measures ~ ~ inch thick, or Ie", or if it i. ,lazed
and shiny, replace all brake sh oes. Examine brake drums, If it is
deeply scored, notify hiiher authority before p roceeding further.
(6) REASSEMBLE RIGHT BRAKE. If the brake drum and lining
are serviceable, reassemble the right brake. Connect lower shoe to
steering brake shoe adjusting rod lever with long pin. Insert new
cotter pi n, and spread. Install spring and washer on adjusting rod
(fig. 133) and insert rod through brake shaft pin. Place adjusting
nut clip on rod with flat against brake shaft pin. Screw adjusting
rod adjusting nut, tapered end first, on rod two to th~ full turns
(fig. 135).
(7) ADJUST BRAKE SHOE GUIDE CLEARANCE. The lower shoe
on each b rake rf!$t$ on a brake shoe guide (fig. 134 ). Ti,hten ad
justing rod adjusting nut until shoes a re snug agai nst drum$. Loosen
brake shoe guide jam n ut (fi,. 134). Adjust height of brake shoe
'"
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9748
13.
guide 10 that a O.O IO-inch feeler will pass, with slight dreg. between
the guide and the lowest point of the brake shoe. Tighten nut and
recheck clearance. This adjustment will provide O.O IO-inch clearance
between the lining and the drum with the brakes in releesed position.
Repeat for opposite brake.
( 8 ) INSTALL REVERSE STEERING BRAKE ANCHOR. Install spring
on reverse steering brake anchor. Place the reverse anchor seal
re tainer on the anchor with the flat side against the spring. Slide
the reverse anchor seal on anchor so that shoulder is seated in t he
retainer wit h sleeve projectinK throuKh t he retainer and into sprinK
(fig. 135) . Place the anchor in position under t hrust bolt w ith end
hooked over the adjustin, rod yoke (fia;. 129). Loosen nut; then
tighten reve ne anchor thrust bolt as required to hold anchor in place.
(9) INSTALL B~AKIt CoVItRS, Make lure gasket surfaces of
differential carrier and both steering brake covers are clean. Position new gasket on cover with general purpose a;rease. Start reverse
steerin, brake anchor through hole in cover. Guide the cover into
position on differential carrier so that the pedestal on inside of cover
supports lower end of adjusting rod lever (fig. 129). It may be
necessary to raise up o n the brake shaft lever or raise the cover up
with a drift to aline t he bolt holes. Install bolts and lock washers
at top and bottom, but do not tighten. On left side, attach the toe
guard to cover with the second, third, and fourth bolts from the
bottom. Instal] the remainin, bolts with lock washers. Tighten
cove r boltc evenly to compress gasket uniformly. Place reverse
anchor adjustin, nut seat on end o f anchor with flat side a,ainst
steerinK brake cover (fig. 128). Screw reverse anch or adjustinK nut
on anchor with beveled side aKainst the seat. Screw the jam nut on
anchor aKainst the adjusting nut.
( 10) ADJUST Re;vERSE STEERING BRAKE ANCHOR. Turn reverse anchor thrllSt bolt d own until it is felt to contact the anchor;
then back off the thrust bolt one full turn to provide proper clearance. H old bolt, and t ighten thrust bolt nut (fig. 129 ). Tum reverse anchor adjustin, nut down until anchor i. felt to contllct
forward brake shoe; then back off I Ih turns. H old adjusting nut,
and ti,hten jam nut.
(I I ) ADJUST BRAKE CROSS SHAFT LEFT LEVER HEIGHT. Remove adjusting hole cover and Kasket from right steering brake
cover. Turn adjustini rod adjusting nut. Pull up on lever, and
turn adjusting nut to position the brake cross shaft left lever so the
center of clevis pin hole is %8 inch above machined edKe o f d ifferential carrier housing (fi,. 139) with brake .hoes in contact with
drum.
(12 ) ADJUST LEFT STEItRiNG BRAKE SHAFT LItVER HeIGHT.
Rem ove adjusting hole cover a nd Itasket from left Iteerinlt brakt;
.,
Or", . 11 .
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
'"
TM 9-748
".
RIGHT PARKING ,,' lOCK QUADRANT
l EfT PAaKlN G
BRAKE lOCK
QUADRANT
Figure '36 - Parlling arab Lock Mecha nism

cover. Pull up on lever, and turn adjusting rod adjustini nut to
position the left steering brake shaft lever so the center of clevis
pin hole i. 4 'h inches below machined edie of differential carrier
housini (fig. 139) with brake shoes in contact with drum.
( 13) ADJUST Sn;e:R I NG BRAKe: CONTROL LEVER STOP ScRe:W S.
Loosen lock nuts on steering brake control lever stop screws (fig.
138 ). Adj ust screws so distance from face o f left brake cover at
top of the centerline of the levers is 7 to 71f.t inches with levers in
forward position (fig. 139 ). Tighten lock nuts.
( 14 )
ADJUST STR IN G BHAK CoNTROL R OD LNGTH. Loosen
!teering brake control rod yoke jam nuts at top of rods. Position
control levers forward against stop screws (j, fig. 138). Adjust yoke
so holes in left rod in yoke are a lined with hole in left brake s haft
lever when center of the lever hole is 4 'h inches below edge of
differential carrier housing (fig. 139) and brake shoes are in contact
w ith the drum. Insert clevis pi n through rod yok e and lever. I nstall and spre ad new cotter pin in clevis pin. Tighten control rod
yoke nut. Adjust yoke on right control rod $0 holes in yoke are
alined with hole in bra ke cross shaft left lever when center of the
lever hole is '}'Iij inch above edge of differential carrier hOll$ing (fii.
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9748
139- 140
REVERSE
ANCHOR
THINST BOLT
BR.UE CROSS
SHAFT LEfT LEVER
~:::=
LEFT BRAKf
OI'I:J!'" TlNG
SHAft
':I
lE V E ~
: , ;":'"
ANCHOR
REVERSE ANCHOR ADJUSTING NUT
CAP SClfW
RA
~O
n ,u.
Figure 131 - Adjlllting S,eeri"g Sralle

139) and brake shoes are in contact with the drum. I nsert clevis
pin through rod yoke and lever. Install and spread new cotter pin
in clevis pin. Tighten control rod yoke nut.
( 15)
AOJUST STEERING BRAKE CONTROL LEVER FREE TRAVEL.
R e fer to subparagraph II ( 1) above.

( 16 )
TRAVEL.
(17)
BRAtc:!'; CoNTROL LEVERS YOR EQUAL

Refer to subparagraph.1 (2) above.
CHECK S"U:ERING
INSTALL
ADJUST I NG
H O LE
COVERS,
I<! erer to
l ubpan.-
graph d (3) above.

( 18)
l40.
FILL POWER TRAIN WITH O IL.
Refer to par&&rllph 33.
PARKING BRAKES.
II. DeKriplion. The parking brake coru;ists of two toothed quadrants (fig. 136) one on the forward side of each steerini brake lever
which is eniaied by pawls when a foot pedal is opera ted, thus holding the neering brake levers in pulled-back position. Kicking the
pedal forward sets the brake s, and kickini the pedal back releases
them.
~
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAlQI
'"
TM 9748
140
"I
A _CLUTCH I'W.'ol
a _sTtfIllNG l.VEa SHAFT
C_lfFT 5TEERlt-IG lEVER ROO
D_ lfFT STHIII'IG
lEVE ~
STEfRI~
' _RlGtn'
L.VR ROD
,_RIGIfl
' SfSWITCH
EfRltolG lEVO
G _HORH
KARHESS
H _fOOT THROrTLE 'EDAl
J_I'fOAl 5TO' SCREW
1t _,EDAl UTl,IRN Sl'Rlt-IG

L _'EDAl SHAFT IOlT
M -fOOT THROrTLE f RONT ROD
N _5TEERING lEVttt 5TO' SCREWS
' -CLUTCH I'fOAl SHAFT
Q _IRAOCT
a _CLUTCH ROD
S_ClUTCH I'BlAl 510' SClEW
. ... '0 U f6,9
Figure 138 _ Clulch Pede", St.ering Brake Leve rt, (lnd

Arrel.ralo, Pe dal In,'al/at/on,
h. Re m oval o f Brake Loc k l\1ei:h a ni 8m (fig. 136). K ick the

b rake lock pedal back and pWlh the steering brake leven forward.
Pry down and forward on the b rake lock pawls to release them. R emove the pawls and extemion springs from the bra ke Lock arms..
... In8talla tion of B ra k., Lock M .,c h .nl~ m . Assemble the extension springs and the brake lock pawls.. Attach the extension springs
to the brake lock arms. Force the pawls into position where t hey
'"
.,
Or", . 11 .
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
TM 9-748
140-141
.o..DJUST IRAkES
WHEN LEVERS
MUST 51: PULLED
BACK Of VERTICAL
FOR MAKING A
NORMAL TURN
---'"i
RELEASfD POSITIOt>i
7 TO 7'Ia INC HES
U.'D 33....0
Figure '39 _ Sleeting B,ake Leve, and B,oke Sha" Leve, Adju" menf
are seated at t heir lower end. Operate t he brake lock pedal and
steering brake control levers to make sure mecha nism is working
satisfactorily.
141.
STEERING BRAKE CONTROL LEVERS AND LINKAGE.
8. DellCription. The steering brake levers (K, fig. 6), which are
\Qed to steer and . top the veh;,",le, o perate the bra ke shoes on the
two brake drum., one on each side of the differential. T he brake
is applied when the steerina: lever is pulled back and the brake shaft
levers moves up.
h. I.n. peel S leerin g Bra k" I.e,e r F ree Tra.el. Steering brake
control lever free travel is measured at the tops of the levers (fig.
139 ). B rak!! control lever free travel is the distance the le ver travels
when pulled back (with liaht pre$$Ure only) from fully released
position until the brake shoes are felt to seat against the brake drum.
On double-anchor brakes, the recommended minimum free travel is
4 to S'h inches. When, due to lini na: wear, the free travel has increased sufficiently to aliow the control lever to come back of the
(
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
.
TM 9-748
141
vertical posItion before the shoes contact the drum, a minor brake
adjustment must be made (pa r. 139 .1 ).
c. R"mo",,1 of wnlrul8 and Unkllgc.
(1) RI!MOVE DRIVER'S FLOOR PLATE. Remove driver's seat.
R emove Roor attac hing screws; th en lift o ut the floor pla te.
(2) REMOVE H ORN SWITCH. Remove two stud nutl which attach horn ,witch to right $leering brake lever (fig. 58 ). remove three
conduit damps (fig. 124 ). and lay switch and conduit aside.
(3)
RIIMOVE STEERING BRAKE LEVERS AND RODS.
D isconnect
both brake rods at brake arms by rem oving cotter pins and clevis
pins. D iscon nect acce lerat or rod at accelerator peda l ( fig. 124) and
cross shaft tube; then pull rod back to provide clearance for removal
of steering brake lever shaft (fig. 129). R emove cotte r pin and flat
w8$her at left end of steering brake shaft. T a p shaft out, being sure
that spacers between leveu and at end of shaft are not lost. Lift
out levers with IIttached rods. R e move brake rods from b ra ke le vers
by removing cotter pin and devis pins.
(4) REMOVE STEERING BRAKE CoNTROL R ODS. R emove yoke
pins which connect steerin, bra k e contro l ro(h to CrOft . haft I"ver
and left brake shaft lever ( fig. 129) . Lift out control rods.
CAUT ION: Do not chlln~e the l entth of the rods by IIdjustin~ tbe
yoke. e llcept when makin, mlljor IIdjustment . (par. 139 e).
(5) REMOVE STEERING BRAKE CROSS SHAFT UVERS. Remove
steering brake lever screws and loc k washen. CAUTION ; Pull
screw! 1111 the wily out. Tap brake cros& shaft le vers from ends
of cross shaft and brake operatin, shafts.
d. In8tallation &.
( 1) INSTALL STEERING BRAKE CROSS SHArf LEVERS. Slide
CTO!lS shaft leve ... on 3elTa ted e nd. o f brake crOllS sh aft a nd brake
operatini left and riiht shaft. CAUTION; M ak e lure referenee
mllrh on ends of MlIlt. lind on lever. lire in IIlinemen! or b rllk".
cannot be tJdjusted properly. Instlill brllke le ver lCTews a nd lock
washers.
(2) INSTALL STEERING BRAKE CoNTROL LEVERS AND R ODS.
Place one spacer o n the steering brake shaft and aline the riiht
steering brake lever with hole in brac ket. Insert the shaft throuih
the bracket and lever just far enouih to allow the other steering
brake lever to be installed on the shaft. P osition the left lever,
al ine the hole with the shaft, and drive the shaft through the lever
and bracket. Install the outer spacer on the shaft, and the cotter
~ in end of shaft. Install the yoke pins which connect the steering
br+:e rods to the $leering b ra ke levers (fig. 129 ) . Install the yoke
pins whic h connect the rods to the CI"OSll $haft lever and left brake
shaft leve r. Connect acce le rator rod t o accelerator peda l and CI"OSll
shaft tube.
'm
ATURBANHHAMPAK;/;
TM 9748
141_142
~""
GEARSHIFT LlVBt
GEAlISIilfT
lfVER YOKE
YOKE BOLT
LEff SHAFT
UN); ! O l l - - -
Figure ' 40 _ GfI(Jr, hift Lever Linkage

(3) INSTALL H ORN (SIREN) SWITCH. Attach horn switch and
born conduit to right sleering brake lever (fig. 58).
( 4 ) I NSTA LL D RIVER'S F LOOR PLATE. P O$ition driver's lloor
on supports and install the attaching screws. I nste.1I d river's seat.
142.
GEARSHIIT LEVER REPLACEMENT.
R e moval ( fig. 140). Remove gfl8f$hift Lever yoke nut and

bolL R emove fulcrum link nut a nd bolt. R emove cotter pin, n ut,
and flat washer from end of lever shaft. Pull out lever shaft and
lift off gearshift lever.
B.
h. 1"8Ia ll8. I;00 (fig. 140). H old gearshift lever in positiontnd

insert lever .haft. l~tall lever ellaf! washer, nut, a nd cotte~~in.
Attach fulcrum link to gear shift lever wit h fulcrum link bol t and
nut. I ll$tall yoke bolt and nut.
Or
IIron)
ATURBANHHAMPAK;N
'". .,' .
-.~
1M 9748
143
143.
POWER TRAIN ASSEMBLY LUBRICATION SYSTEM.
a. De8Criplion. An oil coo ling system is provided to absorb heat

generated by the power train gears, and especially by the steering
brake.. A cooler, the construction of which is similar to that of an
automobile radiator core, is located in front of the bulkhead fighting compartment side (fig. 9 ). Air is drawn through the cores by
the cooling system fans. A curtain can be drawn across the front
of the cooler to shut off this circulation of air when slower cooling
of the oil is desired. A thermostatic bypass valve in the inlet open
ing of the cooler permits the oil to bypass the cooler core by flowing
through a header, then back to the transmission when the oil tern
perature is low. An oil pump mounted inside the transmission draws
oil from th. sump in the bottom of the differential housing and
forces it through an outlet on the side of the transmission case into
loose lines and tubes to the coole r. After ci rculating through the
cooler, it flows through tubes and hose lines back to the transmission.
From the transmission, the oil passes through openings in the front
wall of the transmiS$ion case to the differential housing, from which
it is again drawn out by the oil pump to begin another cycle. The
power train lubricating system has a capacity of 43 gallons.
h. Ch~king Power Train Oil Level. Before chec king the oil
level in the power train, the vehicle must be driven sufficiently to
warm up the oil, and afterwards must stand on level ground for at
least 5 minutes to permit oil to drain back so that the level ca.n be
checked accurately. To check the oil level, unscre w and remove
filler cap with attac hed gage a nd wipe gage with a clean cloth. In.
sert gage into filler opening so that the cap rests on filler opening.
Do not screw cap on. L ift gage out ( 8 , fig. 21) and check level
with mark on gage. Oil must be added when required to maintain
the level to this mark as instructed on Lubrication Order (par. 32).
c. Draining Power Train Luhrieation System. If lubricating
oil is to be changed, it must be drained only after vehicle has been
ddven sufficiently to warm the oil Provide suitable containers with
a capacity of 43 gallons to catch the oi l. If the oil is to be used
again, the containers must be clean and all drain plugs and su rrounding areas must be wiped clean befoce removing plugs. From
- beneath vehicle, remove drain plug cover in hull floor. Use transmission drain plug wrench (41-W-818) and remove drain plug from
transmission. Beneath each final drive housing. remove the drain
plug wit h final drive plug wrench ( 41-W-817). Clean magnetic drain
plugs, and install and tighte n plugs after power train has drained.
Imta ll trarusmi!lSion drain plug cover in hull floor.
d. Flus hing Power Train Luhrication System. Operate vehicle
sufficiently to warm the oil Drain power train (subpar. e above.).
O' l"'.1 f.
UNNERSITY OF ILlIWjS
AT URBANHHAMPAIG.'I
TM 9-748
143
Refill power train with 19 gallons of SAE 10 engine oil. Drive

veh icle at not over 15 mi les per hout for 3 to 5 minutes. Drain
flU$hing oil (subpar. e above) . Refi ll power tra in (par. 33 and
subpar. e below).
e. R efi llin g I~ower T r a in Lub rication Sy.tc m . Unscrew and
remove fi ller cap with a ttached gage. Fill with &rade of engine oi l
prescribed in paragraph 33. CAUTION ; Do not remove .screen.
If drained oil ;If to be uiJed aAa;n, it mUift be thoroughly "rained b&lare it ilf poured into transmission. Screw 'fi lle r cap on tightly. Drive
vehicle unt il oil temperature reaches at least 100 F. Stop vehicle
on leve l surface. wait appro,.imate ly 5 minutes SCI oi l le vel can be
checked accurately, a nd recheck the oil level (subpar. II above).
f . T ra n ll millllion a nd Differe nti a l Breathe r (C, fig. 26).

( I ) DESCRIPTION. Breathers are provided for the differentia l.
housing and the tra nsmillSion case to allow entrance of air and to
permit escape of air whose volume has been built up by circulation
of the lubricant.
(2)
S!;RVIC&' Push breathe r cover down; t he n tilt it sufficiently
to permit remov al. Lift breather element o ut o f breather body.
Wash breather element with dry_deanin& solvent. Soak element in
uR'd crankcase oil or en&ine oil; then replace e lement and cover.
Lub rica te as prescribed in para&raph 33.
IS' O il Coo le r ( fig. 9).
( I ) REM OVAL. Remove cap screws and toothed lock washen
which attach guard and screen roll assemb ly to b rackets on bulkhead and li ft off assembly. Remove lock wire and loosen hOlle
damps at inlet and outlet e lbow. o f cooler; then pun hoses o f'fitt ings
in elbows.. Remove nuts and bolts whic h secure cooler to brac kets
on bulkhead and lift off the cooler.
(2) C LEANING AND SERVICING. Flush out the cooler with d ry_
cleaning solvent or Diesel fue l oil. E,.am ine cooler cores for leaks.
Repla ce 'coo le r if badly damaged. R epair small lea ks with solder.
(3) I NSTALLATION. Atta ch cooler to brack et. of bulkhead with
bolts and nuts.. Connect hoses to fittings on inlet and outlet elbow..
Tighte n hose damps and install lock wire. Attac h guard and screen
roll assembly to brack ets on bulkhead with toothe d lock washen
and cap screws.
h. Va lves lind Linee.
( 1) BYP ASS VALVE ( fig. 9).
(a) Removal. Disconnect oil at inlet elbow. Remove four valve
attaching cap screws and lock washers from top of cooler. L ift off
by-pass valve and gasket. Unscrew elbow from valve.
(b) Installation. I mrtall elbow in valve. Position aaskets and
,.,
Or,
Iff..
ATURBANHH AM PAlGN
TM 9-748
143
.... ' D 6 1431
Fig ure 141 - Fjnol Drjve Re moved From DjfJerenljal Hou,jng
attac h by-pass valve to top of cooler with loc k washer and cap screws.
Connect oil hose to fitting in elbow,
(2)
OIL CooLER L INES.
(11.) R emovlli.
W orking through fighting compartment floor
plates, di$Connect throttle rod from bell crank under rear universal
Jomt. Disconnect rubber hose from tubing at transmission and
cooler. R emove dips that attach tubing to hull floor, then lift tubing
out through fighting compartment.
(b) Instal/lilian. Position tubing on hull floor. Secure tubing

to floor with clips. Connect rubber hose to tubes at transmission and
cooler. Connect throttle rod to bell crank under rear universal joint.
(fig. 9). T o re_
move the $Creen roll. remove the cooler guard attaching cap screws
and toothed lock washers, and Jift off the guard with attached screen
roll. R emove four nuts and bolts which attach screen roll to cooler
guard. L ift off the screen roll. T o install, attach screen roll to cooler
g\Ulrd; then attach the as.sembly to brackets on the bu lkhead with
toothed loc k washers and cap screws.
(3)
SC RE EN R OLL A SSEMB LY. R EPLACE M ENT
Or>l, .. II. ..
AT UR8.I.NHHAMPAKiN
TM '741
144-145
144.
FINAL DRIVE REPLACEMENT.
a. Genera l. Final drive assemblies ca n be removed, and installed,

with the power train assembly in the vehicle.
h. Removal (fig. 141 ). Drain transmi$sion and final drive assem

bly (par. 143 e). Disconnect track below sprocket (par. ISO g) and
remove sprocket and hub assemblies (par. 151 e). Support final
drive aa ! mbly with a hoist to take the weight off the cap screw&.
Remove one cap screw and lock washer from each side at top of
flange and one ca p screw and lock washer from bottom of flange.
Thread a long guide pin into each of these cap $Crew holes, so final
drive cover can be drawn squarely off the differential housing. Remove remaining cap screws and lock washers and pry final driv e cover
off the two dowel pins. Pull final drive assembly out squarely on the
long guide pillS unti l the pinion is completely disengaged from t he
splines on the fina l drive shaft in the differential housing. Remo ve
final drive to differential housing gasket.
e, Ins tall ation (fig. 141). Position a new i asket around openini
in differential housing. See that guide pins used in removal of the
assembly are in position. Ra ise final drive aaembly with a hoist,
slide over the three iuide pins, and mesh spli nes on final drive shaft
with splines in fina l drive pinion. Install at least four of the attaching
lock washers and cap screwa, spacing them equally around the Hanie.
T ighte n cap screws to pull the assembly into IXJSition. R e move iuide
pins and install remaining lock washers and cap screws. Install
sprocket and hub assembly (par. 151 f ) and conned the track ( par.
150 g). Install lubricant (par. 33 and 143 e).
145.
POWER TRAI N ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
a. Remo" e Front Sand Guards and Fenders. R elease 10 lock

screws and remove one cap $Crew and toothed lock washer attaching
front sand guard to center guard, hull, and front fender. l.oo$en two
final drive cover cap scre_ which retain front !!-lInd guard to final
drive cover, and lift off the front sand guard. R emove nuta, bolta,
cap Berews, and lock washe rs which IIttllch front fender to hull lind
power train housing, and lift off fender. Remove opposite front sand
guard and fender in the same manner.
h.
DiM:Onvf:C:t Tracks on Both Sides.
R efer to parairaph 150 g.
c. Drain Transmiuion and Finlll Dri"e Auembly.

paragraph 143 c.
Refer to
<1. Re mu ...: S pr<K:ket ami lIuh Asecnlhlice. R efer to paragraph

151 c.
e. Remove Drh'e["3' Seats. R emove four stud nuts whic h secure
base of seat to floor plate a nd lift out seat.
Or>l, .. II. ..
ATURBANHH AM PAKiH
'"
TM 9-748
'4$
REMOVING ANO REPLACI NG

FIXTURE ( ~1-F - 2991-2 201
...;;;;;;.--
"
: " 'HOLOING PIN
PINS ( 41-P555-6001
U.
Figllr. 142 - Removing Pow. r Train Auembly
'"
'fu
AT URB~NHHAMPAJGN
~D
U ,,",2
TM 9741
'"
I ... '0 )s901
Figu,e 143 - llemovi"9 Tro".minio" F,om DiI,.,.",iol
f.
DillConn~1
Tac hometer ami S peedonleler CableR. Back off

knurled nuts which secure cable housings to adapte r!. Pull cables out
of adapters. R e move nuts, bolts, and clam ps which secure cable housings to top of transmission case.
g. Di8COnneei Tran8miMion to Cl)Oler Oil Hose. Loclen hose
clampS a t e lbows extending from left side of transmission case and
pull hose off elbows.
h. Remove Priming Pump and Han,) Throttle (fig. 58). Loosen

lock nut on hand throttle bracket, and lay hand throttle and cable
aside. Remove primer line cla mp from transmission Ca$!!! a nd di'lCOnne<:t both primer lines ne ar bottom left side of transmission. Remove
three c ap screws and lock washers which secure priming pump and
hand throttle bracket to power tTain housing. Lift off the bracket
with priming pump and lines attac hed.
i. Remove Stowage Boxee. R emove four c ap screws and lock
washers which attach stowage tray to transmi.ssion. R eplace cap
screws,
Or>
Iff<-
UNIVERSITV Of IllI~S
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
TM 9-748
'"
I .. ' 11 322. 72
figure 144 _ R. moving Pinio n G.ar With Pull' r /41-P-2956-12l

j . R e m ove Fi re Exting uishe r an d Oilc" n SIO"'''ge Brac ke ts.
R emove screws securing brackets and remove brackets.
k. DillCO nn t Stec:rin g Brake Rotls. R emove the two clevis
pins at the top of the steering brake rods and pull both rods back.
\. R e m ove Horn Switc h Conduit. R emove cap screw and lock
washer which secures horn switch conduit clamp to bottom of left
brake inspection plate.
m . Dilleonneet F ro nt Uni veM!ai J oint anti Ge ne r a tor Dri ve
Pulley (fig. 140). R emove generator drive belt COVer5- l.oo$e n genm
0.""
1m ,
UNIVERSIH 01' IUlWlI

ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM '-748
,.5
, .... , T,"'~ A,....W,
I
I
"",.
conER PIN
~A
P'D
, ..,
f igure 145 - Pin ion Ge ar Re mo ved From Trgnsmiuian
______ '""" ~::';::;,~"~'.:"~",'~O~,,, _______

TItoV4SM1SS10N
TRANSMISSION MOUNTING
fUIo,IGE TO OUTER END _ __ ,

Of PINION BfARING
1--- CN1ER UNE OF CARRIER
-'---
---
a.m.
""'
Of CARRIER
_, _
-
>0 """" _ _
SHOULDER
(AS MAR~E D
ON PINION!
SHIM THICKHESS--
IA
~D
J 2:l.67J
f igure 146 - Inslrudion Dr(fwing fo r Oete,mi"ing Shim Th id lne ..

Se twee n Tranlm iu ion Pin /Dn and Se aring
Or~
II. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAI&I
'"
TM 9-748
145-146
erator belt adjusting nut to relieve teruion on belta. Mark position

of trarumisaion input shaft Range and front universal joint so they
may be assembled in the same relative position. Remove safety wire
and front universal joint to transmission input shaft Range nuts. T ap
bolts back until they are out of the input shah Range.
n. Remove Tran8miuion and Final Drive Auembly (fig. 142).
Hold the nuts inside the hull, and remove the two lower bolts (one
on each side) from the side of the hull on the outside. Insert the
two small alining pins of special fi:a:t ure (41-F-2997-220) in the holes.
Attach a chain to the two towing clevises in the front of the vehicle.
Back a WTecker up to the front of the vehicle, hitch the winch cable
to the chain, and take up the slack. Remove all the bolts which
secure the power train to the hull. Slack off the winch cable until
the t op of the power train is tilted away from the hull far enough for
the center top edge of the power ttain (fig. 142). Hitch the wrecker
boom cable to the fi:a:ture, drive out the alining pins, a nd carefully
remove the a.s.sembly. Guide the allSembly from inside the vehicle
to prevent damaging the oil tubes.
146.
DIFFERENTIAL OR TRANSMISSION REPLACEMENT

( POWER TRAIN ASSEMBLY OUT OF VEHICLE ).
a. General. Whenever a ne w tranllTlinion is assembled to a

differential carrie r, the pinion lIear must be re moved and the proper
amount of s hims insta lled between the pinion lIear and the pinion
bearinll of the transmission. This is necessary to seat the pinion at
the correct depth in the teeth of the differential rinll lIear. NOTE :
This o1'lItion is not necel.SllTY if a tramminion i. removed and then
reinstllIled to the same diHerentitJl carrier.
b. Remove Final Drivel (par. 144b ). NOTE : Omit this step
for trllnsmimon replacement.
e. Remove Tranlmiuion From Dill"erential (fig. 143). Thread
transmission lifting eye bolts (41-8-1586-350) into bosses on top of
transmissi$)n case. Loop a chain throuah the eye bolts and take up
slack with a hoist. D isconnect o il line at transmission and differential
case. R emove stud nuts which secure transm;'ion to differential case
and lift off the transmission. Remove rubber lIaskets.
d. Remove Tunl mi u ion Pinion Gear (fig. 144 ). R e move cotter pin from end of pinion shaft (lig. 145 ). Remove pinion shaft nut
(fig. 145 ) and lift out pinion shaft washer. Pull off pinion lIear,
usinll lIear puller ( 41-P-2956- 12 ) as shown in fillure 144. Lift off
shims and splicer.
e. Determine Required Thleknetll of Sblml Between Pinion
and Pinion Bearing (fig. 146 ). The following dimension. must be
obtained to determine the number of s hims required:
'u
(
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM '748
'46
:::::~I8NG
GEAR
....
~D
n,....
Figure 147 _ Dime nsion Marlling o n Dlff. r. nllo/ ell"

( I )
CENT ERLINE OF C\RRI ER TO T RANSMI SSION M OUN TING
FLANGE. This dimension is normally 12 inches. Each carrier will
have a figure stamped somew here on the machined surface to which

the transmission is attached (fig. 14 7). This figure may be a decimal
figure with a p lus or minU$ silln, in which case it must be added to,
or subtracted from, the nom inal figure ( 1 2 inches ). Some carriers
will be mark ed with the actual dimension, for el<ample 12.005.
This dimension is marked on t he t oe of the pinion wit h an e lectric penci l (fig.
148).
( 2)
CENTERLINE OF CARJUER TO P INION S HOULDER.
Or>l, .. 11. ..
AT URBANHHAMPAK;I-I
'"
TM 9-748
'46
u.,o
",..5
Figure 148 - Dimension Morlling on Pinio n o nd Tronsm;uion Ca
(3) SPACF;R THI CKNESS. M easure spacer thickness with a micrometer. (The usual measurement is 0.020 inch.)
( 4 ) TRANSMISS ION M OU NTING FLANGE TO OUTER END OF PINION BEARING. This dimension is stamped on the tranuniSliion ca$e
(fig. 148 ) just above the pinion bearing bore. NOTE : Fillures ranllinJ
from 1.012 to 1.052 are 51e=ped on some transmi$ll;on C/lse". Such
a fiAu re indicates an early mode l transmission and cannot be used lor
...
'fu
UNIVER5ITV OF IWOOIS
AT URBANHHAMpAlGII
...
TM 9748
SH IM CHfCKI",Q
U.,D3at646
Figure 149 - Uli"g TrG",miio" to Differe"tial Shim Checkl"g

GOSJII (4J -G-2 J7- J50)
If the transmission case is

not stamped, if the figure is not legible, or if the transmission is an
ea rly type, the correct dimension is obtained as follows:
computation of required ~him thieJcne#.
(a) H old the short legs of the shim checking gage (4 1-G-217150) firmly against the outer face of the inner bearing race (fig.
149 ). Using a feeler gage, measure the space between the long leg
of the gage and the transmission mounting Hange. Add the thickness of the feeler gage to the dimension etched on the side of the
shim checking gage ( 1.773 inch).
(b) In some instances the leeler gage will have to be used between the short legs of the gage and the inner bearina: race. In this
'fu
UNIVER5ITV OF IWOOIS
ATURBANHHAMPAlGII
'"
TM 9-748
'46
case, $Ubtract the thickness of the feeler gage uaed from the dimension
etched o n the side of the shim checking gage (1.773 inch).
(c) If a feeler gage cannot be inserted under e ither end of the

gage, the dimension from the transmission mounting flange to the
outer end of the bearing is 1.773 inch as etched on the side of the
gage. CAUTION : When u.in/l this /l8/le, make certain that tM
pinioJ1 beMin/l cap bolb Me tiiht, thus holdin/l the pinion bearin,
K;u"?ly in pJa~.
Final ComputatiOJ1. The followin& example sho~ the method.
of determining required shim thickness:
Centerline of cartier to transmission mounting flange
(step ( 1) above and figure 147 ) ....... .. ... .... ... ... .. ... ..
12.005 in.
f.
- Transmission mounting flange to out er end of pinion

bearing (step ( 4 ) above and figures 148 and 149 )
1.767 in.
= 10.238 in.
Centerline of carrier to plnLon .boulder (ltep ( 2 )

above and fi~e 148 ) ..... ...... .. ....... ... .... .. ... ... ................ _ 10.163 in.
+ Spact'r thickness (step (3) above) ... ..... ...... ... ... ... ...... ..
0.020 in.
= 10.183 in.
Difference o f two calculations: 10.238- 10.183 = 0.055 in.
"0.005 in.
Subtract extra clearance allowance
0.050 in.
Shim thickness required
-Thil utr. d""r....,,, value il caROlant nd ;1 0.00) inch in any problem.
g. Inetall TranlmiMion Pinion Gear. Slide required number of

sh ims and the spacer over the hee l of the pinion gea r. Tap pinion
into bearing. Install washer, pinion. shaft nut, and cotter pin (fig.
145 ) . Spread cotter pin at center (fig. 148 ).
InBtall TranlmiBBion 10 Differenlial. P 03ition rubber gasket
around tran!llllission mounting flange. L ift transmission into position
against differential case. CAUTION: Pinion and rin/l /lear must be
meshed carefully. Hard bumpin/l i. likely to dllma,e the ,ear teeth.
Install and tighten stud nutL Connect oil line to fitting on tran$!TIission and differential case.
h.
i. Imtall Final Drhes. R efer to paragraph 144 c if final drives

were removed when replacing differentiaL.
j . Record Inelallatlon of Tranlml88ion or Dilf.,renli.l. M ake
proper entry on WD., A.G.O. F orm No. 478, MWO and Maj or Unit
A$sembly R eplacement R ecord whenever transmission and/ or differential assemblies ar., removed or replaced.
'"
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGI-I
1M 9-748
141
147.
TRANSMISSION AND FINAL DRIVE INSTALLATION.
a. Inetall Tranemiuion and Fina l Drive Aue mbl y (fig. 142) .

Place the two long spacer shims in position in each side of the hull
witb sealing compound, and insert two bolts through the hull $0 the
threaded ends of the bolts enter the shims far enough to pre vent them
from falling out of place. Apply sealing compound to other contacting surfaces. Attach the lifting fixture ( 41-F-2997.220), chain, and
wrecker to the power train. M ove the wrec ker, with the assembly
suspended, to the hull opening, and aline the assembly with the bull.
Back wrecker slowly towa rd the hull, lowering the boom cable until
the power train is tipped forward slightly at the top, and cardully
guide the lowe r side into the hull opening. I nsen the two lIma ll
alining pins in the lower holes (one on each side) making lure the
pi ns pass t hrough the bull lind the power train holes. Suspend the
weight of the power train from the winch cable which is hitched to
the towing clevises. Slac k off the boom winch cable and remove t he
lifting eye. T ilt the power train bac k until t he top edge is fitted into
the hull. Insen the two large alining pins of special lifting fixture
(41-F-2997-220) thro ugb holes along the top edge of t he hull in
order to aline the holes.
b. Connect Front UniH,nal Joint and Ge nerator Drh'e Pulley.
L ine up marks on transm ission input shaft flange a nd front universal
joint by depressing clutc h pedal, and turning propeller shaft if necessa ry. Tap bolts through bolt holes in input shaft flange. Install nuti
and lock wire. Adjust generator drive belts (par. 99 b ).
Sec ure Horn (Siren ) Switch Conduit. Attach horn switch
",onduit to bottom of left brake inspection plate with conduit clamp,
inspection plate cap screw, and toothed lock washer .
t'.
.t.
Connn'1 Sleering Brake Rods. Connect steering brake rods

to levelll wit h clevis pins and cotter pins (par. 139 e ( 14 . Check
steering brake linkage and adjust if nece.ary .
Attac h stowage boxes to trall$1lli$Sion witb lock washeu and cap $Cl"ews. Secure
fire extinguishers and oilcan brackets to floor with screws.
.,.
10".. 11 Sto w"8" Box.,s and Stowag., Br..c k.,u.
f . In l lall Priming Pump and Hand Throttle (fig. 58). Secure

priming pump and hand throttle bracket, with attached pump and
line$, to power train housing w ith Jock washers and cap screws. Connect primer lines near bottom left side of transmission; then clamp
Jines to transmission case with one of the transmission stud nuts.
Position hand throttle on bracket and install lock nut.
g.
Connecl Tnm, miu lon 10 Cooler Oil H ote. Secure oil hose to
elbo~ extending from tra nsmission with hose clamps.
.,
Or", . 11 .
AT URBANHHAMPAlG.'I
'"
TM 9741
147- 148
h. Connect Tachometer and Speedome te r Cable.. Insert cables

into adapters; then secure cable housings to adapters with knurled
retaining nul$. Attach cable housinlls to ridge on top of transmission
case with clamp, bolt, and nut .
Int tan Drivers' Seatl .

floor and il1$tall stud nuts.
i.
PO$ition drivers' seats over studs on
j. In etall Sp roc ke t Dnd Hub Assemblies,

lSI f .
k.
Conn.,.,1 Tracks on Both Side .
Refer to paragraph
Refer to paragraph I SOg.
I.
In ltall Pront Sand Guartll and Fenden. Attach front fenders

to power train housing and hull with lock washers, cap screws, bolts,
and nul$. Attach front sand guards to ce nter guard, front fender, hull,
and to the final drive covers.
m, In t tall Towing Cable. I nstall towing cable in iu stowage
,position on right side of vehicle. Seeure end of cable to power train
housing with hinged retaining clamp.
n, Imtall Lubrinnt. Refer to paragraph.! 33 and 143 eo
o. R ecord Installation of Powe r Train. Make proper e ntry on
W.D., A.G.O. Form No. 478, MWO and Major Unit Assembly R eplacement Record
SKtion XXXI
SUSPENSION AND TRACKS

14-8.
DESCRIPTION.
a. General. The volute spring suspension system (fig. ISO) includes the suspension assemblies equipped with vertical volute
spriOiS, the rear idler wheels, track drive sprockets and hubs, and
the track$ used with this type of suspension. The vehicle is propelled
by two endless tracks. The track drive sprockets bolted to the hubs,
which are attached to the track drive sproc ket shafts at the front,
pu ll t he tracks up and over the idler wheels at t he rear and lay them
down in front of the advancing suspel1$ion wheels. The intermediate
upper section of each track is supported by the rollers a nd skids at
the top of three Buspensiol1$. The vehicle is supported on the six
Buspel1$ions bolted to the hull. Two large vertica l volute spring!! in
each suspension rest on a spring seat which slides up and down "in
the suspension bracket. The two suspension levers, which rnt at
each end on the wheel arms, are pivoted at the center on the .pring
seat bosses. Each pair of whee l arms is supported at the inner end
by a gudgeon through the suspe nsion bracket and at the outer end
by gudgeon through the suspension wheel. The suspension wheel
m
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAIGN
..,
TM 9748
S~
".,
g.
6~
~~
~
,
".
-
~
.
0
t5~
~6
:lnq,,,,,1f
UNMIISITY Of IWOOI$
~I Ul&'.N~-{Ij~MPA~ ,N
.~
'"
TM 9748
141-149
ItA
'11
u,...
figure 151 - Using Slraighledge 10 CII K " Tro," Tension
rolls on the inner surface of the section of track in contact with the
!!;round. The trac k is guided by the end connectors as it paS5ell under
the suspension wheels and over the idler wheel and rollers.> Several
different types of inten:hangeable rubber or steel traclul a re avail able.
Only like tracks made up entirely of the same type links must be used
on both sides of the vehicle. T he proper t rack tension is maintained
by adjusting the position of the rear idler wheel.
149.
INSPECTIO N.
a . Gi:n e ra l. The suspension system and tracks will be inspt!C'ted

as directed in P reventive M aintenance Services, Section XV. T he
suggested methods, lim it of wear, and corr~ive measures to be ta ken
for the various compone nts of the suspension system are given in the
followin!!; subparagraphs.
b. Clea n the Su &pen&ion a nd Tmek, . The tracks a nd SU!;pensian must be kept lIS clean as possible. Clean off mud and remove
stones, debris, or other materia l, incl uding ice in freezing weather,
n,
0.,
If.
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9-748
14 9
which would interfere with the operation of the tracks and suspension.
Clean the parts sufficiently to reveal any exterio r dllmage or wear.
('. I n aped Tra('k Te neion. W ith the vehicle on hard leve l
ground QJld brak es released, determine the amount of sag in section
of track between center and rear track support roller. Use II straightedge (fig. 15 1) or cord stretched along the top o f the track. Measure
sag at lowest point through inspection slot in sand shield (fig. l SI) .
If sag is mOTe t han 3/. inch or less than 'AI inch, adjust trac k tension
iI$ instructed in pa ragraph 150 I.:
.1.
In 8 V~(' 1
Trat' k Link 8. M ove vehicle as required to observe

inner and outer side of track lin ks. R eplace damaged, dead, or e x
ce$!live ly worn links (paT. 150 e). Tr ack links will be considered
~amaged beyond serviceable limi ts if the s.teel blocks afe broken or
crac ked, welds are cracked for more than 'h inch, if chevron on steel
tracks is less than 75 percent intact, or in the case of rubber tracks,
the rubber has separa ted or been torn off sufficiently to expose the
steel tubes in the b lock. L inks will be considered unservicea ble or
dead if the rubber bushing extends out around the pin more than
:X " inch beyond end of bloc k, if track has stretched, if pin b ushings
have wor n so that the center-ta-center measurement between the fron t
or rear pin in o ne link to the front or rear pin in the adjacent link is
more than 6 Ya inc h (fig. 153),01" if pin turns or twists in block so that
block drops below level of adjacent blocks when at t op of track. Per_
missible limits of wear on track links vary with the type o f link for
both domestic or foreign service as shown in t he following chart.
,. ....,
<~
0._."
p, .
g."",tl
~.
Go .....
~,
T _ ~8
0 _ ~8061
Rubboo r.
oonrevcflible.
chevron
T _SI
0 _ ~8016
R ubber. 000_
novenible,
.mooth block
TS~EI
0 _58618
.
T_H
.. -,
0 _7067581
T",~_
TloI,'_..
,.'0.Go _ _
.......
.......
..
_.ea..., ,..
..,....,"_
,., . Go_ .. ,
0."'''''
1."
I ~ in.
lh,.Me ..
~-.".
... 11_.01
~ in.
I in.
3~
2~
l~
in.
Steel. I.b_
I in.
,ic.ted, chevron
IrOUte'
in.
~in.
Rubber-"-chd,
. teel chevron
~ in.
~in.
in.
I in.
OrK}1"l.11f< .

ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
in.
'"
TM 9748
".
SERVlCEA8l E FOR
DOMESn C USE
SERVICEA8lE FOR
FOREIGN USE
3/ 32-INCH
WEAR
.... '0
Figure 152 - Worn Track Link
u~ .
Conn~'orl
R eplace rubber finks when rubber has separated or worn down on

the inner 5urface sufficiently to expose the steel tubes. Replace steel
links when inner surface in contact with suspension wheels is worn Or
"dished~ more than ~ G inch.
c. In 81'~t Conn~tor$ and W e ,l gee. Move the vehide as required to observe both sides of t he inner and outer track link connectors. Replace any cracked, broken, or bent connectors (par.
150 c). Examine the inner guiding surface of the connectors where
they contact the su pport rollers and rear idler wheeL If this surface
is cupped or worn to a depth exceeding V, inch. replace the connector.
Also examine t he ends of the connectors where they contact the track
d r ive sprock et teeth (fig. 152). R ep lace connectors in foreign service
when wear at t his point exceeds 1,.) 8 inch, and in domestic service if
wear exceeds * ~ inch. I nspect connector wedges to be sure they are
n ot da ma ged, excessive ly worn, or loose. R eplace damaged. broken,
or miS1ling wedges (par. 150 r ). R eplace e xcessively worn wedges
which, when tightened, are spaced % 4 inch or less away from the
flange on the connector (fig. 153), Loose wedges can be detected
by rapping with a hammer on the nut, the presence of a ring around
the nut showing it has been moving. and by excessive gap bety;een
the wedge or nut and the connector flange. T ighten loose wedge!!,
Or>l, .. II. ..

ATURBAN H HAM PAKiN
TM 9-748
14
_.<"
MORE THAN 6 0" INCH
U,
~D
)3"50
Figure 153 - Loose and Worn Connedot Wedges

using 80 foot-pounds of torque. When wedges are removed, r eplace
connecton which have enlarged wedge stud hole.
f. Inel>e<"1 Trark Dri\"( S I>ToxkCIS amllluh5. Examine sprockets

for worn, bent, crac ked, or broken teeth. R eplace da maged sproc ket
(par. 151 ). I nspect sproc kets for excessive wear. If teeth of o ne
sprock et are worn on d riving faces sufficient ly to permit the wedge
nut s to stri ke the t eeth or bottom between the teeth. remove and
reverse the sproc kets (par. 151 ,I ). If both sprockets on the hub
afe worn, interchange the hub and sprocket assemblies (par. 151 d ).
Sprocket cap screws and hub nuts must be kept tight. T ighten
sprOCKet cap screws using 100 to 11 0 foot-pounds of torque. Tighten
sprocket hub nuts evenly and securely.
In SIIe<"1 Rear Ml e. Wheel~. I nspect rear idler wheel for bent
wheel or spindle. damaged or cracked wheel , and bearing failure.
In spect tbe flanges on each side of t he wheel rim. If the flange
shows excessive weaT on part of its surface, it indicates the wheel is
bent a nd mllSt be replaced (par. 152 h ). If the flange on one side
is worn much more than the other, the wheel spindle may be bent.
Sight along the edges o f t he wheel rim and if whee l is out o f line
due to bent sp indle. replace spindle ( par. 153 10 ). Examine wheel
for excessiv e grease leaks at hub cap or oil reta iners at inner side
of wheel. If leak ing, replace hub cap gasket or oil reta inen (par.
152 h) . T est bearings for excessive end play and wear whenever
track s a re removed from idler wheel by spinning and rocking the
wheel. R e pl ace worn or damaged bearings (par. 152 h ) . M ake
j.!:.
'm
AT URBANHHAMPAlGIf
'"
TM 9748
'49
HEXAGON
SOC/(fT W~ENCH
(( I W3058 2001
Figure 154 - Spreoding Idler WhHI 8rod,,'

sure both the lubricating and relief fittings are in good condition.
R e place damaged or _missing fittings.
h . In s pect Tr .... k Suppurt Rulle re. Examine track su pport
rollers o r brackets. R aise track o ff rollers, and spin and rock rollen
to test bearings for bind, wear, or looseness. R eplace unserviceable
bearings (par. 162 h). Examine rolleT$ for indication of excessive
grease lea ks at oil retainers. Replace leaking ret ainers. M ake sure
lubri cat ing and relief fittings a re in good condition. R eplace dam .
aged or missing fittings. See that ali attaching nuts and cap screws
are tight and secure.
h' 8]'el""t Susl.en8ion Wheel8. Move the vehicle as required
to observe the suspensio n wheels and tires. I nspect wheels and
tires for d am age or excessive wear. If tires have deep cuts, grooves,
o r cracks in the tread, if it has separated from the dm due to blowo uts o r failure, or if the sidewalls are gouged out by the conn ectors,
replace the suspension wheel ( p a r. 156 ). If tires are worn so that
minimum outside diameter is 19 1f., inc hes o r less, or tread width is
7 inches or less, replace the sus pension wheel. Exa mine wheels for
indication of excessive grease leaks at oil sea ls. R eplace leaking oil
i.
'"
Or", . 11 .
ATURBANHHAMPAlQI
TM 9748
149- 150
seals (par. 156 c). Raise wheels (par. 156 b (2 and spin and
rock wheels to test bearings for wear, bind, damage, or loosene!l$.
Adjust or replace loose or damaged bearings (par. 156). Make
sure lubdcating and relief fittings are in good condition. Replace
damaged or missing fittings.
j. Inllp~t S U81te n8io n A88e m h li e8. Inspect suspension mount
ing bracket, arms, levers, springs, and spring seats for cracks, damage. or bent and broken parts. Replace unserviceable paru (par,
157). Examine rubbing plates on arms and levers (fig. 170) , and
replace excessively worn or damaged plates (par. 159). With vehicle on hard level surface, inspect volute suspension springs for weak
or broken spring!/. If sprin!! has weakened, taken a permanent set,
or broken so that either the upper or lower edge of anyone coil is
even with the same edge of another coil, the spring must be replaced
(par. 157). Inspect all gudgeon nuts and attaching cap screws to
make sure they are tight. I nspect track skid to make sure it is not
damaged and is securely mounted.
150.
T R ACK S.
II. [)e", rip lion. When new, each track consists of 79 links joined
by the track link connectors into an e ndless tread (fig. 150). Tracks
made up of four different types of links are currently used depending on the locale and conditions under which the vehicle is to be
operated. These various types of tracks are listed and identified on
the track link wear limit c hart (pa T. 149 .1 ). The center-to-center
measurements between the link pins are identical and, therefore, the
same connections and wedges are used with each type link. The
T S4El track is used in production. This type link is made up of
a steel block to which a chevron-type hardened steel groU$l!r is
welded. Nine rubber bushings are bonded to the pinl. These bushings are tightly compressed when the pins are pressed into the two
holes bored through the block. The twisting action of the pins as
the track bends or Hexes is absorbed within the rubber bushin!!s.
Slot., c ut ... t a n a ngl .. in the ends o f the pins to receive the tapered
wedges, cause the pins to twist the bushings so that the track tends
to turn inward as it passes around the sprocket and idler wheel. A
m etal clip between the second and third bushing on each end of the
track pi n acts as a bond between the pin and block to dissipate or
ground static electricity and thus reduce radio interference. The
hardened steel track link connectors join the links together and guide
the track as it passes under the suspension wheels and over the support railers and rear idler wheels. The sprocket teeth engage the
replaceable connectors which thus receive the driv;n!! wear inttead
of the link pins. T he connectors are held in place by the tapered
forged wedges.
0.""
1m ,

ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
15.
!h IO % INCH
aElWfEN
r..o.o
.OllE.~
e:-
'--- IU Cl :;U'~I .OLLEi~ -
~UJ'''INO
"
r,rtiNO
LOCKING
COLL....
IDI.U WHffl
tuCKEI
m~
.ou~
__
'''"'"
1"'0
Figure 15.5
'"
n ..u
Adju,ting Track r . nl ;on wit" Wr. nc," (41 _W_640 .fOOJ

Or>l"
II. ..
UNIVERSITY OF 1111 ~S
AT URBANHHAMPAK>'!
1M 9748
15.
h. ArljU8t Track Temion.

(1) RELEASE TRACK T ENSION. Place vehicle on hard level
ground with parking brakes released. R aise and lock exhaust deflector. Assemble wrench for use on brac ket retaining bolts and
spreader screw by inserting ratche t head ( 41_H_1838 ) into tubular
handle ( 4 1-H _1498_S0) and installing socket wrench ( 41-W-3058200) on head. Turn the two re taining bolts in the idler wheel
mounting bracket counterclockwise several turns. (fig. 154).
CAUT ION: Do not back the bolts out of threads in bracket. Turn
the spreader screw counterclockwise as required to spread the bracket
(fig. 154) . CAUTION:
A void usint for~ on spreader screw.
P osition track adjusting wrench ( 41 -W-640-400 ) on hex e nd of
spindle (fig. 155 ). Raise end of adjusting wrench s lightly to re lie ve
load on locking colla r, Raise the collar retaining spring and drive
collar off serrations on spindle. If necessary slide collar back onto
serrations to hold spindle while repositioning the adjusting wrench.
Turn the spi ndle until idler wheel is lowered into neutral position
a nd track tension is fully released.
(2) ADJUST PoSITION OF I DLER WHEEL. When track tension
is properly adjusted, the center of the idler wheel will be below the
hori!ontal and to the rear of the vertical axis of the spindle in the
bracket. Stretch a cord alone the top of the trllck (fig. 155). or
remove sand shield, if necessary, and place a straiehtedge on tOp
of the track (fig. 151). Raise adjusting wrench handle until sag
at lowest point in track between center and rear track support
ro lleNl is not more than l/. inch nor less than If.t inch.
(3) LocK IDLER WHEEL SPINDLE. Aline serrations on spindle
with loc king collar. Ra i!le retaining spring and drive collar onto
spindle against bracket. Recheck track tension. Back out spreader
screw until it does not project into slot tn bracket. Tighten both
retaining bolts evenly and securely. The n tighten spreader screw
sufficiently to keep it from working loose. Lower lind lock exhaUit
deflector.
c.
R e place Track t;OIlIlet'tOTI.
(1) GENERAL When a different track link connector is to be

installed, select one which has been worn nearly equal to the average
connector in the track or which has wear equa l to the connector on
the o pposite side of the link. If this is not done, the unequal wear
will cause excessive strain on the link pin bushing, and wear on the
newer connector when it is engaged by the sprocket teeth..
(2) RM oVE TRACK CONNCTOR. F ollow procedure in subparagraph g (2) below to remove the connector, except do not release track tension. Insta ll the connect or on one side before removi ng
the other connector.
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
'"
TM 9-748
150
ADJU$T1NG " "'" ___~
.A
~(I ~3t '53
'Igure 156 _ lI.moving Trod! Conne ctor With l e tt-hond

Connecting 'ixture (41-'-2991-289)
(3) I NSTAL L TRACK CONNECTOR. Follow procedure in subparaKra ph g (5) below and iNtal! the connector. Che<:k track
tension (subpar. b above).
d.
R ever Be T rac k Cu nne<: lon.
( 1 ) GENERAL. When the drivinK wear on one end of the track

(onne<:tor flange s has reached the serviceable li m it (fia:. 152), t he
track oonnectors will be reversed to equalize the wear by exchanging
them with the conne<:tors on the opposite side of the t rack or by
reversina: t he tracks ( subpar. h below).
(2) R EMOVE TRACK Co NNECTORS. Mark the (onnectors on
one side of the track with pai nt. D isconne<:t t rack at rear idler
(subpar. g (2) below) and lay track on the ground in front of
vehicle. R emove the connectOfll from each side of the $e<:tion of
track at the front of the vehicle by driving them off the pins after
removinK the wedges.
(3) R EVERSE AND I NSTALL CONNECTORS.
Install conne<:tors
which were marked a nd removed from outer side of track on the
inner side of the trac k. T hen install the other connectors on the
outer side of the track. Connect track se<:tions and move vehicle
forward. R e peat operat iON until all connectors are interchanged.
Or~
11. ..
ATURBANH HAM PAK;N
1M 9748
15.
LEfT-HAND
flXTUU ,,,...,
ADJUSTING
~EMOvro
SC~EW
froM
RIGHT-HAND fiXTURE
figure 157 _ Holding lin" Pins While Pulling r,a," Connedo,

Connect track (subpar. g (5) below).
par. h above).
Adjust track tension (sub-
", R "plac" Traek Links.

( I ) GENERAL. When a different track link is to be installed.,
select one of the $arne type having wear nearly equal to the average
link in the track. If necessary, trim the tread from new rubber
links to. the approxim ate height of the other links in the track. If
this is not done, the height of the new link will s~bject it and the
suspension system to excessive shocks and wear and cause the vehicle
to ride roughly.
(2) REMOVE TRACK LINK. Move vehicle to position link to
be removed midway between rear idler wheel and the ground. Disconnect track (subpar. g (2) below). R e move connectors from the
adjacent link by pulling them or driving them off.
(3) INSTALL TRACK LINK. I nstall the connectors to join the
link to the lower end of the track. Connect the t rack (subpar. g (5)
below). Adjust track tension (subpar. h above).
f. Reposition Tloro",n T r acke.
( I ) GENERAL. A thrown track is the term commonly u$Cd to
mean that the link connectors on one side have cl imbed up o nto
the idler wheel or climbed over the teeth on the drive sprocket.
The major contributing cause in almost every case is insufficient
track tension. If the track has climbed the idler wheel, it often can
be repositioned without di$Connecting the track. If the track has
climbed the sprocket teeth, it mm;t alway. be disconnected. Pro-
.,
0."".11 ,
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
TM 9748
15.
TRACK
CONNECTING
fiXTURE
1"f29973881
.... '0 n"H

Figure 158 - Pulling Conne dor on Inn e, 5ide 01 Trock
cedure for .e]):Ositioning a thrown track also depends upon the ac
cessibility of the track in case the ve hicle is bogie<!.
(2) R EPOSITION TH ~OWN TAAcK. If vehicle is located so that
track is not accessib le for disconnecting between sprocket and suspension wheel or idler- and suspension wheel, discon nect track at
t he most convenient place. T ow vehicle onto dry iIOlid ground and
install track (subpar. g below). When vehicle is located iIO work
can be done , release track tension (subpar. 10 (I) above). If the
track has climbed idler wheel, try reposit ioning it with crowbaf'$. If
this can be done, then adjust trac k tension (subpar. h above). In
case t rack cannot be repositioned, disconnect track midway between
idle r wheel and suspension wheel (subpar. g (2) below). Th en
conneet track (subpar. g (5) below) and adjust track tension. When
the tr ack h85 climbed drive Iprocket, disconnect track between drive
sprocket and front suspension wheel. Reposition track and adjust
track tension.
g. R e place Tra.. k &.
(1) GENERAL. T he tracks can be disconnecte<l midway be
tween either the track d rive sprockets (fi~ 160) or the rear idler
wheel and the itound (fii. 158). If the trac ks are to be disconnected
'"
Or>
Iff<-
UNIVERSITV OF IllIWj\
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9748
15
"
~D
U707.
Figure 159 _ Holdi"g l ink Pi", With Right_hond Con"ecting Fixture

(4'-F-2991-388) While IrutQ/Ii"g Connector
to remove one of the connectors or links, it is usually done at the
rear. If the entire track i$ to be removed. the track is usually disconnected at the front. Remov,.e the fender$ and sand shielch as
required.
(2) DISCONNECT TRACK. Relea se track tension (subpar. h ( 1)
above). R emove wedge nut from outer wedge and drive out wedge.
Install the left-hand track connecting fixture ( 4} _F _2997 389) on
the outer track connector as shown in figure 157. Aline t he fixture
with the link pins to pull connector straight off and take up slack.
Se<' ure the fixture in this polIition by turnin!!; the "djunin& I(:reW.
Operate fixture jack to pull connector about half-way off while

striking connector sharply with hamme r. Remove adjusting screw
from right-hand fixture (41-F-2997-388). Install fixture as show n
in figure 157 to hold link pins. T ighten jack unti l fi xture is snug
b ut not e nough 10 bind connector as it il removed. P u ll off the outside connector. Remove wedge from inside conne<:tor. W ith right hand fixture holding outside ends of pins, install the left-hand fixture
on the inside connector as shown in figure 158. P ull the connector
off to within 1f:z inch of ends of pins. Re move the lefthand fixture
and take out the adjusting screw. Install the fixture to hold the
pins together in the same manner as the right.hand fixture in figure
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAIGN
'"
TM 9748
15.
158. Drive the inside connector off the pins. Operate the fixture
jacks in unillOn to $epa rate the track links until track tension is re_
leased and finures can be lifted off the pins.
(3) REMOVE TRACK. Pull top half of trac k to the rear of the
ve hicle and lay it on the ,round.
(4) P OSITION TRACK. P lace the new track ahead of the vehicle
in line with the track removed. T emporarily join the trackJ by
driving the connectors on pan way. If old track is completely
thrown off 110 that the suspension wheeb are resting on the ground,
d ig a sloping trench ahead of the front suspension whee l deep enough
to receive the rear end of the new trac k. Use a board or crowbars
laid in the track to act as a ramp when the vehicle is towed onto
the new track. T ow the vehicle forward onto the new track to
within 16 inches of t he front end. Block suspension wheels to keep
vehicle from moving. D isconnect the new track from the old. M ove
the rear idler wheel into the extreme forward position. T emporari ly lock the spindle and tighten the retaining bo lts. Attach cable
to rea r end of new track. Use a towinll vehicle and pull the track
up and over the rear idler wheel and rollers unti l it engages the
sprockets (fig. 160). D isconnect the cable. Turn the sprocket hub
with t he engine or with bars to bring the ends of the track together.
R emove blocks from track.
( 5) CONNECT TRA CK. R emove the adjustinll screws from the
track connecting fixtures ( 41-F_299786). Place the fi:o:tures in line
with the tracks to pull the ends t ogether as shown in fillure 160.
Operate jacks evenly until connectors will slide onto pins. D rive
the connectors pan way on, and remove the fixtures. T hen drive
the connectors into place against link. Insert the trac k connector
wedge and screw o n safety nut. T ighten nut, using 80 foot-pounds
of torque while tapping lightly on wedge to $eat it seeurely. Repeat
for opposite side. Adjust track tension (subpar. h above). Install
fenders or sand shield previously removed (par. 166 c).
h . Inte rehanl!e or Re"erse TTllf'kll.
( 1) GENERAL. T racks with links showing greater wear on the
oute r ends of the links can be interchanged with the track on the
opposite side to equalize the wear. R ubber trac k, model T51, with
smooth blocks can be reversed or turned end for end to equa lize
t he wear on the end conne(:tors or blocks. All che vron-type tracks
cannot be reversed.
(2) INTERCHANGE TRACKS. W ith the vehicle on II hard level
surface, discon nect both tracks at the front a nd tow the vehicle off
the tracks. Drag the left track into position with the Tear e nd of
the track in fro nt of the right front suspension wheel. P osi tion the
right trac k at the left front suspension wheel. T ow vehicle on to
tracks. Conne<: t tracks and adjust track te nsion.
(
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9-748
15.
HUB NUT _>-..
Sl'ROCKfT
CA' SCREW
TRACK
OIIJVE SPROCKET
"
(,
RIGHT tt.o,NO
TRACK CONNECT.
INa I1XTURf
(41.' . 2991.3 88 )
Figu,. 160 - In.talling ana Cann.ding Track

Or>l" 11. .. ,
AT URBANHHAMPAK;N
1M 9748
150-151
(3) REVERSE TRACKS. F ollow same procedure as In step (2)

above only the tracks are turned end for end and installed on the
lame side of the vehide from which they were removed.
151.
TRACK DRIVE SPROCKETS AND HUBS.
a. l>e@.eription. One drive sprocket is bolted to the outer. and

o ne to the inner side of eac h track drive sprocket hub (fig. ISO ).
T eeth on the sprockets engaae the track end connectors to support
and drive the track. Sprocketa can be interchanged on the hubs
or the hub and sprocket assembly on one side of the vehicle can be
interchanged with the assembly on the other side to equalize wear
on the driving faces on the sprocket teeth. When replacing or ell
c hanging sprockets, select a pai r which have nearly equal wear so
as to equalize the driving force. The track drive sprocket hub is
attached to the drive sprocket shaft flange by sill s~ and s.afety
nuta (fig. 160 ). Dowels (tapered wedge rinas) are used o n the
studs under the nuts, and fit the taper in boles in hub. When the
nutl are tightened, the wedaes take up any clearance between the
studs and holes to prevent the hub from workina on the studs and
wearing the holes.
h. RepllK'em"nt of OUler Orh'e Spr&e:kel.
(1) REMOVE OUTER DRIVE SPROCKET. If only the outer track
drive sprocket is to be removed, it ill not necessary to disconnect
the track. Rem ove front fender (par. 166 h ). Release track ten.
sion (par. ISO h). T ake out the cap screws which attach sprocket
to hub, supporting the sprocket while the last cap screw is beina
removed. Pull track dear of the sprocket and lower the sproc ket to
the around.
(2) INSTAI..I.. OUTER DRIVE SPROCKET. Set parking brakes.
Raise the sprocket into position and while it is being held, screw in
one. of the cap screws at the center of the upper rear quarter of the
hub. U sing this cap screw as a pivot, force the sprocket into place
with a bar and line up holes. Screw in several cap screws, then remove bar. Screw in the re mainder of the cap screwl and tighten
them, using 100 footpounds of torque to draw sprocket up evenly
and securely. Adjust track tension (par. ISO h (2. Install front
fender (par. 166 c).
c. Removal of Hub and Sprocket A&eembly. If hub and

sprocket assemblies are to be interchanied, the following procedure
usually is performed on both sides of the vehicle at the same time.
Remove front fender and sand shield (par. 166 ). Loosen all hub
nuta and back them off three or four turns. D isconnect track mid
way between sprocket and front suspension wheel (par. 150 g (2) ).
M ove track back until track clears sprocket. Rap with hammer on
~
Or~
II. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
1M 9748
151 - 152
flange as required to jar the hub stud dowels (wedge ring) loose.
Use hoisting equipment to support hub. Pry evenly againllt inner
sprocket at top and bottom to force hub off studs. Remove hub
and sprocket assembly.
d. Inteuha nge Spr oc ketll or Hu h a nd S proc ket A8$emhlie3.

If only t he sprockets on one hub are being interchanged, remove
sprocket cap screws and interchange sprockets. Tighten cap screws
with pull of 100 foot-pounds of torque. If hub and sproc ket assem
blies are to be interchanged, replace old style cap screws with new
self.locking type if possible. Tighten an sprocket cap screws w ith
torque pull of 100 foot-pounds. Shift hub and sprocket assemblies
to opposite sides of vehic le.
e. In~ p~t Final Dril'e. The final drive must be inspected for
oil leaks or loose bolts. T ighten bolts or replace gasket (par. 144 b).
f.
Ins ta ll Huh a nd Sprocke t ASIII! mhl y. Raise the assembly and

move it onto the t rack drive sprocket shaft studs. Placa dowel
(wedge ring:) on each stud, install new safety nuts, a nd tiahlen nutl
even ly and securely. Connect track (par. ISO g). Install fender$
and sand shield previously removed.
152,
REAR IDLE R W HEELS.
a. Desc ripti on. The rear idler wheels, which support the tracks
at the rear, tum on large heavy-duty baLL bearings mounted on large
spindles. The wheel end of spindle is eecentric v'ilh the inner end
which fits into the mounting bracket (fig. 161) . This provides a
means of changi ng the position of the idler wheel 10 adjust track tension (par. 150).
h.
R emoval.
( 1 ) DISCONNECT THE TRAC K. R emove rear fender (par. 166) .
R elease the track tension (par. ISO h ). Disconnect the trac k below
the idler whee l to be removed (par. 150 g) and move upper section
of track forward on track support rollers.
(2) PULL IOLER W HEEL. Take out six cap screws and remove
cap and gasket. R emove the cotter pin from spindle nut. Unscrew
nut with socket wrench ( 41-W -3058-480) as shown in figure 162, and
remove the plai n washe r. Attach the idler wheel puller ( 41-P-2940800) to hub, using all six cap screws a nd washers. H old puller from
turning w it h wrench on body of puller, and turn the puller screw
clockwise (fig. 163). When wheel is free, lift it straight off spindle to
avoid da maging oil retainers. Remove idler wheel puller.
c. DisalNll! mbl y (fig. 161). Support idler wheel, outer side up,
on blocks spaced to clear t he hub bore. Pry bearing spacer to one
side. D rive out inner bearing and oil retainers by working drift
Or>l"
II. ..
AT URBANHHAMPAKiN
'"
TM 9748
152
,,
w
"
-, ; ,
2 ,
0
I .~
,~
.,.,
0 0
0_
,
<
-
w
"
0
...
("
"
,
o
,.,-
o'
.0
--
<
>
..
," i
,
"
l
"
!
, ," ,
,
I~
J:w
--
--
-
~
u
0
Or"l"".11
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9-748
152
f igure 162 - Removing Rear Id ler Wh ee l Nul
around the bearing race. Turn wheel over on blocks and lift out
bearing spacer. Install the bearing race puller (4 1P290S-60) and
pu ll out the double-row out er bearing, or drive it out by wor kin!!;
drift around the bearing outer race.
d . In &pection . Thoroughly clean the spindle and the inside of
the wheel hub. Wash bearings and oil retainer. in dry-cleaning
solvent. Inspect wheel for cracks or damage, and hub bore for wear.
Examine bearings for damage or cracked or chipped balls, and spin
them to see that they are free and not worn. Make sure; bearing
spacer is not cracked or damaged or galled on the ends. Examine
spindle for cra!=ks or damage. Make sure ground surfaces in contact
with oil retaineT$ and bearing inner races are not scuffed or scored.
R eplace all damaged, worn, or unserviceable parts.
e. A8&e mhl y. Place idler wheel. outer side up, on blocks. Pack
double.row ball bearing (fig. 16 1) with general purpose grease (par.
33). Start bearing squarely into hub by tapping lightly on outer
race. Drive beari ng into hub unti l it seats agllinst the shoulder by
working the brass drift around the bearing outer race. Turn wheel
over and place the bearing splicer, smaller end down, in the hub.
Pack the inner bearing with general purpose grease (par. 33). Start
the bearing squarely in t he hub by tapping lightly on the outer race.
Or~
II. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
TM 9748
152
.,
.... 'D lit'"
';g"re 163 - " '"lIing Reor Idle.' Whee l Wi,h Idle r Wheel P"lIer
(41 "-29408001
Drive bearing into hub until it seats against the shoulder by working
the bra drift around the bearing outer race (fig. 164).
f.
Inslalla li.. n.
( 1) I NSTA LL OIL R ET AI N ERS ON SPINDLE. Soak the retainers to

be installed for at least 30 minutes in warmed engine oil to soften
the leather sealil. M ake a two-pi~e spacer not over ~j ~ inch thic k
to be used to firmly seat both oil retainers in t he hub to provide
clearance between the outside retainer and the flange on spindle. A
suitable spacer easily can be made by removing the thic k ring from
a worn idler wheel oil retainer (grease sea l) and sawi ng it in half.
Lightly coat the spindle and oil retai ner leather seals with general
pu rpose arease. P lace oi l re tainer on the spindle wit h the lea ther
lip facing t he spi ndle flange and carefully wo rk it onto the shoulder
next to the f1anae. N ext, position the se<;Ond oil retainer (grease
seal) the same way with leather lip faci ni the spind le f1anie. I nsert
t he halves of the spacer, previously made, between the first oil reo
tainer and flange on spind le 50 the oute r edges are even wit h the oil
Or,
Iff..
.lJNIVERSITV OF IllI~S
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9-748
15'
s,... ~ o/<wI
....
r...,
~A 'D
"...0
'igu,e 164 - Inslolling Re a, Idle r Wheellnne, Sea,ing

retainer, and push both retainers tightly against spacer to hold it in
position.
(2) IN ST AL.L. I OL.ER W H EEL. ON S P iNO L.E. Screw the pilot of installing tool (41-T-32 16-150) on spindle (fig. 165). Push the idler
wheel onto spindle as far as it will go by hand. Slide the cu p of the
idler wheel installing tool ( 4 1-T-32 16- 150) onto the screw and install the nut. Turn nut on installing tool screw (fi~ 166) and pu.h
idler wheel into place o n spi ndle, watching to set' that the oi l retainers
enter t he bore in the hub even ly as wheel is being ptahed on. Stop
turning the nut when bearings are felt to seat firmly against shou lden
on spind le and back off on nut at least t hree fu ll turns. t)sine a wood
block to protect idler wheel inner flange, drive the wheel outward
sufficie ntly so the halves of the split spacer used to seat the oil reta iners (vease seals) can be removed wit h a screwdriver. Aiai n
screw down the installing tool nut to seat the bearings on the spindle.
Unscrew tool from end of spindle. Install flat washer and nut
on spindle. Tighten the nut (fig. 162), using soc ket wrench
(4 1-W -3058-480). Insert and spread new cotter pin. Usini new
M'
Or~
11. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM '-748
152- 153
Figure 165 - Installing Pilat af Taal (41 -T-3216- 150J on Re (lr

Idle r Wh .. 1 Spindle
gasket. install the idler wheel hub cap with six cap screws and lock
washeT$ and tighten cap screws. Fill hub with general purpose
grease (pa r. 33). Connect track (par. ISO g) and adjust track
tension (par. 150 to).
153.
REAR IDLER WH EEL M OUNTING 8R ACK ETS.
s. Deecription. The rear idler wheel mounting brackets a re

heavy castinp bolted to the ' rear corner o f the huH. one on each side
(fig. 154 ). T he idler wheel spindle housing is split at the bottom so
the spindle can be tight ly damped in the bracket.
b. R e m oval. R emove rear fender (par. 166). R ele ase track
tension (par. 150 b ). D isconnect track below rear id ler wheel (par.
1508). P ull up per section off track forward of idler wheel. R emove
th e inner spi ndle retai ning bolt (fig. 154 ) from the bracket. R emove
cotter pin from end of spindle and slide off the loc king collar. Sup.
"'
'fu
UNIVER5ITV OF ILlI~'>
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9748
153_ 154
f jg",. ' 66 - " ..tIlUing R. II, Idl. , Wh ' With Insllllling 1110/
/4 ,.T321 6 '50}
port the idler wheel and work spindle out of bracket.
attaching bolts and mounting bracket.
Remove the
~.
Ine la llalio n. If shims were used to aline bracket with hull,

coat shims with joint !lealing compound (5 1-C1616) and position
shims on hull. Raise bracket into position. Coat threads of bolts
and holes in bracket with joint !lealing compound (51-C1616). Install bolts a nd safety nuts. Rai!le idler wheel and spindle, and insert
spi ndle into bracket. Insta ll the inner retaining bolt. Slide the locking collar onto end of spindle and install a new cotter pi n. Pull the
upper section of the track back over the rear idler wheel. Connect
the track (par. 1508). Adjust track tension (par. 150 h ). I nstall
rear fender (par. 166).
154.
TRACK SUPPORT ROlLERS.
e. Deecrlpti o n. T he SiI track support rollers (fig. 150) are of

heavy calt cOlUltructiOfL T he rollen tum on ball bearings (Ii&- 167)
Or", . 11 .
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
'"
..
TM 9-748
,
"
I
Or~
11. .. ,
ATURBANH HAM PAlGN
TM 9-748
'54
lA PD U _
ngu,e 168 _ Removln" Support Rolle, Beoting lod: Ring Wl,h

Spgnne, W,e nch (41 _W_3260 )
mounted on a shaft supported in the roller b racket.
provided with a lubricatini and a relie f fittinil:.
E ach roller IS
h. Remova l. F ollow procedure in paragraph 155 and remove

the bracket with the roller from the s uspension mounting bracket.
Remove the four bolts which attach roller shaft to the bracket and
lift off the roller.
c. Diea e&e mhly (fig. 167). Place roller shaft in vise, inner end
down. Bend ear o n lock washer down out of notch in lock ring. R emove lock rinil: with spanner wrench ( 41-W-3260) as shown in figure
168. Lift off lock washer. Remove bearing retainer with spanner
wrenc h (41-W-326 1) as shown in fiillre 169. Lift rolle r off s haft
a nd rem ove outer bearinil: spacer. . Place roller o n block s spaced to
clear the center bore. With loni drift, dri ve out the lowe r bearing
and oi l retainer by workinil: drift around bearing outer race. Turn
roHer over, and lift out the bearing inner spacer. Drive out the other
bearing and oi l retainer.
'fu
UNIVERSIT YOf IUlNC]\
ATURBANHHAM PAKiN
TM 9748
'54
.,.
~D
,..,
Figure 169 _ Removing Roller lIearing Reloin.r Wilh Spa"n'r

Wr.nrh (4'-W-326J )
d. I08peclion. Clea n al\ parts and center bore of roUer. Car....
fully ilUpect bearings for ellcessive wear or damage. Make .Iure bear_
ing outer races have not been turning in roUer bore and that roUer is
not damaged. Inspect shaft for damage or wear on surfaces contacted
by the oil retainers. Try fit of bearings on shaft to see that there is
no ellcessive play. Inspect bearing spacen for damage or wear.
M ake sure the lubricating and relief fittings are in good condition.
As oil retainers are usually damaged when removed, they mu" be
replaced.
e. A88embly (fig. 167 ). Soak oil retainers in warmed engine oil
for 30 minutes. Place shaft in vise with inner or flanged end down.
Place roUer on blocks with inner end up. Pack bearing, and coat
leather seal in oil retainer with general purpose grease (par. 33).
Start bearing squarely into roUer bore. Drive bearing into place
against shoulder in roller bore by working drift around the bearing
outer race. Coat outer surface of oil retainer with antiseize compound
( 52-C3032). Start oil retainer squarely into roller bore with lip of
leather seal turned up. Usini a punch with a square end, drive oil
.,
Or'lo 11 .
ATURBANHHAMPAlGI-I
TM 9-741
'54
Ie
-2
~S
"
~
S
"= *,
::
"
~;
~
>
l
~~
ii
- ~~
0
i,"
~,
!E
!
-,
l-
--r
.
I
>
l
,-P
e
~
\,
~~
n
-
(.,
Or, 1m
AT URBANHHAMPAIG.'I
'"
TM 9741
'54
... P'D
n,..1
,lglI,. III - Vol",. 'prlnfl SlIlpenfion A..emb1r Par,.

(
'fu
AT URBA~HHAMPAIGN
TM '-741
154-1 55
A-TRAQ:; Sllf'l'OtT ROUat BRACKET

a--lOCX WASHER
( -&RACKET CAP SCREW
D-lOCXlNG WIRE
1-5A.FTY NUT
. -R0llfIt &OI.T
J-TRACK SI(J[)
IC-MOUNTING BRACXET PlUGS
L-5USI'&ISION MOUNTlt-fG BRACKET
M-VOLUTE SUSPENSION SPRING

N-SUSPfNSlON lEVER BUSHING
f -SllSPfNSlON SPRING SEAl
u---sI'b'IG SEAT RINGS

V -,st,I$PEN$ION ARM. aRACKET END
"""""""
W - ARM RUBBING PlATE SClItwS

X- SUSPENSION ARM It\JRlIING PlATt
Y---GUOGfON SAfETY NUT
Z-MOUNTlNG BRAQ:;ET CAP
AA-MOUNTlNG BRACKEr CAP lOCX
A a-5USPENSION ARM
AC-MOUNllNG BRACKET CAP sruos
AD-STUD NUTS
AI-su5PENSION WHEEL
AF-WOODRUFF KEY
AG--tOCK WASHER
AH-GUDGEON CAP SCREW
A I-$USI'EN$ION ARM WHtEL END
GOOGroo<
AJ-SUSP'ENSION ARM. SPACING PlATE
AK- SIJS./'&tSION ARM. BUSHINGS
Al-SUS/'ENSION ARM SPACERS
.A""
1~71
'asand for Figura '1T

retainer into place aga inst s houlder in roller bore, taking care not to
damage or distort oil retainer. Insert outer bearing spacer into the
oil retainer with the chamfered edge down. Tum roller over o n
b locks and insert the inner bearin, spacer. Install the other bearinll:
and oil retainer. Carefully lower the roller down onto the shaft.
Screw the bearing retainer onto shaft with spanner wrench (4 1-W3261). Place a new lock washer on t he shaft. Install and tighte n
the bearing lock ring with spanner wrench ( 41.W_3260). Se-cure the
lock ring by bendinll: ear on lock washer into notch in ring.
f.
Installation. Lift roller into place on bracket. Install and

tighten the four attaching boll$ with !IIIfety nuts. Apply lubricant as
directed on Lubrication Order (par. 32). Follow procedure in paraII:raph 155 and install the bracket with roller.
155.
TRACK SUPPORT ROLLER BRACKETS AND SKID S.
a. Deso::r lption. The track support roller brac kets are heavy
castinll:s bolted to the rear of each suspension mounting bracket (fig.
170). The suspension mounting bracket track skids, at the top of
eac h bracket, support the track when it drop!! below the roller when
the vehicle is in motion.
h. R emove Track Skit!. R e move !IIInd shields (par. 166). R emove the four cap $CI'ew, which attach track skid to the suspension
mounting bracket. Slide the skid out from under the track.
1m .
0.",.
ATURBANHHAMPAIQI
TM 9748
155-156
c.
Remove Support Roller Bracket. With a hydraulic jack

placed on top of suspension bracket, raise the track sufficiently to
clear the IUpport foller. Support the bracket and roller and remove
the cap .crews which attach it to the suspension mountin, braecket.
Lift off track support roller bracket
d. Inllioll Support Roller Bracket. Raise bracket and roller
into position and install the two cap tcrews with internal-toothed lock'
washer in the top of the luspension bracket. Install the other cap
!lerew, with washers. Tiv;hten cap screws evenly, and secure them
with a loop of locking wire through the three IlCreWI on each side
(Ii" 170). Lower and remove hydraulic jack.
e. lJUtall Track Skid. Slide track skid into poIition. Install
the four attaching cap screws with internal-toothed lock washe"Ti&hten screws and secure with a loop of lockin, wire thl"O\llh each
pair (fig_ 170).

156.
SUSPENSION WHEELS.
a. ~ription. The 12 suspension wheels support the vehicle

on the inner surface of the track (fie. ISO). The wheels are of
welded comrtruction. They turn on tapered roller bearings supported on the arm wheel end gudgeon through the end. of the arms.
The rubber tires are vulcaniLed to ri ms which are pressed onto the
wheels under tremendous pressure. Only the latest type wheels with
tapered roUer bearinis are discussed in the followini subparagraphs.
h. Removal.
(1) REMOVE GUOOIWN NUT. R emove arm wheel end gudieon
nut as shown in fiiure 172. If necessary, pry wrench handle down
with crowbar placed acroa wrench handle and under edge of hull
from outside the vehicle.
(2) RAin SUSPENSION WHltEl,..
Place the bogie wheel lift
(41-L-1375) on the track under the arms of the wheel to be lifted
and with the foot of the lift pointing away from the wheel (fie. 173).
Slowly move the vehicle either forward or backward, depending upon
which wheel is to be removed, to push the lift into a vertical po.ition.
Raise the wheel (fie. 173). NOTE; It will be necess.vy to disconnect the Irack below lhe sprocket when "si", lilt to rlli" Iront wheel.
Set the parking brake.
(3) REMOVE GUDGEON. At outer end of arm wheel e nd iudlleon.
remove the cap screw and washer used to protect the thread. on the
end of the lIudgeon. Screw threaded end of slide_hammer type
~ gudgeon puller (41-P-2957-27) into end o f the gudgeon (fill- 174).
Bump the hammer ( weight) out hard against nut on end of puller
as required to pull the ludleon. Roll wheel away from arm. and
lift out.
'"
Or'9,,,.ll.m
ATURBANHH AM PAlGN
TM 9748
'56
RATCHET ~~
141'1'\ .1838)
SlIDiNG aAR
141..312.200)
~ A 'O
f igure 172 - lIe",0,,;n9 Suspe ns;on Ar", Wh eel fnd Gudg eon NUl
... D ltaNe n.hl y. Place wheel. ouleT side up, on blocka. Bend
ea r on bearing lock washer down OUI of nolch in bearing lock nut.
With hammer and punch, unscrew lock nut from bearing sleeve while
holding oil Ringer to keep sleeve from turning. R emove nut, lock
washer, oil Ringer, and locking plate (fig. 175). R e move pin from
adjust ing nut. UsinK pu nch in pin ho les in adjusting nut. unscrew
the nut. Take care not to damage t hreads on sleeve while holding it
from turning. R emove the adjusting nut. Tum wheel over and pull
out the sleeve. The other lock nut, lock washer, oil flinger. and
adjusting nut can now be removed in t he same manner while holding
sleeve in a vise. Use a long drift throuKh the upper bearing cone
and rollers, work ing it around t he lower bearinK cup to drive out the
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
'"
TM
97~8
".
SUSPENSlO I>I MOUtrnNG BItA.C~ET
,-SO"'""",,, WHEEL
BOGIE
WHfEl UFT
L.~ ,,~'"
UNK COI>II>IECTOR
SUSPENSlOI>I W'''''-,
80GIE WHEEl '''' , -
f lVllre 173 - liaising lllyention Wheel With l ift ("Il- 1375)

0."".11 ,
"
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
156
RA
~D
,.10
Figure 174 - Pulling Suspension Arm Whe., End Gudgeon With

Slide Hllmme r Pull.r /41 -P-2957}
lower bearing and oil 5eal. Tum wheel over and drive out the other
bearing and oil seal.
d. Ins peetlon (fig. 175). T horoughly clean all parts a nd t he
inner bore of the suspension whee l hub. Carefully inspect bearing
cone and rollers and cup for excessive wear or damage. Inspect bore
of hub to ma ke sure bearing cup has not been turning in the h ub.
Oil seals are usually da maged when removed and must be replaced.
I nspect adjusting nuts to make sure oil seal contact surfaces are
smoot h and not worn. T ry fit of bearinK cone and ro llen on sleeve .
to make sure sleeve is not excessively worn. Inspect gudgeon for
wea r a nd damaged t hread.! o n keyway. M ake S\lre wheel is serviceable and the lubricatinK and relief fittings are in good condition.
e. A_ mhly (fig. 175). Soa k oil .".l. in warmed engine oil for
30 min\ltes. Thoroughly coat the inner surface of the bearing sleeve
wit h antiseize compound or general purpose grease. W ith wheel on
b locks, inner side up, start bearing cup squarely into hub bore with
thin edKe up. Drive cup into place by moving the drift around the
no
'fu
UNIVERSITY OF IUlNC]\
ATURBANHH"AMPAlGN
TM 9-748
15.
~ ~8~
I~
<
g>
o~
"~~ ~
-g
~-
.~
I
,,
,," 'fu
UNlVfRIIH Of IUlNC]1
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
156
s....... . ~ .. ~" r,OKh
U. 'D S_72
Figure 176 _ Instofling Su'pen,ion Arm Wheel End Gudgeon

edge of the cup until it seats against the shoulder in hub. Pack the
cone and rollers and coat the c up with general purpose grease. Run
adjusting nut up the full length of the threads on sleeve. Place the
cone and rollers in the cup and insert the sleeve through the cone and
rollet'$. Coat sealing s udaces o n o il seal and adjusting nut with
general purpose grease. Start the oil Ilea l squarely into hub bore
with larae diameter side down and rubber seal side up. Use a square
pointed drift and work it around the oil seal taking care not to distort
or damage oil seal while driving it into place against bearing cup.
Place locking plate on sleeve with lip side up. Turn adj ll$ ting nut
to aline one of the holes in nut with a hole in the plate ( fig. 175).
Insert pin through locking plate into ad justing nut. Install oil flinger
with lip side down. P lace new lock washe r on slee ve with inner tang
turned up. Screw on the lock. nut and tiihten with punch and hammer while holding oil flinger from turning. Bend one of the lock
washer tanis up into notch in lock nut. T um wheel over. Install
bearing cup and cone and rollers. Screw the adjusting nut onto
sleeve until it contacts cone. Install guide (41-G-1235-505) on arm
Or>
Iff<-
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
TM 9.748
156-157
wheel end gudgeon as shown in figure 176. Insert the gudgeon

through the bearing sleeve. Use blocks to support gudgeon so wheel
is free to turn. Turn wheel in both directions while tightening adjusting nut until bearings are seated and a slight drag is felt. Then back
off adjusting nut one-sixth to one-quarter turn to allow wheel to
rotate freely without excessive end play. Remove the gudgeon.
While taking ca re not to disturb the adjusting nut, install the oil seal,
locking plate and pin, oil Binller, lock washer, and lock nut. Tighten
lock nut and secure it with lock washer.
In"allalion. M ake su re Wood ruff key is securely installed
in gudgeon. Lift wheel into position and insert gudgeon (lig. 176)
through arms and wheel hub. Al ine ke y in gudgeon with keyway in
arm and drive gudgeon into place. Coat cap screw threads with
gene ral purpose grease, and install cap screw with lock washer in end
of gudgeon. Remove gudgeon iuide (41-0-1235-505). Install the
safety nut on end of gudgeon. Apply lubricant to wheel as instructed
on Lubrication Order (par. 32). M ove ve hicle forward or backward. dependinll on which side of wheel the lift was placed, to lower
the wheel onto track. R emove wheel lift (4 1-L-1375 ) . Before driv_
ing vehicle, Ule crowbar on wre nch, if necessary, to tiahten audll:eon
nut securely.
f.
157.
VOLUTE SUSPENSION SPRINGS,
a. De.cription. Two heavy steel volute springs are used in each

suspension: The springs are held in a vertical position between the
m ovable spring seat a t the bottom and the suspe nsion mounting
bracket at the top ( L, lig. 171). No center guide is necessary since
each coil overlaps or is nested within anothe r coil.
h.
Removal.
(1 ) REMOVE TRA CK. R emove fenders and sand shields (par.
166). Disconnect track (par. 150 g) and drive vehicle slowly forward until end of track clears suspension. Apply parkinll brake and
block vehicle.
(2) CoMPRI!:SS SPRINGS. Place hydraulic jack under edge of hu ll
in line .with center of suspension mounting bracke t. Operate jack to
support vehicle until vehicle is seen to raise sliahtly. Remove the
cap screws and lift off track skid. Remove both plugs from top of
suspension bracket with plug wrench (41-W-1960) (fig. 177 ). Insert
the two spring compressors (41-C2S56) into the bracket holes and
screw them tightly into the sprinl seat. Compres3 the springs by
turning the compressor nuts evenly (Iii. 178) until swpension levers
are raised clear of wheel arms.
(3) DISCONNECT WHEEL ARMS. Place a hydraulic jack on the
track and center it under the two suspension arm spacers. Operate
~
1m .
0.",.
(.(
J':{II
ATURBANHHAMPAIQI
TM 9748
157
Figure '11 _ Removing Suspension Sracht Plug. Us ing Plug

Wrench (41 . WI960}
jack until it almost contacts the spacers. Bend ears on b racket cap
stud lock away from cap stud nuts. R emove the stud nuts and pull
caps off st uds. Lower the jack. R emove both suspension arm sp acel'$
from the suspension Brm b racket end gudgeons (fig. 17]). Roll the
suspension wheels as fBr apart as possible.
(4) R EMOVE VOLUTE SPilIN GS. Ra ise jack under spring seat
until compressor nuts are raised slightly off washer on to p of bracket.
Bac k off bot h nuts about 'Ii inch at a time and lower jack until both
springs are extended to their futl length. CAUTION: Hold compte.
SPfS fro m turnin' to make sure they are not unscrewed from ~prin,
$~t$ while backint oR the nuls.
R emove both spring compressors
(o4 1(>2SS6). Support the suspension leve rs with a crowbar under
each e nd resting on blocks under the vehicle. R emove jack, and
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
'"
1M 9-748
157
.... ' 0
1:19674
figure 17. _ Compressing Volul. Spring With Spring Comp.e nor.

(41-C- 2SS6)
lower the levers and springs. L ift springs out of sides of mounting
bracket and remove suspension levers.
e. In8peeti o n . Wipe all wearing surfac,es dean. Inspect all parts
for damage. Inspect bushings on ends of spring seat and if excessively
worn, replace spring seat. R emove ring!il from spring seat t>ooses and
if excessively worn, revena or replace the rings. Examine bushing!il in
suspension levers and if bushings are e xcessively worn. replace the
levers. Try levers on spring seat to ma ke sure bushings have a dearance of at least 0.020 inch. E xamine rubbing plates on both t he
levers and arms a nd if excessively worn or damaged, replace the rubbing plates (par. 159). Orive the gudgeons out of the suspension
arms. E xamine gudgeons and bushings and if exces.sively worn, replace the gudgeons on arms. Also inspect the suspension arm spacers
,y
.,
0.", 11 .
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9748
157- 151
for wear. While track is removed, spin the support roller to test the
bearings for wear or damage. Examine the volute spring. for wear
or crack-. If inspection of spring.. when innaUed (par. 149 j), reo
vealed springs are weak, replace both springs unless the springs have
been in service for only a short time; in which case, on ly the weak
spring need be replaced.
d. Inetallation (fig. 171) .
( 1) INSTALL VOLUTE SPRINGS. M ake sure rings are in place on
spring seat. P osition the two springs on the Spting seat under the
suspension bracket. Insert the two spring compressors (4 1.C2556)
into bracket. Place the two suspension levers on the spring seat
trunnions. Raise the spring seat and hold it in place in bracket by
screwing comprestlOrl into spring seat. W ith a hydraulic jack, raise
the spring seat and, at the same time, turn compressor nuts to com
preS$ springs evenly. R emove the jack.
(2) ATTACH SUSPENSION ARMS. Move wheels and arms into
place under suspension bracket. I nsert gudgeon, with hole in end to
the outside, through the O\lter arm and through a spacer into the
inner arm. R epeat for other pair of arms. Raise arms and place a
spacing plate on the two gudgeons at each end. Support the arms by
placing a hydraulic jack on the track unde r the spacers. T urn
gudgeons so grooves in ends are vertica l. R aise the asesmbly until
gudgeons fit snugly in ends of bracket. Position the caps on end. of
bracket and install nut. with new locb. T ighten nuts, and secure by
bending ear on locks down against flat on nut. Remove jacks from
track and from under hull
(3) CoNNECT TRACK. Remove spring compressors, Installsuspension mounting bracket pIUK$, using plug wrench ( 41.W. 1960).
l r1$tall track skid (par. 155 e). Connect track (par. 150 8) and
adjust track te nsion (pat. 150 b ). Install fenders and l and ahieldl
previously removed.
]58.
VOLUTE SPRING SUSPENSION ASSEMBLIES.
... General. The vertical volute spri nt; suspension asse mbly (fig.
170) can be removed as a unit. H owever, if the mounti ng bracket
and other components are to be replaced, it is more convenient to
disatsemble the unit while attached to the vehicle (par. 157 b ).
h. Re mo \al. D isconnect track (par. 150 g ) and pull it off support roller. Block suspension wheels on both sides of vehicle. R aise
the side of vehicle with hydraulic jacks until suspension wheels are
above track connectors, Place blocking. le vel with the connectors,
under the two suspension wheels. Lower the hull until wheels rest
lightly on blocking. R emove the nuts and boltll which attach mount
inK bracket to hull. Attach hoist to suspension assembly. Raise hull
Or,~"
Iff<-.
UNIVERSlTV OF IllI~\
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
TM 9-748
158- 161
sufficiently to clear flange at inner side of bracket.

SlUpension out from under hull.
Slide and lift
e. In etalla tl o n . Lower the suspension assembly onto blocking

a nd slide it into p lace on hull. Lower the hull as required to a line
bolt holes. Coat bolts and bracket holes with joint sealing compound
(S l -C1616). Install and tillhten nuts securely. NOTE : Make sure
bolts of the 3o!Ime 1enllth are installed in the 3o!Ime position' and dir~
tion a.s t.'lOse removed to prtlVent interferinll with or damatinA units
imide the vehicle .
159.
RUBBING P LATES.
a. Deecr iptio n . H a rdened steel removab le rubbing plates are

installed on the ends of the suspension levers and on each suspension
arm (fig:. 170). Replace plates when they are damaged or excessively
worn. Do not lubricate plates at a ny time.
h. R e m ova l. Pry up the suspension lever and block it in raised
position. Remove cap screw which attaches rubbing plate to suspension arm. Drive plate out of a rm. Remove nub from screws which
attach rubbing plate to suspension arm. Drive out the screw.s and
remove rubbing plate.
c_ Install. Position rubbing plate on suspension arm. Install
screws and ti!lhten safety nuts. Drive rubbinll plate into position in
slUpension lever. Insta ll and tighten cap screw with internal-toothed
lock washer. Remove b lock.
Section XXXII
.HULL
160.
DESCRIPTION.
a. General. The hull of the vehicle is made of welded armor

plate. The hull is divided into two sections by a bulkhead The
engine compartment is located in the rear section, the fighting compartment and driver's and assistant driver's stations are located in
the front section.
16 1.
DRIVER'S AN D ASSISTANT DRIVER'S DOORS.
a. Det!eriptio n (fig:. 179). The driver', doors, located at the front

of t he hull, permit entrance into the driver's and assistant driver's
compartment. A periscope is mounted in each door on a ball bearing race permitting a 360-degree rotat ion.
h _ Rem ova l. Operate release leve r and raise door to fu ll open
position. Support the door with lifting tackle. Remove hinge pin
.,
1m .
0.",.
ATURBANHHAM PAIGN
TM 9-748
161 - 162
,,'
tOWER stGMENTSCREW
PERISCOPE "C"
GE NERATOR
C"!CUIT BREA"E~
MASTER SWITCH SOX
Figu,e 119 _ D,ive,'. DOD' Qn d Pe , i.t op e.

nut, loc k washer, and special washer. Remove hel< retainer u.nd key
from door hinge pin, releasing door spring. R emove door spring and
bushing. Drive door hi nge pin up out of door hinge, depress release
lev"" lind r.,.move door.
In eta lla tion . Position door on hun and install hi nge pin in
door. Install door spring, bushing, and retain"r with key. I n.tall
washers and nut.
<"
]62:.
DRI VE RS' SEAT S,
II. ~ ril.tio n . F orm-fitting adjustable seats with removable

backs and cushions are prov ided for the driver u.nd assistant driver
(fig. lSI). T he seats are adjustllb le in height or in horizontlll posi_
tions. Counterbalance springs in the seat base assist in raising t he
seat to the desired height. The assista nt driver', .eat can be folded
u,
'm
UNIVERSITY Of IUlNC]S
- ATUR8ANHHAMPA~
1M 9-748
162- 163
lATCH
""""
DOOR SPRINC
RETAIHER
Figure 180 - Driver' , Door - Interjor Vie w
over forward to provide access to the 90-mm amm unition .towaKe

boll: at rear of seat. For operation of seat controls re fer to paragraph
13 a (25).
h. R e moval. R e move t he seat back. Opera te release Lever and
raise seat to highest position. R emove seat mounting screws and nuts
with lock washers, and remove the seat assem bly.
~.
InllulUation. P~ition seat on drivers' compartment floor and

install attaching scre ws and lock washel"$. Install $(':8t back.
163.
PERISCOPE AND HOLDERS.
a. De&eription. Four periscopes are located in the drivers' compartment (figs 5 , 6) ; two whi ch are stationary and two, mounted in
the drivers' doora, that can be rotated and tilted A rotation set screw
can be tightened to hold the periscope in position. The periscope
mount can be tilted to e levate the line of vision and can be locked in
position by a knurled nut on the back of the periscope. A safety lock
preve nts the periscope from fa llina:; out if the knurled nut becomes
loosened.
'"
Or~
11. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAlQI
TM 9748
163- 164
seAT CUSHION
/'
RREASE lEVER
VERTICAl
REl fAr.!: HANDl E
I-
SUt-SAse CUSHION
kII, PII 33.,.77
Figure ' " - Aui.!a"! Driver', Seal

h. Re mo ...lI. Slide the safety loc k bac k, loosen the knurled nut,
and re move the periscope from ho lder.
r , In8t8 1181ioll, Insert the periscope in Ihe holder, tiahten the
knurl ed nut, and seeure the safety lock.
164.
ENGINE COMPARTMENT DOORS AND COVER PLAT ES,

De3Criptio n (fig. 182). T he e ngine compartme nt cove rs con-
...
$ist of front and rear covers, two doors, and an engine compartment
floor plate. T he engine compartment doors are mounted d irectly to
the hull. The doors are prov ided with $hutte rs under the grilles, and
are controlled by a ca!J le operated in t he fiahti na compartme nt .
...
1m .
0.",.
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
164
,
>
-.!
ig
, v
"l
,~
;~
.,
m
-"
-
>
.~
~
.~
~.
~i
~ili Sl.~
gh
.~.
;~
Or"l,n.fln- ...
UNIVERSITY 01' IllIOOl \

AT URSAIIHHAMPAIGfj
TM 9-748
164- 166
..
h. R e m oval of 0001"8 (fig. 182). R emove the two bolts t hat

leCure each door at the li fting h andles. Open both doors and disconnect both shutter control cables a t the hinged ends of the doon..
Remove t he six bolts that secure each of the h inge plates to the h ull.
R emove the doors and hinge plates from the hull. R emove the cotter
pin at eac h of the four hinges and remove the hinge pins.
c. In"tall a tion o f 0001"8 (fig. 182). I nstall the hinge pins and
cotter pin. P lace t he door in position on the hull. Use a long-nose
drift to line up the ho les in t he hinge plate with the holes in the huU.
Insta ll the six bolts that secure the hinge plate and door to the hull.
Con nect the shutter control cable at each door. Close both doors,
and install the four bolts at the lifting hand les.
d. R e m oval of Cove r Pla le6 (fig. 182). R emo ve the engine
compartment doors and hinge plates (subpar. b abo\-e). R emove
5<:rews attaching cover plates to hull and remove the plates.
e. Ins la ll a li o n of CO"e r Plai t'll (fig. 182). Posit ion plates on
t he h ull a nd install scre ws. Insta ll doors and hinge pla tes (subpar.
'" above).
f. R",m oval o f Ens ine Compa rtm e nt Floor PI IlIl'8 (fig. 186).
R emove t he locking wire s from cap screws attac hing floor plate to
hull Remove t he screws, leaving one at each corner of the floor
plate. Place a roll-away jack at center of the plate, re move the remaining screws, and lower the floor plate.
g.
In8tallation o f E n g ine Co mpartment Flo or Pla te (fig. 186).

Place a jack at the cent er of floor plate and raise the plate in position
against the bottom of hull. 'I nstall a screw at each corner of the
plate and remove the jack. I nstall the remaining screws and secure
w ith locking wire.
]65.
ESCAPE DOOR.
a. T he escape door is located in the vehicle floor back of the

assistant driver's seat (iii;:;' 183). The escape door is important to
the .. fely of the crew and Ihou ld be c hecked frequently fo r e aae of
operation. It should be removed, clellned of dirt and rust, lind its
workina: parts lubricated at rqular intervals.
166.
SAND SHIELDS AND FENDERS.
De$e riplion. The tracks are covered by removable sa nd

shields and fenders at the front and rear of the vehicle and by skirt
p lates along the aides (fig. 1 ) . T he sand shields a re attached to the
hu ll by quick-action, slotted faste ning studs and joined to the skirt
p lates by a reinforcing slip joint. T he fenders serve as a support for
the front sand shields a nd are bolted to the hull.
B.
,..
"
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIG.'I
TM 9748
'66
ESCAPE
lOCKtNG PAWl
r.,
A.SSlS IA.r-I l
OIIIVRS
SEAT BA.5I:
",
"'.'~~;'N'
.on
Figu,. '83 _ E"ap. 000 ' _ Install. d

h. R e movli.l.
( I ) FRONT AND REAR SAND SHIELDS. R elease all slotted fastener
studs, and remove bolts and radio ground fll$tenen at the middle ends
of shields. Remove the sa nd shields.
(2) SKIRT PLATES, Remove three bolts and nuts at each end
of the skirt plate and release slotted fastening studs attaching plate to
hull. R emove radio ground fastener at upper corner of skirt plate
and , Iide the sk irt plate down from the slip joinL
(3) FENOERS, Re move the front sand shield (subpar. (I) h
above). R emove screws and bolts attaching fender to differential
housing and hull. Remo ve the fender.
c. In el.lI.tlon.
( I ) FRONT AND REAR SAND SHIELDS. P osition sand shields on
hull, install bolts and nuts, and tiihten slotted fastening studs. Install
radio ,round fastener at middle ends of shields and tighten securely.
(2) SKIRT P LATES, Slide skirt plates in position on sand shield
slip joint plates, install bolts and nuts at each end and tighten fastening studs.
...
Or>l,,, II.
UN IVERSITY 00 llil ~\
ATURBA NH HAM PAlGN
TM 9-748
166-167
''''
.... PD 3)"10
Figura 1'4 - Fighting Compartmant FJoor
(3) FENDERS. Position fender on differential housinv;, install

bolts, nuts and lock washers.. ln$tall front sand shields (subpar. ( I )
pre<:edinv;).
167.
FIGHTING COMPARTMENT FLOOR.
Detcrlption. The fightinv; compartment floor consists of metal

plate!! which cover the 90-mm ammunition Itorage boxes (fig. I''').
These plate!! are hinged to each other or to support.. They are readily removable or can be folded back for quick access to the ammunit ion bose... The center narrow floor plates cover the propeller shaft
and ate bolted to cente r supports.
B.
,.,
Or~,
1m. ..
ATURBAf/HHAMPAlGN
TM 9748
161- 169
168.
GUN TRAVEUNG LOCK.
a. De.eription. The (Un traveling lock is hinged to brackets

mounted on the rear engine compartment cover plate (fig. 197 ). T o
release the gun from the gun traveling lock, pull down on the release
ring and, at the aame time, raise the gun. T o lock the gun in the gun
travel ing lock, hold the (Un traveling lock jaws in a halfway open
position and, at the aame time, lower the gun into the gun traveling
I~"-
h. ReplarlemeRI. D rive the lock pi n from the right-hand side of

each bracket. Dri ve both hinge pi ns from the brackets and remove
the (Un traveling lock. P o.ition the gun traveling lock in the brackeu
and install the.. two hinge pins, making sure the lock pin hole in the
hinge pin is in line with the lock pin hole in eac h bracket. Install the
lock pin in each bracket.
169.
H ULL DRAIN VALVES.
a. Oeecrlpllon (fig. 185). Six spring-loaded, poppettype valves

are mounted in the hull Roor to drain the vehicle of accum ulated
water, oil, or fuel The valves in the driver's compa rtme nt are located in front of the assistant driver's seat and at the rear side of the
driver's seat. Two valves with opera tina: rods are located on either
$ide at the rear of the fightina: compartment. The two valves in the
en(fine compartme nt have no operatina: rods.
h. Removal. Block valve in closed position from below. Depress
spring to clear taper pin in valve stem below knob. Drive lia:htly on
.mall end of pin to remove it from knob. R e move knob and $prina:.
If valve is equipped with operating rod, remove screws attaching rod
bracket to hull, and lift rod and rod retainer out as a unit. R emove
blocks and withdraw valve fro m below.
(:. R eeeating Drain Vah-ea. If drain valves leak due to cOTToded
.eat, they can be repai red by reseati na: the valve on the va lve seat.
Ramove the valve and coat surface of seat with coarse valve a:rinding
compound. Turn valve on its seat with reciprocating motion to grind
valve and seat. W ipe clean and test for seatina:, u.ina: prussian blue
to .how hia:h .pob. Install valve (subpar. d below).
rl. Inltallation. Imert valve in cage, and block in closed position
from below. Install sprina: and knob. Depress sprina: a nd install
taper pin. If valve operatina: rod was removed, inltll,l1 rod in rod
returner and replace locking pin. Remove blockina: from below
valve. Lubricate valve stem with e na:ine oil and operate the valve
several time ...
...
Or>gm.11
AT URBANHHAMPAlGIf
TM 9748
170
H.II
-.
"
HVll
DIWN VAlVE
" " , "G<
~ ...
Pit .SMa!
';sure ItS - Hull Dra in Vol",e - , is'',;nS Comporlmenl
170.
MISCELLANEOUS STOWAGE BOXES AND RACK S.
a. DellCription. Boxes and racks fo r ammunit ion a nd other

equipme nt are located on the right and left spoIlllOns. Boxes for
9o.mm ammunition stowage lU'e under the fiihtinl!; compartme nt floor
(fil!;. 184 ) .
h. Replace m e nt. R e move bolts or screws attach ing boxes and
racks to their iJUpport. or to the sponson. To install, place box or
rack in it. proper position and install attaching boltl or IC.'rewl.
Or~
II. ..
UNNERSIH OF 111INC]\
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
1M 9-748
171 - 172
""""
I
COMPAlITMENl
~OOOO
lA 1'0 Uot32
figure 186 - Pint'e Hook and Engine Compartment Reo. Door
171.
PROTECTIVE PADDING.
De...,riplion. Sponge-type proteo;:tive plldding is Ilttllched

around the inside of driven' door openinp (fir;. 179 ) .
Il
h. Replace ment. P add ing retainer is spot-we lded to under side

o f door openinp. Remove old paddinr; with chisel and d e an the
surface of door openings. Install new paddinr; and spot-we ld to hull
)72.
TOWING SHACKLES AND PINTLE HOOK.
s. DeK ription. Two towing shac kles are provided at the front
of the vehide and two at the rear. A pintle hook is mount ed at the
rear and is used for towing a trailer only (fii- 186). T he pint le hook
i. attached to the hull bracket by means of a larie nut o n the end
of the pintle stud
. h. Replacement. R emove the cotler pin and castellated nut that
secure the pintle hook to the bracket a nd remOve the pintle. T o
'"
Or~
11. ..
UNNERSIHOFlliINC]\
ATURBANHH AM PAlGN
TM 9-748
172- 173
iNtall, position the pintle on the bracket and ;mtall the castellated
nut and cotter pin.
Section XXX III
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
173.
AUXILI AR Y GENERATOR.
s. Deecrip tion. The aUlIiliary generator (fig. 13) is a Homelite

unit, Mode l HRUH-28, consisting of a llingle-cylinder, two-cyde, aircooled gasoline eniine directly connected to II 30-voit, SO-ampere
( I,S()().watt) shunt wound generator with integra l startinl windings.
H iih-tension ignition current is supplied to the spark plug by a maineto at the rear of the engine. The engine is air cooled by a flywheel
fan. The generator bas a separate control bol[ with an ammeter,
starting $Witch, and circuit breaker. The carburetor is equipped with
a sediment bowl and air filter. The ge nerator output is controlled by
a generator regulator similar to the engine generator regulator (par.
10() a). A separate fuel tank, above the generator, supplie$ a mixture
of gasoline and oil to-the generator e niine by gravity.
h. Clean Air Filler. As d irected on Lubrication Order (par. 32) ,

clean air filter. Remove the two mounting screws in end of filter.
Pull filter off carburetor. Thorouihly clean filter in dry-cleanini solvent. Dip filter in engine oil, seasonal grade, and allow it to drain
dry. Position the filter on the carburetor and install the screW$ with
lock washerL
c. Clea n Sediment 8m... I. Clean sediment bowl when wat er or
forei gn material has collected in the bow l. If fuel in bowl soon again
becomes contaminated, it may be necessary to drain the fuel ta nk
(subpar. I ( 1) below). Close fuel valve at bottom of fuel tank. Loosen
the knurled nut at the bottom of the glass sediment bowl (fig. 13).
Swing bail up out of the way and remove bowl Empty the bowl and
wipe it dry. Remove the wire mesh screen, wipe it clean, and blow
dry with compressed air. Install the screen, usini new lIasket if
necessary. Center the bowl aiainst the iasket and secure it by tightening bail nut. Open fue l valve at bottom of tank.
,\. Ad juet Carburetor F uel Mh<tu re. If e ngine runs slow, lacks
power, or is hard to start, it may be necessary to adjust carburetor
fuel mixture. Start and run engine until it haa reached normal operating temperature. Remove plua; screw from bottom of stuffing box
nut (fig. 13). H old gland from turning, and loosen stuffinll box nut.
With narrow-bladed screwdriver, turn the needle valve adjusting
screw inside the Stuffini box nut clockwise fOf a leaner mixture, and
counter<:lockwise for a richer mixture. If eniine cannot be started,
Or'lo Ifro",
ATURBANHHAMPAlGIf
'"
TM 9-748
173
tum adjusting screw in until it seats lightly, a nd then back it out I ll.
turns to supply sufficie nt fuel for starting. CAU TIO N : Never force
.crew into "Itt It.! to do ao will dam. needle vltlve lJI!Iat. W ith engine
warmed up and running under full load, turn adjusting screw clockwise unti l engine speed just starts to fa ll off. T hen slowly turn adjusting screw counterclockwise unti l engine reaches maximum governed .peed. Give screw V. tum more for correct fuel mixture setting
at average temperatures, or from 14 to V. turn for operation in extreme ly cold -weather. H old t he adjusting screw from turning while
t ightening the stuffing box nut. R eadjust screw setting if e ngine speed
is affected when stuffing box nut is tightened. Install the plug screw
with gasket. Stop engine.
e_ In epecl a nti / o r R e place S pa rk Plug. Unscrew roupling nut
and remove ronnector from spark plug. R emove spa rk plug. Using
wire gage, c heck spark plug gap. If gap is more than 0.035 inch, rep lace. with a new champi~n HO-14S spark plug. Clean the plug if it
is not replaced Clean carbon from spark plug adapter in top of cylinder. If holes are e rroded or edges are burned, notify higher author_
it y to replace baffle. Install spark plug with new gasket wit hout
using ex~ ... ive fOTce. Connect conduit to plu&Inspect anti / or AdjuSl Breake r Points. R emove the magneto
roto r by unscrewing the puller nut at rear end of engi ne. R emove
spark plug (subpar. e above) to relieve compression. T um flyw heel
counterclockwise until breaker is on peak of cam and points afe wide
open (fig. 187). Inspect condition of points to see that they are not
excessively dirty, pitted, Of burned Clean the points with a cloth
_ked in dry-dea n;n" solvent, and wipe wit h a clean dry cloth. Uneven points, and ones not too badly pitted, can be dressed with a fine
hone. W ipe points clean with dry cloth after honing. N otify higher
aut hority to replace excessi vely worn or un$l!lrviceable breaker points.
M easure brea ker point gap with a 0.020-inch feeler gage. If required,
adjust gap by slightly loosening the screw which attaches the contact
plate to the stator plate. Slowly move the contact away from o r
toward cam until only a slight drag is felt when gage i. drawn straight
t hrough the gap with breaker in contact with peak of cam. T ighten
screw and recheck adjustment. Aiain wipe points wit h clean cloth
to remove all trace of oil. I nstall the maineto rotor and tighten
puller nut securely. Insta ll spark plug and connect conduit.
f.
g. Clean Ge ne r a tor Co mmut a tOf . W hen inspection reveals

com mutator is excessively dirty and there is excessive arcing at the
brushes, clean generator commutator. R emove attachini screw and
lift off bfU$h head cover plate. Cut a piece of wood shaped to fit
squa rely aiainst commutator between the two brush holders. Place
a clea n piece of flint paper, grade 2/ 0, "brasive side out, over end of
stick. Start engine and gently press paper against commutator. Be
m
(
'm
AT URBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
173
,
U, 'D ll"'2
Figure 117 - Auxiliary Gellerotor Moglleto With ROlor Removed

sure to hold stick square with commutator and move it back and
forth across commutator until commutator is thoroughly clean and
bright. Stop engine. Blow dust out of end of generator. Insta ll
cover plate.
h. R e place Starting Switch. R emove the screws from upper
com ers of control box cover. Slide cover up and swing it up on top
of box. M ake Bure 24-volt master switch is turned off. D isconnect
wires from terminals o n switch (fig. 109). R emove the two screws
wh ic h attach twitch to control box and lift out t witch. Install switc h
by re versina; the re moval procedure. Install cover o n box.
i. Replace Ammeter. Re move the three screws which attach
ammeter to control box cover. R emove cover from box. Disconnect
wires from terminals o n ammeter and lift out ammete r ( fig. 109 ).
'"
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPA~
TM 9-748
17'
When installing ammeter, fir!ilt attach it to control box cover, then
connect the wires and install the cover on the bol<.
j. R e place Ci~uit Breaker. Remove control box cover. Make
lure 24-volt master switch is turned off. Remove the screws which
attach circuit breaker to bracket in control box (fig. 109) . Slide circuit breaker out of bracket. Disconnect wires from terminals and lift
out circuit breaker. To in$t&1I circuit breaker attach wire No. 3 1 to
lower terminal, and the lead to the .hunt to the other terminal. Complete the installation by reversing the remainder of the removal procedure.
k. Replace Auxiliary General!or Regulator. R emove safety
nutl which attac h regulator to support (fig. 1(9 ) . Lift regulator off
studs and tip the top in to reach terminal bol<. R e move terminal
cover and remove wires from terminals. Disconnect conduiu from
regulator. T o install regulator, connect wire N o. 30 to terminal ~F",
wire N o. 31 to terminal ~ A~, and wire No. 29 to terminal "B~. Connect the conduits to the regul9otor, install terminal cover, secure the
wing nuts with locking wire. On each of the mounting studs place
one intemal-extemal toothed lock washer, one end of 8 grounding
strap, one mounti ng cushion, the other e nd of the grounding strap,
and another internal and external t eeth lock washe r. Position the
regulator on the studs and install the Il8fety nuts.
I. Remove Fuel Tank.
( 1) DRAIN FUEL TANK. Remove sediment bowl (subpar. e
above). Place suitable container with 6-gallon capacity under fuel
filter. Open fuel valve at bottom of tank and permit it to dr90in dry.
Close drain valve and install sediment bowl.
(2) REMOVE FILLER NECK. Raise filler cap cover. Rem ove
filler cap. Remo ve screws from upper filler neck adapler. Remove
adapter, filler neck, and spacers. Remove screws which attach lowe r
adapter and remove adapter.
(3) REMOVE FU EL T .ufI{. Follow procedure in subp90ragraph II
below and remove the aux il iary generato r. R emove cap screws which
attach tank to bulkhead and hull (fi g. 109 ). Slide the tank forward
to clear fire extinguisher controls and lower inner end, and lift
tank out.
m . Inelall Fuel Tank. Raise the fuel tank into position and
slide it back against bu lkhead. Install the attaching cap screws with
lock washers. Attach the lower adapter and space rs. Position the
upper adapter and fille r neck 110 neck is centered in hull opening,
and install attac hing screws. Connect fuel hose to valve at bottom
of tank. F ollow procedure in subparagraph 0 below and install
aw:iliary ge nerator. Open valve at bottom of tank. Fill fuel tllnk
U<
,,,':.'Of'fuIUlNC]\
UNIVERSITY
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9-741
173
"'wdie"
f,,~jpt ...,
as directed on Lubrication Order (par. 32).

close and lock the cover.
Install filler cap, and
n. Removal at Auxlliary Generator.

(1) DISCONNECT FUEL AND EXHAUST LINES,., Position the turret
10 that the generator is acressible, and open the 24volt master
switch. Shut off the fuel at the carburetor and fuel tank. Disconnect the flexible fuel line at the carburetor. Remove the boot around
the air duct and di$connect the flexible exhauIII: line from the engine
flange under the edge of the duq. These screws are the !;IIfetytype,
necessitating the use of a safety screw wrench.
(2) REMon RWUI-ATOJI. ASSJ!:MI.ILY. Remove the attaching nuts
and cap screw which hold the auxiliary generator regulator bracket
to the battery box and spenson. Raise the regulator and b racket, and
relll: the assembly on top of the battery box. NOTE: Do not diKOnneet the re~ulator wirinl.
(3) DISCONNIOCT WIJl.ING. Remove the cover from the control
box on the generator and swin, it up over the top of the control box.
Disconnect the three wires from stud. marked ~A~, "F", and ~B~ which
lead from the conduits attached to the bottom of the contro l box.
(4) Re;MoVE AUl(ILlARY GENERATOR ASSEMBLY. Remove the
four mounting nuts which hold the angle mountings of the generator
to the rubber mounting cushions, and disconnect the ground strap
from the sponlOn (fig. 109 ). Raise the generator off the mounting
studs and tip it back to provide clearance to disconnect the two con
duits from the bottom of the control box. Pull the conduits and wires
away from the box and remove the auxiliary generator assembly from
the sponllOn. Attac h a slina to the assembly and lift it out through
the turret.
o. In81.1I.lion of Auxlli.ry Gener.tor.
( 1) PLACE ASSe;MI.ILY ON SPONSON AND CoNNe;CT CAI.ILES- Lower
the auxiliary generator assembly through the turret with a sling and
place it on the sponson. R emove the cover from t he control box on
the generator and swing it up over the box. Tip the generator assembly back lind insert the wires from the two conduits into the relpective openi ngs in the boll. Be lUre the wire. lire inserted far enough
through the control box to make the connections. Then attach the
conduits to the box and tighten.
(2) INSTALL M OUNTINO NUTS AND CoNNIOCT El(HAUST PIPE.
Pla~ the generator on the mountings and install the attaching nuts
(fig. 109 ) . Connect the flexible exhaust pipe flange to the engine
with the four safety screws. Attach ground strap to sponlOn.
(3) INSTALL REGUI-ATOJI. ASSEMI.ILY. Position the regu lator and
bracket assembly over the mounting studs on the battery box. I nstall
the nuts and cap screw in the sponitOn (fig. 109).
1m .
0.",.
(.(
J':{II
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
173
=
-,
,
.-"
Or
,,,..1 In
UNIVER5ITV OF I L1J~\
AT URBANHHAMPAlG.'I
TM 9748
173-174
(4) CoNNECT FuEl. LINE. Connect the flexible fuel hose to the
carburetor and install the rubber boot over the air duct (fig. 13).
(5) CoNNECT WilliNG. Connect wire No. 29 to the "B" terminal,
wire No. 3 1 to the "AH termina l, and wire No. 30 to the "F" termina l
in the control box. Install the control box cover.
(6) START GENERATOR AND TEST OPERATION. Tum on the fue l
at the tank and carburetor, close the 24-volt master switch, and start
the generator. If the generator does not operate satisfactorily, refer
to paragra ph 43. After testing, stop the generator engine, turn off the
fuel at the carburetor, and open the 24-volt master switch.
(7) RECORD INSTALLATION OF AUX)LIARY GENERATOR. Make
proper entry on W.O., A.G.O. Form N o. 748, MWO and Major Unit
Assembly R eplacement Record, whenever auxiliary generator or regulator is replaced.
174.
FIRE EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM.
a. De&eription. The vehicle is equipped with a carbon-dioxide

fixed fire extinguisher system for use in smotherina: fires in the ena:ine
compartment (fia:. 188) : The system consists of two fixed fire extinguisher cylinders, each containing 10 pounds of carbon dioxide
when fully charged. The cylinders are clamped vertically in bracker.
located. in the left rear corner of the fighting compartment beneath
the sub floor. Cylinders are con nected by tubinll to lix nozzles in the
engine compartment. The valves are equipped with re movable control heads and can be operated by two pull hand les mounted on the
underside of the hull roof, above and to left of driver's seat (fig. 14 ),
or by two pull handles o n outside of hull at left rear of turret (fig.
182). A check valve in the connection between the two cy linders
and the main discharge tube prevents the lias from escapina: into the
compartment if one cylinder is operated with the other removed.
h. Removal of Fire Extinguieher Cylinden. Remove lIuard
plate over control heads (fig. 184). Unscrew the eontrol head swivel
nut from the cylinder and remove the head (fig. 189). Loosen the
disc harge tubes at the check valve and disconnect the tubes from the
cylinders. R emove the cylinder clamp bolts and lift out the cylinder.
c. Ins talla tion of Fire Extinguisher Cylinden, Plaee the cylinder in position and install the clamp bolts. Connect the discharlle
tubes to the cy linder and tighten the tubes to the check valve (fig.
189). Install the control head on the cylinder. Install fire extinguisher guard plate.
d. R emoval of Conduit and Cable (Dual-pull-Io-conlrol-head)_
( 1) REMOVt: CoNDUIT (fia:. 190). Unscrew t he large swivel nut
and remove the control head from the cylinder. D isconnect the con_
duit at both ends and remove the clamp from the bulkhead. Screw
'"
'fu
UNIVERSITY Of IUI~\
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9-748
174
lA'O
n_
Figllre 189 - Fire Elf, lnglilsher Cylinder' and Connedion.

off the lower half of the dual pull m(!i;hanism and disconnect the
CIIbles (fig. 190). Slide the conduit off the upper end of the cable.
(2) REMOVE CABLE. Remove the lock wire and three screw.
which attach the cover p late to the control head and remove the
cover. Disconn(!i;t the cable and pull it out of the control head.
e. Inllalladon of Conduit and Cable ( Dual_p ull_to.cont ... Ihead ).
( 1) CONNECT CABLES. Insert the ends of the two pull cables
and the end of the control ca ble into a 2-inch pi(!i;e of coppe r tubing.
Pull the upper cablell tight and slide the copper tube up to the upper
ha lf of the dual pull m(!i;hanilm. Crimp each end of the copper tube
around the cables, then hold the upper end of the tube and twist the
lower e nd two complete turnl to securely connect the ca bles.
(2) INSTALL CoNDUIT. Slide the lower half of the dual pull
barrel and the conduit over the cable. Screw the ba rrel into place
'"
Or>
Iff<-
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9-748
174
FLEXIBLE
OUAL
CABLE
ATIACHING
.A
~O
313212
Figu re 190 - Dual Pull Mechan ism

and connect both ends of the conduit.
the bulkhead.
Install the conduit clamp- to
(3) CoNNECT CABLE TO CoNTROL HEAD (fie:. 19 1). Place a

1!.z inch pin between the pulJ cable and the pulley on top of the dua l
pull barrel to provide the proper slack in the cables. Turn the pulley
in the control head clockwi!le until the pin contacts the stop and is in
line with the arrow on the control body. With the pulley in that pqsition, pull the cable tight over the '/a-inch pin and connect it to the
pulley in the control head, then remove the pin. I nstall the control
head cover, then install the head on the cylinder.
f.
Remol'al of Pull Cable (To Control Box on Top of Hull).
Unscrew the large nut and remove the control head from both fire
extinguisher cylinder-. Remove the lock wire and three screws which
attach the cover plate to the control head, and disconnect the cable
from the head. Disconnect the conduit from the bottom of the dual
pull barrel. Unscrew the lower half of the barrel and disconnect the
cables. Pull the handle and cable out of the control box.
,,,
"
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
1M 9-748
174
, W"" AND lEAD SEAL

LOCKING I ' , , , -_
CONTROl. HEAD
SWIVEL Nl" ~--
MUST~,::;j
PIN AND ARROW

UP WHEN CONTROL HEAD IS
IN SET POSITION
COVER PLATE
An ACHING SCREWS
.A
~O
311291
figure 191 _ Conlrol Hegd Auembly
8' 10&lalllllioo of Pull Cable ( To Conlrol BOlH)II Top of Hull ).

(1) INSTALL CABLE. R emove the plate and puJleys from the
control boJ:. Attach cable to pull handle and thread cable over pulley
and down through tube to dual pull barrel. Pull both cables tight
while installing the plate in cont rol boJ:.
(2) CoNNECT CA BLES. Refer to $UbparalUaph e ( I ) above.
(3) CONNECT LoWER HALF OF DU AL PULL BARREL AND CoNDUIT. Scre w the lower half of the dual pull barrel into place and
connect the conduit to the barrel.
( 4) CoNNECT ~BLE TO CoNTROL HEAD. R efer to subparagraph
e (3) above.
h. Removal of Pull Cable or Conduit ( To Bracket O"er
Driver'. Seat ). Uracrew the larae nut and remove the control head
from the fire ext iniUisher cylinder. R e move the lock wire and three
screws which attach the cover plate to the control head and disconnect the cable from the head. Discon nect the conduit from the bottom of the dual pull barrel Unscrew the lower half of the barrel
and dillCOnnect the cables. Pull the handle and cable out of the
bracket above the driver's leat. D isconnect the conduit at both ends.
Remove the conduit clamps from the hull and remove the conduit .
...
.,
Or", . 11 .
UNIVERSITV Of ILlIWlI
ATURBANHHAMPAJGIf
TM 9748
174-175
In,tallatlon of Pull C.ble or Conduit (To Bracket Over

Driver'. SeIIt),
i.
(1) INITALL CABL~ AND CoNDUIT. Attach the cable to the pull
haodle and insert the cable throu&h the bracket above the driver's
leat. T'bread the cable through the conduit and pulley, and down
throU&h the dual pull barrel." Connect both end. of the conduit and
install the ciamPI to the hull
(2)
CoNNltCT CABUS IN DUAL PuLL BARREL.
Refer to sub-
parSlraph e (1) above.

(3)
CoNNECT ,J.oWER HALF OF DUAL PuLL BARREL AND CoN-
DUIT. Refer to subpar_if_ph g (3) above.
(4) CoNNECT CABLE TO CoNTROL HEAD. (Refer to subparalraph

e (3) above.
j. Removal of Tubee and Nozzles. Use preformed flared coppe r
tubea (lig. S4) with fitting. installed when making replacements.
When removing tubes, use snu, fitting wrenches and hold elbow or
fitting from which the connector is being removed T o remove tube
and nozzle, first remove tube clamps from eniine compartment walls.
Remove noule from bracket a nd unscrew tube couplini nut at
nearest connection. Remove tube and noule, and disconnect the
tube from noule.
k.
Inatallation of Tubee and Nowee. Attach one end of tube

to noule and opposite end to tube connection, but do not tighten
coupling nuts. Secure noule to bracket and install tube and clamps
to engine compartment walls. Tiihten all couplini nutl and connectio~
175.> CREW COMPARTMENT BWWER.

a. ileeeription. The crew compartment blower il a centrifUial
fan-type blower mounted in the drivers' compartment directly above
the tranunillion (fii. 192) . The blower is driven by a 24-volt electric motor controlled by a toule switch on the side of the blower.
The flow of air is directed by two universal outlet elbows which are
part of the blower assembly.
b. Removal. Turn off 24-volt master switch. Remove compartment liiht and bracket from blower. Remove tOiile .witch from
blower and disconnect switch wire to blower motor. Remove threenuts and toothed lock washers attaching blower to ventilator bate,
and remove blower.
c. hut.TJation. Poaition blower to hull ventilator base and install toothed lock wuhen and nuts. Connect blower Iwitch wire to
switch, and install switch to blower. Install compartment liaht and
1m .
0.",.
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
'"
TM 9-748
175-176
Figure 192 _ Crew Comportment Blower

bracket to blower. Turn on 24-volt master switch.
switch and operate blower to test installation.
176.
Turn on blower
DRIVERS' HOOD AND WINDSHIELD.
a. Del!eription. R efer to paragrap h 22 for description and operation of drivers' hood and windshield.
h. He mol'a l oC Wiml8hield Wiper (fig. Ill ) . Unhook the
wiper blade and remove the holding screw just above the wiper arm
hinge. Pry the wiper arm off the shaft. Unscrew nut on ce nter of
shaft and re move nut a nd collar. Re mo ve lock nut, rubber washer,
and retainer. R emove the two mounting bolts and nuts on each side
of the wiper body on inside of frame. Disconnect two wires to wiper
swit ch and remove the motor.
c. In8ta llation oC Winllehielcl Wiper (fig. 111 ) , Position w iper
motor on windshield frame, connect wirn t o wiper switch, and install
mounting bolts and nuts. Install lock nut, rubber washer, and retainer, Slide the wiper arm hinge on end of motor shaft and tighte n
screw in the center of the hinge, Install wiper blade.
,n
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
TM '.7.'
1"- 179
PART FOUR - AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

S.ction XXX IV
GENERAL
177.
SCOPE.
a. Part Four contains information for guidance of per!lOnneJ responsible for operation of Ihis equipment. It contains only the infOTmation necessary to using personnel to properly identify, connect,
and protect such lIulli liary equipment whi le being used or t ransported
with the main equipment. Detailed instructions on this equipment
are con tained in separate technical manuals.
Section XXXV
ARMAMENT INTRODUCTION
178.
SCOPE.
a. Sections XXXV through XXXVIII contain instructions for

the operation of the 90-mm Gun M 3 in the Gun M ount M4 ( T8 ).
It lists the authorired ammunition, and contains information on the
sighting equipment, for the 90-mm gun. For lubrication instructions
on gun and mount, refer to Section XIV. F or preventive maintenance, ma lfunction and correction. disassembly and assembly, and
general maintenance. refer to TM 9-374. LUbrication instructions
a re contained in Section XIV.
h , The other armament on the 90-mm Gun Motor Carriage

M36Bl is a Machine Gun, ca l. .50 HB M2 mounted on a pedestal
o n top of turret bustle (fig. 193 ), and a Machine Gun cal .30
M1919A4 mounted in the front of the tank on the rillht lide (fill193).
179.
CHARACTERISTICS.
a. The armament on the 90-mm Gun Motor Carriage M36Bl is

e mplpyed chiefly against enemy tanks and other llround objectives.
The 90-rnrn Gun M3 is mounted in the tUI'J'et. The turret can be
traversed 360 degrees rnanually or by a hydraulic traversing rnechanism. The 90-mm gun can be elevated 30 degrees and depressed
10 degreet.
b. The cal .30 machine gun in the front of the gun motor carriage
on the riKht side is elevated and depressed rnanually, a nd fired by a
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
179
"
~
z
>
.P
,-
I
f
"
~
~
--
<
a
~
E
E
"
~
"
B
z
Or
,,,..1 In
AT UflBANHHAMPAIG.'I
TM 9-748
'79
"
<
5z
a
>
-
~
.,
u>
,
":
~
"
>
a a
z
."
Or>9moll.m

~TURB A NHH A MPA K;I{
'"
TM 9-748
179
-S
"
"~
'~"
%
,v
,~
-' .
)ri
,,,..1 In
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
TM '748
179- 181
conventional trigger.
on its operation.
Refer to FM 23-50 for complete information
c. The cal. .50 machine gun is employed chiefly altainst enemy

aircraft and is elevated and traversed manually, and fired by a conventional trigger. The machine gun can be traversed independently
of the turret. R efer to FM 23-65 for the complete information on
its operation.
S.ction XXXVI
ARMAMENT OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

180.
a.
PLACING THE 9().MM GUN IN FIRING POSITION.

Remove muzzle and breech coverll.
h.
Disenltage the gun traveling lock, pull release spring down on

gun trave ling lock, then elevate the gun. The gun traveling lock is
then latched to the deck of the gun motor carrialle (fill. 197).
c. Pull hand lever up which in turn releases the cradle traveling
lock body: then elevate the gun in order to disengage the cradle lock
from the hook on the cradle (fig. 196).
d.
Disengage turret lock by turnini the handle, pulling it out, and

rotatini one-quarter turn clockwise (fii. 198).
e. Engage equilibrator assembly by bolting equi librator to the
recoil cylinder (fii. 203). NOTE: Equilibrator assembly is used
only when muzzle brake i5 in5tlllled to overcome the preponderatJU
of
wei~ht.
181.
INSPECTION BEFORE FIRING.
a. Check Oil Leve l in Recoil Cylinder. T o c heck oil level, depre.. Ilun 5 dellree. And remove top pluljI:. at t he reA. of the cyli nder.
The oil level in the cylinder should reach bottom of hole. If oil level
does not reach this level, fill until level is reached Replace plugs.
Recoil mechanism uses special recoil oil. T ake care not to use any
other than that prescribed. Special recoil oil will be used for all
temperatures.
h. Check path of recoil to make sure it
structions.
IS
free from all ob-
r. Open breech and return operatini handle to latched position.

Inspect bore of gun for cleanliness.
d.
8oretlighting.
Refer to parairaph 195.

(
.,
1m
0.",.
ATURBANHHAMPAIGH
TM 9-748
112
HAND ,,,,,,.-
figure 196 - C,,,dle T,gv. U"" 10d, - 1od:ed "od doll

182.
TRAVERSING T URRET.
De&cription. The hydra~lic turret traversing mechanism

e nables the operator to tra~e~ the turret quickly and accurately
with a mi nimum of effort. It permits quic k reversal for changing
targets. It permits $low rotation in either direction for following a
stationary target when gun mot or carriage i, in motion or when gunneT is making fine adjustment with telescopic sight. T hrough a si ngle
h and grip, the gunner can k ee p guns accurate ly sighted on a stationary or moving t arget when the gun motor carriage is in motion.
Q.
I..
P ower Oper ation. Before traversing turret by means of the
hydraulic traversi ng mechanism, ma ke $u.e personnel are clear of

rotating parts. M ove gear shift lever in front of gunner and u nder
gear mechanism to the power position (pull lever up toward top of
turret). It may be necessary to slightly turn the manual tfa ver$f!
contro l ha nd le on top of gear mechanism to engage gears. Turn
traversing motor switch to the "ON~ position to ortart e lectric drive
motor. D isengage turret lock. N OTE : It i~ i mpOrtant to have turre t
lock complet ely dil/llttfAtJIed be/ore traversinA turret, and to lock in
polIition if need fo r travermnA is completed. The power traverse control h andle (fig. 198) on the traverse pump to the right of th e gun
...
Or>l, .. II. ..
AT URBANHHAMPAK>'!
TM 9-748
112
Io
)ri
"
,,,..1 In
UNIVE~SIH 00
ILlINC]S
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
u.
,,
TM 9-741
112
BRUCH OI'EAATING
HII.NOLE
figure 198 - TrQva.se Conf,oll

elevating handwheel oont.015 the speed and direction of the turret
rotation. T o traver$e turret to the right, tum the power traverse
control handle so the top is to the right. T o traverse turret to the
left, tum the power traverse control handle so the top is to the left.
T o increase t he traveTU! speed, tum the power traverse control handle
farther t o the right or left, de pending upon the direction of the
traverse desired. T o stop turret traverse, release power traverse
control hand le or bring it to the upright or natural position. Turret
rotation can be revel"$C(\ irutantly without damage to the fluid power
mechanism.
e . Manual Ope ralion (fig. 198). If electric power fai ls or if
hydraulic traverse system will not operate due to some ot her cause,
the turret can be rotated by the manual traverse control hand le
located on top of the gear mechanism to the right of the gunner's
!leat. D isengage turret lock. M ove gear shift lever under gear
mechanism to the manual position (turn lever down toward turret
floor ). It may be necessary to slightly turn the manual traverse
control handle on top of the gear mechanism to engage gea rs. The
manually operated gears are then engaged with the turret ring gear
and pinion. Grip the manual traverse control handle and its associate
leve r on top of the gear mechanism in front of the gunner to rele ase
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9-741
'12
-5
f
""
<
,
~
""
.,
.
u
<
<
~
u<
"
"
~S
Or>9,,,.ll.m
ATURBANHH AM PAIGN
'"
1M 9-748
1.2- 1.3
R'"
~D
.nll
Figllre 200 - ElevGtlng MedlGnism

brake in gear box. T um manual traverse control handle to the righ t
or clockwise to rotate turret clockwise, and to the left o r counter
clockwise to rotat e turret counterclockwise. The rate of s~d of
turret operation is dependent upon the speed at which handle is oper
ated. If the ma nual traverse control handle turns freely and fails to
move the turret, the shift lever under the gear mechanism must be in
power traverse position, and should be moved to manual traveT$E!
position.
cI. An a.l'imuth indicator is mounted to t he rear of the manual
traverse control (fig. 199 ) and give s position of gun in traverse. For
operating instructions, refer to paragraph 194 h.
183.
ELEVATING AND DEPRESSING TilE GUN.
a. The gun is ele vated or depressed by turning the e levating

h andwheel located on the right side of the mount (fig. 200) . M aximum e levation is 30 degrees and maximum depression i, 10 degrees.
h. An ele vat ion quadrant is located on the top right side o f the
moun t and gives position o f the gun in elevation (fig. 199). Refer
to paragraph 192 for information on its operation.
~
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGIf
TM 9748
II.
POWER TIV,VE RSE
CONT~Ot.
HANDLE
....
~D
17"0
Figure 201 - Control Box InstaUation
184.
OPERATING THE BREECH MECIIANIS;\I.
B. Openin8' Breech. To open breh, grasp the grip portion of

t he breech operating handle and press the handl e down until the
extractors lock the breh in open position (fig, 198). CAUTION :
K eep haOO$ out 01 gun when breech i$ open, R e tW'n breech operating
handle to the cloHd po$ition immediately a fter opening breech in
o rder to avoid injury to personnel and mechani~m.
h. Loading th e Gun.
( 1) Before load ing, elUlmine the bore of t he gun to _ tha t it i.
clear and free from foreign material
(2) T o load the gun, place a round in the breech with the nose
protruding in the bore. Impel the round 'into the chamber with suffi
cie nt force to cause the Range of the cartridge case to drive the e xtractors forward and automatically d ose the breech. The loader'.
hand shoul d be moving upward as he shove$ the projectile ho me in
order to dear breechblock 95 it is automatically closed.
c. Clolling 8reech.
(1) Close the breec h by unlatching the breech operating handle
and pressi n& it down. Bear sufficient weiiht on the handle to over'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
"'
1M 9748
114- 1'5
HAND
W"'_
....
~D
17_
Figur. 202 _ Cradl. Trav. ling Loclo: - Unlo,/o:ed Pos;,ion

corne t he t ension of the closing spri n" and release t he extractors from
their locking position by pressing them forward with the base of an
empty cartridge case or a block of Wood. The breechblock is then
free to be eased into its cloud position by means of t he operating
hand le which s hou ld be finally latched in place. C AUT ION: Do
not UJO rundll to release oxtractorll.
(2) S]!:MIAUTQMATIC OPERATION. Vnder ordi nary ci rcumstance,
it wi ll be necessary to manually open the breech o nly at the start of
firing operations. A cam, attached to the v;un mount, contacts the
breech operating crank during counterrecoil o f the gun after firing
and opens the breech to ell;tract the empty cattridlte calM!.
185.
FIRING THE GUN.
a. Throw the firing switch to the "ON" posltlon. The gun may
be fired electrically by means of a firinlt triiier on the power traverse
control hand le. If the round fails to fire, do not open the breech.
The fidnlt mechanism may be recocked by hand by pushinlt down
wa rd on t he hand cockinlt lever on the right side of the breech ring.
H the click of the fiTing pin is not heard, the firinv; trigger should be
depreued to note if the solenoid operates.. If the solenoid does not
m
Or>l, .. II. ..
AT URB.I.NHHAMPAKitI
TM 9-748
115
IN POSI TI ON
ro
figllr. 203 - (qllillin-aror "'SHmoly
Or>l, .. II. ..
UNIVERSITY OF 111I~S
AT URBANHHAMPAKiN
'"I.
..,
TM 9748
115_ 117
operate, t he gun may be fired manually by depressing a pedal located

on the turret floor in front of the gunner (fii- 198).
h,
If the gun fails to fire after check in subparagraph a above,

t he position of the safety lever should be checked. The failure to
fire may be due to the gun staying out of battery position, failure of
the firing mechanism, failure of t he breech to close, or defective ammunition. If the gun i, in battery, recock by means of the cocking
lever on the right side of the breech, and attempt to fire (fig. 198).
If the gun ,till faila to fire after three attempts, wait 30 !IeCOncb before
opening the breech; then remove round, re load, and attempt lire again.
186.
PLACING THE GUN IN TRAVELING POSITION.
a. Open breec h to be sure that the breech is clear and a round

has not been left in gun. C lose breech.
b.
Place gun in traveling position by taking traveling lock out of

latched position. Open the links of the lock by pulling the spring
relealloe down. Depress the gun into the lock and then release the
spring release (fii- 197).
e. Pu.h ... fety lever down to it. QSAFE~ position . This locks the
.firing shaft in position so that the gun cannot be fired.
d. Clean and lubricate the gun, and install breech and muzzle
coven.
e. Pull pin back in orde r to release cradle traveling Lock from

firing position. Eleva te the gun so that t he hook on the cradle e ngages the lock, then press down on the hand lever (fig. 202).
f. Lock the turret in traveling position by pulling, turning, and

rotating the handle one-quarter turn counterclockwise (fiio 198).
,. T a ke equilibrator assembly out of
turret (lig. 203).
~ition
by strapping it to
Seelion XXXVII
SIGHTING AND FIRE.cONTROL EQUIPMENT

187.
CHARACTERISfICS.
a. 9().mm Gun Motor Carriage lU3 6Bl. The sighting and fire
control equipment for t he 90-mm Gun M3 and 90-mm Gun M ount
T8 used on the 90-mm Gun M otor Carriage M36B 1 includes the
~elescope M76F and I nstrument L ight M33 or T elescope M70P with
Instrument L ight M32 or M39C, Panoramic T elescope M 12, and
T elescope Mount TI04E J ( M69 ) with Instrument Light M31, the
Elevation Quadrant M9 with Instrument Light M30, and the Azimut h
'-
'm
AT URBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-748
117
~
"I
"<
"
"
".""
"
~
"w
8
z
"z "~
0
,"
w
Or
,,,..1 In
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-741
117- 1"
,
: :::: :-
-, ::::
'[
'6 =
- ::::::: '6
ii = ' - l<
n=:=ll
)6 _
)6
.0_._40
Figure 205 _ ft.elide Ponern for relel<ope M16F
I ndicator M20. The Periscope M6 is furnished for observation by

the driver and assistartt driver of the vehicle.
188.
TELESCOPE M76F.
8. The T elescope M76F (Iii- 204) is used for direct laying of the
90-mm Gun M3. It is mounted in the Telescope Mount M64 (T92)
on the right-hand side of the gun cradle, and moves with the gun.
Windows above the reticle provide for illumination of the reticle
pattern.
h. T o operate the Tele$OOpe M76F for direct laying, bring the
image of the target to the point on the reticle (fill:. 205) representing
the required range and deflection by rotating the elevating handwheel
and travel1lini the tUlTet. The Ilunner', eye ,hould be approximately
'"
'fu
UNIVERSITY Of IU!NC]\
AT URBAIIHHAMPAIGN
TM 9741
'"
"~
<
>
:;
--
~
-
~
.-,
-,
,
u~
-"
,,
Ii
.P
~
Or'9i'r>.1 If<
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
...
TM 9748
1"-190
I V~ inches from the telescope eye lens when observ ina:. For night
observing, turn the rheostat knob on the end of the instrument liiht
until the reticle pattern is seen clearly.
189.
ELEVATION QUADRANT M9.
a. The elevation quadrant M9 (fig. 206) is used to lay the 9()..mm

gun in elevation for indirect fire.
b. To lay the i un in elevation, set the elevation anile on the
coane sca le ( IOOmil intervals) and on the micrometer (I.mil inter_
vall). The quadrant has two scales and two micrometer indexes.
Use the microme ter inde x o n the side correspondini to the scale in
U~.
190.
PANORAMIC TELESCOPE
MOU""''T TlMEl ( 1\169) .
Ml2
AND
tELESCOPE
. The Panoramic Telescope MI2 (fia:. 208) and T e lescope

Mount Ti04Et (M69) are used for layini the 9O-mm gun in azimuth for indir.,.,t fire. The reticle paUe m seen when lookina: throua:h
the panoramic telescope is shown in fia:ure 209. The line of 'iihting
ca n be elevated or depressed by the elevation knob at the top of the
telescope. Coarse and fine indexes indicate the normal (zero elevation ) po$ition. The line of sia:htini is moved in azimuth by the
azimuth worm knob. A throwout lever, when depreued, permits
rapid motion of the uimuth worm. The uimuth scale ( lOO-m il intervals) is supplemented by the azimuth micrometer (lO-mii in tervals). The micrometer index ca n be set for deflection right ( R ) or
left (L) on the d e flection scale. The elevation scale and micrometer
on the telescope mount must be SOlt to the lame elevation as the gun
before setting in azim uth in order to compensate for errors in uimuth
when the trunnions are out of level. A lon&itudinal level (anile of
site) and aCTOS$ leve l indica te when the azimuth teale is in a horizontal plane.
h. T o operate the instrument, set the azimuth of the tariet with
respect to the aiming point on the azimuth sca le and micrometer.
Set the deflection by rotating the azimuth micrometer index in the
proper direction through the required number o f mils as indicated on
the deflection scale. R otate the azimuth knob until the original
micrometer readini is indicated opposite the new position of the
microme ter index. Maintain the anile of site sca le and micrometer
at normal (3). Transfer the elevation angle of the gun from the
e levation quadrant to the elevation scale and micrometer on the
mount usini the e le vating knob. Keepin K the te lescope mount leveled
longitudinally and cross leveled by means of the rock knob and the
cross leve ling knob, trave rse the a:un can-isie until the vertical cross
Or>l, .. II. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAKiN
TM 9741
190-191 .
IA P'O
n_
Figure 207 _ Admltlll Itldicolor Dials Wil" Glln in

T,o ... ling PQ,iliotl
hair in the reticle falls on the aimin, point. It may be necessary to

rotate t he elevation knob on the telescope in order to bri ni the aimina poin t within the field o f view.
191.
AZIMUTH INDICATOR.
8. Deac:riplion (fig. 199). The azimuth indicator, mounted in

the turret just to the right or TeBr of the hand travening control and
brake, will be used und er certain tactica l situations instead of, or in
conjunction with, the panoramic te lescope MI 2 for Jaying t he 90-mm
gun in 8zimuth. The indicator is a dialed instrument with t hree
systems of pointe rs designed to auist in obtaining deflection in mils
to the right or left in the' horizontal plane. The bot,t om and top
pointers, reading on the inner and mi ddle scales, respectively, indicate
the n umber o f m il. the turret is traver1ed from t he longit udinal allis
~,
Or>
Iff<-
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9-748
191
ROTATING
SIGHT
,\
, ~
'" "'' ' "',-.:

... PO UIID
flgur. 208 - Po"oromlC" r'/' Hope ,..T2
Or, If.
ATURBANHHAMPAKI
,.,
TM 9-748
... 'D 5701J
Fig",e 209 _ R.. lid. "attern ' or "ano,omic r . lescope MT 2

o f t he vehicle. When the gun points straight forward, these pointers
read zero. The second system of pointel"$ (middle and top pointers)
is adjustable by means or t he kn ob in the center of the instrume~t.
Reading on t he inne r and middle scale, these pointers indicate the
number of mils the gu n or turret has been traversed from any originally set position. The top pointer, reading on the outer or gunner's
aid $Cale, is used for the purpose o r aiding the gunner in mak ina: corrections of less than 50 m ils in deflection to the right or left.
h. Ope r a tion (fill. 207). T o set t he top pointer, simply turn the
knob either to the right or left until the pointer reaches the desired
setting, T o set the middle pointer, turn the top pointer until it
approaches the middle pointer, then prest down on, the knob and
both poi nters will turn simulta neously. W hen the m iddle pointer
reaches the desired settinll, release pressure on the knob and cont inue
to turn the top 'pointer until it reac hes t he desired setting in a single
mil. T he gunner's aid dial or ring may be moved around to any
position simply by ta kinll hold o r the ri ng and turning it unti l it
reaches the desired position from which corrections in m ils are to
be made.
~
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9-741
191
BODY
SPRING -~~
ECCENTR IC ASSEMBLY
..r:,..
figure 210 _ Peri"ope Nl6 - Regr View

,~
UNr(RSITY Cf IWI+
Al URSA~HHAMPAIGN
TM 9-741
192- 193
192.
BORE SIGHTING.
a. The purpose of the bore sighting operation is to test the alinement of the sighting equipme nt for parallelism wit h the bore of the
gun. F or expediency, it may be performed by sighting o n a well
defined object at least 1,000 yards di stant.
h.
Open the b reech of the gun and, while look ing throuih the
barrel, aline the gun on the distant object. Wit h the T e lescope M 76F
in position in its mount, observe through the eyepiece a nd note the
posit ion of t he cross on the reticle with respect to the aiming point.
If they do not coincide, move the line of sighting of the telescope with
the adjuning knobs on the rear of the mount until coincidence is
obtai ned.
c. T o ~re sight on the Panoramic T e le scope MI2 proceed in the
following manne r :
( 1 ) Set the azimuth sca le and micrometer to relld %ero .imul_
taneou$ly.
(2) With the gun bore sighted on the ai ming point, read the
elevation angle on the elevation quadrant. Transfer this angle to the
elevation sca le and micrometer on the mount.
(3)
Keep. the mount cross leveled, using the cross leveling knob.
( 4 ) Look through the pa noramic t elescope and bring the target

into the field of view. using the elevation knob on the te lescope.
(5) If the vertical c ross hair o n the retide falls on the aiming
point, t he line of sighti ng is laterally paralle l 10 the gun bore and
nothing further is to be done.
(6) If the vertical cross hair does not fall on Ihe aimi ni point,
shift the panora m ic telescope in its sockel by loosening t he head less
loc king screws in the telescope socket and adjusting the tangent
screws until coi ncidence is o btained. Tighten the headless locking
screw..
193.
P":RISt:OPE M6.
a. The P eriscope M6 (fig. 2 [0 ) is used by the driver and assillan t driver of the vehicle for observation from the interior of t he
Or~
.~
',<II..
II. ..
ATURBANHH AM PAIGN
TM 9-748
193- 194
tank. The periscope is secured in a holder by a latch mechanism and

a locking knob. The hesds of these periscope$ are const ructed of
plastic material so t hey will shatter into small pieces if struck by a
projectile. The heads are secured to the periscope body with an
eccentric mechanism which is so arranged that the heads are readily
replaced with the spare heads which are provided.
h. TO'remove the periscope from the holder, open the latch on

the front of the holder and loosen the locking knob on the front of
the periscope. Pull the periscope straiiht out of the holder.
c.
To remove the head from tbe periscope body, turn the two
eccentric assemb lies located on the sides a nd upper part of the periscope body unti l the head clamp is completely disengaged from the
latches of the eccentric mechanism. Lift the head from the periscope
body. When re placing the head, position it on top o f the periscope
body with the window facing the front side of the peris-:ope. Turn
t he eccentric assemb lies unlil the reference arrow on each eccenlTic
matches the corresponding arrow on the periscope body. See that
the handles of the eccentric mechanism lie flat on the sides of the
periscope body.
d. To operate the periscope, grasp the sides of the periscope and

rotate, elevate, or depress the holder and periscope until the detired
panorama is brought into the field of view.
Section XXXVIII
AMMUNITION
194.
AUTHORIZED AMMUNITION.
a. Authori~ed ammunition for the 90-mm Gun M3 is lisled in

Table I. It will be noted that standard nomenclature, which completely identifies the am munit ion, is used in the listing. The use of
standard nomenclature is mandatory for purposes of record except
where use of Ammunition Identification Code (A.I.C) symbols is
prescribed to expedite requisitioning and reporting. Ident ification is
provided for by painting and marking on the round itself and on packing in aceordance with the basic scheme described in TM 9-1900.
...
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAlQI
TM 9-74.
TAlLl I.
AUTHORIUO .t.MMUNITION
.,
,un
~,~
...... 0 ... 0
!fO'I\INC~A'\lU
Se .....; Ammunition
PrOjectile.
Ii~ed.
A.P .C., Mal , NH. ""/ F,," 8.0"

M~.
Tracer, 9O-mm lun.'
Projectile. ~xed. A.P.C. , w/ Tr~r. 9O_mm lUn.'
8""'11, fiud, H .E . M7L, NH. w/ Fuoe. P .O., M.a.
o...&y
24.11
N_
U.40
SQ &. dela y'
ll.lV
SQ a. delay'
lUg
SQ&deL&y'
n. 20
N~.
23 .40
'M"
23.40
'"'
9Omm luno
Shell, lixed. H.E ., M7 ' , NH . w/ F,u ... P.D ..

M41A2, SQ !Ir. O,OS -""" delay, 9O.mm ~".
Shell, liud. H.E.. M7!, NH. w/ oupplemenury
buntin, <hare. and F u.e. P.D., MUA2, SQ III
0 .05 __ . delooy, 9O- m m luno'
,....
Iixed. A.P ., MH, NH. wI TtKe' , 9O -mm
~".
P uoCtice Ammunition
Shell, fixed. p""li~. insert_IOIoded, M1l, NH.
w / Fuze. dummy,", inert. M ' 9O.mm IUnl
Blank Ammunition
Ammunition. blank, 9O _mm
."~
Drill (dummy) Ammunition

C'rlridlc, driLl, M1 2, ""I F" ... , dummy, MHA2 ,
9O_mm ",n.
Inert
.... P ._nnot.pie...,inl
H .E ._hilh-e.plooive
A.P.C._tmot_pie...,i"l_eapped
NH-nonhYI._opk (fla.hine)
P.O. point de!.onatinl
B.D.-boooc de!.onuinl
SQ----ouP""l ukk
' _ N omenclature li.ted in t h i. table refer. to curren t . tandard round.
for use aiainst ifound ta'l[ets. Earlier rounds were loaded with
FNH propellent powder. Such rounds are indicated in nome nclature by the omission of the letters ~NH~ from the nomenclature. Identifica tion between- the types of rounds is provided for
by marking UNH~ on tal l packing. holding NH -loaded founds.
2_For future mimufacture, armor_piercini-capped round. will be
loaded fOl" a muzz le velocity of 2,800-2,850 feet per second.
Earlier rounds have 2,650 fl s muzzle velocity_ Some rounds with
2,800-2 ,850 f/ _ muzzle velocity may have ~SC" marked on the
cartridie case, siinifyini super-chari e. M arkini on the later lotI
will show the muzzle velocity.
0.>1,. 11. ..
AT URBANHHAMPAKiN
TM 9-748
194-196
"-The M48 fuze has O.OS-second delay. The M48A2 may have
eithe r O.OS-seeond or O.lS-second delay, depending on the lot.
Identification is provided for by markinl the time of delay on
the' body of the M48A2 fuze following the nomenclature of the
fuze. The s hort delay is the authorized delay for use in the M3
9O-mm lun.
~_These shells have a deep fuze cavity which has
ada pted for
standard fuzes a nd boosters by inserting a supplementary bursting
cha'lle, reducing the fuze cavity t o the dimensions of the standard boostefL The shell may be made suitable for use with special
fuzes in the field by removing the standard fuze and booster assembly and the supplementary charge.
been
~-Fuze,
dummy, M73, or Fuze, dummy, M44A2, o r an inert serv_

ice fuze of the M48 series may be fitted to the shell at shi pped.
195.
PREPARATION FOR FIRING.
a, Gene ral. The rounds are ready for firing upon removal of
packing materia l except for adjustment of fuzes as described below.
R ound. prepared for firinc, but not fi red, s h ould be renored to the
oriainal condition and packin;. a nd a ppropriately marked. Such

rounds should be used first in subsequent firings in order to keep
.tocb of Opened packinp at a minimum.
h. P.D. Fuze.., M4-8, M48Al, and M48A2. These fuzes are fitted
with a slotted settinl sleeve and two registration lines one marked
"S.Q." (superquick) and the other "DELAY~-for fuze setting. As
. shipped, the fuzes are set "S.Q." 81ld fleed no adjustment for this
action. To set for delay, it is o nly necessary to turn the settiIll sleeve
1M) that the slot i. alilled with "DELAY.~
( A delay pelle t incorporated
in the delay-action train provides for the delay action.) Dela y action
is alwa~ opera tive and will function if the superquick action fa ils
whe n the fuze is set "S.Q." The setting may be made or changed a t
will with fuze wrench M 7A I or similar illstrument at any time before
firing. This call be done ill the dark by not ing the po&ition of the
slot-parallel t o the fuze axis for "S.Q.", at right angles thereto for
"DELAY".
c. B.D. Fuze M68. This fuze requires IlO adj ustm ent.
Section XXXIX
RADIO AND INTERPHONE EQUIPMENT

196.
DESCRIPTION.
Radio. The Americall rad io equipment (SCR -6 10 ) for this

vehicle eonsists of a transmitter and receiver unit with power supp ly
Or,
If.
AT URBANHHAMPAIG.'I
TM 9-7"
196-197
unit shockmounted lo the right of the assistant driver in the sponson (fig. 5) and antenna mast mounted on the hull above the right
front fender (fig. 4). The British radio equipment (BR.19) con
sists of both radio and interphone equipment.
b. IDterphone Equillment. The American interphone IYRem

(RC-99) consists of amplifier and power supply unit (BC-667)
mounted in the sponson just to the rear of the radio equipment, and
control boxes for the drivers and crew. mounted conve nient to the
crew members usinlt them (fip. 5, 216, and 218).
e.
Data.
Transmitter and receiver ..

__ ._.. ..
_" ..... _.............. BC-659
Power supply ... ... ......... .. .......................... .. ............. ... ....... PE-120
Baae ................................................................................ FT250
Interphone amplifier
___ " . __ " ..... ............................. BC-667
Driver'1 and co-driver's control box .......... "." ..................... BC-739
Crew control boxes .............. .. ......................................... BC-606
Antenna mast baae ........ ... ... .... ... .. ....... ...... ... ...... ... ...... ... ... ..AO-I5-GR
Interphone reel assembly ._ ... _... .. ... .. '_..... _. '.' .... ... _.......... ,. __ ._RL-I06-VI
197. PRECAUTIONS.
a. Antenna. Tie the antenna back securely when not in use,
especially when tank is in motion. Make sure antenna i. Wltied, in a
vertical position, and not touching anythinll when the radio ia in Ulle.
b. Cove.... See that cover for protection of the radio equipment
i. available in the vehicle and that fastenel1l and zippers are in working condition at all times. Install the cover on the radio when it is
not being used.
c. Switche.. 00 not turn off the 24.volt master switch when

radio is in use. If 24-volt master switch should get turned off under
th.,.., cin:um_ncea, warn radio operato! and wait for hi iana1 to
turn 24volt master switch on allain, or damaae to radio equipment
will result
d. Siowage. 00 not store equipment of any kind behind or
aaainst the radio where it could prevent free motion of the shock
mountinas or interfere with connections.
e. Starting En8ine. Do not start enaine with radio turned. on.
f. Vehicle Maintenance. Do not steam the vehicle clean without
first fJ!movina the radio (par. 201). Do not do any vehicle maintenance durina which the equipment miaht be interfered with without
first removina the radio, interphone equipment, control boxes, or
Or>
Iff<-
UNIVERSIT VOF IllI~\

ATURBANH HAMPAlGN
TM '748
197_ 19'
" I'D 13,,",
Figur. 21' _ RQdio grtd ,,,,e'phon. Installation Infoils

whatever equipment is involved in the vicinity o f the work being
done.
198.
REMOVAL, INSTALLATION, AND CONNECTION OF

EQUIPMENT.
Grneral. In order to avoid the possibility of damage to equipment during removal and installation, and to insure proper connection for operation, certain units or iCouPS of units with cables attached will be removed without disconnection from each other. For
this reason, even though the removal of only one unit may be required to do a specific maintenance job, if the unit is removed as one
of a group in the following inst ruction$, the whole group will be removed without disconnectini units, one from the other. If color
coding of wires does not agree with that given in the following procedures it will be nece$Sllry to tag the wires when removed from
terminals.
8.
h. Tran' mitter and Receh'e r Auembly.

( I ) REMOVAL (fig. 211). Pull out control box cords if plugged in.
With 24 and 12volt master switches off, separate power s upply to rad io
power cords at receptacle and screw power s upply receptacl. cover
on female section of receptacle to protect it from moisture and dirt.
Remove sponson terminal box cover and d isconnect terminal box to
...
Or>l, .. II. ..
AT1JRBANHHAMPAlQI
TM 9748
19
.... 'D Ut ...
Figure 212 _ RDdfo Shod Moun' Base

power supp ly power cord from the positive (+) and negative ( -)
terminals in the box, and pull cord from box (fig. 213) . Disconnect
antenna at knurled nut o n forward end of radio. R elease snap fasteners securing transmitte r and re<:eiver unit to power supply, and
remove transmitter and re<:eiver unit. Relea se snap fasteners securing
power supply to base and remove power supply. B ase may be removed by removing base mounting screws (fig. 212).
(2) INSTALLATION AND CoNNECTION FOR OPEAATION (fig. 211)_
Secure shock mount base in position with four mounting screws.
P osition power supply on base with carrying handle toward the left
of the vehicle and 5e<:ure with snap faste ners. P osition transmitter
and receiver unit on top of power supply and se<:ure with snap
fasteners. Make sure 24- and 12-volt master switch es are off. Connect antenna lead to transmitting and receiving unit with knurled nut
on fron t e nd of unit. F eed the terminal box t o power supply power
cord through the 'openinll provided in front end of sponson terminal
box and connect the black and green wires to the negative (-) terminal
and the red and white wires to the positive ( + ) terminal. Install cove.on t erminal box with screws provided.. R emove power supply re_
ceptacle cover from female receptacle of power supply to radio power
cord. Plug radio section of the cord into the power supply section
of the cord, and secure by screwinll the knurled collar up tight. Plug
the radio to control box cord$ into the jacks provided as shown in
figure 211, putting the plui marked "PL-55" in the top jack. Che<:k
to make sure all radio switches are off before turning on ,24- and
12-volt master switches.
."
Or>
If. ..
UNIVERSITV OF ILlI~S
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9741
'91
"
INT(lIPHONE
I'OWE ~
COIlO
Figure 213 _ Sponson Itodio Terminol 80. _ Cover Itemoved
c. Inlerphone Amplifier and Conlrol Box A8&emhly.

(1) RKMOVAL With 24- and 12volt master switches off, remove
cover from sponson terminal box end disconnect interphone circuit
cord wires as foll0W3: Disconnect white wire from N o. 1 terminal,
, yellow wire from N o.2 terminal, freen wire from N o.3 terminal, blue
wire from N o. 4 terminal, and black wire from negative (-) tenninal
(fig. 213). Pull interphone circuit cord from terminal box. D isconnect interphone power cord wires as follows: Disconnect brown
and black wires from ne&ative (-) terminal, and white and yellow
wires from positive ( + ) terminal. Pull interphone power cord from
tenninal box. Pull control box plUIiS from transmitting and receiving
unit. R e move cable damps securing rad io to control box cords and
interphone amplifier to control box cord to hull. Remove eight screws
with washers securing interphone amplifier in interphone amplifier
boll and, u.sing the two hand les provided on the interphone panel. pull
interphone amplifier from jack strip and box (fig. 214). R emove
four . mounting cap screws from inside of box and set box down on
sponson. R e move two scre~ and washers securing cover to control
box, and re move control box from mounting pad by removing mounting screws and washers from inside of control box (fig. 215). Inter."
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAlQI
...
TM 9-748
.... '0
I~to
figu,e 214 _ Radio Inle.phone Box - Amplifier Removed
phone amplifier box, control box, lind cords may now be removed as
an assembly.
(2)
IN STAL.LAT ION AND CONNECTION FOR OPERATION.
interphan. box and install mountin, cap screws (fil!;. 2IS).
Position
Secure
cover on control box with two screws and toothed lock yv8shers. Position control bo" and install mountinv; .crews and toothed wa.hen (fig.
215). Secure cords in place with cable clamps wh ich were removed.
M a ke sure 24- and 12-volt master switches are off. Plug radio to
control box cords in transmittini a nd r eiving unit as shown in fil!;ure
211. Plue: interphan. amplifier onto jack strip in interphone boll: (fii214) and install .iiht screw. ""ith washers securing interphan. amplifier in box. Feed inte rphane power cord thrOUih opening provided
in sponson terminal bo,., and connect brown and black wires to negative (-) terminal and white and y e llo'!" wires to positive ( + ) termi naL Feed inte rphone circuit cord throua:h open ina: provided in
spon$On terminal box, and connect white wire to No. 1 term inal, yellow wire to N o.2 terminal, a:reen wire to No.3 terminal, blue wire to
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
TM 9-748
'91
Figure 215 - Con'ro/ 8011 - Cover Removed

No. 4 te rm inal, and black wire to negative (-) terminal. Place cover
o n terminal box and secure with screw and' toothed lock washers.
d. Com mander's and Gunner'lI Control Box~.
( I ) REMOVA L. W ith 2 4- and 12-volt master switches off, remove the cover from the turret term inal box (fig. 216). Disconnect
the terminal box to commander's control box cord from terminals
in terminal box as follows (fig. 213): D isconnect white wire from
N o. 1 terminal, yellow wire from No.2 terminal, green wire from
No.3 terminal, blue wire from N o.4 terminal, and black wire from
the negative (-) terminal. P ull cord from terminal box. Remove
cable clamps securing cord to turret. P ull interphone ret'l to control
...
.,
0."".11 ,
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9748
19.
Fig ure 2 16 _ '"terphone Equipme n' - Righ' Sid. of Tvrr.'
box plugs from control box. Remove cover retaining screws and
washers from gunner's a nd commander's control boxes and remove
covers (fi g. 2 16). Remove control box mounting screws and washers
from inside boxes (fig. 2 15 ). Remove control boxes and connect ing
cords as an assembly.
(2)
I J)/ST ... t.. ...... TIO ........ 0
CO .... SCTIO..
FOR
QPBRAT10...
M ake
sure 24- and 12-vo!t master switches are off. Position interphone
control boxes as shown in fie",re 216 lind secure to mountin, pad
with lerews lind toothed lock washers (fig. 215). Feed commander's
control box to turret terminal box cord throulh opening provided
in top of termi nal box (fig. 2 16 ) and connect wires to termi nals
according to color and terminal number as spKified in subparairapb
,I ( I ) above. Position cover on terminal box and secure with
screws and toothed lock washers. Plug interphone- reel to control
box cords into commander's control box. Install cable clamps which
were removed.
~
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
...
TM 9-748
'"
80X COllI)
...
Figur. 217 _ TUrre' RCJdio T.rmiltal 80.1 _ Cov., Re moved

0."" .11 ,
ATURBANHHAM PAlGIf
Figure 2J8 - Turret Inlerior - RighI Sjde
e.
Loader', Control Box (fig. 218).
R emove loader's control box, using $8.me procedure as used to remove commander's and gunner's control boxes
(subpar. II (1 ) above) with the exception that it is not necessary
10 r... move int ... rphon ... r...... l to cont rol box cords.
( 1)
R EMOVAL.
(2) I NSTALLATION AND CoNNECTIO N FOR OPERATION. Install

the loader's control box, using the same procedure as used to install
com mander's and gunner's COfltrol boxes (subpar. II (2) above ).
f.
Interl'hone Reel Auemhly.
( 1) REMOVAL. Pull all fou r p lugs, and remove reel to control

box cords. R emove interphone reel cord from the spiral guide
mounted just to the front of the reel. U sing a wrench on the square.
headed spindle, unscrew the spind le from the brake and remove
the spind le and reel as an assembly. Rf/fll ove lock washer from
brake end o f spindle (fig. 219).
Or>
Iff<-
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
..,
TM '748
'91
ADJUSTING NUT
BRAKE lMR
,
SfT SCREW
.A ' D Uf6t5
Figure 219 - 'nje rphone
Re.' _ Portially
DI.au e mbl.d
(2) I NSTAJ,.J,.ATION AND CoNNt!.CTJON FOR OPERATION. Insta ll

loc k washer on e nd of spind le and ree l assembly (fig. 219). Screw
spindle into brake mounted on side of turu-t and tighten securely,
usi nK wrenc h on !!Quare end of spindle. If adjustment is necessary
for proper operation of reel b rake, loosen the set screw on the adj ....ting nut and tighten or loosen the adjusting nut for more or less
breakalle whichever is needed. Secure with t he adjustinll nut by
tillhte ninll the adjusting nut set screw. R ot ate ree l cord into spiral
guide mounted on side of turret just to the front of the reel. Plug
reel to control box cords into protected jacks provided in ree l and
jack. at top o f commander's control box.
...
Or>9,,,.ll.m
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM '741
199- 200
APPENDIX
S.ction XL
SHIPMENT AND LIMITED STORAGE

199.
GENERAL INSTR UCTIONS.
a. Preparation for domestic shipment of the vehicle is the same

as preparation for limited storage. Preparation for sh ipment by rail
includes instructions for loading and unloading the vehicle, blocking
necenary to secure the vehicle on freight can, clearance, we ight,
and other information necessary to p roperly prepare the vehicle for
rai l shipment. F or more de tailed information an d for preparation
for indefinite storage refer' to AR 85(). 18 a nd FM 9-25.
200.
PREPARATION FOR
MESTIC S HIPM E~T.
LlI\IITED STORAGE
OR DO-
Vehicles to be prepared for limited storage or domestic s hipment are those temporarily out of service for leS!l than 30 daY'. or
ve hicles that must be ready for operation on call. If vehicles are
to be indefinitely stored after shipment hy rail, they will be prepared
for such storaa:e at their destination.
h. If the vehicles are to be placed in limited storage, take the
following precautions.
( I ) LUBRICAT ION. Complete ly lubricate the entire vehicle, except the engine ( par. 33). F or p reparation of the engine, see step
(9) below.
(2) COC.... ING SYSTEM. If freezing temperature may normally be
expected during the limited storage or shipment period, test the
coola nt with a hydrometer and add the proper quantity of antifreeze
compound (par. 25) to afford protection from freezina: at the lowest
temperature anticipated during the storage or shippina: period. Completely inspect the coolina: system for leaks.
(3) BA-rn;RIE5. Check batteries and term inals for corrosion lind
if neces!lllry, clean and thoroua:hly service batteries (par. 97).
(4) R OAD TEST. The preparation for limited storage will include
a road test of at least 5 mi les, after the battery, cooling system, and
lubrication services have been performed, to check on general condition of the vehicle. Correct any defects noted in the vehicle operation, before the vehicle is stored or note on a tag attached to t he
steering leveu, stating the repairs needed or describing the condition
present. A written report on the se ite ms will then be made to the
officer in charge.
(5) FUEL IN T ANKS. It is not necessary to remove the fuel
from the tanks during t emporary storage or shipment withi n the
United States, nor to label the tanks under Interstate Commerce
Commi$Sion R egu lations. Leave fuel in the tanks except when
B.
Or>
lin
AT URBANHHAMPAlG-N
...
TM 9748
200
storing in locations where fire ordinances or other

require removal of all gasoline before storage. If
maintained ready for operation on call in etten
following precautions against gum formation must
loca l re&u lations

vehicle is to be
of 30 deys, the
be taken:
(a) The fuel system must be free from accumulated gum. Un less
t he vehicle is enterin& its first storage a nd has never been issued for
use, inspect and clean the fue l pump valve: carburetor accelerator
pump plun&er, venturi tube, choke and thrott le valves, float mechanism; fuel lines; [uel tanks: fuel fi lters; [uel shutoff valves; and
screens.
(b) If gum is present in the abov!!, parts, it can best be removed
by benzol, acetone, alcohol, or a mixture of these solvents. Deposited gum is not readily soluble in fresh gasoline. When gum has
dried, it may be necessary to resort to mechanical means to remove. it.
(c) - Parts which cannot be thorou&hry cleaned and [reed from

the gum deposit without damage should be repla~d.
(d) After cleaning and reassembling, fi ll fuel tank half full of
fre.h gasoline whic h hili not been long in storage.
(e) Add t hree contai ners ( 12 oz.) of gum_preventive compound
to each set of fuel tanks.
Fill fue l tanklll to capacity and operate the vehicle for at
least 5 minutes.
(I)
(6) BREECH MECHANISM. When possib le, partially disassemble

the breech mechanism and dip, spray, or brush the parts with light
rust prev ent ive compound. Assemble the breech mechanism.
(7) GUN TuBE. C lean the bore of the 90mm itUn with dryc1eanini solvent and thorouihly dry. Swab t he bare with light
rust preve ntiv e compound. Seal the muzzle with flOn-hytr;TOScopic
adhesive tape. Install the muzzle cover, if available, and seal with
non-hygroscopic adhesive tape:. If a muzzle cover is not available,
wra p waterproof barrier wrappin& paper over the tape a nd seal
with non-hylUOSCOpic adhesive tape. '
(8) ExTERIOR OF VEHICL E. If practicable, remove rust appearing on the vehicle exterior with flint paper. R epaint painted
surfaces whenever necessary to protect wood or metal. Coat expIlsed polished metal surfaces susceptible to rust with light rust preventive compound. Close firmly all doors, hatc hes, and vision s lots.
Make sure paulin. are in pla~ and firmly secured. Leave rubber
mats, such as floor mats, where provided, in an unrolled position
on the floor, and not rolled or curled up. Equipment suc h as pioneer
tools and fire extiniuishers will remain in place on the vehic le.
For treatment of small arms carried on or within vehicles, refer to
the pertinent technica l manuals.
'"
Or~
II. ..
ATUflSANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9-741
200- 21)1
(9)
ENGINE.
fa)
Remove spark plugs and spray into tops of cy linders with
preservative engine oil, SAE 30 (grade II ). while slowly rotating

engine. Replace spark plugs.
(b) If ' spark p lugs cannot be removed, spray preservative oil
into air intake with engine running at II fast idle until smoke comes
from eJ:haust pipe. CAUTION; PreserWlf;ve oil .hould never be
pOUred throu~h atrburetor. After spraying pr~rvative oil into air
intake, shut off engine and allow to cool for 'about 15 minutes.
Start engine and agai n spray preservative oil into air intake for
several minutes on ly. The second spraying is necll$S8ry in order to
coat exhaust valves.. Do not run eniioe for more than several minutes as eIhaust valves will become so hot that preservative oil will
not adhere properly. Perform this treatment when further running
of the e ngine is not necessary.
(c) If it becomes nee-enary to run the engine after treatment,
it should not be operated at over 1,600 revolutions per minute.
Hold operation to a minimum, and spray cy linders again after
operation.
(10)
INSPItCT ION.
Make a systematic inspection, just before
sh ipment or temporary storage, to insure all above steps have been
covered and that the veh icle is ready for operation on call Make
a list of all missing or damaged items and attach it to one of t he
's teering levers. R e fer to ~Before-operation Service~ (par. 35).
(1 1) BRAK~S. Release brakes and chock tracks.
e.
I n &pec:t ion s i n Umhed Sto r age. Vehicles in limited storage

will be inspected weekly for conditions of batteries. If water is
added to batteries when freezing weathe r is anticipated, rechal"ie the
batteries with a portable charger or (emove the batteries for charging.
Do not attempt to charge the batteries by running the auxiliary generator. If freezing temperature is expected, add the proper quantity
of antifreeze compound (pat. 25) to cooling s~tem to afford protectio n rrom heezing. R e lTlove Iiny rust from 've hicle with fl.int paper.
201.
LOADING AND BLOCKING FOR RAIL S IIIPMENT.
a. P",p aration. In addition to the preparation described in paragraph 203, when Ordnance vehicles are prepared for domestic shipment, the following preparation and precautions will be taken.
( I ) EXTERIOR. Cover the body of th e vehicle with a canvas
cover ordinarily .supp lied as an acceuory.
(2 ) BATTERIES, Disconnect the batteries to prevent its discharge by vandalism or accident. This may be accomp lished by
disconnecting the positive lead, taping the e nd of the lead, and tying
it back away from t he battery_
Or>l, .. 11. ..
"
ATURBANHHAMPAK;I-I
'"
TM 9748
2<1,
2"CHAMFER AT
CONTACT PO INT
BLOCK- F
BLOCK-B
{::
BLOC K-C
.... I'D 344191
figure 220 _ Blacking Requirement 'or Roil Shipment

(
'fu
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
1M '748
2.,
S~ip", ....
(3)
MARl{lNG C"R5.
......
~i' ...
51 ......
All cars contain ing Ordnance ve hicles
must be placarded ~DO NOT HUMp

h. Placing Vehicles on Cars.
M
,
( 1) Tvp u OF CARS. Ordnance vehicles may be shipped on

fla t cars, end door box cars, side door c ars, or drop end gondola cars,
whichever type is the most convenient.
(2) FACILITIES FOR LoADING. Wheneve r possible, load and
unload vehicles from open cars, using per mane nt end rll.lnps and
spanning platforms. Movement from one flat cllr to anothe r a long
t he length o f the train is made possible by crossover plates or span.
ning platforms. If no permanent end Tamp is ava ilable, an improvised ramp can be made from railroad ties. Ve hicles may be loaded
in gondola cars without drop ends by using B crane.
(3)
BRAKE W HL CLEA RANCE.
If flat cars 8Tt used, position
the vehicle with a rai lroa d car brake wheel clearance of at least 6
inches ( A, figs. 202 and 203). Locate the vehicl es on the ca r in
such a manner as to prevent the car from carrying an unbalanced
load. Apply t he brakes and place the tr ansmission in low gear.
o
c, Sec- uring Vehides. I n securing or blocking a veh icle, three

motions. lengthwise, sidewise, and bouncing must be prevented.
There a re two approved methods of block ing the vehicles on freight
cars, as d escribed below.
(1) METHOD ONE. Place four bloc ks (8, fig. 220 ), one to the
front and one to the rear of each track. Nail the heel of each block
t o the car floor with five 40-penny nails. Na il the ponion o f e ach
block which is under the track to the car floor with two 40-penny naila.
Locate three blocks (e) on each side of the vehicle on the outside
of each tra ck. N ail e llch block to the Cllr floor with t hree 40-penny
na ils. These blocks mlly be located on the intide of the tracks if
conditions warrant.
(2) METHOD. Two. Place two block$ (F, fig. 220), o ne to the
front and one to the rea r of t he trac ks. These block s are to be at
leaat as long as the over_all width of the vehicle a t the car floor.
Locate eight blocks (G) against the hlocks (F) to the front and to
the rear of each track. Na il the lower block to the floor with three
40-penny na ils a nd the top block to the lower b lock with three
40-pen ny nails.
~1.
Shi pping Dala.

Length, over_a ll, (gun in traveli ng position)
W idth, over_a ll
H eight, over-aU
Area of car floor occupied per vehicle .... . .. . .... .
Vo lume occupied per veh icle .. ... .. ., .. ..... .. ..... .
Shipping wei ght per vehicle (apprOl<.)
..
Or,
Iffe.
AT URBANHHAMPAlGN
23 ft 10 ~h in.
._ .. 8 ft 8'h in.
. .. 8ft8%in.
. 209. 12 sq ft
1830 cu ft
65,500 lb
...
TM 9-748
202- 203
Section Xli
REFERENCES
202.
PUBLICATIONS I NDEXES.
The following publications indexes shou ld be consulted frequently

for latest changes to or revisions of the publications given in this list
of references and for new publications relat ing to material covered in
this manual:
Introduction to Ordnance Catalog (ex plaining

SNL system) ....... " ..... ...... ... ... ..... ... ... .. .
ASF c.t.
ORO 1 IOC
h.
Index (index to SNL's) ...................................... ASF c.t.

ORO 2 OPSI
t"".
Index to Ordnance PUbl ications ( listing FM's,

TM'$, TC'$, and TB's of interest to ordnance
personnel, FSMWO's, OPSR, BSO, S of SR's,
osseS, and OFSB's, and including alphabetic a l listing o f 'ordnance major items with publications perta ining there to) ... ........ ... .. .. .... OFSB 1 1
d.
L ist of P ublications for Trainin, (listi ng MTP's,

MR 's, TR's, FM's, TM's, TB's, MWO's, SB's,
WOWs, and FTs) ......................... FM 21_6
e.
List of adm ininrative and suppl y publications

(listing MR's, MWO's, SB's, RR's, a nd War
Department P am phlets) ............. ... ...... ... .. WD. Pamphlet
126
L ist of T rain ing F ilms, F ilm Strip$, and F ilm
Bulletins (listing TF's, FS's, and FB's by
serial number and subject)
... .............. .... FM 21. 7
f.
g.
203.
a.
Mil itary Trainin, Aids ( Iistin, ,raphic training

aids, models, dev ices, and displays) .....
FM 21 _8
STANDARD NOMENCLATURE LISTS,

Ammunition.
Ammunition, blank, for pack, light and medium
field, tank, and antita nk artillery ........ . .
ORO 11
SNL R-5
Ammunit ion, fixed and semifixed, including s,!bca liber, for pack, liaht and medium field, air_
craft, tank, and antitank artillery, including
complete round data .. ... .....
... .......... ..
ORO 11
SNL R - l
Or~
II. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9.7'"
203- 204
11.1.,......
Ammunition instruction materia l for pack, lisht

and medium field, aircraft, tank, and an titank
artillery . . _. __ ._.... " .. . .... ... .. ... .... ... ... ... ... ... .. . O R O 11
SNL R-6
h. Arm a m e nt.
Gun, mac hine, cal. .30, Browning, M 19 19 A4,
fixed and flexible, M 19 19AS, fixed and
M 19 19A6, flexible
__ ............ _.......... SNL A6
Gun, machine, cal. .sO, B rowning, M2, heavy bar.
te l, fixed and flexible ; and sround mounts .. _... SNL A-39
Gun, 90-mm, M3 .. ... _.
SNL c.69
M ount, gun, 90-mm, M4, and M ount, com bination, gun, T99, T 99E l , and T99E2 ............... SNL 0-39
<.
d,
Carriage, motor, 90-mm gun, M36Bl. ____ .
SNL G-233
Mainte n a nce,
C leanini, preservini and lubricatini material!,
reeoi l fluids, special oils, and mlscellaneoUlil
related items ................... ...... ... .. .. .. ... ... ......... ORO 5
SNL K-I
Soldering, bruins and weldins materials, gases
and related items .. ............ .... ............ .. .... ...... .. OR O 5
SNL K-2
Tools, maintenance, for repair of automat ic
iunS, automatic gun aircraft materiel, automatic: and semiautomatic cannon, and mortars ORO 6
SNL A 3S
Too l-sets, for ordna nce service command automotive shops ...... .. . ..... ... ...... ..... .. . ... . ... .... .... SNL N-30
Tool-sets (common), spedali.ts' a nd oriamza

tional .. _....... _._.
___ ... _... ..... .. .. ... _... ... ... _... . SN L G-27
(Section 2)
Toolsets (special), automotive and semi-automotive
SNL G-27
(Section I)
S ig hting EqUi)lme nt .
Periscopes, telescopes for periscopes, and direct
sishtini telescope!il for use in tanks .. .... ..
SNL F 23S
Quadrant, gunner's, M l (mi ls) .. __
SNL F.1 40
204.
a.
EXPLANATORY PUBLICATIONS.
Funda m e ntal Prind ple..
Ammunition, ienetal
TM 9- 1900
0.
"..1 In n
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
'"
TM 9748
'04
.. .
, ........ , .. , .. . ,
TM to-580
Automotive electricity
Auxilia ry fire-control instruments (field glasses,
TM 9-575
eye!llllsses, teleSCOpet., and watches) ., .. ,
B asic maintenance manual

TM 38-250
B rowning machine gun, cal. .30, HB, M1919A4
(mounted in combat ve hicles) .". ,..... ,.. ,... , FM 23-50
Browning machine gun, ca l. .50, HB, M2
(mounted in com bat vehic.les)
FM 23-65
Driver selection and training
........
TM 21-300
Driver's manua l
TM 10-460
Electrical fundamentals ...
TM 1-455
F ield artillery and field motor ammunition
OFSB 33
Fuels and carburet ion

Gun, 9O-mm, AA, Ml , firing shell, H .E~ M71 ;
projectile, AP.c., M 82; and shot, A.P., M77 ...
Instruction ljIuide: Small arm .. liljlht fie ld mortars and 20_mm aircraft !luns
M ilitary motor vehicles
M oto r vehicle inspections and preventive ma int enance serv ices ... .. .. .. . .. ......... .. .... ..... , .
90-mm gun M 3 mounted in combat vehicles ....
Ordnance service in the field ."....
P recautions in hand ling gasoline . ......
Qualification in a rms and am munition training
allowance,. .... ... .. .....
" ........................
Radio fundamentals ....... ..
TM 10-550
AR 775- 10
TM 11-455
R adio sets SCR-609-A and SCR -6 10-A
TM 116 15
Ra nge regulations for firing ammunition for

training and target practice .".... ... ... .
Shel~ HE., M 7 1, w/ FUZE, time, mechanical,
M43 (all modifications)
Small arms ammunition
Small arms ammunition
....... . . ......... .
FT 9O-C-3
TM 9-2200
AR 850_15
TM
TM
FM
AR
9-2810
9374
9-5
850-20
AR 750-10
FT 90AA-B-3
TM 9-1990
OFSB 35
Standard military motor ve hicle.

TM 92 800
Ta rgets, target materials, and riRe range construction .. ... ,.. ,.. ,......... , ... " ..... ,.. ,.., .. ..... ,... ,., .. ,.. . TM 9-855
TM 11-454,
The radio operator .............. ............. .
U. S. riRe, cal. .30, MI903 " .................... . FM 23- 10
'"
Or~
, II. ..
AT URBANHHAMPAK;N
TM '741
204
h.
Maintenance and Repair.

Cleaning, preserving, sealing, lubricating and reo
lated materials i!lS\led for ordnance materie l .. TM 9-850
Mainte nance and care of pneumatic tires and

rubber treach ...................... -. .... -.-.-."
TM 31-200
Ordnance maintenance: Accessories for tank
engine, model GAA V -8 (Ford) ....... "
TM 9- 173IC
Ordnance maintenance : Ford tank engine, model
GAA v-a "......... ".. ".... "............... "....
TM 9- 1731B
Ordnance maintenance: Hydraulic traversing
mechanism (oil gear) for med ium tanks M4
and modifications ........ ... .... .. " .. ................... TM '9 - 1731G
Ordnance maintena nce: Power train un it, onepiece differential case. for medium tanks M4
and modifications and related aUR motor car_
Tlages .................. ." ....... .. .. . " .... " .. ............. . TM 9-17S0B
Ordnance mai ntenance: Speedometers, tachometer.. and recorders .. ... .... ... ... .... . .. .. ... ... .... .... . TM 9_1829A
Ordnance maintenance: T racks and suspension,
turret and hull for medium tank M4 and
modifications ... ........... .
TM 9- 17S0K
c.
d.
Pro tc<: tion of Jh'tcrid.

Camouflage .... " " ... " .... '-'
FM 5-20
Decontamination .... " ..

Decontamination of armored force vehicles
Defense against chemical attack
TM 3220
E"plosives and demolitions
FM 5 25
FM 1759
FM 2 1-40
Storage a mi Shipme nt.

FM 9.25
Ordnance company. depot
Ordnance storage and shipment chart-&roup
G-major ite ms. ... . .. "...
OSSCG
Registration of motor ve hicles
..... "
AR 850_ 10
Rules governing the 10adinK of mechanized and
motori;:ed IIrmy equipment, al$Q major caliber guns, for the United Stlltes Army and
Navy. on open top equipment published by
Operations and Ma intenance Department of
Association of Ame rican Railroads.
StoraKe of motor vehicle equipment
Or~
AR 8S0-18
II. ..
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
'"
TM 9748
INDEX
A
Atederator. rOOld te.t ........................ lOS
A<:MOri
after..,pe.,tion le",ice ................. .
U_halt ..,rvice _... , .....
. .. ........ ..
before_operalion ..,rvice ............. .
"dio inlerfetenc:e IUppre.l;on .. ..
ru .. -i .. te.t ............. 0' . . . . .
AdapterS
d, '" .pt.on ......................................
inlUU,tion
tIClIomeler and .Pdomeler .. ..
tube and h""'in' ...................... ..
removal
tachomele, and lpeedomete, ....
tube and hau.in' ........................
replkCme .. t ......... ................... ........
Ait cle.ne.-.
. lter_ope,"tion
It_ha]t ..,rv;ce ..............................
o:Leoa-ipt;o. . .nd ..,rvici.............. .
illltoUotion ............................ 149.
lubrkootion .. ........ .... ....................... .
opefltion
di.""t openin. controll __ __ ..........
in dUlly conditio .. I .......... ......... .
,emanl of ........ blie. ....... ...... ..... ..
replacemen . ......... .................. ... ......
rOOld teot ............... ................... 99.
tunin tell ....... ........ .......................
"
"
'""
168
...
'"
140
139
"
..."."
65
""
160
185
109
Ai, inlake ")'Item, deocripiio ....... ... J65

Ammeler
befo,e_operot;on .",vice.
deocrip.ion .nd remonl .............. 220
'IIItaU.tion ........... ....... .... ... ......... .. 221
'eplKement ...... .. ... ..... __ ........ " ....... 373
"
,,,.,d tal .......................................... 93
"
.,
Ammunition. .u thori. ed
d.ta ........ ... .... ........................... 16. 401
deocript;on
prepa ... ion for fidn' .............. .... .. . 08
AmpLifier. ihterphone
inlt.11I1;On .. ... .... .... ... .............. __ ...... 413
,,,mov.L .... .......................... ............ 411
...
........................
"
Armor
after_operation "'rYice ........ __ .......
r".,d teot .................................... 96. 99
Auxm.,y equipment
,ene ..1 dioeUI,ion
ope.. tion ............... ............ ........ ..... 4 6
, emoval and inltoU.tion ........... ~ . 410
A.imuth ;ndicotor
deoe.iption
oper.tion ...................... ..... ........ ... .. 403
,eplacement
."
169
Air inloke manifold (5.. uncl..Manifoldo)
Antenna, prec.uliont
Anti freue
tlble ................. ... .................... .
' - In cooline .y.tem... ... .............. 189
...
Bame, air
in,t.llolion __ .... .......... ...... ............. ..
,emoval ................................. .........
B ..ket (turret)
Batteri...
.fter_opefl'io .. ..,,,,lee ........ ........
chl"in, by lI.x;li.ry ,enerUM..
dall .. ......, .........................................
detcri plion and oerYicin,. " ....... ....
operotion in cold w... ther............
pre",rinl for ..."';ce....................
,,,,,,oval and ; nll.l~tion ..............
'.,n-;o teot ..................................... .
trouble .hootine ............................
volllie Ind hyd,omete, tett .. .. ....
&U hau.in, dutch .hlft be.rinl .
&ltl
Ifte,_operation ae,v;ce
................
-- -- .........
run_in ttot ................................... .. .

SOllie
r".,d te'I
bocie .. ... .... . __ __ ........ ... __ ........... __ ...
wheell ................................... ..... ..
run_in '''''' ( ....,mbly) ..................
Bond
I t " " , cpl.cement ................
Bore .i,htine ...... ......... __ .....................
'"
'"
'"
87
49
2iS
212
55
216
263
25
111
213
65
""
"
"
95
25
..,
269
Blockoul drivin,li,ht ...:mbly...... 2:3

Blockin, lor r.il .hipmenl............ .. 41 1
Or>
Iff<-
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9-748
.~.
Blower. c...,.... corflpo.r1;ment

dcaeflpt,on ... ,.... _.,_., __ .. .. __ '' ... " 50. 3Bl
operation ...... __ ................................ 50
removal and ;nlt.l!.tion ... __ ......... 381
C'mlhaft revolution counler .. 14l, 146
1- Contd.
,hoe"
Br.ke
adjultment, removal.
and inotallation
"",nual d.ive brake ........................ 256
Iteerin, .................................. 293,294
Brake.. porkinl
denpt,on ...................................... 301
removal and ;not.llation of b.ake
lock meehanilm ..... _.. ___ ........
operation of ped.L ..... .. .. __ ..... ___
30
road telt ........................................ 94
un_in tut .............................. .. ...... 11
'"
Brakeo, It"".in,
ad;ullment ............................ 293,
befo.e_operation Hrn.:e ._............
connect rodl ............................. .. ...
dcocriptiOll
brakel .............................. __ ....... ..
control leven ............................
durin, _ope .. tion aerv;"'., ..............
iruLpection of control leve ............
removal
o.cmblieo ... . __ . ___ .......................
eonlrolo .nd linble ..................
road teot .__ ............................... 94,
295
U
319
'"
303
83
303
19l
304
107
B.cau....
dcocription a nd ",rv;"'in&, _.......... ..
ope tion in dUlly conditionl ......
removal. of c .. nkc ..,_ ................... 191
road leot .................................. 99. 107
B ....,h meehani.."
lubric.tion ..... __ .... __ . ___ ..................... 65
operat,n&, ..................................... "
'"
c
C.ble.
connect I.chometer and lpeed_
omctc. __ ..................................
dioconnCCI
Ila<lcr ........... , .......................... ..
tachometer .nd .pe<>domele . ....
removal .... ____ : __ ___ ............................
Comou81,c net
belo.e-o",,<llion ""vice ............
run _in tCit ........ _... "........................
320
161
3 11
C ..... h.ft .. remov.l

camlh.afl .. .............................. .. ........ 139
ho",i"-l . _.. __. __ .. .............................. ..
tion
.u"; lia<)' lenerato<
control boK ........................ __ ...... l65
recul.tor ............................... ....... 164
inotrument panel ulility outlet .. 166
IpoIl"'" Of turrel u.dio lerminal
box .............................................. 268
turret l";lch box_. __ . __ ___.. ...... .. ..... 269
.. indohield wipe. motOt' ................ 267
C.rburelo
.djul! fuel minu.e ........... __ .... .. ..... 311
data .................................................. 130
deocnptLon ......................., . __ ..... __ .. 165
inlt.llation ......... ,........................... .
.<X<i teot ( Iinka,e and ,overnor)
'"
Carria,e, lun motor

dcocription and dat . ........ _........... ..
demolition ......................................
Cireuit b...,.ker
'",
58
.epllOCCmenl ............................... :.... 374

ro.d leol .......................................... 108
t ..tin, ..... _. __ .... _............................. 12 1
Clut<:h
dcocriptioD and .djuotmenl .. ......
du,in&,_ope.ation tervicc........ .. ......
lubrication pilot be.rin...............
removal and inltlll'lion
""dai and .0.:1.. ............................
rod ..tembly ............................
.epJ.ccment ............... ...... .. .............
,oad t ... t
embly .. ,.,.. ,.... ,.......... ,.... ,...... .
dutch .................. ,............ ,....... ,..
runin teot ......................................
trouble ,hootin. .. , ...... -- .... -....... , ....
Clut~h
""da! .
dact,pt,on ........... ". ____ ." ............ ..
o""ration ...................... ~ ......... .. ..... .
. oad teot .... __ .. __ .. ___ .......................... .
270
U
70
280
2&3
2H
'"
"on
U
n,
.",
317
Collector rina;. rood tert .................... 101
82
Collector rinll 001

dcocnpt'on ...................................... 237
remova! .nd iDIt.n.tion .............. H9
26
'm
AT URBANHHAMPAIGI-I
...
TM 9-748
,......,
r.,_
C - Contd:
d.,.inl of en.i"" ........ .... ....... .........
ope,"tion of con.roll Ind liChll ..
CorrOl'on inh'bito u.., in cool,nl

')'Item ......... ... ................... ........
"".d teot
en,ine ................. ..... .. ...... .......... ..

filhtin. . ..... ....... ........ .................. .
Com~.
devi.tion .. .. .......... ................

deo.c:ription ond .epLacement of
l.mp ...... .... ... .... .. .. ....... .. ...... .. ..
ope.otion ............ ........ .................. ..
~heck
""d tclt ............................. " ....... .

Conduit tube
eonn"'" ............... ..................... ........
dioconnect ......................................
COnduit.
fi.c extina;u,.he. IYltcm
inouU ion ...... ........ ... .. .. ...........
.cmonl ....... ..................... ... .......
junction boo
connect ................. .......................
diOC<lnn""t ............... ...................
'cpl&<;ement of flexible .. .......... ..... .
'"'
'"'
"
'"
".
"
'"'
164
160
Cove. pL.teo ....... .. ........ ............... .. . .
'""
CooLinl IYltcm
deocrip.ion .nd d.t . ...................... IU
10.. of cool.nt.. ...... ........................ Il0
ope tion
in coLd weather........ ............. ... .. 55
in du.,y ~ondition." ............... . .. 51
'"
C.o.o . hol, ..oembLy ... .. ........... .. ......
~8 1
Cylinder heodl
...'"
remov.1 ..........................................
CyLinden
""," ....................... .......................... . 130
..... d te.,
lu.il iory ,enc tor .................. 109
vehicle
' 00
377
.""d
'"
Cnnkc ..,
lub.icati on ............... ........ .... ........ ... 70
.""d test .................................
n. 11)9
,
C nkc ..c b.eathe. (See Oreothe .. )
378
16J
16L
210
teot .................................... ...... LOO
Connecto ... trIck
'n'peetion ................ ... ..................... 314
repLKement .............. ..... ................ J29
Cont.oL boICcl
inouUlt'on
comm.ndo:.>. Ind lIunnc. . ........ 41S
L""dc. . ... ....... .... .........................
romovoL
C<lmm.llndcr. a nd lunnc. . ........ 414
L""der . ........................................ 417
ControLI. enlline
durinC..opc.uion ..,noke .............. 8J
",ncnl di",ullion of d.i"ing C<ln
trol. ..... ... ............
.. .. ... ..... 30
.epl..,.,men. 01 fuel Ihut.off ".Ive
C<lntro" ......... ... .. ........ ...... ..... ..
run_in test ......... ........... ...... .. . .
"'"
lC.vicinl .......................................... 188

trouble lhootina; ......... .................. . I~O
Com~rtmentl
Decon minoton
.Ite._ope tion ..,rvice .................. 81
belo..,.opcrotion
U
.""dIClt ......... ... ....... .. ........ ... .......... III
..,."icc ..............
De "" ... d"ocription ...................... 169
Diffe.enti.l
.t_h.lt ee.v;"" ................................ B4
chcock Ie 0'] level......................... B8
dcocnphon ...... ................ .......... ...... ~88
.epl"cement .......................... .. ... .. ... 314
.""d tCit ........ ........ ........... 9S. 97, 107
trouble Il>oot;nll ........... .. .......... .. IH
Dip .tick .ncmbly........................... 140
000"
dCIIe.iption
d.ive. . ................ ............. .
en,'nc C<lm~.tmcn' ..... ..
"1Ie"pe ....... ..... .. ..... ................. .
,,,.nonl
D.iye Ih.l, houlin'" ................... .
DriYe Iprockets. trIck
dcoc,ipt;on ond .epl.cement.
336
in.peetion .... ........................ ............ 31)
D.iver', Report _ Accident. Moto.
Tronsport.'ion. S,"nd.rd Form
N o. l6 .. .............. " ... . I . 19. 81, II I
'fu
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
TM 9741
,.....
0 - Conkf.
Driver'l ocall ................................... .
Drive ..
~ry
befo r~ .o per.li o n
oervice ..............
"
.0
r....:l 11011 ....... ............................ ....... 10Z

(s.. .1_ " i",,1 Drive.)
DUly R... ler, W .O ., A.G .O. F .......

N o. 6 ........ ...................................
do. ............................................. u
.... intenance ................................. . 60
r ...dln' .......................................... 112
run' ,n
Inl ...................................... a
E_""""
d.e..IIec1o<
'Inalallation .................................... 192

...,moval ..................... .... ................. 191
Elh ...n p;pa
e ""","", ............................................
Echelon ...,,>eeo .............................
90
Elevatina; control.
afteroOper'lion oervice ................
durin.-operalion oervi<e ..............
Ekvalinc meoc""ni_ ( I .. n )
If
14
d ,oconnect .............. ....................... . 161

removal .nd ' nIUIl.tion .......... .... 187
road tnl ... ................. .......... .. 102. 109
E,""ull IYltem ............................... .

E.pano ..... tank (s.. T ank. u,,",n
lion)
'"
..........................................
"
r ... d 11011 ........ .......... ... .......... ... 95 . 11 0
tu n. in 11011 ... ,. ... ................ ..............

Eleval;on q, .. adr.nt M9 ....................
29
~OO
E ILI;""
aftuoOperation oetyo
controb ....... ,.,............................. as
C1\I,ne ........................................
beforeoper.tiorl oervi<e .... 10, n
d~.ni nc ......................................... 90
data ................ ................................ 129
deocription
c"""., .......................................... 129
"""",ta ........................................ Il5
d .. rin'oOpell'ion oc",," .............. IJ
idle tnt ..... ..................................... l OS
inotall.tion ........................... 1S7, 163
oad teot
....m .,. lu,e tor .... ... 109, 110
vehicle
compartments ........................ 102
enli ne .. .... ,.. ,...................... 04. !HI
mountinCI .............................. 10l
run. in
27. 28
ltartin&
l uama.,. le".,.. tor ................ .. 46
ychiClc ......... ........................ . 39, .09
otoppin, ................................ ......... 41
"""bk ohoolinc ...................... ,..... 115
'6
,a, ..................................
Enli"., compartmenll (Se. Com

partmentt)
Equi pment
. fteroperation oeryice ................ 90
....iIi .,. ..................... 6 , l lJ. 4\0
163
f
F.n d.iye lhaftl
""nnlinl .. ,................. ............. .... . 163
deec<,p" on ............. .. .. ... . ,..............
,
,oconnec"", ..................................
"
.eplacement ...................................
Fan dr;Yn ..........................................

Fin.
dncn phon .....................................
inatalla.ion ._mblies ................
...,rnoval of ..oemblin ..................
.eplacement of ._mbly and belt
ro.d tnt ... ...... ................. ...... 101,
'"
'"
'"
1M
195
163
161
1M
109
Feoden
afte.oOpc . at ion ..,rvi<e ............. .. at
1,. ""lt "'tv;"" ..............................
deocn pu on ...... .................... ...... ,..... 365
'5
h",tollatlon
............ ......... ........ ....... no
."....onl
hull .............................................. 360
powe. , ..in ................................ 309

road tn, ............ .................. .. ....... 906
. un in .eot .................................... 26
Fi,h,ine compartment
cleacrip,ion of 800 ........................ 36'
(s.. .,_ Compartmcnll)
Fillen
a ftc' oOpe"' ion oervice . ... ..........
check ope.ation of -eLf . IUmina;
87
tRee""n; .... (oil) ....................
70
UNIVERSITY Of ILLlfIOIl
~J IJR8,\NA-{HMWIl>H
1M 9748
....
.
F - Conld.
Yilte.-.<:ontd.
du n;n,
. 1< ................................ 65. 109.
fuel .. ...................... .......... ..
oi l ... . .......................... ................ 156
duc,;pt;on
fuel ....................... ........ .............. .
'""
'"
oi l Jll'n fil te, .oaernbly............. .
'"
i""..ll.,;on
oH ....... .. ... .. .. ....... ...................... .
lu oi1i.. y cene,atoT .. ......... ......... U,J

fu~1 ... ... .... ... ..... ..... .... ...... .... 17B. IBO
oil ......... ..................... .................. IH
emoval
.u2ili.I)' .en~.a";" .................... 263
fuel ...................................... 175. 179
oil ...... .. ..................... ..... ..... ... ..... 156
rOfld tat
ai. ... ,.... ...................................... .
t uel ...................................... 102.
oil
' 00
run_in teo . .................................... .
Final dr;va
I .b.lt ",,,,;e ............... .................. .
c heck cu, oil level ... ....................
cold ....,.tb~. ope tion ................. . ~
deocription
in'I_II ion ............... ... ................... 319
.~m""al .......................................... 314
.eplacement .................... .. .......
J09
.oad t~tt .... ....... ......................... 95. 9 7
'"'"
"
..
,.
Fi.~
control equipm~n. (s .. Si,b._

inl and fi.~-control ~quip
~,)
."
.
Fi.e exlinllui.ben
d'e,_ope.. , ion .c,vicc
be f o.~-ope tion lC<vice
description
IUIilia<)' equipment ................ 317
on-v~hicl~
in ..an. tion
cy linden . <:ondui . .. a nd c.bla
nouleo .nd b.acke.......... 1M .
m.inte ... ""e .nd oper.tion..........
removal
ylindell. conduit and ubles ..
nouleo .nd b.acke .......... 160.
.000d tnt ,............................... 10J.
run_in lest ............ .. ... ... .. ... .... .........
l17
381
49
317
l81
111
24
Fi.inl control.
.fte.-operalion ",,,,icc
durinl_open lion oc.vice ...... .... .... 84
lub.ication ...................................... 65
rOfld teol .......................................... 110
F iri nl .ytlem. IUn .............. .... ........ .
Fuel .ut .... ff . ... itch (s... und
Swilcbeo)
'"
Fuel filte. (s.. Filten)

Fuel pump (See Pumpo)
Fuel . hul_off valveo
deoc,; p.;on; r~pl ...,men. of con trol, and li nk.'e................... .
inOl.nolion ............. ................ .. .. ... ,
. .... . , .....................
temoval
Fuel .plcm
adjuttmcnto
idle fuel ..................... ............... .
idle ,peed ......... .. ........... .. ......... .
after_oper.lion ",.vicc ......... ...... .. .
_balt "'<vice ................................
befO...,_opetalion oc<vice ..............
cold_wutber operu ion ....... ..... .. ..
conne<:tinc fuel lin ............... 147.
deoc.iplion
yttem ..........................................
..nln ............ ................................
dioconnectinc fuel linel .. ..... .. ... ....
fillin, aU1ili.1)' ,cneto, fuel
tank ... ............................ ... ........
f"cl level check ; .emov.l and in_
...tt.l;on of .yttem.. ............
,cmov.1 of t.nk ..................... 174.
.oad leot (t.nln. venll. lin .... and
p"mpo) .......................... 102.
run_in t",t ..................................... .
tl'Ouble .hoolin, .
. .............. .
F uoci .............. .......... ...... .................
..'"..
84
80
52
1M
16S
174
160
76
1611
374
109
"
'"
408
O.,e.
before_opera tion ",rv;ca

deocrip';on
fuel ......................... ................ . ... 180
",a te. temper. tute ....................
ope.at ion
;"",rument panel ..................... ..
oi l p.a.ure. ,emperotute ncI
fuel .. ... .......... ... ............. .:.....
"
'"
"
"
Or,
Iff..
UNIVERSITV OF 11lI~S
ATURBANHHAMPAlGN
TM 9741
I"'",
G - Contd.
a",,"_"CContd.
~pl~""t
fuel ... _.. ... .. . ,.... ,........................ ... , 1112

w.te. tempe ' u .. ......... ,...... ,... 197
' GOod te.t .......................................... 93
",n_l n tnt
cIaoh ._-. ___.............. _................... _.. .
oil p. coau.c, lueL. .nd w"e'
tempentu.e ........................ 27
~r
c._
"
lubriu.ion......................
70
Gunhilt leve.
ope tion .... .. .... ,.... ,.,..............
n
remov.1 and inot.n.tlon .............. lOS
Gene.ninS .pt=re .........1 and i ... t.U.. tion ................ 263
t <OU.blc IhootinS ......... ..~............ 117
G~.atot
uam.1'J'
49,11 9
cha.ci ... bo.tI i.1
ddcnpt,on .-........................... 4(\, l71
lubri.cation ...................................... 65
opention ... ..... " ......... ,......... ,.. ,....... 46
radio in.crfc nce ............. ,............ 262
.emoval .nd i.. \JOlJnion .............. l7J
rooad .nt .......................................... lot
.top";... ..................... .................... 49
..................
Genentor. on_>rehide
dcKription .nd bel. adjullmcnt ..
di.. _ mbly by o. dM...:e pe .......
nel ............................................
<loci not char boItteriel ............ ..
rcmDv.1 .nd illlullation
,enento< ....................................
lpa. k pluS .uppralO. ..............
road tcot ..........................................
Genento. cornmu\JOto.
...
...............
a~
fter-operation .. rvko: ...............

.t h.lt ...... ke ........ , ........ , ..............
217
17
118
21 S
266
10 1
..
Governor
chkinS adv.nce ............. ,.... ,.. ,., .. 264
dcoc:.iption and . emov.L ........... 111
inotallation ............................ 141. on
'"
Or........... "",d t .. t.~ .............. ~ ......... 112
Gun, 9O_mm
after-oper.tion ......i ..... ... ......
dUl.acteriitia ..... ........ ................... llU
..
cklt"""ion ............. __ ___ .................. .

durinl ope.nion oc .... icc ..............
dev.tin,.nd dc prcolin& .. ..............
fi.in, ................................................
i ... pee,;"" belore firi ...................
I_in, ........ , ...... _'-_ .........................
on- vehid. ~ "iprncnt ..................
pI.inc in :
. _ "' on ............................
nnc
uavelinc _i lion ..................... ,
remonl and in.ullation ..............
rotId tcot .............. " ... .... ,.......... 95.
run_in tUt ......... ,..... ,. ,....... ,....... "...
I",,'. ""rll ....................... ,...... ,....
'001..
nd ac_ri ....... ,..
(See 11100 M ochinc ",no)
'".
..
"".tI.
14
3Pl
J94
311
39J
"
,.,
396
257
110
29
20
II
G un bo.rrelo, .""re ... _.............. __ ..... 112

Glln bon!. h'bt"'" ion ..................... .
Glln firi ... 1)'OI.m..................... ,........
"
2$(\
Gun mount. bow ............... ,.. ,.... ,........ ItO

Gun tr.velin, Lock .. .... ,.... .................. , l6'
H
HudLi,hll, deocription ............. ~_ ... '21
H~,
driver'.
ckoc:ription ...................................... 50
ope ion ............................ ,........... 51
.~mov.l.nd i... lallalion of ... ind
Ihi~ld ... .. ..... _.. ....... ... ............... 312
Hom
tt ....-operation ...... iC<: ................
t..lore-oper.tion ICrrice ............. ,
'"
..
k " pt,Oft ................................. * ...
..
'"
m
n. K
,..,piac.. hc:nl .................... .-,_ ..... _.... .
.....d tett .................. _............ _ ...

run . in telt ............ .......................... 17
_ure owitc h condui l .................... l l9
tlubLe ohootin, ..... ... .. .... ,............. II I
H_
i"'lallation ............................ 14', 163

.~moval .................... _
......................
'"
H .,"
dcocription and re"""'.I................ 33(\

i ... pection ...................................... 325
inouU"tlon ................................... .
roed tcot ............ ...... .................. 05 , H
,.
UNIV[ Jt\ IIV OF IW~S

AT UP8ANA -{HAMPAlGH
'"
on
TM 9748
,....""
,.,.
H - Conld.
Hull
atlloLt ..,rvice
b<for~ _ <>pe, ion ..,rvice .......... ....
d...:ription .. ................. .................. .
run_ in leo ............... __ ... .... ... _...... _..
,.,.
L
t..mpo (Li,hll,
""
'""
H ull dr.Ln vol"" . .... .. ... ... ........ ... ...... 36A
Hyd,aulic malo, .. ................... ........ . 15 1
Hydraulic pump. deoninll
clleck volv .. --_ .-... _......_..................
pilol v.lve .......... ........ .. .......... ........ 247
,.p!ocemenl ............. ........... ........... . 226

rood leot ........................................ L08
run_.n !eol
"
Le.k.
olt.,_opo'.lion oc .... i ..........
at."*'Lt ..,,,,ic. .. _._........ ... .........
a5
belo,e_ope.ation .. ",ic~ ..............
80
cheek .... _....................... ___ ................ 165

rood leot . " .............. .... __ .. _............. .
H ydr.ulic I"'''''rlinl 1)'lt~m (S ....

T,nt,.;nl l)'Stem. lIydraulic)
,un_In 'eOl ........... .... __ ...... ... ... .... -- .

Li~hU
.rt.r.ope,ation
I
Idlc'. road leOI ... .... .
____ .. __._. 95, 97
I dle, wlleel . co.

.I~bl)' ............... _.........................
<Ieocription .nd ,."moval
",,,,,n.inll broch.. ........ __ __ _,, __ ..
wlleel . ................. " ......................
di .. ..,mbly ...................
____ ......
in.peelion ... ,,_ ................... .. .. 325,
in llation
mountine br.ch.. ................ _.
wheelo ............................ __ .........
339
3 11
~17
l37
339
341
l41
lenition .)'S.em
dnc:riplion .nd d.t . ...................... 19&
timine ond 10000rROr adv.nce ... __ . 203
I,,,,,ble .l>ooli"ll: ......... ......... ....... _.. 117
I notrument panel
..... mbly ...... ............ ..

d...:.iption .nd di .....,mbLy ...... " .. 228
removal and inot.n.'ion .... ......... . 231
I ... t .... menu

rle,_opo.atiOfl .. ",icc ................. .
du.;n,-ope.a!ion .. ,vice ........ ..... .
OPl',ation ...... __ ....... .............. ..
road ,eot .................... ." ................. .
unin teot -_ ... --_ ...................... -.. --.
d.. h ..... _.... __ .... __ ...........................
~cner.1
__ _" ....................... _... " .. .
."
"
""
"
"
Inte,phone equipment
cicocflpuon .............. __ __ ___ ........ ........ 408
p-:_utiont,. .:_.. _............................ 409
Inter .... pler point ....................... ..
'"
88
OC""C.
.......... -.....
befo,.".opcrotion ocrvi ..............
'"
"
.
81
,,
dcJcription
bL.ckout d.ivinll '1 II ........ Ul
no
C<lm""rtmcnl HdtU
h d Licht .... mbly .. _ .
ma.ker l.mp .................... __ ..... ..
.y"",m ........... _____ ..................... __ 111
uini!!hll .... ................................. n4
'"
'"
inot.n.lion
blockout d,ivinl ...... .... __ ............ 211
illilht. .............. __ .. __ .................. 224
oper.,ion
com"".!m.nt Lilhll .......... _.. __
w.rninl liehll ......
""
reploccmcnt
blockou! drivinl and hud
Ii!!h! ...,mbly ................... .
C<lmpa.tment Iiehll ....... " ......... 226
no
inotrumen, panel .............. .
__ ...... , ...... 121
m .. ke, lamp
!rouble ,hoolin,
............... " ...... ..
Link.I~,
'"
l1ecti"ll: b .. k.
ofter-ope tion oc,vic., ____ ............ 81
d...:.ipt;on 01 clulCh pedal... ...... . 219
Lubric.n,", .. oc in dUlly conditio,,"
"
Lub,ic.tion
po;n" of .ppli ion..............
U
,oad !ett ................ __ _.. __ ..... " ........... 11l
run_in tell ..... " ......................... ".... 26
Lub,!"lion o.de . ................. _............
'fu
UNIVERSIT YOf IUlNC]\
ATURBANH HAM PAlGN
64
TM ' .748
,......
Machine ,1,1""
eh.ract"ri.t"'"
ul. .)0 ... .......... ........ ................ ..
ul. .50 ....................................... 387
lubriaotion of bore........................ 70
Oil. en,ine
o h er_ope. ation "".vic . " ... " ....... .. .
aI_ ... lt..,tvi ............................ .. .. ~
before_operotion ... vic. .............. 80
..,.,d telt .... .. ...................... .. .......... 1 12
runin t.1I
'"
............................ ,.........
toolo, ""rh, .nd
~.i ..... ...
"
"
'"
'"
M.,netOi
d.ta ................................................ .
deocription . nd replacement.. ......
,roundin, ........................................ 161
rOJld tnt .
.. ........... ,...... 100, 109
M.int ..... nce
by e.::hdon.
fint ..............................................
oecond ...................................:......
,ene..1 .. .. ................... .. ............... ..
preventive ...... ... ....... ........... .......... .
..,mcD
, lte o peration ......................... .
..II.lt .... ... ..... .. ........ ........ ........... .
before_opero tion .......... .. ... ..... ..
durin"operorion ........... .. .......... .
tamperinl ond darnqe ................. .
(See .100 under .pec;fi,c ;,emf)
79
90
"
"
""
"
~
M ojor .. nit o.. embly '.plocement

..cord
M . nifold.
d....,ription
in.t.lI.tion
Oor ,ntolre ....................................
ed.ou.t ........................................
w.ter outlet .............. 137, 146.
.emov.1
in,.lre
ull.ult ........................ .. ..............
w.ter outlet ...................... 137,
.i.
164
135
19-4
'"
135
19-4
Modification wo.k o.den

plcted ........................................ .
Moun ..
bow lun
d""'rip!ion of teleocope mount
T1IMEI
................................ .
'"
'"
rood telt
on"o"c.. 11 ,un ................. .. ....... 111
9O_mm 8.. n ................................ 110
.,
.~
.
"
Oil cooler
operat ion of I(rn . oll controL.... 35
removal, cleoninl, "".vicin" and
imtollin, ........... .. .. ..
.. .........
r... d teot ... ..................................... 11M
'"
Oil pan ...embly

deonin, ond inapcction of partl ..
dc..,ription of Al t.r ...embly ........
di ..... mbly o nd .... mbly ............
in.tollotion ......................................
lubrication ......................................
lSI
157
iSl
1S2
..
70
Oil pa .. o,e plu, . ....................... ..... .. lSI

Oil p. e ." indiutin, .yotem .......... ISl
Oil pump ............................................ 153
Oil relief valve .. ............ . " ... .. ... ...... .. ..
'"
Oil ..... n ""mbly

in.tollotion ...................................... 151
.emonl .......... ..........................
Oil tube . ........... ............................ ..
Operotion
,cneral i""truction.
under:
unut .. aI conditions ................. ...
1,10...1 conditiona ........................
'"
51
"
P. nor.mic !eleKope MI L .... .... ..... 400

p.,.ioc:opes
dcKription
8en... 1 ..................... ........ ......... . 361
M6 ................. ... ........................ 405
ope.ation .... .. .............................. 39. 51
remov.1 .nd intlollotion . .... ........ ..
replacement 01 lIe.d . .................. ..
.ood tett .................. ... .. .............. ..
run_in teot .......................... ".......... 1~
Plu". oil pol. . . . .
plua')
Or""
1m

ATURBANH HAM PAIGN
TM 9-748
P - Contd.
...
Powe. tr.in a..embly

deocriplion
,u
...,mbly
lubrica~ion 'YO'em ........ ... ... .... .
,emoval .............. .......... .................. J09
t,ouble &hootin, .. ................ ... ....... 114
'"
Prennt,ve Ma,nte""nce Service

an d T"~hnie .l ln . p"~tion
Worlr Sheet for Full traclr and
T.nlrii!re Wbeoeled nhicln.
W.O~A .Q.O. Form No. 461 ..... .
Primer
b"'o~-ope r.t ion
... mec
conneetin, ii...,. ............... . ...........

dcocription and repl.~"m"nl of
primina; 'yot"m ... ......... 182.
diKonncclin, linn ........ ................
ino. an.t'on ....... .......... .....................
oper.,ln, i".""",ion. .. ..... ..... ......
r<Mod .eot
R,cQ.
. . o .... (lc (S_

bo~ .... and foocln)
Slo .... 'e
Radiator
de..:ription .nd .. ma ... L ............. 190
in.peclion. ",poir nd in,tall._
tion ...... ..... ..... ... ..... ........ ....... .
"",d leot ..... ..................... ............... .
'"
'"
Radio and interpl>one .yltcm.......... 268

R adio bondinl."",d t .. I .................. lOB
.".
183
160
R .dio equipment
deK"pl1on ... ................................... 408
pr""aulion . . ................................... 4()9
Radio intcrfe.ence luppra.ion .yo_
Um
dcocriplion and dat ...... , ..... ........... 2~1
.... inltn.nce ........ .......................... 263
,rouble .hootinc .......... ............ .....
31 9
30
Rail .hipment, I"",dinl and block_
'"
R at;on" onvehicle equipmcnt.. ......
i"8: .... ... .......................... ............... 41i
P fopell" hafll
R""civcr ...cmbly ...... ..... .................
at_h.11 ..,rvice
Recoil cylindef. ch",,1r oi!... ...... ...... ...
dcocript;on. removal, .nd inttal_
. R ""I ...,mbly, int<"Phone
l.tion ........................ .............. 283
;notall.lion ........... _....... :................
r"",d Inl ............... ................... 9S, 101
................. ..........,.............
tun_in Int ... ................ ....... ...... ...... 26
trouble .hooti n, ........ .................... 123
dala .. ............ ................ .......... ... ......
... eekly ... rvi<:e ........... _.... ........ .... ..
dcocription ........................... 219,
in.tallation ..... ....................... 220.
Protectivc J>'Iddifli .... ........ ............. . 310
f"mov.i ......... ... ..... ... .... ....... 219,
""m~
'epia,"","?>' ......... .....
. ............. .
dncript;on
R eculator, oil p ....u"'
nI,inc oil ......... ..... ............. ......... 153
inotallation
fuel ............................................. . 180
femoval .......................... ... .............
w'le' ..... ............. .......... .............. 194
R e",lator un,bo, r"",d leot .. ........ ... ...
iMtalialion
.
cn""" 01 . . . . . .
R elief v.lve. cleanin,
fuel ... .......... ........................ .........
.. .. . . ..
...... Cf .................................. 163. 194
hydraulic ..... ............. ........ ..............
.emov.1
Report nd re<:ord .. 1, 4, 29 ,18,
en,inc oil .. ........................ 149,
R acrvoin
fucl .............. ............ ......... ........ ..
hydrauiic oil ............. .................. ..
hydraulic ".vc"'nl m"" hani.m ..
nilm
R"",d te .. ........... :........... ............. .. 93,
.... ter ....... ..... ...................... I~ I . 194
Rubbinl plata .............. ..... :..............
f""d ' nt (fucl and .... Ief) ..... ..... 101
ICII;n, of fucl pump ...................... 101
Runnin, ,ear ...... ........ ... .. ,.......... ...... .
.,
'"
".
'"
'"
'"
'U
'"
Or~
11. ..
ATURBANHH AM PAlGN
"
411
387
418
'"
261
264
264
'"
131
l OS
'"
241
31B
'"
2S2
III
360
TM 9-741
~.
5
S.... \I
.-:iJuotmen. olll""""'" _ ..........
dncripti(ln
.
t1~....
................................ ,,..... .
,ene..! ........................................
i".,alt.tion
, .
drive",' .. ... __._ .. ..__
Icne,al
'cm<lnl
dri...,,,,'
,ene l
320,
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
l ("'.1[;];11)' rene ..-
...... ,-_...... -.. -.-_. _-_ ....- - ' ... -.. -
SeLector IwilCIl (SH under Switcheo)

Sendin, unit
deocnpl1on ................. ............. ........ ,97

inltoU'lion
enlinc oil ......... _.... ............ _..... .. ISl
fuel ..... ,.._.... ......................... In. 178

removal
enlinc oil ......... ........................ ... IS]
fuel ,..... ___ .__ .__ ._ .. _._ ..... _...... _._ 175. 176
."
Shieldt, ... nd
.. rvi..., ........ .... .

. I_h.alt .. rvic<: _.............................. .
d..,ription ........
.emoval and i ...utl ion .............. 366
.un_in tnt
.ft~r_openotion
'"
"
Shim.
dI I. ...... .. ....................................... . ,
dele.minina; Ihickncn .................. 314
Shipmenl and OIo 'e ........................ 419
Shippinll diu ........... .. .. " ................... .
Sh,oud.
i""tllI.hon 0 1 ._mblle. ..............
,emovil of ..ocmblies ....................
roood lett
au.;liary equipment ..................
on_vehicle ..................................
163
161
109
101
Siihtini Ind fire...,ntrol equi pment

ch.a,oclcrittico ........................ ..... ... 396
.................................................. 16
Solenoid.
de.criplion ..................... ................. 169
rcmov,u and in.ullllion .............. 2S7
S"",c pi"", on_yehicle....................
Sp&rk ph'll
da..
Sediment bo ....
lor) ................................. ............. 371
dati
....
I .......
20
.......... .... ........... .. ...... ............ .
,"...
deacription .nd up\aum~nL.. .....

inlpcction .nd .djultmenl.. ..........
; ... tlll.tion 0/ wirel ..,.! ...,nduit
...e .... blieo .............................. 146
remov.l .................. ........................ 131
I'OIId tett ................................ 100. 109
'"
Speedomete.
dioconne<:1 c.bleo ......................... .
open-tion .... .......... ......................... .
rcmo".l.nd in.tllI ion ................ 240
'"
"
Sprinll
.th.all lervicc ..............................
bdo..,_opention ............................
n,ln ;n tell .......... .. ...... .......... ... .. ...
84
."
Sp.ocket>. r..,d tett ... .... .... ............ ..

St.rtilll: lyole ....
deocription 0/ ltarter .nd rel.y ..
umonl .nd i ... tllIation
rcloy .... .. .....................................
.Urter ..........................................
.rouble .hoo.ina; ............................
lIO
211
210
119
Stccrinl br. ke linkaic (Seoo Linklle,

Itccrinl bnoke)
Slow_,e
bo~e.
and rock . .................. 369
Support ,olle ..
..ocmbly ... ......
. ....................... .
deocnpt'on .............. .. ... ... ................
di ....embl, ....................................
in.pcction .............................. 326,
i... uUation
bO"Kkeb ..,.! . kido ................ .. ....
,ollen ....................................... .. .
.emonl
brocke," .nd ... ido ......................
roUero .. ........................................
...
343
345
346
3$0
349
350
345
SUlpcnaion
deocnpbon ...................................... 320
;nlpcct;on ................................ ........ l22
trouble .hootilll: ............................ 126
(s.. allO Sprinp)
Switch boKes
,uocriplion Ind ,emonl
maOler .... " ... .. ............................ 234
turret .......................................... 236
Or~
II. ..
ATURBANH HAM PAlGN
TM 9-748
S - Contd.
,.~
,~.
S'lfitc" bo"...-conlCi.
imtalt.tion
matte, ......... ,.... ,............... ,......... H6
t" ,.,..,t ..... ,.... ,....... ,.. ,.. ,.... ,............ 237
..dio interfer= luppralion., .... 262
T ank. fuel
deocriplion
tank unill .................................. 180
t.nn ................ ........... ..... .. ........ 174
removal ..................... ..................... 174
replacemenl of lank unil.. ............ In
Switehel
dclCTlPUon .... ,.. ,............ ,.................
inotallarion and n<moval
emel"lerlCY ItOP .nd tr.nofer ....
fuel cut-oFr ...............................
,un firin, ..................................
JUrI 6rinl handle .....................
"i,.. w.te. temperature indio
utor ....................................
ma.ler ........................................
trave"" motor ..........................
operation
boolt .. r and m.'ACIO..................
.. mel"lenc)' ou.p owitc"""."".""
t .. el "",off .nd ..,tecto.............
ISO
HI
171
as
lS6
198
21 7
U4
33
35
U
35
,.,1' ................ ..................
182
"om .............................................. 227
m ..... to ...................................... 201
laner ................................ 212. 313
road 1..1' .............................. ............ IDS
.................... , ................. , ... .

T
Tachometer
before.operation ...rvicc
dilConnccl ...................................... 311
operation ........................................ 38
I'CtnDval and inlall.tion ................ 240
road tat .......................................... 93
runin , ... t .....................................
"
T.nk. el<pm>aion
description and ..."'icin'.............. 193
illluLlation
filler ............................................ 193
tank ............................ 148. 164. 19l
remo ...l
filler ... ,.... ,............................. .
anI. ...................................... 157. 193
81
26
T .. lelCope M76F'
dacripl;on and oper.tion ............ 398
(S_ ./.., Panoramic tclneope
M 12)
]i,"t .nd ".nof.........................

muter .......................................... 32
prCC'UtiOIll .... .. .............................. 409
r .. pl.cem .. nt
fuel
T,r""u]in
beforeope.. lion ..... vke .. ............
run;n 1<'11 ......................................
'"
Tel .. lCopic li,,," .............................:.. 106

Temperalure
,.,1'
(S-
0,,<"1)
Termi ...! bo"

data ................................................ 262
dclCription
bulkhead .................................... aJ I
turret r.dio ........... .. .................. 262

... mov.!.nd ;llIull.tion................ 23 1
road tnt ........................................ 108
Tnll. compreSiion ............................
] 00
T .... rmoo'.t
<In<:riplion .nd r.. mo... L ............. 194

inllalt.tion .................. 11S4. 192. 194
T"",nl ..
deocription of controll .nd l'nk

ale ........... .. ..................... ISS.
'not.n,t'on
t"rottle rod . ..............................
t""'We rod ..... mbly ................
operation .. ,.. .. ,... .... ,., ... ........ ... .. ... . ,
removal
t"rottle .............. ..........................
t"rottle rodl ..............................
ICCurine "and ......................... .. .. .
'"
164
147
138
160
'"
"
"
Tire .. hocie .........1... ......................... ..

Too!.
.fter.operation ...",;ce .............. ..
before.operation H<vice .............. n
maintenance .................................. 60
on vc"ide .............................. 7. 8. II
..... d t ... t ........................................ t 12
runin test ...................................... 28
Towin, ubII' .................................... 320

Or
>
If..
AT URBANHHAMPAIG.'I
....
T - Contd.
To..ina: t<).mections
...
.f,c..... "" ';on ocfvice ................
as
a._halt .. rvicc ......... ......... _... .. .... .. _. as

before_oper.tion ...-vice ............. , 81
run-in teol ...... _.__.... __ ._,. __ .. .... ,........ 26
TrKko
....... ,- .. -.. -.-, . __ .........

.fte,...,,,,, ,;o,, ocrvice .... ," ......... .
'"
.' _hlllt .. rvice ............... ...... ... ....... .
"
'"
.dju,' 'e"oion
deocription ....................... ..... 320,

in.peelion . __..... ,... ....... ...................
interchanle 0. 'eve...., .................. _.
]inlr _or limit c ...'I ... ..... ........ ......
,..,.d telt ..... ........... .................. 91,
run;n tel' ..... __ ....... __ .. _,... ...............
31 1
334
323
III
25
trouble .hootinl ............... ....... "._ .. 126

(See .Ito Dr;"" ,procket. t ... d.)
T nlmiDion
.fte...,pe... tion ... vice ._................ III
.thalt oervice (t~mper.tureo) .... 84
coLd wutlle. oper.tion..... .......... ... 54
connect to cooler oil bote ... ........ 31 9
dcoeMptlon ._ ............ ........................ 2111
durina:ope'.tion oervice ............ .. 83
in.taU.tion .................................... 3 19
remonl .......................................... 3 14
m.d tell
cu, .hilt leve . ............................ 10 7
oil cooler........................ ,............ . ' M
oil level .................................... ..
toompe .. tu,eo ................ ... ...... _. __.

vibr.tion .............. ........... .......... .
",nin teot ..................................... .
ttoublc Iltootina: ... _....................... .
..
~
"
'"
T ...",miner ..oembiy ........................ 411

T .velh>& locI<,
TM 9-748
,un (S_ Oun, b.v
cLin&: lock)
T veroe motor
deoerip.ion .nd .emov.!... ............. 253
ino,aU.lion ............................... .. ..... 254
,.dio in.erfe.ence .,pp._ion .... 263
T .. vcnc motor .witch ............... ...... . 25<4
T'."""'nc controL.
.............. .
du.inCope.ation ... vice ........... .. .

oper.tion .......... _............................ .
..,.
Tr.n..;n, lock, turret .................. .. 260
.,
'T .."" .. in, me<:b."i.m

deocriplion
blOnd ............................................ 25<4
byd.. uiic .................................... 243
i"'taLlUion ...................................... 255
",mov.1 .......................................... 254
.otId Ie", .................................. gS, 11 0
",nin tc", ...................................... 29

",rvicinl ................................... .- ... 243
T ve .. inc Ir-tem, byd ... uLic............ 124
T ... vCninl the tUllet

dcoeription .nd power ope tion .. 3111
m.nu.l ope tion ..... _.................. _. 390
TUlld
.ftef.ope.ation ",.vice
uoooenptton .................... .......... .-_ .. ..
di oembLy .................. ... ...............
ope'."oo
controLa .nd inlt"'mcntl .. ....... .
.~
..
power .. ........ ................ .- .... ........

(S_ .110 T,.vcroinl 'r-tem,
.'"
"
.,"
.
byd ... ulic)

TUllet eLcctriul .y"'em.................... 269
u
Vnive_1 joint
connect
front joint ................... -.- ..... -......
rur joint ........ .. ................. .. ....... 164
_....
'"
deoeription, ",monl, .nd i"".I.
...... -............................ . ,g
".
propeLLer .hal! ......................... .

lub.iut'on ...................................... 65
.-...d teot ................................ 9S, 107
v
V.lveo, fuel .butoIL........................
Vehicle
CIO'C .ftc .,bmc .. ion ........ " ........ ..
dunin&: .. _.- _...... ................ ............. .
demoLition ................................. .... .
m.inte ... nce .......... ... ....... _.. __........ .
ope , ion
lOt low tempe ufc ................... .
of the vehide ............................. .
0.""
1m

ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
32
....
...."
"
TM 9-748
....
,
v _ Conld.
.~.
Vehid....-<:ontd.
pl-cinl and _".inl on ilw.),
u... .................. ........................
413
publiutionllnd reponl ...... ... ....... 29

,,,.d teot ........................... ,.... ,......... 113
run_in 'ett .,....... ... ,... .... ,.............. ,.. 39
Ip&. e p&.11 ............ ,.. ,....... ,.............. 13
Ilee.inl .. , ...... ,.. ,.............. . ,............ ..
toni .. p&n .. and IiCPOriet, ........ .
towina; ..................... ,.... ,................ .
"
Vi.ion devices ....... ,.......... ,.. " ............ .
..
Volute ,u'perllion ""rinll

mlpee
Ion ,.................. ,... __ ' ............ .
inotaUalion
_embli"" . ", .... ", .. , ..
Iprinp ................ ,....................... 3~9
. emovil
..""mbliel .. ................... ,....... ..... 359
".
".
Ip.inlP
............... .. ........ , .. , ........ .

,
".
Warnin& li,hl. (See L 'lhto)

Water pu!"p (See "rod..- Pump')
W.D., A.G.O. Form No. 471. M WO
and M .jor Unit A ..,mbly R eplllCft<\ft\l R eco.d ...... .. )9. 165,
In, 287, 311
W.O.. A.C .O. Form No. 7360, A.my

Motor Vehicle Oper.tor1 Pe.mit .............................. ............ ... .
W.O., Lub,iCI,ion O,de, No. 165.. ..
,
1
Wedcet. I ..ck ............... ,.. ,................. 324

Wheel .. bolie, 'OIId tnl ............... ,....
Wheeb. ""'pen,ion
a .. embl), ... ,.................... ,." .............. 353
deocriplion and remo ... L .......... ,.. 350
diuo..embly . __ ' ....... __ ....................... 351
inopection ....................... ,...... 326, 3~3
,,,.d ,eot . ' .. ,............ ,.. ,.... ,............... 98
Windthield
ope.a. ion ........................ ... .. ,.. ,....... 51
removal and in.ull.lion ...... ,....... 381
Windahield wipe
.".,d ,eot .......................... ,............ ,..

",n.in tett ........ __ __ . __ ........ __ ............ .
."
"
Wi.inl
afte. _operation "'<vice ....... ,......... .
dete.ipli,," ., ............,., ..... ,., ' ..
r".d tetl
......... , ... .. .
d"",.ic.l ..... ...... ,
ilnition .......................... ,............ . 00
<un_in teot ............. .. ....... ,........... ... .
"
'"
....
.....
'
"
...
....rD l ifEMS-17lol
P'U.L.IC ATION. DI"AIIT"IN T IIAIIT"'r:!..~ "~~N~1.
UNIVERSITY OF 1111NC]\
ATURBANHHAMPAK;I-I
Nons
-_..._....__...._-_._.._---_._ - ----------
.._._-
__..._._ -
- -------------------------_._------_.
---.---------------------.-._... _---.--..._._......----........---......---.....--.---...... - - -..--.-----
.---.-----.....
.---
...-------_.------------.-.. --------. __....-----_..__..-----_..._----._.... --...._-----
_.---.-------_.---. __ ._--_..-----------.-.-------.-----------.-------.-.-_.------ -.-. _----......-------._------------------------._-------. __ ._._..---._---------_._.---_---.------_...-
._---- -----------_ ......
_._._..._------------------------
....._--------------------------------------------------------------
-_.._..
_....__.._--------- ------
_..._------------ -
- ---_._.------------------.---_-------------_.
._------_. __..__.. .._._----_.--------------
._---------_._------_._-_._-_..
------------------
__. _-- -_ ..
__..._ . -
------------------------_.
_---- -
----
~ ---- ----
.__...._.------- ----_.--_.._...._...------_..--....._----.....-------_._-------------..-......_---_.._..
.._...
_-_...._.._ ._.._--
_.....-
- - - -- -- -----------
----_.
. _ ----_._- _.__.._._ ----- ------------------------_.

-
- - ------- --------------------- ------_..._---------------_.

-
-------------------------c-
------------------_.
----------- ------------------ - ----------------------- ---------------------------------------------- .

Or
,,,..1 In
ATURBANHHAMPAIGN
Nons
-------------- -- - --- --~--- ----- ------- - ---
~---------------------
------
~----------~-------~-----------~
~------------------- -- - -- ---
------------------------------------------ -
------------------
~------------- -------------
--------------------- ----------.--
-~.-
-~------
..- ..........---. ... ----.-
------.------------------------------------------------------------------
---- -- --------- --------------------~------------------------- ---------
------------ ---------------------------------------------------.-....... ........_......... ..._.._.......... ...

........ ----------- ----.
----
__
------ -------~---- ----------- --------- -~----
.........
_ .~
..--....... ---.-...... ---------------_.
------------------- ------ -------------------------
------------------------------------ _._---_......_
. . . . . . . .
------------------------.---------------------_......
__
----------_.
......-------------------
---------------~--------------------------------------------- ------
------- - - - - - - - -------------
-~--------,----~-.--
------------------~
-----
..--.----
._------_.--------------------_....
0.""".1 m
UNIVERSITY OF ILlI WjS

AT URBANHHAMPAIGI-I
Nons
--------~----------------------------------------~--------~----------------------------
-----------------------------------------------_._.....-. -_....---... -_.....-..... ----...--......._.--..-. -----------------------------------.--.......-._------
......-------------------_._--------- ---------- ---------_._-------- ------------ ---------------------_._.

-----------------------------_._------------------------------------------------ --------------------------
........---.--.-.------------------------------------------------ ---_....--..--.......----...._-------- ..
-..... --------------------- ------_._-----------------_. ----.---.--..... _----._------ _.. _------------------
--------------------------------------------------_._-------------------------..._....._------_._--------..-----------------------_._---------_....
_._......-.---------------------------.-----.......__ ._..-----
.._-_ ......._---._._. __..--........_._------------------------------------------.---------...._-_.-------,----------------------------------------------------------------------.---.. _._----._-------------------._--------------.._.. _...-------------------------------------------------..--._.. __ ... _----------------_.
-._-_ ...._-------------- ------..---------------._---------------------------------------.-..._--_._-------
-------------------------------------------------------
, -
----------------. ---------_. -
0.""".1 from
ATURBANHHAM PAlQI
Nons
-_..
_...._
............
_.._-_...._._--_..._...._.._._.-
._.----_...._.._.----....
_._._._....-
._..
_._...._._...----
------_._.._.- ._......._.----._... _._._.._._. __ ..__.-.------.-----_.. _------_ .._--_..
- ..
__...._--_...._ ....__....__
...--.....--............--.. - ...-.-..- - - -..- ..--.._.----..._.. ..
---------_..-------_._---------------_._------------- ...
__.._--
----_._------------------------------------------------------------------_._.
_.._.-----_.-.---_....__.._._-----._---_.._. __.
_........._..._...._..._-_. __..._....-
__
._._......_- -_._-_._-_._--
--'-_..._....
_ ....._-_..
__..-----_._.._..__.__._......._ _....._ ....._

-_.._._ __....----.----_ _._ ....
......_............. .
......
......
......
._--------_._----_.._---_._. __.._.._---_._----_.._--_..............__.._---.------
---_.....__...._.
__._-_...._._----_._-_.._--_._-_.__....
_._._----------_._-_..
_._-_.._----_._..
_-----------.-------.......
..
_._._------- ..-_.. ......_--_.----_ _-_._--_.
_._....__.._---_._-----_._--_._....__ ..__.._ _.-----_.._----.

._._----------------_....._ - - ---- _._.._._..._ --------,.,
Or"l"".11
UNIVERSIT VOf ILlI ~\
ATURBANH HAMPAlGIf
( I 0
Ong.nolln
UNIVERSITY 01' IllINQj\

ATURSANHHAMPAIG/j
-------- ---------,
)f
IU '1Ol\

TM 9-748 90-mm Gun Motor Carriage M36B1 1945

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

TM 9-748 90-mm Gun Motor Carriage M36B1 1945

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

oc.

WAR DEPARTMENT TECHNICAL MANUAL

90-MM GUN MOTOR

WAR DEPARTMENT T ECHNICAL ,\UNUAL

90-MM GUN MOTOR

RESTR ICTED DISSEMINATION

mo"... Su<b mo".,

[0 .100 ... individu.l . ..100. ' ollM:i.1

require .u<h kno .. ltd,< or

By ORDER 0 .. THE SECRETARY OP WAR:

DISTRlI.IIJTION : AAF (10 ); AGF ( 10); ASF (2); S Div ASF ( I );

(5); Dist O. 9 (5); Dilt Br 0 , 9 (3); Reg 0 , 9 (3);

( F or explanation of symbols, see FM 2 1-6.)

III. Tools, parts, and accessories

_. .,. - , .. _- _. _., _.....

.... . .... .. ,8- 29

VIIl. Turret controls and operation ._, __

IX. Operationaf iluxiliaryequip-

X . Ope ra t ion under unusua l

PART THREE SECTION

XII. General _. , .. _- ---- ... __ .. _ .. .... ...

. . _-- _.. . _--- ---,--

XXIII. Battery and generating system .... ,.,................ _.. _

XXIV. L ight ing system and horn

XXII. Starting system

XXV. Wiring system ...

XXVI. Speedometer, tachometer,

XXVIII. Radio interference suppression system ...

XXIX. Clutch, shafts, and univerta!

XXX. Power train assem bly "" ... 138- 147

XXXIV. General ..... ..... "." " ...... .

XXXVI. Armament operating In

XXXVII. Sighting and fi re control

XL. Shipment and limited Itor.

...... .. -_ ._..... ... ..

PART ONE - INTRODUCTION

a. F orms and records applicable for use in performin" prescribed

UNIVERSIH 01' IWNOI\

the vehicle at all times. In case of accident resulting in injury or

W.O., A.G.O. FORM No. 9-81, EXCa~NGIt P~RT OR UNIT

DESCRIPTION AND DATA

DESCRIPTION (fig&. 1,2,3, and 4).

a. Vehicle Specifi cation s.

Muimum grade ascending ability

TOOLS, PARTS, AND ACCESSORIES

mattock .. ......... ... ........... .. .... .. .Bracket on rear plate

MATTOC K, pick M l (without handle) ... .Bracket o n rear plate

blacksmith, dble--f.ce, IO-lb ..... Bracket on rear plate

BAR, CI"OS$, socke t wrench, round, v"sin.

F ILE, 3-sq. smooth, 6-i n. ( 41-F -1572) ... T ool ba,

FIXTURE, set, trac k connecting ( 41-F 2997-86)

SCREWDRIVER, special purpose, I 1f.t-in.

WRENCH, adjustable, sjngl~nd. 8 in.

WREN CH, adjustable, single .... nd, 12 in.

WRENCH, eniineer, dble hd, alloy steel,

..... 5,..~ N~"' .,

WRENCH, socket, .:tin. sq drive, ~$ .in.

hex ( 41. W.JOO1) .

WRENCH, socket, 1hin. sq drive, '}) 6-in.

WRENCH, soc ket, If}in. sq drive, i-in.

WMNCH, socket, 1f:z-in. sq d rive , %;n.

WRENCH, socket, !h-in. sq. drive, %in.

WREN CH, socket, lJ:z -in. sq drive, I Y; 11in. hex ( 41.W-3029 )